Hartzell Propeller Inc.: Remove Pages: Insert Pages

HARTZELL PROPELLER INC.
One Propeller Place

Piqua, Ohio 45356-2634 U.S.A.
Telephone: 937.778.4200
Fax: 937.778.4215
MANUAL REVISION TRANSMITTAL

MANUAL 133C (61-13-33)
Aluminum Blade Overhaul Manual
REVISION 45 dated November 2023
Remove Pages: Insert Pages:

COVER/INSIDE COVER COVER/INSIDE COVER
REVISION HIGHLIGHTS REVISION HIGHLIGHTS
pages 1 thru 4 pages 1 thru 4
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
pages 1-3 thru 1-6 pages 1-3 thru 1-6
BLADE SHANK OVERHAUL BLADE SHANK OVERHAUL
pages 2-2.1 thru 2-2.2 pages 2-2.1 thru 2-2.2
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES
BLADE BALANCING BLADE BALANCING
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
APPENDIX C - BLADE/TIP SPECIFICATIONS APPENDIX C - BLADE/TIP SPECIFICATIONS
pages C-1 thru C-2.2 pages C-1 thru C-2.2
pages C-2.5 thru C-2.10 pages C-2.5 thru C-2.10
pages C-31 thru C-32 pages C-31 thru C-32
TR-100 Refer to Note 1
NOTE 1: Record the removal of a Temporary Revision on the Record of Temporary Revisions page in
this manual.
NOTE 2: When the manual revision has been inserted in the manual, record the information required
on the Record of Revisions page in this manual.
NOTE 3: Pages distributed in this revision may include pages from previous revisions if they are
on the opposite side of revised page. This is done as a convenience to those users who
wish to print a two-sided copy of the new revision.
This page may be discarded after proper filing of the revision.

(Blank Page)
Manual No. 133C
61-13-33
Revision 45
November 2023
ALUMINUM BLADE
OVERHAUL MANUAL
Hartzell Propeller Inc.

One Propeller Place
Phone: 937.778.4200
Fax: 937.778.4215
HARTZELL ALUMINUM BLADE OVERHAUL MANUAL
133C
© 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012, 2013,
2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022, 2023 - Hartzell Propeller Inc. - All rights reserved
61-13-33 Inside Cover

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
REVISION 45 HIGHLIGHTS
Revision 45, dated November 2023, incorporates the following:
Front matter (Cover, Revision Highlights, etc.), has been revised to match this revision.
Minor language/format changes and renumbering, if applicable, are marked with a
revision bar, but are not listed below.
• DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

• Revised the section, “Model Designation System”
• SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES

• Revised the section, “Required Eddy Current Inspection on Hard Alloy Blades”
• Revised the section, “Modification of Double Shoulder 7636D-( ), 8433( ), 8833( ),
9333C( ), and 10133D-( ) Blades”
• Revised the section, “Additional Inspection Requirements for Propellers Installed on
Nord 262 Aircraft”
• Revised the section, “Inspection Requirements for HC-B3TN-5( )( )/T10282H(B)”
• Revised the section, “Inspection Requirements for HC-B3TN-5( )L/LT10282( )( )+4”
• Revised the section, “Replacement of LT10282( )( )+4 Blades”
• Revised the section, “Inspection of T10176 Propeller Blade Shanks”
• Revised the section, “Modification of Blade Model LT10574(A)(S)(B) to
LT10574F(N)S(B)”
• Revised the section, “Retirement of Certain Blade Models Installed on Propeller
Model HC-12X20”
• Revised the section, “Replacement of Non-Counterweighted Blade Models 8475-( )
and 8477-( )”
• BLADE BALANCING
• Revised the section, “Static Balance of Aluminum Propeller Blades”
• APPENDIX C - BLADE/TIP SPECIFICATIONS

• Revised Figure C-74, “Blade Model 9512( ) Blade Tip”
• Incorporated TR-100 that revised the specifications for 10178C(N)R, +1 blade model
• Revised the blade specifications for 10703(S) Blade
REVISION HIGHLIGHTS 61-13-33 Page 1

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
(Blank Page)

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
REVISION 45 HIGHLIGHTS
Introduction
A. General
(1) This is a list of current revisions that have been issued against this manual.
Please compare to the RECORD OF REVISIONS page to make sure that all
revisions have been added to the manual.
B. Components
(1) Revision No. indicates the revisions incorporated in this manual.
(2) Issue Date is the date of the revision.
(3) Comments indicates the level of the revision.
(a) New Issue is a new manual distribution. The manual is distributed in its
entirety. All the page revision dates are the same and no change bars are
used.
(b) Reissue is a revision to an existing manual that includes major content
and/or major format changes. The manual is distributed in its entirety. All
the page revision dates are the same and no change bars are used.
(c) Major Revision is a revision to an existing manual that includes major
content or minor format changes over a large portion of the manual. The
manual is distributed in its entirety. All the page revision dates are the
same, but change bars are used to indicate the changes incorporated in
the latest revision of the manual.
(d) Minor Revision is a revision to an existing manual that includes minor
content changes to the manual. Only the revised pages of the manual are
distributed. Each page retains the date and the change bars associated
with the last revision to that page.
Revision No. Issue Date Comments
Rev. 1 Feb/97 Minor Revision
Rev. 2 Oct/97 Minor Revision
Rev. 3 Jan/98 Minor Revision
Rev. 5 Jun/99 Minor Revision
Rev. 7 Mar/00 Minor Revision
Rev. 8 Aug/00 Minor Revision
Rev. 9 Nov/00 Minor Revision

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
Revision No. Issue Date Comments

Rev. 14 Apr/03 Minor Revision
Rev. 15 Sep/03 Minor Revision
Rev. 22 Jun/07 Reissue
Rev. 31 Jul/14 Minor Revision
Rev. 37 Dec/18 Minor Revision
Rev. 44 Jun/23 Major Revision

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
RECORD OF REVISIONS
This is a record of revisions inserted into this manual.
Revision 44 includes all prior revisions.
Revision Number Issue Date Date Inserted Inserted By
44 Jun/23 Jun/23 HPI
45 Nov/23 Nov/23 HPI
RECORD OF REVISIONS 61-13-33 Page 1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)
RECORD OF REVISIONS 61-13-33 Page 2

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

Update this page to show all temporary revisions inserted into this manual.
Revision 44 includes all prior temporary revisions, up to and including TR-099.
Temporary Section/ Issue Date Inserted Date Removed

Revision No. Page Date Inserted By Removed By
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS 61-13-33 Page 1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS 61-13-33 Page 2

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST
CAUTION 1: DO NOT USE OBSOLETE OR OUTDATED INFORMATION. PERFORM

ALL INSPECTIONS OR WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MOST
RECENT REVISION OF THE SERVICE DOCUMENT. INFORMATION
CONTAINED IN A SERVICE DOCUMENT MAY BE SIGNIFICANTLY
CHANGED FROM EARLIER REVISIONS. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH
INFORMATION CONTAINED IN A SERVICE DOCUMENT OR THE USE
OF OBSOLETE INFORMATION MAY CREATE AN UNSAFE CONDITION
THAT MAY RESULT IN DEATH, SERIOUS BODILY INJURY, AND/OR
SUBSTANTIAL PROPERTY DAMAGE.
CAUTION 2: THE INFORMATION FOR THE DOCUMENTS LISTED INDICATES
THE REVISION LEVEL AND DATE AT THE TIME THAT THE
DOCUMENT WAS INITIALLY INCORPORATED INTO THIS MANUAL.
INFORMATION CONTAINED IN A SERVICE DOCUMENT MAY BE
SIGNIFICANTLY CHANGED FROM EARLIER REVISIONS. REFER
TO THE APPLICABLE SERVICE DOCUMENT INDEX FOR THE MOST
RECENT REVISION LEVEL OF THE SERVICE DOCUMENT. LEVEL
OF THE SERVICE DOCUMENT.
Service Document Incorporation Service Document Incorporation

Number Rev./Date Number Rev./Date
Service Bulletins: Service Letters:
SB118D Rev. 1 Feb/97 HC-SL-61-180 Rev. 4 Feb/99
SB131D Rev. 1 Feb/97 HC-SL-61-204 Rev. 8 Aug/00
SB136I Rev. 14 Apr/03 HC-SL-61-232 Rev. 27 Sep/11
SB146B Rev. 1 Feb/97 HC-SL-61-245 Rev. 23 Mar/08
SB154A Rev. 1 Feb/97 HC-SL-30-295, R2 Rev. 27 Sep/11
SB178 Rev. 1 Feb/97 HC-SL-61-241 Rev. 35 Nov/17
HC-SB-61-252, R2 Rev. 29 Nov/12 HC-SL-61-373 Rev. 43 Jan/23
HC-SB-61-301 Rev. 23 Mar/08
HC-SB-61-304, R1 Rev. 29 Nov/12
Service Advisories:
SA75 Rev. 1 Feb/97
SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST 61-13-33 Page 1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST

Service Document Incorporation Service Document Incorporation
Number Rev./Date Number Rev./Date
SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST 61-13-33 Page 2

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS
1. Airworthiness Limitations
A. Life Limits
(1) Certain component parts, as well as the entire propeller, may have specific life
limits established by the FAA. Such limits require replacement of items after a
specific number of hours of use.
(2) For airworthiness limitations information, refer to the applicable Hartzell
Propeller Owner's manual or Hartzell Propeller Overhaul manual.
AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS 61-13-33 Page 1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)
AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS 61-13-33 Page 2

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
Chapter Page Revision Level Date

Cover Cover and Inside Cover Rev. 45 Nov/23
Revision Highlights 1 thru 4 Rev. 45 Nov/23
Record of Revisions 1 thru 2 Rev. 44 Jun/23
Record of Temporary Revisions 1 thru 2 Rev. 44 Jun/23
Service Document List 1 thru 2 Rev. 44 Jun/23
Airworthiness Limitations 1 thru 2 Rev. 44 Jun/23
List of Effective Pages 1 thru 2 Rev. 45 Nov/23
Table of Contents 1 thru 2 Rev. 44 Jun/23
Introduction 1 thru 2 Rev. 45 Nov/23
3 thru 7 Rev. 44 Jun/23
8 Rev. 45 Nov/23
9 thru 22 Rev. 44 Jun/23
Description and Operation 1-1 thru 1-3 Rev. 44 Jun/23
1-4 thru 1-6 Rev. 45 Nov/23
1-7 thru 1-12 Rev. 44 Jun/23
Blade Shank Overhaul 2-1 thru 2-2 Rev. 44 Jun/23
2-2.1 Rev. 44 Jun/23
2-2.2 Rev. 45 Nov/23
2-3 thru 2-162 Rev. 44 Jun/23
Blade Airfoil Overhaul 3-1 thru 3-54 Rev. 44 Jun/23
Special Inspections and Procedures 4-1 thru 4-2 Rev. 45 Nov/23
4-2.1 thru 4-2.2 Rev. 45 Nov/23
4-3 thru 4-38 Rev. 45 Nov/23
Finish 5-1 thru 5-10 Rev. 44 Jun/23
De-ice Boot 6-1 thru 6-2 Rev. 44 Jun/23
Blade Balancing 7-1 thru 7-3 Rev. 44 Jun/23
7-4 Rev. 45 Nov/23
7-5 thru 7-6 Rev. 44 Jun/23
Illustrated Parts List 8-1 thru 8-2 Rev. 44 Jun/23
8-2.1 thru 8-2.2 Rev. 44 Jun/23
8-3 Rev. 44 Jun/23
8-4 Rev. 45 Nov/23
8-5 thru 8-28 Rev. 44 Jun/23
Appendix A - Optical Comparator A-1 thru A-4 Rev. 44 Jun/23
Appendix B - Travelers B-1 thru B-14 Rev. 44 Jun/23
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES 61-13-33 Page 1

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
Chapter Page Revision Level Date
Appendix C - Blade/Tip Specifications C-1 Rev. 45 Nov/23

C-2 Rev. 44 Jun/23
C-2.1 Rev. 44 Jun/23
C-2.2 Rev. 45 Nov/23
C-2.3 thru C-2.5 Rev. 44 Jun/23
C-2.6 Rev. 45 Nov/23
C-2.7 Rev. 44 Jun/23
C-2.8 thru C-2.9 Rev. 45 Nov/23
C-2.10 thru C-2.12 Rev. 44 Jun/23
C-3 thru C-31 Rev. 44 Jun/23
C-32 Rev. 45 Nov/23
C-33 thru C-129 Rev. 44 Jun/23
C-130 Rev. 45 Nov/23
C-131 thru C-177 Rev. 44 Jun/23
C-178 Rev. 45 Nov/23
C-179 thru C-242 Rev. 44 Jun/23
C-243 thru C-245 Rev. 45 Nov/23
C-246 thru C-286 Rev. 44 Jun/23
C-287 Rev. 45 Nov/23
C-288 thru C-308 Rev. 44 Jun/23
Appendix D - Rolling Machine D-1 thru D-42 Rev. 44 Jun/23
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES 61-13-33 Page 2

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Revision Highlights...........................................................................................................1
Record of Revisions..........................................................................................................1
Record of Temporary Revisions........................................................................................1
Service Document List......................................................................................................1
Airworthiness Limitations..................................................................................................1
List of Effective Pages.......................................................................................................1
Table of Contents..............................................................................................................1
Introduction.......................................................................................................................1
Description and Operation............................................................................................ 1-1
Blade Shank Overhaul.................................................................................................. 2-1
Blade Airfoil Overhaul................................................................................................... 3-1
Special Inspections and Procedures............................................................................. 4-1
Finish............................................................................................................................ 5-1
De-Ice Boot................................................................................................................... 6-1
De-ice and anti-icing boot instructions have been relocated to the Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Propeller Ice Protection System Manual 180 (30-61-80).
Blade Balancing............................................................................................................ 7-1
Illustrated Parts List...................................................................................................... 8-1
Appendix A - Optical Comparator.................................................................................. A-1
Appendix B - Travelers.................................................................................................. B-1
Appendix C - Blade/Tip Specification Tables................................................................C-1
Appendix D - Rolling Machine.......................................................................................D-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS 61-13-33 Page 1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)
TABLE OF CONTENTS 61-13-33 Page 2

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
INTRODUCTION - CONTENTS
1. General........................................................................................................................ 3
2. Reference Publications................................................................................................ 5
A. Hartzell Propeller Inc. Publications........................................................................ 5
B. Vendor Publications............................................................................................... 5
3. Personnel Requirements............................................................................................. 6
4. Special Tooling and Consumable Materials................................................................. 6
A. Special Tooling....................................................................................................... 6
B. Consumable Materials........................................................................................... 6
5. Safe Handling of Paints and Chemicals...................................................................... 7
6. Calendar Limits and Long Term Storage..................................................................... 7
A. Calendar Limits...................................................................................................... 7
B. Long Term Storage................................................................................................. 7
7. Component Life and Overhaul..................................................................................... 8
A. Component Life...................................................................................................... 8
B. Overhaul................................................................................................................. 9
8. Damage/Repair Types............................................................................................... 10
A. Airworthy/Unairworthy Damage........................................................................... 10
B. Major/Minor Repair............................................................................................... 10
C. Damage................................................................................................................ 11
9. Propeller Critical Parts............................................................................................... 11
10. Warranty Service....................................................................................................... 11
11. Hartzell Propeller Inc. Contact Information................................................................ 12
A. Product Support Department............................................................................... 12
B. Technical Publications Department...................................................................... 12
C. Recommended Facilities...................................................................................... 12
12. Definitions.................................................................................................................. 13
13. Abbreviations............................................................................................................. 20
14. Dimensions................................................................................................................ 22
INTRODUCTION 61-13-33 Page 1

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
(Blank Page)

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
1. General (Rev. 1)
A. Statement of Purpose
(1) This manual has been reviewed and accepted by the FAA. Additionally, this
manual contains data that has been approved in a manner acceptable to
the FAA Administrator.
(2) This manual provides inspection, repair, and overhaul procedures for all
aluminum propeller blades manufactured by Hartzell Propeller Inc. This manual
assumes that the blade has been removed from the propeller assembly unless
specified otherwise.
(3) This manual is not arranged sequentially in the steps of the overhaul process.
(a) The suggested sequence of required overhaul procedures is provided in a
"traveler", but differing blade conditions as well as individual repair station
requirements may dictate a need for variation in the sequence of blade
overhaul.
(b) Although the sequence of events is not mandatory and may be rearranged
to fit individual repair station requirements, it is essential that all steps of
the overhaul process be completed during overhaul as applicable.
(4) This manual is to be used by propeller repair stations with personnel who are
trained and experienced with Hartzell Propeller Inc. products.
(a) This manual does not provide complete information for an inexperienced
technician to attempt aluminum blade overhaul without supervision.
(5) This manual is intended to be the primary source for aluminum blade repair and
overhaul information.
(a) The propeller models addressed in this manual may be Type Certificated
by the FAA, or may be experimental. Experimental parts must not be
installed on a type certified propeller. Always use the current illustrated
parts list for the assembly of any propeller. Always refer to the aircraft Type
Certificate (TC) or Supplemental Type Certificates (STC) to determine
installation eligibility of any propeller. If installation eligibility is not
identifiable, an additional installation approval, such as FAA form 337 field
approval or Supplemental Type Certificate may be required. If in doubt,
contact Hartzell Propeller Inc. Product Support.
(6) This manual is not a "stand alone" document. The applicable propeller manual
must be consulted for information relating to the entire propeller assembly.
(7) This manual makes reference to other Hartzell Propeller Inc. manuals
that provide important details for procedures such as anodizing, penetrant
inspection, etc.
(8) Where possible, this manual is written in the format specified by
ATA iSpec 2200.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
CAUTION: DO NOT USE OBSOLETE OR OUTDATED INFORMATION.

PERFORM ALL INSPECTIONS OR WORK IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE MOST RECENT REVISION OF THIS MANUAL.
INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL MAY BE
SIGNIFICANTLY CHANGED FROM EARLIER REVISIONS.
FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS MANUAL OR THE USE
OF OBSOLETE INFORMATION MAY CREATE AN UNSAFE
CONDITION THAT MAY RESULT IN DEATH, SERIOUS BODILY
INJURY, AND/OR SUBSTANTIAL PROPERTY DAMAGE. FOR
THE MOST RECENT REVISION LEVEL OF THIS MANUAL,
REFER TO THE HARTZELL PROPELLER INC. WEBSITE AT
WWW.HARTZELLPROP.COM.
(9) The information in this manual revision supersedes data in all previously
published revisions of this manual.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2. Reference Publications
A. Hartzell Propeller Inc. Publications

(1) Information published in Service Bulletins, Service Letters, Service Advisories,
and Service Instructions may supersede information published in this manual.
The reader must consult active Service Bulletins, Service Letters, Service
Advisories, and Service Instructions for information that may have not yet been
incorporated into the latest revision of this manual.
(2) In addition to this manual, one or more of the following publications are required
for information regarding specific recommendations and procedures to maintain
propeller assemblies that are included in this manual.
Manual No. Available at

(ATA No.) www.hartzellprop.com Hartzell Propeller Inc. Manual Title
n/a Yes Active Service Bulletins, Service Letters,
Service Instructions, and Service Advisories
Manual 128 --- Blade Shank Rolling Machine Maintenance
(61-00-28) Manual
Manual 159 Yes Application Guide
(61-02-59)
Manual 165A Yes Illustrated Tool and Equipment Manual
(61-00-65)
Manual 178 - DT-1724-5 Automated Rolling Machine
(61-00-78) Maintenance Manual
Manual 180 Yes Propeller Ice Protection System Manual
(30-61-80)
Manual 202A Vol. 7, Yes Standard Practices Manual,
(61-01-02) Vol. 11, Yes Volumes 1 through 11
B. Vendor Publications
(1) None

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3. Personnel Requirements (Rev. 1)
A. Service and Maintenance Procedures in this Manual

(1) Personnel performing the service and maintenance procedures in this manual
are expected to have the required equipment/tooling, training, and certifications
(when required by the applicable Aviation Authority) to accomplish the work in
a safe and airworthy manner.
(2) Compliance to the applicable regulatory requirements established by the
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) or international equivalent is mandatory
for anyone performing or accepting responsibility for the inspection and/or
repair of any Hartzell Propeller Inc. product.
(a) Maintenance records must be kept in accordance with the requirements
established by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) or international
equivalent.
(b) Refer to Federal Aviation Regulation (FAR) Part 43 for additional
information about general aviation maintenance requirements.
4 Special Tooling and Consumable Materials (Rev. 1)
A. Special Tooling
(1) Special tooling may be required for procedures in this manual. For further
tooling information, refer to Hartzell Propeller Inc. Illustrated Tool and
Equipment Manual 165A (61-00-65).
(a) Tooling reference numbers appear with the prefix “TE” directly following
the tool name to which they apply. For example, a template that is
reference number 133 will appear as: template TE133.
B. Consumable Materials
(1) Consumable materials are referenced in certain sections throughout this
manual. Specific approved materials are listed in the Consumable Materials
chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A (61‑01‑02).
(a) Consumable material reference numbers appear with the prefix “CM”
directly following the material to which they apply. For example, an
adhesive that is reference number 16 will appear as: adhesive CM16.
Only the material(s) specified can be used.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
5. Safe Handling of Paints and Chemicals
A. Instructions for Use

(1) Always use caution when handling or being exposed to paints and/or chemicals
during propeller overhaul and/or maintenance procedures.
(2) Before using paint or chemicals, always read the manufacturer’s label on
the container(s) and follow specified instructions and procedures for storage,
preparation, mixing, and/or application.
(3) Refer to the product’s Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for detailed
information about the physical properties, health, and physical hazards of any
paint or chemical.
6. Calendar Limits and Long Term Storage (Rev. 2)
A. Calendar Limits
(1) The effects of exposure to the environment over a period of time create a
need for propeller overhaul regardless of flight time.
(2) A calendar limit between overhauls is specified in Hartzell Propeller Inc.
Service Letter HC-SL-61-61Y.
(3) Experience has shown that special care, such as keeping an aircraft in a
hangar, is not sufficient to permit extension of the calendar limit.
(4) The start date for the calendar limit is when the propeller is first installed on an
engine.
(5) The calendar limit is not interrupted by subsequent removal and/or storage.
(6) The start date for the calendar limit must not be confused with the warranty
start date, that is with certain exceptions, the date of installation by the first
retail customer.
B. Long Term Storage
(1) Propellers that have been in storage have additional inspection requirements
before installation. Refer to the Packaging and Storage chapter of Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A (61‑01‑02).

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7. Component Life and Overhaul (Rev. 2)
WARNING: CERTAIN PROPELLER COMPONENTS USED IN NON-AVIATION

APPLICATIONS ARE MARKED WITH DIFFERENT PART NUMBERS
TO DISTINGUISH THEM FROM COMPONENTS USED IN AVIATION
APPLICATIONS. DO NOT ALTER THE PART NUMBERS SHOWN
ON PARTS DESIGNATED FOR NON-AVIATION APPLICATIONS
OR OTHERWISE APPLY THOSE PARTS FOR USE ON AVIATION
APPLICATIONS.
A. Component Life
(1) Component life is expressed in terms of hours of service (Time Since New, TSN)
and in terms of hours of service since overhaul (Time Since Overhaul, TSO).
NOTE: TSN/TSO is considered as the time accumulated between rotation
and landing, i.e., flight time.
(2) Time Since New (TSN) and Time Since Overhaul (TSO) records for the propeller
hub and blades must be maintained in the propeller logbook.
(3) Both TSN and TSO are necessary for defining the life of the component.
Certain components, or in some cases an entire propeller, may be "life limited",
which means that they must be replaced after a specified period of use (TSN).
(a) It is a regulatory requirement that a record of the Time Since New (TSN)
be maintained for all life limited parts.
(b) Refer to the Airworthiness Limitations chapter in the applicable Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Owner's Manual for a list of life limited components.
(4) When a component or assembly undergoes an overhaul, the TSO is returned
to zero hours.
(a) Time Since New (TSN) can never be returned to zero.
(b) Repair without overhaul does not affect TSO or TSN.
(5) Blades and hubs are sometimes replaced while in service or at overhaul.
(a) Maintaining separate TSN and TSO histories for a replacement hub or
blade is required.
(b) Hub replacement
1 If the hub is replaced, the replacement hub serial number must be
recorded (the entry signed and dated) in the propeller logbook.
2 The propeller will be identified with the serial number of the
replacement hub.
NOTE: Propeller assembly serial numbers are impression stamped
on the hub. For stamping information, refer to the Parts
Identification and Marking chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
3 The TSN and TSO of the replacement hub must be recorded and
maintained in the propeller logbook.
4 If tracking any component(s) other than the hub/blades, maintain
these TSN/TSO records separately in the propeller logbook.
NOTE: Hub replacement does not affect the TSN/TSO of any other
propeller components.
B. Overhaul
(1) Overhaul is the periodic disassembly, cleaning, inspecting, repairing as
necessary, reassembling, and testing in accordance with approved
standards and technical data approved by Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(2) The overhaul interval is based on hours of service, i.e., flight time, or on
calendar time.
(a) Overhaul intervals are specified in Hartzell Propeller Inc. Service Letter
HC-SL-61-61Y.
(b) At such specified periods, the propeller hub assembly and the blade
assemblies must be completely disassembled and inspected for cracks,
wear, corrosion, and other unusual or abnormal conditions.
(3) Overhaul must be completed in accordance with the latest revision of the
applicable component maintenance manual and other publications applicable
to, or referenced in, the component maintenance manual.
(a) Parts that are not replaced at overhaul must be inspected in accordance
with the check criteria in the applicable Hartzell Propeller Inc. component
maintenance manual.
(b) Parts that must be replaced at overhaul are identified by a "Y" in the
O/H column of the Illustrated Parts List in the applicable Hartzell
Propeller Inc. component maintenance manual.
(4) The information in this manual supersedes data in all previously published
revisions of this manual.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8. Damage/Repair Types (Rev. 1)
A. Airworthy/Unairworthy Damage
(1) Airworthy damage is a specific condition to a propeller component that is within
the airworthy damage limits specified in the applicable Hartzell Propeller Inc.
component maintenance manual.
(a) Airworthy damage does not affect the safety or flight characteristics of the
propeller and conforms to its type design.
(b) Airworthy damage does not require repair before further flight, but should
be repaired as soon as possible to prevent degradation of the damage.
(2) Unairworthy damage is a specific condition to a propeller component that
exceeds the airworthy damage limits specified in the applicable Hartzell
Propeller Inc. component maintenance manual.
(a) Unairworthy damage can affect the safety or flight characteristics of the
propeller and does not conform to its type design.
(b) Unairworthy damage must be repaired before the propeller is returned
to service.
B. Minor/Major Repair
(1) Minor Repair
(a) Minor repair is that which may be done safely in the field by a certified
aircraft mechanic.
1 For serviceable limits and repair criteria for Hartzell propeller
components, refer to the applicable Hartzell Propeller Inc. component
maintenance manual.
(2) Major Repair
(a) Major repair cannot be done by elementary operations.
(b) Major repair work must be accepted by an individual that is certified by the
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) or international equivalent.
1 Hartzell recommends that individuals performing major repairs also
have a Factory Training Certificate from Hartzell Propeller Inc.
2 The repair station must meet facility, tooling, and personnel
requirements and is required to participate in Hartzell Propeller Inc.
Sample Programs as defined in the Approved Facilities chapter of
Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
C. Damage
(1) General procedures for overspeed, foreign object strike (including bent blades),
and fire/heat damage are found in the Special Inspections chapter of Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(2) The blade specification tables in this manual provide the minimum width and
thickness limits for aluminum blades.
(a) These are absolute minimums.
(b) Anytime widths and thicknesses are measured, if the width or thickness
limits are below published minimums, retire the blade.
(c) There is no difference between in-service limits and overhaul limits.
9. Propeller Critical Parts (Rev. 1)
A. Propeller Critical Parts

(1) Procedures in this manual may involve Propeller Critical Parts (PCP).
(a) These procedures have been substantiated based on Engineering
analysis that expects this product will be operated and maintained using
the procedures and inspections provided in the Instructions for Continued
Airworthiness (ICA) for this product.
(b) Refer to the Illustrated Parts List chapter in the applicable Hartzell
Propeller Inc. maintenance manual to identify the Propeller Critical Parts.
(2) Numerous propeller system parts can produce a propeller Major or Hazardous
effect, even though those parts may not be considered as Propeller Critical
Parts.
(a) The operating and maintenance procedures and inspections provided in
the ICA for this product are, therefore, expected to be accomplished for all
propeller system parts.
10. Warranty Service (Rev. 1)
A. Warranty Claims
(1) If you believe you have a warranty claim, contact the Hartzell Propeller
Inc. Product Support Department to request a Warranty Application form.
Complete this form and return it to Hartzell Product Support for evaluation
before proceeding with repair or inspection work. Upon receipt of this form,
the Hartzell Product Support Department will provide instructions on how to
proceed.
(a) For Hartzell Propeller Inc. Product Support Department contact
information, refer to the “Contact Information” section in this chapter.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
11. Hartzell Propeller Inc. Contact Information (Rev. 2)
A. Product Support Department

(1) Contact the Product Support Department of Hartzell Propeller Inc. about any
maintenance problems or to request information not included in this publication.
NOTE: When calling from outside the United States, dial (001) before dialing
the telephone numbers below.
(a) Hartzell Propeller Inc. Product Support may be reached during business
hours (8:00 a.m. through 5:00 p.m., United States Eastern Time) at
(937) 778-4379 or at (800) 942-7767, toll free from the United States
and Canada.
(b) Hartzell Propeller Inc. Product Support can also be reached by fax at
(937) 778-4215, and by e-mail at techsupport@hartzellprop.com.
(c) After business hours, you may leave a message on our 24 hour product
support line at (937) 778-4376 or at (800) 942-7767, toll free from the
United States and Canada.
1 A technical representative will contact you during normal business
hours.
2 Urgent AOG support is also available 24 hours per day, seven days
per week via this message service.
(d) Additional information is available on the Hartzell Propeller Inc. website at
www.hartzellprop.com.
B. Technical Publications Department
(1) For Hartzell Propeller Inc. service literature and revisions, contact:
Hartzell Propeller Inc. Telephone: 937.778.4200
Attn: Technical Publications Department Fax: 937.778.4215
One Propeller Place E-mail: manuals@hartzellprop.com
C. Recommended Facilities
(1) Hartzell Propeller Inc. recommends using Hartzell-approved distributors and
repair facilities for the purchase, repair, and overhaul of Hartzell propeller
assemblies or components.
(2) Information about the Hartzell Propeller Inc. worldwide network of aftermarket
distributors and approved repair facilities is available on the Hartzell website at
www.hartzellprop.com.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
12. Definitions (Rev. 4)

A basic understanding of the following terms will assist in maintaining and operating
Hartzell Propeller Inc. propeller systems.
Term Definition
Annealed Softening of material due to overexposure to heat
Aviation Certified Intended for FAA or international equivalent type
certificated aircraft applications. A TC and PC number
must be stamped on the hub, and a PC number must be
stamped on blades.
Aviation Experimental Intended for aircraft/propeller applications not certified
by the FAA or international equivalent. Products marked
with an “X” at or near the end of the model number or
part number are not certified by the FAA or international
equivalent and are not intended to use on certificated
aircraft.
Beta Operation A mode of pitch control that is directed by the pilot rather
than by the propeller governor
Beta Range Blade angles between low pitch and maximum reverse
blade angle
Beta System Parts and/or equipment related to operation (manual
control) of propeller blade angle between low pitch blade
angle and full reverse blade angle
Blade Angle Measurement of blade airfoil location described as the
angle between the blade airfoil and the surface described
by propeller rotation
Blade Centerline An imaginary reference line through the length of a blade
around which the blade rotates
Blade Station Refers to a location on an individual blade for blade
inspection purposes. It is a measurement from the blade
"zero" station to a location on a blade, used to apply
blade specification data in blade overhaul manuals.
Note: Do not confuse blade station with reference
blade radius; they may not originate at the same
location.
Blemish An imperfection with visible attributes, but having no
impact on safety or utility
Brinelling A depression caused by failure of the material in
compression

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Term Definition
Bulge An outward curve or bend
Camber The surface of the blade that is directed toward the front
of the aircraft. It is the low pressure, or suction, side of the
blade. The camber side is convex in shape over the entire
length of the blade.
Chord A straight line distance between the leading and trailing
edges of an airfoil
Chordwise A direction that is generally from the leading edge to the
trailing edge of an airfoil
Co-bonded The act of bonding a composite laminate and
simultaneously curing it to some other prepared surface
Composite Material Kevlar® (yellow) or graphite (black) fibers bound together
with or encapsulated within an epoxy resin
Compression Rolling A process that provides improved strength and resistance
to fatigue
Constant Force A force that is always present in some degree when the
propeller is operating
Constant Speed A propeller system that employs a governing device to
maintain a selected engine RPM
Corrosion (Aluminum) The chemical or electrochemical attack by an acid or
alkaline that reacts with the protective oxide layer and
results in damage of the base aluminum. Part failure can
occur from corrosion due to loss of structural aluminum
converted to corrosion product, pitting, a rough etched
surface finish, and other strength reduction damage
caused by corrosion.
Corrosion (Steel) Typically, an electrochemical process that requires the
simultaneous presence of iron (component of steel),
moisture and oxygen. The iron is the reducing agent
(gives up electrons) while the oxygen is the oxidizing
agent (gains electrons). Iron or an iron alloy such as steel
is oxidized in the presence of moisture and oxygen to
produce rust. Corrosion is accelerated in the presence
of salty water or acid rain. Part failure can occur from
corrosion due to loss of structural steel converted
to corrosion product, pitting, a rough etched surface
finish and other strength reduction damage caused by
corrosion.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Term Definition
Corrosion Product (Aluminum) A white or dull gray powdery material that has an
increased volume appearance (compared to non-
corroded aluminum). Corrosion product is not to be
confused with damage left in the base aluminum such as
pits, worm holes, and etched surface finish.
Corrosion Product (Steel) When iron or an iron alloy such as steel corrode, a
corrosion product known as rust is formed. Rust is an
iron oxide which is reddish in appearance and occupies
approximately six times the volume of the original
material. Rust is flakey and crumbly and has no structural
integrity. Rust is permeable to air and water, therefore the
interior metallic iron (steel) beneath a rust layer continues
to corrode. Corrosion product is not to be confused with
damage left in the base steel such as pits and etched
surface finish.
Crack Irregularly shaped separation within a material,
sometimes visible as a narrow opening at the surface
Debond Separation of two materials that were originally bonded
together in a separate operation
Defect An imperfection that affects safety or utility
Delamination Internal separation of the layers of composite material
Dent The permanent deflection of the cross section that is
visible on both sides with no visible change in cross
sectional thickness
Depression Surface area where the material has been compressed
but not removed
Distortion Alteration of the original shape or size of a component
Edge Alignment Distance from the blade centerline to the leading edge of
the blade
Erosion Gradual wearing away or deterioration due to action of
the elements
Exposure Leaving material open to action of the elements

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Term Definition
Face The surface of the blade that is directed toward the rear
of the aircraft. The face side is the high pressure, or
thrusting, side of the blade. The blade airfoil sections are
normally cambered or curved such that the face side of
the blade may be flat or even concave in the midblade
and tip region.
Face Alignment Distance from the blade centerline to the highest point on
the face side perpendicular to the chord line
Feathering The capability of blades to be rotated parallel to the
relative wind, thus reducing aerodynamic drag
Fraying A raveling or shredding of material
Fretting Damage that develops when relative motion of small
displacement takes place between contacting parts,
wearing away the surface
Galling To fret or wear away by friction
Gouge Surface area where material has been removed
Hazardous Propeller Effect The hazardous propeller effects are defined in
Title 14 CFR section 35.15(g)(1)
Horizontal Balance Balance between the tip and the center of the hub
Impact Damage Damage that occurs when the propeller blade or hub
assembly strikes, or is struck by, an object while in flight
or on the ground
Inboard Toward the butt of the blade
Intergranular Corrosion Corrosion that attacks along the grain boundaries of metal
alloys
Jog A term used to describe movement up/down, left/right, or
on/off in short incremental motions
Laminate To unite composite material by using a bonding material,
usually with pressure and heat
Lengthwise A direction that is generally parallel to the pitch axis
Loose Material Material that is no longer fixed or fully attached
Low Pitch The lowest blade angle attainable by the governor for
constant speed operation

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Term Definition
Major Propeller Effect The major propeller effects are defined in
Title 14 CFR section 35.15(g)(2)
Minor Deformation Deformed material not associated with a crack or missing
material
Monocoque A type of construction in which the outer skin carries all or
a major part of the load
Nick A sharp, notch-like displacement of material
Non-Aviation Certified Intended for non-aircraft application, such as Hovercraft
or Wing in Ground Effect (WIG) applications. These
products are certificated by an authority other than FAA.
The hub and blades will be stamped with an identification
that is different from, but comparable to TC and PC.
Non-Aviation Experimental Intended for non-aircraft application, such as Hovercraft
or Wing-In-Ground effect (WIG) applications. Products
marked with an “X” at or near the end of the model
number or part number are not certified by any authority
and are not intended for use on certificated craft.
Onspeed Condition in which the RPM selected by the pilot through
the propeller control/condition lever and the actual engine
(propeller) RPM are equal
Open Circuit Connection of high or infinite resistance between points in
a circuit which are normally lower
Outboard Toward the tip of the blade
Overhaul The periodic disassembly, inspection, repair, refinish,
and reassembly of a propeller assembly to maintain
airworthiness
Overspeed Condition in which the RPM of the propeller or engine
exceeds predetermined maximum limits; the condition
in which the engine (propeller) RPM is higher than the
RPM selected by the pilot through the propeller control/
condition lever
Pitch Same as “Blade Angle”
Pitting Formation of a number of small, irregularly shaped
cavities in surface material caused by corrosion or wear
Pitting (Linear) The configuration of the majority of pits forming a pattern
in the shape of a line

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Term Definition
Porosity An aggregation of microvoids. See “voids”
Propeller Critical Parts A part on the propeller whose primary failure can result in
a hazardous propeller effect, as determined by the safety
analysis required by Title 14 CFR section 35.15
Reference Blade Radius Refers to the propeller reference blade radius in an
assembled propeller; e.g., 30-inch radius. A measurement
from the propeller hub centerline to a point on a blade,
used for blade angle measurement in an assembled
propeller. An adhesive stripe (blade angle reference tape
CM160) is usually located at the reference blade radius
location.
NOTE: Do not confuse reference blade radius with blade
station; they may not originate at the same point.
Reversing The capability of rotating blades to a position to generate
reverse thrust to slow the aircraft or back up
Scratch A thin, shallow cut caused by the movement of a sharp
object across a surface
Short Circuit Connection of low resistance between points on a circuit
between which the resistance is normally much greater
Shot Peening Process where steel shot is impinged on a surface
to create compressive surface stress which provides
improved strength and resistance to fatigue
Single Acting Hydraulically actuated propeller that utilizes a single oil
supply for pitch control
Split Delamination of blade extending to the blade surface,
normally found near the trailing edge or tip
Station Line See "Blade Station"
Synchronizing Adjusting the RPM of all the propellers of a multi-engine
aircraft to the same RPM
Synchrophasing A form of propeller sychronization in which not only the
RPM of the engines (propellers) are held constant, but
also the position of the propellers in relation to each other
Ticking A series of parallel marks or scratches running
circumferentially around the diameter of the blade

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Term Definition
Track In an assembled propeller, a measurement of the location
of the blade tip with respect to the plane of rotation, used
to verify face alignment and to compare blade tip location
with respect to the locations of the other blades in the
assembly
Trailing Edge The aft edge of an airfoil over which the air passes last
Trimline Factory terminology referring to where the part was
trimmed to length
Underspeed The condition in which the actual engine (propeller) RPM
is lower than the RPM selected by the pilot through the
propeller control/condition lever
Unidirectional Material A composite material in which the fiber are substantially
oriented in the same direction
Variable Force A force that may be applied or removed during propeller
operation
Vertical Balance Balance between the leading and trailing edges of a
two-blade propeller with the blades positioned vertically
Voids Air or gas that has been trapped and cured into a
laminate
Windmilling The rotation of an aircraft propeller caused by air flowing
through it while the engine is not producing power
Woven Fabric A material constructed by interlacing fiber to form a fabric
pattern
Wrinkle (aluminum blade) A wavy appearance caused by high and low material
displacement
Wrinkle (composite blade) Overlap or fold within the material

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
13. Abbreviations (Rev. 2)
Abbreviation Term
AD Airworthiness Directives
AMM Aircraft Maintenance Manual
AOG Aircraft on Ground
AR As Required
ATA Air Transport Association
CSU Constant Speed Unit
FAA Federal Aviation Administration
FH Flight Hour
FM Flight Manual
FMS Flight Manual Supplement
Ft-Lb Foot-Pound
HMI Human Machine Interface
ICA Instructions for Continued Airworthiness
ID Inside Diameter
In-Lb Inch-Pound
IPL Illustrated Parts List
IPS Inches Per Second
kPa Kilopascals
Lb(s) Pound(s)
Max. Maximum
Min. Minimum
MIL-SPEC Military Specification
MPI Major Periodic Inspection (Overhaul)
MS Military Standard
MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Abbreviation Term
N Newtons
N/A Not Applicable
NAS National Aerospace Standards
NASM National Aerospace Standards, Military
NDT Nondestructive Testing
NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology
N•m Newton-Meters
OD Outside Diameter
OPT Optional
PC Production Certificate
PCP Propeller Critical Part
PLC Programmable Logic Controller
PMB Plastic Media Blasting (Cleaning)
POH Pilot’s Operating Handbook
PSI Pounds per Square Inch
RF Reference
RPM Revolutions per Minute
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers
STC Supplemental Type Certificate
TBO Time Between Overhaul
TC Type Certificate
TSI Time Since Inspection
TSN Time Since New
TSO Time Since Overhaul
UID Unique Identification
WIG Wing-In-Ground-Effect

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
14. Dimensions
A. General Information
(1) SAE units of measure are used throughout this manual. In many cases, metric
equivalents are also provided.
(2) When a metric unit of measure does not provide an exact conversion, the SAE
unit takes precedence.
(3) SAE units of measure supersede metric units of measure.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION - CONTENTS

1. Overview of Aluminum Blades................................................................................. 1-3
A. General.............................................................................................................. 1-3
2. Model Designation System...................................................................................... 1-6
A. Propeller Model Designation.............................................................................. 1-6
B. Blade Model Designation................................................................................... 1-6
LIST OF FIGURES
Blade Nomenclature................................................................... Figure 1-1....................... 1-3
Blade Shank Diagrams............................................................... Figure 1-2....................... 1-8
LIST OF TABLES
Blade Model Designation............................................................ Table 1-1........................ 1-4
Blade Shank Specifications......................................................... Table 1-2........................ 1-7
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 61-13-33 Page 1-1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1. Overview of Aluminum Blades
CAUTION: INFORMATION IN THIS CHAPTER INVOLVES PROPELLER

CRITICAL PARTS. REFER TO THE INTRODUCTION CHAPTER
OF THIS MANUAL FOR INFORMATION ABOUT PROPELLER
CRITICAL PARTS.
A. General
(1) Aluminum propeller blades are manufactured from one solid piece of aluminum
that has been forged and heat treated prior to manufacture.
(2) Aluminum blades are used in both steel and aluminum hub propellers in a
variety of designs which require the use of various models of blade shanks.
Therefore, blades are distinguished by shank design, propeller diameter, tip
configuration, and other characteristics of the blade (refer to Table 1-1).
Shank Section
Airfoil Section
Blade Butt Blade Retention Radius
Camber Side
Leading Edge Trailing Edge

Face Side
APS2047
APS2048
Blade Nomenclature
Figure 1-1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
EXAMPLE: Blade Model FJC 8475 CH-3 Q *1
Prefix of up to 3 Letters:
C - counterweighted Y-shank
F - large pitch change knob Y- shank
H - right hand rotation, pusher
J - left hand rotation, tractor
L - left hand rotation
D, E, M, MV, P, R, T, V, W - shank design
blank - standard blade, right hand rotation, tractor (X, Y, and Z-shank + few others)
The first 2 or 3 numbers indicate basic design diameter (in inches)

The last 2 numbers indicate a specific model
Suffix Letters:
A - Dimensional change to basic blade or Y-shank pitch knob location
B - anti-icing or de-ice boot
C - modified blade, dimensional or blade twist modification from initial blade design
D - modified blade, blade twist or thickness change; for E9512D-1 blade, identical to E9512C-1
except service life
E - de-ice boot, elliptical tip, or alternate life limit
F - modified blade, dimensional modification (width/thickness)
G - for 7663 and 8468 blades, a negative pitch change knob angle; for E9512G-1( ), identical to
E9512C-1( ) except service life
H - hard alloy (76 stamped on blade butt)
H - coated leading edge (all other blade models)
K - de-ice boot
N - shank modification (pilot tube hole), thickness added to certain blade shanks
Q - Q-tip, factory 90 degree formed tip
R - specifically rounded tips
S - shot peening of blade surface, or square tip
Exception: Blade model M10476 was manufactured with a shot peened surface;
however, the “S” shot peen designator was not included in the model number.
The “S” designator will be added to M10476 blades at overhaul.
T - twist
blank - original design, no changes
other letters - location of pitch change knob ("Y" shank), twist
Refer to page 2 of this table

(NOTE: This Blade Finish Table is a general guideline. There may be exceptions that are not listed.)
Blade Model Designation

Table 1-1, page 1 of 2

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
EXAMPLE: Blade Model FJC 8475 CH-3 Q *1

Dash or Plus Number:

Change from basic propeller diameter. There may be a letter following the dash or plus number.
(NOTE: This basic diameter may not reflect the actual prop diameter,
depending on the hub model used.)
Blade Tip Variance:

A - slightly thinner & narrower tip fairing
E - elliptical tip
Q - Q-tip, factory 90 degree formed tip
R - specifically rounded tip
S - square tip
T - specifically rounded tip
Asterisk/Number:
An asterisk and number to the right of the blade model number are added
when there is a difference in paint, de-ice, or counterweight from the “standard” blade
configuration. The specific meaning applies only to an individual blade configuration and
does not necessarily represent the same change(s) in blade design for other blade models.
(NOTE: This Blade Finish Table is a general guideline. There may be exceptions that are not listed.)
Blade Model Designation


Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
2. Model Designation System

A. Propeller Model Designation
(1) Hartzell Propeller Inc. uses a model designation to identify specific propeller and
blade assemblies. The propeller model number and blade model number are
separated by a slash ( / ).
(a) Example: propeller model number / blade model number
(2) The propeller model number is impression stamped on the propeller hub.
(a) For additional information about the propeller model number designation
system, refer to the applicable Hartzell Propeller Inc. owner's manual.
B. Blade Model Designation
(1) The blade model number is impression stamped on the butt end of the blade,
and also can be ink stamped or labeled on the camber side of the blade.
(2) Hartzell Propeller Inc. blades are often referred to as D-shank, Y-shank, etc.
NOTE: It is useful to understand the basic differences between shank types.
Refer to Table 1-1 and Figure 1-2.
(a) For most blades, the shank type is identified in the prefix letters of the blade
model designation. For example, T10282 denotes this is a T-shank blade.
1 There are exceptions to this rule. For example, Y-shank blades do not
use the letter “Y” in the model designation.
(3) The dash (-) or plus (+) number in the blade model designation of an aluminum
blade indicates the amount of diameter change from the blade’s basic design.
For example, a T10173-8 blade designates that the propeller diameter has been
reduced 8 inches from its basic design.
NOTE: For more information on blade model designations and reduction of the
propeller diameter, refer to the section, "Reduction in Blade Length" in
the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter of this manual.
(a) An additional letter following the dash (-) number, if present, indicates
alternate tip shapes.
(4) An asterisk and number to the right of the blade model number indicates that
there is a difference in paint, de-ice, or counterweight from the “standard” blade
configuration.
(a) The specific meaning applies only to an individual blade configuration and
does not necessarily represent the same change(s) in blade design for other
blade models.
(b) For specific blade paint information, refer to the Blade Finish Table in the Paint
and Finish chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A
(61-01-02).
(c) For de-ice and/or anti-icing boot location(s), refer to Hartzell Propeller Inc.
Ice Protection System Manual 180 (30-61-80).

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
Shank Hub Type Retention Internal Bearing Pitch Change
Y compact single shoulder 1 needle bearing integral knob

D lightweight single shoulder 1 needle bearing bolt-on bracket
E lightweight single shoulder 1 needle bearing bolt-on bracket
Blade Clamp
X steel double shoulder 1 blade bushing C-3-( )
1 blade bushing
V steel double shoulder and C-3-( )
1 needle bearing
1 blade bushing
MV steel single shoulder and D-6831-( )
1 needle bearing
1 blade bushing
W steel single shoulder and C-1301-( )
1 needle bearing
Z steel single shoulder 1 blade bushing C-1301-( )
M steel single shoulder 2 needle bearings C-1977-( )
P steel single shoulder 1 blade bushing C-1977-( )
1 blade bushing
R steel single shoulder and C-1977-( )
1 needle bearing
T steel single shoulder 2 needle bearings C-1301-( )
NOTE: There are other shank types that are used for composite blades such as
A, B, E, or M-shank. For information about composite blades, refer to
Hartzell Propeller Inc. Composite Blade Overhaul Manual 135F (61-13-35).
Blade Shank Specifications

Table 1-2

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
P-shank P-shank modified to an R-shank
P-shank with an "N" Modification R-shank
APS0641, APS0651, APS0650,

TI-133001, TI-133001
R-shank with an "N" Modification
Blade Shank Diagrams

Figure 1-2, Page 1 of 4

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
M-shank T-shank
M or T-shank with an "N" Modification Y-shank
APS0640, APS0645, APS0647,

APS0655, APS0656
D or E-shank


Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Z-shank Z-shank Modified to a W-shank
Z-shank with an "N" Modification W-shank
APS0642, APS0644, TI-133001,

APS0643, TI-133002
W-shank with an "N" Modification


Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
X-shank X-shank Modified to a V-shank
V-shank V-shank with an "N" Modification
APS0652
APS0654
MV-shank with an "N" Modification

APS0653
APS0648


Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
BLADE SHANK OVERHAUL - CONTENTS

1. Special Inspections and Procedures........................................................................2-3
2. Overhaul Procedures................................................................................................2-4
A. General...............................................................................................................2-4
B. Single Shoulder Blade Shank Inspection and Overhaul.....................................2-4
C. Double Shoulder Blade Shank Inspection and Overhaul..................................2-28
D. Pitch Change Knob Inspection and Overhaul...................................................2-38
E. Pitch Change Bracket Mounting Holes.............................................................2-63
F. Blade Balance Hole Inspection and Overhaul...................................................2-70
G. Blade Bore Inspection and Overhaul................................................................2-82
H. Blade Shank Conversion.................................................................................2-120
I. Counterweight Disassembly............................................................................2-125
J. Counterweight Installation...............................................................................2-130
K. Repair of Oversized 7/16-20UNF-3B Tapped Holes in
D-shank, E-shank, and Y-shank Blade Counterweight Knobs........................2-147
L. Repair of Oversized 1/2-20UNF-3B Tapped Holes in
D-shank and E-shank Blade Counterweight Knobs........................................2-151
M. B-6143-( ) Staked Insert Removal...................................................................2-153
N. Blade Counterweight Knob Thin Wall Insert Removal....................................2-154
O. Blade Counterweight Knob Surface Check Criteria........................................2-162
BLADE SHANK OVERHAUL 61-13-33 Page 2-1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
LIST OF FIGURES
D-shank, E-shank, and Y-shank Inspection Points...........................Figure 2-1.................. 2-5
Inspection Points for Shank Diameters............................................Figure 2-2.................. 2-5
Repair Area for Single Shoulder Retention Radius..........................Figure 2-3.................. 2-8
T-shank, W-shank, and Z-shank Minimum Height............................Figure 2-4................ 2-10
P-shank, R-shank, and M-shank Minimum Height...........................Figure 2-5................ 2-10
Y-shank, D-shank, and E-shank Minimum Height and
Lip Thickness..............................................................................Figure 2-6.................2-11
Bearing Retention Lip Repair Limits.................................................Figure 2-7.................2-11
D-shank, E-shank, and Y-shank Blade Shoulder Repair Area.........Figure 2-8................ 2-13
MV-shank Minimum Height..............................................................Figure 2-9................ 2-15
V-shank Modified to an MV-shank Dimensions................................Figure 2-10.............. 2-18
Electronic Profilometer TE436 and Probe Housing
Component TE437......................................................................Figure 2-11.............. 2-20
Double Shoulder Shank Diameter Dimensions................................Figure 2-12.............. 2-27
Double Shoulder Shank Inspection..................................................Figure 2-13.............. 2-29
Blade Shank Shot Peen Coverage Specifications...........................Figure 2-14.............. 2-34
Perpendicularity of the Pitch Change Knob......................................Figure 2-15.............. 2-39
"F" Pitch Change Knob Inspection Criteria.......................................Figure 2-16.............. 2-40
Non "F" Pitch Change Knob Inspection Criteria...............................Figure 2-17.............. 2-44
Almen Strip Holder TE609................................................................Figure 2-18.............. 2-48
Angle of Incidence and Vertical Axis................................................Figure 2-19.............. 2-50
Align Mark........................................................................................Figure 2-20.............. 2-53
Blade Butt Mask (DST-5855+48)......................................................Figure 2-21.............. 2-55
Pitch Change Knob Location............................................................Figure 2-22.............. 2-58
Blade Plug or Spacer Inspection Area..............................................Figure 2-23.............. 2-70
Critical Area of the Balance Hole .....................................................Figure 2-24.............. 2-74
Tool for Balance Hole Polishing........................................................Figure 2-25.............. 2-76
3M Scotch Brite® Grinding Wheel Modification.................................Figure 2-26.............. 2-77
Shot Peening Lead Balance Hole in Blade......................................Figure 2-27.............. 2-80
Shot Peening Lead Balance Hole....................................................Figure 2-28.............. 2-81
Visual Inspection Area Of Blade Bore..............................................Figure 2-29.............. 2-84
X-shank, X-shank Modified to a V-shank, or
X-shank Modified to an MV-shank..............................................Figure 2-30.............. 2-87
V-shank or V-shank Modified to an MV-shank..................................Figure 2-31.............. 2-88

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
LIST OF FIGURES, CONTINUED

V-shank or V-shank Modified to an MV-shank with an
N-shank Modification..................................................................Figure 2-32.............. 2-89
MV-shank with an N-shank Modification..........................................Figure 2-33.............. 2-90
R-shank or W-shank.........................................................................Figure 2-34.............. 2-91
P-shank, P-shank Modified to an R-shank, Z-shank, or
Z Modified to a W-shank.............................................................Figure 2-35.............. 2-92
R-shank or W-shank with an N-shank Modification..........................Figure 2-36.............. 2-93
P-shank or Z-shank with an N-shank Modification...........................Figure 2-37.............. 2-94
T-shank or M-shank..........................................................................Figure 2-38.............. 2-95
T-shank or M-shank with an N-shank Modification...........................Figure 2-39.............. 2-96
T-shank or M-shank Repair Tolerances for Tapered "X" Area
of Blade Bore..............................................................................Figure 2-40.............. 2-97
T-shank or M-shank with an N-shank Modification Repair
Tolerances for Tapered "X" Area of Blade Bore..........................Figure 2-41.............. 2-98
D-shank............................................................................................Figure 2-42.............. 2-99
Y-shank.............................................................................................Figure 2-43............ 2-100
E-shank............................................................................................Figure 2-44............ 2-101
Installing CM46 Gasket Sealant.......................................................Figure 2-45.............2-114
T-shank or M-shank with an N-shank Modification
Bearing Installation.....................................................................Figure 2-46.............2-116
Reading Runout...............................................................................Figure 2-47.............2-117
X-shank to V-shank Bearing Press Tool...........................................Figure 2-48.............2-119
Z-shank Modified to a W-shank........................................................Figure 2-49............ 2-120
P-shank Modified to an R-shank......................................................Figure 2-50............ 2-122
Counterweight Inspection.................................................................Figure 2-51............ 2-124
Drilling the Counterweight Assembly for Spring Pin Installation.......Figure 2-52............ 2-124
Counterweight Surface.....................................................................Figure 2-53............ 2-125
Counterweight Assembly..................................................................Figure 2-54............ 2-128
Counterweight Bolt Installation.........................................................Figure 2-55............ 2-128
Counterweight Spring Pin Installation..............................................Figure 2-56............ 2-131
Counterweight View..........................................................................Figure 2-57............ 2-133
Drilling the Dowel Pin Hole Into the Blade........................................Figure 2-58............ 2-138
Expanding Arbor Fixture...................................................................Figure 2-59............ 2-148
Blade Counterweight Knob Surface.................................................Figure 2-60............ 2-155
BLADE SHANK OVERHAUL 61-13-33 Page 2-2.1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
LIST OF TABLES
Transition Region for Anodize to Chemical Conversion
Coating........................................................................................Table 2-1................. 2-26
Transition Region for Anodize to Chemical Conversion
Coating........................................................................................Table 2-2................. 2-37
Repair Dimensions for "F" and Non "F" Pitch Change Knobs..........Table 2-3................. 2-38
Pitch Change Knob Location (Degrees)...........................................Table 2-4................. 2-59
Blade Plug and Spacer Inspection Criteria.......................................Table 2-5................. 2-69
Blades that Cannot Use the TE208( ) Reamer.................................Table 2-6................. 2-75
Balance Hole Shot Peen Specifications...........................................Table 2-7................. 2-82
Bore Dimensions..............................................................................Table 2-8................. 2-86
Blade Bushing Diameters.................................................................Table 2-9................2-114
Counterweight Mounting Hardware..................................................Table 2-10............. 2-129
Counterweight Dowel Pin Hole Requirements for Press Fit.............Table 2-11.............. 2-129
Counterweight Slug Mounting Hardware Torques............................Table 2-12............. 2-131
Blade Counterweight Knob Surface.................................................Table 2-13............. 2-156
BLADE SHANK OVERHAUL 61-13-33 Page 2-2.2

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
CAUTION: INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURES IN THIS SECTION INVOLVE

PROPELLER CRITICAL PARTS. REFER TO THE INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER OF THIS MANUAL FOR INFORMATION ABOUT
PROPELLER CRITICAL PARTS. REFER TO THE ILLUSTRATED
PARTS LIST CHAPTER OF THE APPLICABLE OVERHAUL
MANUAL(S) FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF SPECIFIC PROPELLER
CRITICAL PARTS.
1. Special Inspections and Procedures
WARNING: THERE ARE MANDATORY INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES

FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS THAT MUST BE COMPLIED WITH
IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS CHAPTER.
A LIST OF THESE APPLICATIONS CAN BE FOUND IN THE
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS
AND PROCEDURES CHAPTER OF THIS MANUAL. FAILURE
TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS WILL RESULT IN
IMPROPER INSPECTION, REPAIR, AND OVERHAUL OF THE
AFFECTED COMPONENT.
A. Refer to the Table of Contents of the Special Inspections and Procedures chapter of
this manual for additional requirements that apply to certain assemblies.
B. If the requirements are applicable, they must be complied with in addition to
those listed in this chapter.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2. Overhaul Procedures
WARNING: ADHESIVES AND SOLVENTS ARE FLAMMABLE AND TOXIC TO

THE SKIN, EYES, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT. SKIN AND EYE
PROTECTION ARE REQUIRED. AVOID PROLONGED CONTACT
AND BREATHING OF VAPORS. USE SOLVENT RESISTANT
GLOVES TO MINIMIZE SKIN CONTACT AND WEAR SAFETY
GLASSES FOR EYE PROTECTION. USE IN A WELL VENTILATED
AREA AWAY FROM SPARKS AND FLAME. READ AND OBSERVE
ALL WARNING LABELS.
A. General
(1) The following procedures are to be performed during overhaul.
(2) To determine the specific steps that apply to a particular blade model, refer to
the traveler for that blade. Refer to Appendix B - Travelers in this manual.
(3) If a blade does not meet the serviceable limits, retire the blade in accordance
with the Part Retirement Procedures chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).
B. Single Shoulder Blade Shank Inspection and Overhaul

(1) Clean Shank
(a) Using cleaning agent CM106 or plastic media cleaning, remove paint and
sealant from the retention radius. Refer to the Cleaning chapter of Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02) for plastic
media cleaning requirements and procedures.
(b) For D-shank, E-shank, and Y-shank blades:
Using plastic media cleaning, remove paint and epoxy resin from the
retention radius in accordance with the Cleaning chapter of Hartzell
1 Remove the staked inserts from the counterweight knob, if required.
(c) Using a cloth dampened with solvent CM23, wipe the shank area.
1 Let the shank area thoroughly dry.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Radius
Transition
Area
B
1.375 inch
(34.93 mm)
DYDIMS
D-shank, E-shank, and Y-shank Inspection Points
Figure 2-1
Shank Diameter
Leading Edge
Trailing Edge
APS6117
Inspection Points for Shank Diameters

Figure 2-2

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(2) Measure the Outside Diameter of the Blade Shank

(a) D-shank, E-shank, and Y-shank Blades. Refer to Figure 2-1.
1 Using a Knife Edge or Ball End Micrometer, measure the OD of the
blade shank.
2 Blades that receive compression rolling of the retention radius during
manufacturing (all D-shank and E-shank blades and Y-shank blades
with serial number D47534 or higher) must maintain a diameter of
3.334 inches (84.69 mm) or greater in Area "B" above the bearing
shoulder. Refer to Figure 2-1.
3 Earlier production blades that received shot peening in the retention
area during manufacturing (serial number D47533 or lower) must
maintain a diameter of 3.344 inches (84.94 mm) or greater in
Area "B" above the bearing shoulder. Refer to Figure 2-1.
4 Measure the shank in 45 degree increments in
Area "B" as shown in Figure 2-1. Refer to Figure 2-2 for the
inspection points. "Undercutting" (diameter less than Area "B") is not
permitted in the radius.
5 If the blade is less than the permitted measurements, retire the
blade in accordance with the Part Retirement Procedures chapter of
(b) T-shank, W-shank, and Z-shank Blades
1 Inspect the blade in 45 degree increments as shown in Figure 2-2.
2 Because of their tapered shanks, these blade types have special
repair limits immediately outboard of the clamping area. The following
limits apply to all three shanks:
Distance from Shoulder Minimum Diameter
0.250 inch (6.35 mm) 3.395 inch (86.24 mm)
0.500 inch (12.70 mm) 3.345 inch (84.97 mm)
0.875 inch (22.22 mm) 3.345 inch (84.97 mm)
3 If the blade does not meet the permitted limits, retire the blade in
accordance with the Part Retirement Procedures chapter of Hartzell
(c) M-shank, P-shank, and R-shank Blades
1 Measure the shank in 45 degree increments at the area labeled
OD "A" in Figure 2-5. Refer to Figure 2-2 for the inspection points.
2 Measure the shank in 45 degree increments at the area labeled
OD "B" in Figure 2-5. Refer to Figure 2-2 for the inspection points.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3 In the area immediately outboard of the retention shoulder, measure

0.750 inch (19.05 mm) outboard from the retention shoulder.
a Repair to a minimum of 3.538 inches (89.87 mm) of the blade
outer diameter is permitted in this area.
4 If the blade does not meet the permitted limits, retire the blade in
(3) Inspect the Retention Radius
(a) Visually examine the retention radius for damage or corrosion. A very high
quality, smooth finish is required in the retention radius.
(b) Inspect the blade retention radius using an optical comparator in
accordance with Appendix A - Optical Comparator in this manual.
1 Deviations of the radius area are not permitted regardless of shank
diameter.
2 The transition between the straight surface of the blade and the
area where the optical comparator inspection ends must maintain a
smooth blend with no steps or irregularities.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE THE OPTICAL COMPARATOR TO

INSPECT THE SHANK DIMENSIONS.
3 Use the optical comparator to inspect the retention region only, in
accordance with Appendix A - Optical Comparator in this manual.
(c) If the retention radius is not satisfactory, repair the radius until it meets
proper optical comparator overlay shape.
(d) If the retention radius cannot be repaired to meet the optical comparator
overlay shape, retire the blade in accordance with the Part Retirement
Procedures chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(4) Repair the Retention Radius as Required
CAUTION: THE MOST CRITICAL ELEMENT IN THE REPAIR OF

A BLADE SHANK IS TO MAINTAIN A SMOOTH, HIGH
QUALITY SURFACE FINISH WITH NO SCRATCHES,
PITTING, OR SIMILAR DEFECTS THAT CAN CAUSE
BLADE FAILURE.
(a) Repair the retention radius to remove nicks, scratches, and corrosion
found during visual inspection.
1 The retention radius must match the optical comparator overlay after
repair.
2 If the retention radius cannot be repaired to meet the optical
comparator overlay shape, retire the blade in accordance with
the Part Retirement Procedures chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(b) Tooling marks are permitted outboard of the retention radius and the rolled
area.
1 Tooling marks are characterized as multiple spanwise lines, flats, or
facets around all or a portion of the shank circumference that may
result in a shank diameter that is not uniform. Refer to Figure 2-3.
Spanwise Tooling Marks are

Spanwise
Permitted in This Area
Tooling Marks
Polish This Area on All Shank Types

Spanwise Tooling Marks are Not
Permitted in This Area
Do Not Polish This Area on

Y, D, or E-shank Blades
BSK735-2
NOTE: Y-shank blade shown.
Repair Area for Single Shoulder Retention Radius

Figure 2-3

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(c) If there are tooling marks in the rolled area, repair the rolled area in
accordance with step (7) in this section.
(d) Surface imperfections with a depth of less than 0.002 inch (0.05 mm) may
be repaired by sanding with fine sandpaper (320-grit or finer).
WARNING: ROTATING A BLADE IN A LATHE IS POTENTIALLY

DANGEROUS. APPROPRIATE SAFETY DEVICES AND
OPERATOR TRAINING ARE REQUIRED.
(e) Blades that require repair for larger imperfections (including Y-shank
blades that were shot peened during manufacturing and have never been
compression rolled) must be mechanically rotated at a slow RPM to make
sure that there is equal removal of material in the repair area.
1 This may be accomplished by chucking the blade in a lathe or other
suitable means.
2 Using a rotating abrasive cartridge to remove the material in the
repair area is recommended.
3 Repair in the flat area, where the bearing race makes contact, is not
permitted. Refer to Figure 2-3.
4 The flat area where the bearing race makes contact may be polished
to remove steps that occur in the transition from the retention radius
to the bearing seat area.
5 Maintain the lip thickness and the shank height limits. Refer to
Figure 2-6.
6 Sand the rough pebble grain until smooth. It is not necessary to
remove all of the previous shot peening.
7 The shank must meet the optical comparator inspection
requirements.
8 If the blade shank cannot be repaired to meet the optical comparator
overlay shape, retire the blade in accordance with the Part
Retirement Procedures chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Retention Radius
0.845 Inch
(21.47 mm)
4.187 Inches (106.35 mm)
Minimum
or Greater OD
APS221
T-shank, W-shank, and Z-shank Minimum Height
Figure 2-4
0.250 Inch
(6.35 mm)
Maximum
0.030 Inch 4.179 Inches (106.15 mm)

(0.76 mm) R Minimum - OD "B"
Minimum
4.187 Inches (106.35 mm)

Minimum - OD "A"
Retention
Radius
0.830 Inch
4.187 Inches (106.35 mm)
(21.09 mm)
Minimum - OD "A"
Minimum
TPI-APS220 A
P-shank, R-shank, and M-shank Minimum Height

Figure 2-5

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Minimum of Minimum of
0.172 Inch (4.37 mm) 0.799 Inch (20.30 mm)
for Y-shank and D-shank, for Y-shank and D-shank,
0.336 Inch (8.54 mm) Retention Radius 0.959 Inch (24.36 mm)
for E-shank for E-shank
APS222A
Y-shank, D-shank, and E-shank Minimum Height and Lip Thickness
Figure 2-6
0.375 Inch
1.000 Inch
(9.53 mm)
(25.40 mm)
Minimum
Maximum
Original
Circumferential 0.050 Inch
Material
Length ↓ (1.27 mm)
↑ Maximum
Depth
of Repair
Lip width
APS6213
APS6214
Bearing Retention Lip Repair Limits

Figure 2-7

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(5) Bearing Retention Lip Repair

(a) D-shank, E-shank, and Y-shank blades only
1 An unlimited number of local repairs to the bearing retention lip are
permitted if they fall within the limits below.
2 The maximum permitted damaged area that may be repaired is
0.050 inch (1.27 mm) deep and 1.00 inch (25.4 mm) in
circumferential length.
a The repair may extend the entire width of the bearing retention
lip. Refer to Figure 2-7.
3 Two adjacent repairs must be separated by a minimum of 0.375 inch
(9.53 mm) circumferential length of original material.
4 The minimum permitted lip diameter outside the local repair areas is
4.746 inches (120.55 mm).
a Measure the lip diameter in four places, at 45 degree intervals.
b If two or more measurements are below the minimum
permitted diameter, retire the blade in accordance with the
Part Retirement Procedures chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
5 Blend the repair(s) smoothly to the undamaged lip.
a The repaired area(s) must maintain a surface of 30 micro finish
or greater.
6 If all of the above limits are not met, retire the blade in accordance
with the Part Retirement Procedures chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(b) After sanding, polish the area with a crocus cloth or an abrasive
pad CM47 or equivalent.
(c) If the repair was completed after the initial optical comparator inspection
[step (3)(b) in this section], reinspect the blade retention radius on the
optical comparator.
(d) For D-shank, E-shank, and Y-shank blades, if the repair was completed
after the initial measurement [step (2) in this section], measure the Outside
Diameter in accordance with step (2).
1 All imperfections must be repaired before the compression rolling
process.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(6) Blade Shoulder Repair

(a) D-shank, E-shank, and Y-shank blades only
CAUTION 1: BE VERY CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE BLADE

RETENTION LIP WHEN REPAIRING THE BLADE
SHOULDER.
CAUTION 2: DO NOT UNDERCUT THE PITCH CHANGE KNOB.
1 Local repairs of pitting on the surface of the blade shoulder, between
the blade retention lip and the blade butt, to a maximum depth of
0.010 inch (0.25 mm) are permitted. Refer to Figure 2-8.
2 There is no limit to the number of repaired areas permitted on the
surface of the blade shoulder between the blade retention lip and the
blade butt.
Blade Retention Lip

Pitting is permitted
in this area
Blade Shoulder
Pitch Change Knob

APS222B
D-shank, E-shank, and Y-shank Blade Shoulder Repair Area

Figure 2-8

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(7) Measure Blade Shank
CAUTION: REQUIRED REPAIR AND REPAIR PROCEDURES

PERFORMED ON BLADE SHANK RETENTION AREAS
CAN REDUCE THE OVERALL THICKNESS OF THE
MATERIAL IN THE AREA BETWEEN THE BLADE BUTT
AND THE SHANK RETENTION RADIUS. THIS CAN
RESULT IN DIMENSIONS THAT ARE LESS THAN THE
PERMITTED LIMITS, WHILE STILL MAINTAINING THE
DESIRED SHAPE REQUIRED FOR ACCEPTANCE BY
OPTICAL COMPARATOR INSPECTION.
(a) Put the blade on a smooth, flat surface such as a propeller buildup table.
1 Before measuring remove raised areas on the blade butt that were
caused by stamping the blade after repair.
2 Let the pitch change knob hang over the edge of the work surface for
measurement of Y-shank blades.
(b) Inspect the Blade Butt
1 Pitting on the face of the blade butt to a maximum depth of
0.004 inch (0.10 mm) is permitted.
(c) Using a height gage graduated in thousandths of an inch (hundredths of a
millimeter), measure the blade shank.
1 For Z-shank, W-shank, and T-shank blades:
a Measure from the blade butt to the flat just outboard of the
radius. Refer to Figure 2-4. If the measurement is less than
0.845 inch (21.47 mm), retire the blade in accordance with the
Part Retirement Procedures chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
2 For P-shank, R-shank, and M-shank blades:
a Measure from the blade butt to the outboard edge of the
shoulder just outboard of the radius. Refer to Figure 2-5. If
the measurement is less than 0.830 inch (21.09 mm), retire
the blade in accordance with the Part Retirement Procedures
chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Retention Radius
0.500 inch (12.70 mm) Diameter
3.345 inches
(84.97 mm)
Minimum
2.000 inches
3.940 inches ±0.003 (50.80 mm)
1.210 inches (30.74 mm)
(100.08 mm ±0.07) 0.850 inch
Minimum
(21.59 mm)
WORK SURFACE
APS6080B
MV-shank Minimum Height

Figure 2-9

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3 For E-shank blades:

Manual 202A (61-01-02).
b Measure the thickness of the lip. Refer to Figure 2-6. If the
measurement is less than 0.336 inch (8.54 mm), retire the blade
in accordance with the Part Retirement Procedures chapter of
Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A
(61-01-02).
4 For Y-shank and D-shank blades:
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
b Measure the thickness of the lip. Refer to Figure 2-6. If the
measurement is less than 0.172 inch (4.37 mm), retire the blade
(61-01-02).
5 For MV-shank blades:
a Measure from the blade butt to the edge of a 0.250 inch
(6.35 mm) radius gage lip. Refer to Figure 2-9. If the
measurement is less than 1.210 inches (30.74 mm), retire
Manual 202A (61-01-02).

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
6 For V-shank blades modified to MV-shank blades:

a Measure from the blade butt to the flat of the first blade
shoulder, adjacent to the blade butt. Refer to Figure 2-10. This
measurement must be 0.515 inch (13.09 mm) or greater.
b Measure from the blade butt to the top of the "V" groove
notch area. This measurement must be less than 0.950 inch
(24.13 mm).
c Measure from the blade butt to the flat of the second blade
retention shoulder. This measurement must be 1.210 inches
(30.74 mm) or greater.
d If all of the tolerances are not met, retire the blade in
accordance with the Part Retirement Procedures chapter of
(61-01-02).
(d) Measure the OD of T-shank, M-shank, W-shank, Z-shank, P-shank, and
R-shank blades at four positions. Refer to Figure 2-2.
1 Measure the OD of the shank. Only one position can measure less
than 4.187 inches (106.35 mm).
2 If all of the tolerances are not met, retire the blade in accordance with
Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02). Refer to Figure 2-4 and
Figure 2-5.
(e) Measure the MV-shank OD at four positions. Refer to Figure 2-2.
1 Measure 0.850 inch (21.59 mm) up from the blade butt (Refer to
Figure 2-9). From this point measure the diameter of the blade
shank. Three of the four positions must measure 3.940 inches ±0.003
(100.08 mm ±0.07).
2 Measure 2.000 inches (50.80 mm) up from the blade butt. From this
point, measure the diameter of the blade shank. Only one position
can measure less than 3.345 inches (84.97 mm).
3 If all of the tolerances are not met, retire the blade in accordance with

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Retention Radius
0.500 inch (12.70 mm)
Diameter
3.345 inches (84.97 mm)
Minimum Diameter
BLADE RETENTION SHOULDER

3.940 inches ±0.003 (100.08 mm ±0.07 mm)
2.000 inches
(50.80 mm)
"V" Groove Radius 1.210 inches
"V" GROOVE AREA 0.094 inch ±0.031 (2.38 mm ±0.787 mm) (30.74 mm)
Minimum
0.950 inch
(24.13 mm)
0.242 inch
Maximum 0.515 inch
(13.09 mm)
BLADE SHOULDER (6.15 mm) Maximum
Minimum
3.940 inches ±0.003 (100.08 mm ±0.07 mm)
WORK SURFACE
APS6227
V-shank Modified to an MV-shank Dimensions

Figure 2-10

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(f) Measure the OD of V-shank blades modified to MV-shank blades at four

positions. Refer to Figure 2-2 and Figure 2-10.
1 Measure the diameter of the blade shoulder adjacent to the butt end
of the blade. This measurement must be 3.940 inches ±0.003
(100.08 mm ±0.07).
2 Measure the diameter of the blade retention shoulder farthest
away from the butt end of the blade. This measurement must be
3.940 inches ±0.003 (100.08 mm ±0.07).
3 Measure 2.000 inches (50.80 mm) up from the blade butt. From this
point, measure the diameter of the blade shank. This measurement
must be 3.345 inches (84.96 mm) or greater at three out of four
positions.
4 Measure the "V" groove radius. Refer to Figure 2-10. The radius must
be 0.094 inch ±0.031 (2.38 mm ±0.78). Measure the thickness from
the flat of the "V" groove radius to the outside lip of the shank. This
measurement must be 0.242 inch (6.14 mm) or less.
5 If any of these tolerances are not met, retire the blade in accordance
with the Part Retirement Procedures chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(g) For V-shank blades modified to MV-shank blades, the maximum permitted
depth for a local repair in the "V" groove area is 0.010 inch (0.25 mm).
1 If the local repair is greater than the maximum permitted depth, retire
the blade in accordance with the Part Retirement Procedures chapter
of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(8) Chemically Etch Blade Shank
CAUTION 1: ETCHING IS AN ESSENTIAL PROCESS THAT IMPROVES

THE VISIBILITY OF DEFECTS DURING PENETRANT
INSPECTION. FAILURE TO CHEMICALLY ETCH BLADE
SHANKS BEFORE PENETRANT INSPECTION MAY
RESULT IN LACK OF DETECTION OF SMALL CRACKS.
CAUTION 2: DO NOT LET CHEMICAL ETCHING SOLUTIONS REMAIN
ON THE BLADE LONGER THAN THE RECOMMENDED
TIME. CORROSIVE DESTRUCTION MAY RESULT.
THOROUGHLY RINSE ALL SOLUTIONS AFTER ETCHING
IS COMPLETED TO PREVENT CORROSION OF THE
BLADE MATERIAL.
(a) For chemical etching procedures, refer to the Penetrant Inspection chapter

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(9) Inspect Blade Shank Using Penetrant

NOTE: During overhaul, perform a penetrant inspection of the blade, as
applicable. Refer to the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter of this manual
for instructions
(a) For required materials, penetrant application methods, and inspection and
acceptance criteria, refer to the Penetrant Inspection chapter of Hartzell
(b) Penetrant inspect the blade shank a minimum of 4.0 inches (102 mm)
outboard of the blade butt.
(c) Penetrant indications are not permitted in the blade retention radius area.
(d) Retire suspect blades from service and return them to Hartzell
Propeller Inc. for evaluation.
NOTE: Previous requirements called for stamping a "P" on the butt
of the blade after penetrant inspection was completed. This
procedure is no longer required.
TE436 Profilometer probe Probe housing

component TE437
Probe stylus
Stylus guard
W10444
Electronic Profilometer TE436 and Probe Housing Component TE437

Figure 2-11

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(10) Cold Compression Roll Blade Retention Radius
CAUTION: COMPRESSIVE ROLLING IS A CRITICAL OPERATION

THAT MUST BE PERFORMED ONLY BY SHOPS
APPROVED BY HARTZELL PROPELLER INC.
(a) Compressive rolling operations must be performed by a shop approved by
1 A compression rolling approved facility is a facility approved by
Hartzell Propeller Inc. to perform the procedures required by this
manual and Service Bulletin HC-SB-61-118.
2 The approved facilities are the ONLY shops authorized by Hartzell
Propeller Inc. to return compression rolled parts to service.
3 Refer to the Approved Facilities chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(b) Refer to Appendix D - Rolling Machine in this manual for rolling machine
specifications, procedures, and repair station approval information.
(c) Hartzell Propeller Inc. Process Control H-S-23 for compression rolling of
single shoulder blades is an alternative method for compression rolling of
the blade retention radius in accordance with Appendix D of this manual.
CAUTION: ALL SINGLE SHOULDER BLADES REQUIRE

COMPRESSION ROLLING AT OVERHAUL.
(d) At overhaul, compression roll all single shoulder blades.
1 This includes older blades that received shot peening in the blade
retention area at manufacture.
2 During repair or overhaul, shot peening a single shoulder blade
retention radius is not permitted.
CAUTION: THE ROLLING MACHINE MUST BE TURNED OFF DURING

THIS INSPECTION.
(e) After the rolling process is completed, turn off the rolling machine.
(f) Use an electronic profilometer TE436 (Figure 2-11) or other approved
alternative to measure the surface finish of the rolled radius and the
transition area of the blade shank as defined in Figure 13-4 through
Figure 13-9 in Appendix D - Rolling Machine in this manual.
1 Support the probe of the TE436 profilometer using one of the
following methods:
a Housing component TE437, or equivalent holder
b Stand adapter TE496 and drive housing adapter TE497 with
a customer procured height stand

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2 Leave the blade in the rolling machine chuck, position the blade
horizontally in a holding fixture, or set the blade vertically, with the
blade butt on a surface or inspection plate that has clearance for the
Y-shank knob, if applicable.
3 Visually examine the blade retention radius and transition area
and make a record of any obvious discontinuities in the radius and
transition areas.
a Examples of unsatisfactory surface conditions are indents, pits,
ridges, or abrupt transitions.
b Using an abrasive pad that has 400-grit or finer, polish
unsatisfactory conditions in accordance with the limits specified
in this chapter.
c If the blade was polished after rolling, re-roll the blade retention
radius. Refer to Appendix D - Rolling Machine in this manual.
4 Set up the profilometer TE436 according to the manufacturer's
instructions.
5 Configure the profilometer to read "Ra" with the units in microinches
or micrometers.
CAUTION: THE PROFILOMETER CALIBRATION MUST BE

CHECKED AGAINST THE MANUFACTURER
SUPPLIED REFERENCE STANDARD A MINIMUM OF
ONCE EACH SHIFT.
6 Before performing surface finish inspections, check the profilometer
calibration against the manufacturer reference standard or the
roughness standard TE498, as applicable.
a The profilometer "Ra" reading must be within 2% of the "Ra"
value specified by the manufacturer reference standard or the
roughness standard TE498, as applicable.
b If the profilometer reading is not within the specified
limits, recalibrate the profilometer in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
7 Profilometer setup
a Set "Lt" to 0.224 inch (5.68 mm).
b Set "cutoff" to 0.032 inch (0.81 mm) X 5.
c Set the number of samples to 5.
8 Using a clean cloth dampened with solvent CM11, clean the blade
shank.
9 Put the profilometer at the area where the most prominent of any
discontinuities in the transition area of the blade is located.
a Rotate the blade, if necessary.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10 If no discontinuities are found, the inspection may be performed

anywhere within the specified area.
11 Insert the profilometer probe into the TE437 probe housing, or
equivalent holder, in the vertical position so that the stylus is at the
6 o'clock ±5 degrees position. Refer to Figure 2-11.
12 Put the TE437 probe housing on a nonslip surface or attach the
probe housing to a customer procured height stand using stand
adapter TE496 and drive housing adapter TE497.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE STYLUS GUARD DOES NOT

TOUCH THE BLADE.
13 Adjust the height of the probe housing legs or adjust the customer
procured height stand so that the probe stylus has positive contact
with the blade and is depressed approximately 0.06 inch (1.5 mm) on
the transition area, so that the probe stylus can move perpendicular
to the blade centerline and parallel with the surface of the blade butt.
14 Perform the surface finish inspection of the transition area in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
a If the rolling is performed in accordance with Appendix D -
Rolling Machine in this manual, the surface finish in the
transition area must be 15 Ra microinch (0.381 Ra micrometer)
or smoother. If the surface finish is coarser than 15 Ra
microinch (0.381 Ra micrometer), repeat steps (2), (4), (5), and
(10)(a) through (10)(e)13 in this section.
b If the rolling is performed in accordance with Hartzell
Process Control H-S-23 (alternative method of rolling), the
surface finish in the transition area must be 10 Ra microinch
(0.254 Ra micrometer) or smoother. If the surface finish is
coarser than 10 Ra microinch (0.254 Ra micrometer), repeat
steps (2), (4), (5), and (10)(a) through (10)(e)13 in this section.
15 Put the profilometer at the area where the most prominent of any
discontinuities in the retention radius of the blade is located.
a Rotate the blade, if necessary.
16 If no discontinuities are found, the inspection may be performed
anywhere within the specified area.
17 If measuring the surface finish in the middle of the blade retention
radius, remove and reinsert the probe into the TE437 probe
housing with the button on the probe stylus in the angled slot, or
position and rotate the drive unit at 45 ±5 degrees within the drive
housing adapter TE497 and the stand adapter TE496, or equivalent
holder.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
18 Put the probe housing TE437 on a nonslip surface or attach the

probe housing to a customer procured height stand using stand
adapter TE496 and drive housing adapter TE497.
19 Adjust the height of the legs on the probe housing TE437 or adjust
the customer procured height stand so that the probe stylus is in the
midpoint of the radius.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE STYLUS GUARD DOES NOT

TOUCH THE BLADE.
20 Move the probe housing so that the probe stylus has positive contact
with the blade and is depressed approximately 0.06 inch (1.5 mm) on
the radius area, so that the probe stylus moves perpendicular to the
blade centerline and parallel with the surface of the blade butt during
the measurement.
a If the stylus guard interferes with correct contact of the probe
stylus to the radius area, remove the guard.
21 Perform the surface finish inspection in the radius area in accordance
with the manufacturer's instructions.
a The surface finish in the radius area must be 10 Ra microinch
(0.254 Ra micrometer) or less.
b If the surface finish is greater than 10 Ra microinch
(0.254 Ra micrometer), repeat steps (2), (4), (5), and
(10)(a) through (10)(e)20 in this section.
(g) After the surface finish measurement is successfully completed, inspect
the blade shank on the optical comparator. Refer to Appendix A - Optical
Comparator in this manual for instructions.
1 The retention radius must be inspected at a minimum of two
locations, 180 degrees apart.
a More locations are required to be inspected if the retention
radius or shank shoulder appears to be non-uniform.
2 If the shank does not meet the optical comparator overlay in any of
the inspected locations, repair the blade shank or remove the blade
from service.
(h) For D-shank, E-shank, and Y-shank blades only:
1 If the shank diameter was near the minimum limit before
compression, measure the shank diameter in accordance with the
Overhaul Procedures section in this chapter.
NOTE: Previous requirements called for stamping an "RD" on the
butt of the blade after compression rolling was completed.
This procedure is no longer required.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(11) Apply Chemical Conversion Coating

NOTE: This manual breaks the overhaul procedures into specific sections for
simplicity, but individual shops may decide to chemically treat these
areas simultaneously.
(a) At overhaul, apply a chemical conversion coating to the retention radius
and the entire blade butt, including bore, balance hole, and pitch change
knob, if present. Refer to the Chromic Acid Anodizing chapter of Hartzell
(b) Follow the product manufacturer's instructions about storage temperature
and pH level to maintain the integrity of the chemical conversion coating.
(c) Apply the chemical conversion coating in accordance with the instructions
provided by the product manufacturer.
CAUTION: WHEN THE AREA TO BE CHEMICAL CONVERSION

COATED HAS BEEN CLEANED, DO NOT TOUCH THE
SURFACE WITH FINGERS OR ANY OILY SUBSTANCE.
THIS WILL CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE SURFACE
AND THE CHEMICAL CONVERSION COAT WILL NOT
BOND TO IT.
(d) After compression rolling, clean the blade shank using a noncorrosive
cleaner such as "Bon Ami", "Radiaze L.F.", or another similar cleaner that
does not contain chlorine or corrosive agents.
(e) Using a grease-free and lint-free cloth such as cheese cloth CM159, apply
the cleaner.
(f) Using water, rinse the shank area.
1 If the water beads on the shank area, grease is still present.
2 Repeat the cleaning process until no grease or residue is apparent.
(g) Using cheese cloth CM159 or equivalent, thoroughly dry the shank area.
(h) At overhaul, apply a chemical conversion coating to the retention radius
and to the entire blade butt, including bore, balance hole, and pitch
change knob if present. Refer to the Chromic Acid Anodizing chapter of
1 To make sure of proper bearing installation and corrosion protection,
apply the minimum chemical conversion coating thickness necessary.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(i) The transition between the chemical conversion coating region and the
anodized portion of the blade is defined in Table 2-1.
1 Overlap of the chemical conversion coating and anodize within this
region is required.
Distance From the Blade Butt
Shank Inboard Boundary Outboard Boundary
T, W, and Z 2.0 Inches (50 mm) 3.0 Inches (76 mm)

M, P, and R 2.0 Inches (50 mm) 3.0 Inches (76 mm)
MV with N modification 2.0 Inches (50 mm) 3.0 Inches (76 mm)
D, E, and Y 1.7 Inches (43 mm) 2.7 Inches (68 mm)
Transition Region for Anodize to Chemical Conversion Coating

Table 2-1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3.380 Inches ±0.035

(85.85 mm ±0.88)
0.250 Inch
(6.35 mm)
3.450 Inches ±0.010
(87.63 mm ±0.25) 0.250 Inch
(6.35 mm)
3.940 Inches ±0.003

(100.07 mm ±0.07)
DBLSHLD
Double Shoulder Shank Diameter Dimensions

Figure 2-12

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
C. Double Shoulder Blade Shank Inspection and Overhaul

(1) Clean Shank
(a) Using plastic media, clean the shank area to remove paint and sealant
material.
(b) Using a cloth dampened with solvent CM23, wipe the shank area.
(c) Let the solvent thoroughly dry.
(2) Measure Shank
(a) Measure the Outside Diameter of the Blade Shank. Refer to Figure 2-12.
1 Before measuring, remove any raised area on the blade butt that is
2 With the blade butt down, put the blade in a vertical position on a
smooth, flat surface such as a propeller buildup table.
3 Measure the shank outside diameter in 45 degree increments. Refer
to Figure 2-2.
4 Measure up 0.25 inch (6.3 mm) from the flat of the outboard retention
radius.
a At this point, measure the shank outside diameter.
b The minimum permitted shank outside diameter is 3.440 inch
(87.38 mm).
c If the measurement is not within the limits specified, retire
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
5 If the first measurement of the shank outside diameter is within
tolerance, measure up 0.25 inch (6.3 mm) from the first measurement
[0.50 inch (12.7 mm)] from the flat of the outboard retention radius].
a At this point, measure the shank outside diameter.
b The minimum permitted shank outside diameter is 3.345 inches
(84.98 mm).
c If the measurement is not within the permitted limits, retire
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
6 Measure the outside diameter of the blade butt below the inboard
"V" groove retention radius.
a The minimum permitted shank outside diameter is 3.937 inches
(100.00 mm).
b If the measurement is not within the permitted limits, retire
Manual 202A (61-01-02).

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Area "A"
Outboard Inboard "V" Groove

Retention Retention Radius
Radius
Flat of the Outboard Retention

Radius
Outboard
Shank Height "D"
0.801 inch ±0.001
(20.34 ± 0.025)
minimum
Total Shank
Height "C"
1.337 inches
(33.96 mm)
minimum
Height Flat of the Inboard Retention
"E" Radius
APS0223A
Double Shoulder Shank Inspection

Figure 2-13

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(b) Measure the shank height. Refer to Figure 2-13.

1 Before measuring, remove any raised area on the blade butt that is
CAUTION: REQUIRED REPAIR AND REPAIR PROCEDURES

PERFORMED ON BLADE SHANK RETENTION
AREAS CAN REDUCE THE OVERALL THICKNESS
OF THE MATERIAL IN THE AREA BETWEEN THE
BLADE BUTT AND THE SHANK RETENTION RADIUS.
THIS REPAIR CAN RESULT IN DIMENSIONS THAT
ARE LESS THAN SATISFACTORY LIMITS WHILE
STILL MAINTAINING DESIRED SHAPE REQUIRED
FOR ACCEPTANCE BY OPTICAL COMPARATOR
INSPECTION.
2 With the blade butt down, put the blade in a vertical position on a
smooth, flat surface such as a propeller buildup table.
3 Using a height gauge that can measure to the number of decimal
places specified, measure the blade shank height.
4 Measure from the blade butt to the flat of the outboard retention
radius.
a The minimum permitted total shank height (Height "C")
measurement is 1.337 inches (33.96 mm).
b If the measurement is not within the permitted limits, retire
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
5 If the dimension of the total shank height "C" from step (2)(b)4 of this
procedure is within the limits specified, measure from the blade butt
to the flat of the inboard retention radius (Height "E").
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE MINIMUM SHANK HEIGHT

IS WITHIN PERMITTED LIMITS AFTER REPAIR.
a Subtract the measurement (Height "E") from the measurement
of the total shank height (Height "C").
b The permitted measurement difference is 0.801 inch ±0.001
(20.34 mm ±0.02).
c If the difference is less than 0.800 inch (20.32 mm), repair the
inboard retention radius to meet the permitted limits.
d If the difference is greater than 0.802 inch (20.37 mm), repair
the outboard retention radius by removing material from the
flat of the outboard retention radius until the blade is within the
permitted limits.
e The blade must have a minimum shank height of 1.337 inches
(33.96 mm) at all points on the shank.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(3) Visually examine the Outboard Retention Radius

(a) There must be a smooth transition with no steps or irregularities where the
outboard retention radius blends into the straight surface of the blade.
(b) Visually examine the outboard retention radius for damage or corrosion.
1 Damage or corrosion is not permitted.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REVISION LEVEL OF THE

OVERLAY BEING USED IS CORRECT.
(c) Using an optical comparator TE28, perform an inspection of the outboard
retention radius. Refer to Appendix A - Optical Comparator in this manual.
1 Refer to Table 9-1 for the correct revision level of the applicable
overlay.
(d) If the outboard retention radius does not meet the optical comparator
overlay requirements or if there is damage or corrosion, repair the radius
in accordance with the section, "Repair of the Outboard Retention Radius"
in this chapter until it meets the correct optical comparator overlay shape.
1 If the outboard retention radius cannot be repaired to meet the
correct optical comparator overlay shape, retire the blade in
(4) Visually examine the Inboard "V" Groove Retention Radius. Refer to
Figure 2-13.
(a) Visually examine the inboard "V" groove retention radius and Area "A" for
damage or corrosion.
1 Damage or corrosion is not permitted.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REVISION LEVEL OF THE

OVERLAY BEING USED IS CORRECT.
(b) Using an optical comparator TE28, perform an inspection of the inboard
"V" groove retention radius and area "A". Refer to Appendix A - Optical
Comparator in this manual.
1 Refer to Table 9-1 for the correct revision level of the applicable
overlay.
(c) If the inboard "V" groove retention radius or Area "A'" does not meet the
optical comparator overlay requirements or there is damage or corrosion,
repair in accordance with the "Repair of the Inboard "V" Groove Retention
Radius" section in this chapter until it meets the correct optical comparator
overlay shape.
1 If the inboard "V" groove retention radius or Area "A'" cannot be
repaired to meet the correct optical comparator overlay shape, retire
the blade in accordance with the Part Retirement Procedures chapter

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(5) Perform a Penetrant Inspection of the Outboard Retention Area and

the Inboard "V" Groove Retention Area.
(a) Refer to the Penetrant Inspection chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(6) Perform an Eddy Current Inspection of the Retention Area.
(a) Refer to the Eddy Current Inspection chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(7) Repair of the Outboard Retention Radius
CAUTION: SCRATCHES, PITTING, OR SIMILAR DEFECTS ARE NOT

PERMITTED, BECAUSE THESE CAN CAUSE BLADE
FAILURE. A SMOOTH, HIGH QUALITY SURFACE FINISH
IS THE MOST CRITICAL ELEMENT IN THE REPAIR OF A
BLADE SHANK.
(a) Using 320-grit or finer sandpaper, repair the outboard retention radius to
remove nicks, scratches, and corrosion found during visual inspection.
1 Damage after repair is not permitted.
2 Repair must be performed to match the retention radius of the optical
comparator overlay.

(b) For blades that require repair for larger imperfections, mechanically rotate
the blade at a slow RPM to make sure that there is equal removal of
material.
(c) One local repair is permitted in the outboard retention radius of a blade.
1 The maximum permitted depth of repair is 0.020 inch (0.50 mm).
2 The maximum permitted length of repair is 0.50 inch (12.7 mm).
3 If the local repair is beyond the maximum permitted limits, retire the
(d) If damage to the shot peened surface has a depth of more than 0.003 inch
(0.07 mm), repair the area and re-shot peen before returning the blade to
service.
(e) After completion of repair, reinspect the outboard retention radius on the
optical comparator.
1 If the retention radius does not match the optical comparator overlay,
retire the blade in accordance with the Part Retirement Procedures
chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A
(61-01-02).

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(8) Repair of the Inboard "V" Groove Retention Radius and Area "A"
CAUTION: SCRATCHES, PITTING, OR SIMILAR DEFECTS ARE NOT

PERMITTED, BECAUSE THESE CAN CAUSE BLADE
FAILURE. A SMOOTH, HIGH QUALITY SURFACE FINISH
IS THE MOST CRITICAL ELEMENT IN THE REPAIR OF A
BLADE SHANK.
(a) Using 320-grit or finer sandpaper, repair the inboard "V" groove retention
radius to remove nicks, scratches, and corrosion found during visual
inspection.
1 Damage after repair is not permitted.
2 Repair must be performed to match the inboard "V" groove retention
radius of the optical comparator overlay.

(b) For blades that require repair for larger imperfections, mechanically rotate
the blade at a slow RPM to make sure that there is equal removal of
material.
(c) Local repairs are permitted in Area "A" of the inboard "V" groove of a
blade. Refer to Figure 2-13.
1 The maximum permitted depth of repair is 0.015 inch (0.38 mm).
2 Blend the repair smoothly with the surrounding surface.
3 If the repair extends into the inboard "V" groove retention radius,
machine the radius to remove any indication of repair.
4 If the local repair is beyond the maximum permitted limits, retire the
(d) If damage to the shot peened surface has a depth of more than 0.003 inch
(0.07 mm), repair the area and re-shot peen before returning the blade to
service.
(e) After completion of repair, reinspect the inboard "V" groove retention
radius and Area "A" on the optical comparator.
1 If the retention radius or Area "A" does not match the optical
comparator overlay, retire the blade in accordance with the Part
Retirement Procedures chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Direction of Shot Blast, 45 degrees
APS6321
1.750 inches ±0.125
(44.45 mm ±3.18)
CAUTION: ALL CUT WIRE SHOT MUST BE CONDITIONED IN ACCORDANCE

WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS IN THE SHOT PEENING CHAPTER
OF HARTZELL PROPELLER INC. STANDARD PRACTICES
MANUAL 202A (61-01-02).
Description Shot Size
Almen Type Intensity
Double shoulder blade CW62 A 0.010 - 0.013 inch
X-shank and V-shank models (0.25 - 0.33 mm)
S390 A 0.016 - 0.019 inch
(0.41 - 0.48 mm)
Blade Shank Shot Peen Coverage Specifications

Figure 2-14

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(9) Shot Peen Shank as Required

(a) Some blades may have been shot peened outboard of the shot peen area
specified in this section.
1 At overhaul, re-shot peen the blade shank within the specified area of
1.750 inches ±0.125 (44.45 mm ±3.18) from the blade butt.
(b) Shot peened areas that receive repairs to damage with a depth greater
than 0.003 inch (0.07 mm) must be re-shot peened at overhaul.
(c) Early production blades were not shot peened.
1 All non shot peened blades must be shot peened at overhaul.
2 Re-shot peening at subsequent overhauls is not required unless
dictated by damage or repairs.
(d) For the general shot peening procedure, refer to the Shot Peening chapter
(e) For shops approved to do the shot peening procedure, refer to the
Approved Facilities chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(f) For blade shank shot peen coverage specifications, refer to Figure 2-14.
1 Shot peen an area of 1.750 inches ±0.125 (44.45 mm ±3.18) from the
blade butt.
2 Apply the shot to the inboard retention shoulder at an angle
45 degrees from the pitch change axis of the blade, and toward the
shank of the blade.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

(a) This manual breaks the overhaul procedures into specific sections for
simplicity, but individual shops may decide to chemically treat these areas
simultaneously.
(b) At overhaul apply a chemical conversion coating to the retention radius
and to the entire blade butt, including bore, balance hole, and pitch
change knob, if present. Refer to the Chromic Acid Anodizing chapter of
(c) Follow the product manufacturer's instructions about storage temperature
(d) For approved chemical conversion coating products, refer to the
Chromic Acid Anodizing chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard

THIS WILL CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE SURFACE
AND THE CHEMICAL CONVERSION COAT WILL NOT
BOND TO IT.
(e) After repair or shot peening, clean the blade shank using a noncorrosive
cleaner such as "Bon Ami", "Radiaze L.F.", or other similar cleaner that
does not contain chlorine or corrosive causing agents.
(f) Using a grease-free and lint-free cloth, such as cheese cloth CM159 or
equivalent, apply the cleaner.
(g) Using water, rinse the shank area.
1 If the water beads on the shank area, grease is still present.
2 Repeat the cleaning process until no grease or residue is apparent.
(h) Using a lint-free cloth, such as cheese cloth CM159, thoroughly dry the
shank area.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(i) Apply the chemical conversion coating in accordance with the instructions
(j) Apply the chemical conversion coating to the retention radius and entire
blade butt, including bore, balance hole, and pitch change knob if present.
(k) The transition between the chemical conversion coating region and the
1 Overlap of the chemical conversion coating and anodize within this
region is required.
Distance From the Blade Butt
Shank Inboard Boundary Outboard Boundary
X, V, and V with N modification 2 Inches (50.8 mm) 3 Inches (76.2 mm)
Transition Region for Anodize to Chemical Conversion Coating

Table 2-2

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
D. Pitch Change Knob Inspection and Overhaul

(1) The pitch change knob of each Y-shank aluminum propeller blade must
undergo the following inspections to detect and prevent pitch change knob
failures.
(a) If a pitch change knob measurement is below the minimum permitted
dimensions, retire the blade in accordance with the Part Retirement
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
NOTE: The most critical location for damage to occur is at the large
diameter portion of the knob in the radius adjacent to the blade
butt.
(2) Non "F" knobs were manufactured with a small diameter of 0.562 inch
(14.28 mm) and a large diameter of 0.750 inch (19.05 mm) through July 1971.
After July of 1971, the large diameter was changed to 0.812 inch (20.63 mm).
Refer to Table 2-3.
(3) In October 1971, the "F" pitch change knob, manufactured with a small
diameter of 0.625 inch (15.88 mm) and large diameter of 0.812 inch
(20.63 mm) superseded the non "F" knob.
(4) Inspect and repair each pitch change knob based on the pitch change knob
dimensions when manufactured. For example, a non "F" pitch change knob
manufactured with a large diameter of 0.812 (20.63 mm) cannot be converted
to a non "F" pitch change knob with a large diameter of 0.750 inch (19.05 mm).
Refer to Table 2-3.
Knob/Shank Small Dia. Large Dia. Small Dia. Large Dia.

Limit Limit (Mfg) (Mfg)
"F" Knob 0.621 inch 0.800 inch 0.625 inch 0.812 inch
(Y-shank) (15.78 mm) (20.32 mm) (15.88 mm) (20.63 mm)
Non "F" Knob 0.558 inch 0.800 inch 0.562 inch 0.812 inch
(Y-shank) (14.18 mm) (20.32 mm) (14.28 mm) (20.63 mm)
After July 1971
Non "F" Knob 0.558 inch 0.740 inch 0.562 inch 0.750 inch
(Y-shank) (14.18 mm) (18.80 mm) (14.28 mm) (19.05 mm)
Thru July 1971
Repair Dimensions for "F" and Non "F" Pitch Change Knobs
Table 2-3

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(5) Compliance with the following procedures is required during each propeller
overhaul and during inspection after a foreign object strike incident.
(6) Visually examine for damage such as cracks, gouges, scratches, and corrosion
pits.
(a) Repair the damage (if repairable) before the blade is returned to service.
(b) If the damage exceeds the repair limits, retire the blade in accordance with
the Part Retirement Procedures chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
(7) Visually examine for possible bent knob.
(a) Check perpendicularity of knob with blade butt. Refer to Figure 2-15.
(b) If the knob is bent, retire the blade in accordance with the Part Retirement
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
90 degrees
TI-00042
Perpendicularity of the Pitch Change Knob

Figure 2-15

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(8) Perform inspection and repair in accordance with the following guidelines:
(a) "F" Pitch Change Knobs (Y-shank blades)
1 Finish
a A pitch change knob that has not been shot peened must have
a smooth, high quality finish.
1) Remove all sharp corners and burrs on the knob.
2) Shot peen the knob in accordance with step (9) in this
section after inspection and repair before being returned to
service.
b A shot peened pitch change knob must not show wear below
the shot peen pebble grain surface.
1) A shot peened pitch change knob with visible wear that
penetrates the shot peened surface must be re-shot
peened in accordance to step (9) in this section after
inspection and repair.
Location "B" must maintain the minimum

"small OD" of 0.621 inch (15.78 mm)
Location "C"
0.187 inch
(4.74 mm) Max.
0.156 X 0.156
inch
(3.96 mm
X 3.96 mm)
Max. 0.050 inch R 0.115 inch Min.
(1.27 mm) Max. (2.93 mm) Min. 0.621 inch
(15.78 mm)
0.800 inch
(20.32 mm)
TI-00040
TI-00041
0.525 inch
(13.34 mm) Min.
1.322 inch Location "A" must maintain the minimum
(33.58 mm) Min.
"large OD" of 0.800 inch (20.32 mm).
"F" Pitch Change Knob Inspection Criteria

Figure 2-16

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2 Large Diameter Cylindrical Surface (from blade butt to "step")

a One local spot repair of the large diameter up to 0.005 inch
(0.12 mm) below the minimum diameter is permitted.
b Blend smooth to 40 times the depth of the damage.
c The repaired area must not exceed 25% of the total surface
area and must not extend more than 120 degrees around the
knob.
d The minimum permitted diameter is 0.800 inch (20.32 mm).
e Local spot repair of 0.005 inch (0.12 mm) below the minimum
diameter as previously described is permitted.
3 Small Diameter Cylindrical Surface (area of pitch change knob
contact)
NOTE: Some early production blades were manufactured with a
small beveled area on the edge of the knob. This is not
cause to retire the blade. Refer to Figure 2-16.
a Repair all damage, scratches, and abrasions within 0.125 inch
(3.17 mm) of the small diameter radius.
1 Damage can be repaired to 0.005 inch (0.12 mm) depth.
b Spot repairs must be blended so that the width of repair is a
minimum of 40 times the damage depth.
c For up to 50% of the remaining surface area, scratches and
abrasions up to 0.003 inch (0.07 mm) in depth are permitted.
d One local spot repair of the small diameter up to 0.005 inch
1 Blend smooth to 40 times the depth of the damage.
e The repaired area must not exceed 25% of the total surface
knob.
f The minimum permitted diameter is 0.621 inch (15.78 mm).
1 Local spot repair of 0.005 inch (0.12 mm) below the
minimum diameter as previously described is permitted.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
4 Large Diameter Fillet Radius:
CAUTION: DO NOT UNDERCUT THE BLADE BUTT SURFACE.

a The minimum permitted radius is 0.110 inch (2.80 mm).
b Repair as necessary.
c Repairs in location "A" (where the cylindrical surface and
the radius meet) must maintain the minimum "large OD" of
0.800 inch (20.32 mm). Refer to Figure 2-16.
5 Small Diameter Fillet Radius:
c Repairs in location "B" (where the cylindrical surface and the
radius meet) must maintain the minimum "small OD" of
6 If the repair enters the large diameter cylindrical surface no more
than 0.050 inch (1.27 mm) and extends no more than 0.187 inch
(4.74 mm), localized repair on the corner edge of the large diameter
cylindrical surface as shown in location "C" is permitted.
a The corner radius of the local repair must not be less than
b Localized repair is limited to one location and the repaired area
must not exceed 45 degrees of the knob circumference.
7 Knob length is measured from the blade butt to the end of the knob.
a The minimum permitted knob length is 1.322 inches
(33.58 mm).
8 The minimum distance from the blade butt to the corner of the small
diameter fillet radius is 0.525 inch (13.34 mm).
9 Penetrant inspect in accordance with the Penetrant Inspection
(61-01-02).
10 "F" pitch change knobs on all aluminum blades must be shot peened
in accordance with the requirements specified in step (9) in this
section.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(b) Non "F" Aluminum Blade Pitch Change Knobs

1 Finish
a A smooth high quality finish is required.
b Remove all sharp corners and burrs on the knob.
2 Large Diameter Cylindrical Surface (from blade butt to "step")
a One local spot repair of the large diameter up to 0.005 inch
b Repaired area must not exceed 25% of the total surface area
and must not extend more than 120 degrees around the knob.
c Blades manufactured with a large OD of 0.812 inch (20.63 mm)
repairs must maintain a minimum "large OD" of 0.800 inch
(20.32 mm).
d Blades manufactured with a large OD of 0.750 inch
(19.05 mm) repairs must maintain a minimum "large OD"
of 0.740 inch (18.80 mm).

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3 Small Diameter Cylindrical Surface (area of pitch change knob

contact)
NOTE: Some early production blades were manufactured with a
small beveled area on the edge of the knob. This is not
cause to retire the blade. Refer to Figure 2-17.
a Repair all damage, scratches, and abrasions within 0.125 inch
(3.17 mm) of the small diameter radius.
1 Damage can be repaired to 0.005 inch (0.12 mm) depth.
b Spot repairs must be blended so that the width of repair is a
minimum of 40 times the damage depth.
c For up to 50% of the remaining surface area, scratches and
abrasions up to 0.003 inch (0.07 mm) in depth are permitted.
d One local spot repair of the small diameter up to 0.005 inch
e The repaired area must not exceed 25% of the total surface
knob.
Location "B" must maintain the minimum

"small OD" of 0.558 inch (14.18 mm)
Location "C"
0.187 inch
(4.74 mm) Max
0.156 X 0.156
inch
(3.96 mm
X 3.96 mm) 0.558 inch
Max. 0.050 inch R 0.115 inch (14.18 mm)
(1.27 mm) Max (2.93 mm) Min
R 0.115 inch
(2.93 mm) Min R 0.110 inch
(2.80 mm) Min
TI-00043
TI-00044
If manufactured with a large OD of 0.812 inch

(20.62 mm), location "A" must maintain the
0.525 inch
minimum large OD of 0.800 inch (20.32 mm).
(13.34 mm) Min
1.322 inch If manufactured with a large OD of 0.750 inch
(33.58 mm) Min (19.05 mm), location "A" must maintain the
minimum large OD of 0.740 inch (18.8 mm).
Non "F" Pitch Change Knob Inspection Criteria

Figure 2-17

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
f The minimum permitted diameter is 0.558 inch (14.18 mm).

4 Large Diameter Fillet Radius:
CAUTION: DO NOT UNDERCUT THE BLADE BUTT SURFACE.

c Repairs in location "A" (where the cylindrical surface and
the radius meet) must maintain the minimum "large OD" in
accordance with Figure 2-17 if manufactured with a large OD of
0.750 (19.05 mm).
5 Small Diameter Fillet Radius:
b Repair as necessary. Refer to Figure 2-17.
c Repairs in location "B" (where the cylindrical surface and the
radius meet) must maintain the minimum "small OD" of
0.558 inch (14.18 mm).
6 If the repair enters the large diameter cylindrical surface no more
than 0.050 inch (1.27 mm) and extends no more than 0.187 inch
(4.74 mm), localized repair on the corner edge of the large diameter
cylindrical surface (location "C") is permitted.
a The corner radius of the local repair must not be less than
0.115 inch (2.93 mm).
b Localized repair is limited to one location and the repaired area
must not exceed 45 degrees of the knob circumference.
7 Knob length is measured from the blade butt to the end of the knob.
a The minimum permitted knob length is 1.322 inches (33.58 mm).
8 The minimum distance from the blade butt to the corner of the small
diameter fillet radius is 0.525 inch (13.34 mm).
9 Penetrant inspect in accordance with the Penetrant Inspection
(61-01-02).
CAUTION: DO NOT SHOT PEEN NON "F" PITCH CHANGE

KNOBS. IF NON "F" PITCH CHANGE KNOBS ARE
SHOT PEENED THE BLADE MUST BE RETIRED
FROM SERVICE.
10 If a non "F" pitch change knob is shot peened, the blade must be
retired from service.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(9) Shot Peen Requirements and Procedures

(a) Authorization to perform pitch change knob shot peening is contingent on
approval from Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(b) For approved facilities and sampling program criteria, refer to the
Approved Facilities chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(c) Almen test strips must be Almen "A" type.
(d) For information about necessary drawings and machine components to
build an approved shot peen cabinet, contact the Hartzell Product Support
department.
NOTE: The rolled compressive layer applied when a pitch change knob
is manufactured may be compromised by damage, in service
loads, repair, or wear.
(e) To reapply the compressive layer, "F" pitch change knobs must now be
shot peened in accordance with the following requirements:
1 All "F" knobs on Y-shank aluminum blades must be shot peened at
next overhaul, if not previously accomplished.
2 All "F" knobs on Y-shank aluminum blades used in aerobatic
applications must be shot peened at every overhaul.
3 All "F" knobs on Y-shank aluminum blades used in agricultural
applications must be shot peened at every overhaul.
4 Damage, wear, or repair that exceeds the depth of the pebble grain
surface requires that the entire knob be reshot peened before being
returned to service.
5 All "F" knobs on Y-shank aluminum blades involved in a foreign
object strike requiring disassembly as defined in the Special
Inspections chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02) must be shot peened before being returned
to service.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(f) Knob Preparation

1 Using 120-grit sandpaper, break the edge on the end of the pitch
change knob.
a The edge break must not be greater than 0.030 inch (0.76 mm).
2 Break the edge on the corner of the large diameter cylindrical surface
where it meets the small diameter radius.
NOTE 1: Breaking these edges will prevent them from expanding
during shot peening.
NOTE 2: Failure to break the edge of the pitch change knob end
will require additional sanding before installation of the
pitch change knob bushing after shot peening.
a The edge break must not be greater than 0.020 inch (0.51 mm).
3 Using solvent CM106, clean the blade shank, pitch change knob,
and blade bore in accordance with the Cleaning chapter of Hartzell
(g) Shot Type
1 Use S-330 Cast Steel or CW41 cut wire stainless steel, in
accordance with the Shot Peening chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Almen Strip Holder

(TE609)
Almen Strip almemstripholder
Almen Strip Holder TE609

Figure 2-18

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
CAUTION: USE HARTZELL TE446 SHOT PEEN ASSEMBLY WHEN

SHOT PEENING "F" PITCH CHANGE KNOBS.
(h) Intensity Requirement
1 A process intensity of 0.012 to 0.015 inch (0.30 to 0.38 mm)
Almen "A" is required.
2 For intensity determination and process control requirements, refer
to the Shot Peening chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
3 Fixture the Almen strips using Almen Strip Holder TE609. Refer to
Figure 2-18.
4 Because of the geometry of the feature being peened and the nature
of its rotating exposure to the shot stream, it is required that peening
time be measured in complete revolutions of the machine's turntable.
Example: A curve may consist of intensity measurements for 1, 2, 3,
4, 6, and 8 revolutions of the turntable.
(i) Coverage Requirement
1 Full coverage is required on both knob radii and the knob barrel
between the radii.
2 Masking is required to protect the blade butt and bores from peening.
Refer to Figure 2-21.
3 Partial coverage (overspray) is allowable on all knob surfaces not
specified for full coverage on the blade butt area near the edges of
the mask.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
The vertical axis of the shot Large

peen nozzle must be centered Diameter
between the knob radii. Fillet Radius
e
nc
de
ci
In
of
Small Diameter
e
gl
Fillet Radius
An
Pitch Change Knob Centerline

45 degrees
Shot peen nozzle

TI-00181
Angle of Incidence and Vertical Axis

Figure 2-19

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(j) Shot Peen Machine Settings

1 The following requirements must not be altered. Refer to Figure 2-19.
a The angle of incidence is 45 degrees.
b The vertical axis of the nozzle is a point centered between the
knob radii. Refer to Figure 2-19.
c The horizontal axis for the nozzle is the centerline of the knob.
d The required distance between the nozzle and shot peen
surface is 7.15 to 7.4 inches (181.7 to 188 mm).
2 The following settings are recommended for the first intensity
determination curve.
a To achieve the correct intensity, these settings may be adjusted
in accordance with the Troubleshooting section (j)3 of this
procedure.
b The metering valve TE605 must be open approximately 75%.
c The vacuum produced in the nozzle must be a minimum of
12 in. Hg (40.6 KPA).
d Clean dry air, volume greater than 50 CFM (1415 liter/min.)
continuous capability with an 80 gallon (303 liter) minimum tank,
must be available from the air compressor system to the shot
peen cabinet.
e Adjust the regulator TE607 until a deadhead reading of
90 PSI and continuous reading of 85 PSI, on the regulator
gauge is achieved with the shot application valve TE606
completely open.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3 Troubleshooting
a Problem:
Pulsing or surging of shot is observed in the shot delivery tube.
Remedy:
1 If the metering valve is below 75% open, it can cause the
flow to begin pulsing.
2 If the shot is still pulsing at 75% open, increase the amount
that the metering valve is open.
3 Make sure that the shot is flowing through the shot delivery
tube smoothly, without a visible pulsing flow.
b Problem:
Vacuum pressure produced in the gun body is incorrect.
Remedy:
1 Pull the shot delivery hose off the gun shot inlet.
2 Attach the vacuum gage and tube to the gun shot inlet.
3 Turn on the shot application valve.
4 Loosen the locknut TE603.
5 Adjust the air jet position TE604 until at least 12 in. Hg is
achieved.
c Problem:
Intensity is not in the target range after the first intensity
determination curve.
CAUTION: IF INTENSITY CANNOT BE ACHIEVED, DO

NOT EXCEED 110 PSI INPUT PRESSURE.
VERIFY THE SHOT PEEN MACHINE
SETTINGS AND MAKE SURE THAT THE
CORRECT SHOT IS BEING USED.
Remedy:
1 Start the intensity determination curve procedure with input
pressure at 90 PSI and raise or lower the input pressure in
increments of 5 PSI.
2 Do not exceed 110 PSI.
3 After any adjustment to settings is made a new intensity
determination curve must be plotted.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Alignment Mark for Approximate

Centerline of Knob
alignmark
Align Mark
Figure 2-20

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(k) Knob Shot Peening Procedure
CAUTION: CLEAN THE SHOT PEEN MACHINE THOROUGHLY.

SHANK DAMAGE CAN RESULT IF THE BLADE IS
CLAMPED INTO POSITION WHILE THERE IS LOOSE
SHOT IN THE BLADE NESTING AREA.
1 Remove excess shot from any area of the machine that contacts the
blade.
2 Clean and lubricate the blade butt mask TE610.
CAUTION 1: DO NOT ETCH, SCRIBE, PUNCH MARK, OR

SIMILARLY IDENTIFY PARTS IN ANY MANNER
THAT MAY BE HARMFUL TO THE STRENGTH OR
FUNCTION OF THE BLADE.
CAUTION 2: DO NOT MARK DIRECTLY ON THE BLADE SHANK
RETENTION RADIUS.
CAUTION 3: GRAPHITE (“LEAD”) PENCIL MARKS WILL CAUSE
CORROSION.
3 Using a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, make a mark on
the outer edge of the blade shank retention radius to indicate the
approximate centerline of the pitch change knob. Refer to
Figure 2-20.
NOTE: This mark will be used to position the blade when the pitch
change knob cannot be seen.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Blade Butt Mask TE610
ButtBladeMask
Blade Butt Mask TE610

Figure 2-21

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
CAUTION: TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE BLADE BORE, WIPE

AWAY ANY SHOT FROM THE GREASE USED TO
LUBRICATE THE O-RING IN THE BLADE BORE MASK
BEFORE INSTALLING THE NEXT BLADE.
4 Install the DST-5855+48 blade butt mask, centering the knob in the
cut out. Refer to Figure 2-21.
CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE PITCH CHANGE KNOB WHEN

PUTTING THE BLADE ON THE ROTATION PLATE.
5 Put the blade onto the rotation plate.
6 Position the pitch change knob so that the mark on the blade
retention area aligns with the alignment indicator on the rotation
plate.
7 Using the clamps, secure the blade.
8 Using the rotation motor, move the timing indicator on the rotation
plate between the counter and the timing indicator on the top of the
cabinet.
9 Reset the counter to "zero".
WARNING 1: CLOSE THE SHOT PEEN CABINET DOOR BEFORE

USE. FAILURE TO CLOSE THE DOOR COULD
CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY TO THE OPERATOR.
WARNING 2: EYE PROTECTION MUST BE WORN WHEN
OPERATING THE SHOT PEEN CABINET. FAILURE TO
WEAR EYE PROTECTION COULD CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY TO THE OPERATOR.
10 Turn on the rotation motor.
11 When the timing indicators are aligned, open the shot application
valve completely.
CAUTION: THE BLADE MUST ROTATE COMPLETE

REVOLUTIONS. PARTIAL REVOLUTIONS ARE NOT
PERMITTED.
12 The blade must rotate the number of complete revolutions as
determined by the process qualification as developed per the Shot
Peening chapter of the Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
13 When the timing indicator on the rotation plate and the timing
indicator on the top of the cabinet are aligned, close the shot
application valve.
14 Turn off the rotation motor.
15 Unlatch the clamps that secure the blade.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

REMOVING THE BLADE FROM THE ROTATION
PLATE.
16 Remove the blade from the shot peen cabinet.

REMOVING THE BLADE BUTT MASK FROM THE
BLADE. DO NOT PRY ON THE MASK, THIS WILL
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE BLADE.
17 Remove the blade butt mask by pulling on the short handle.
(10) Inspection - After Shot Peening
(a) Using 120-grit sandpaper or a file, deburr the peened edge of the blade
butt outside of the masked area.
1 A smooth, high quality finish is required.
(b) Break the edge on the end of the pitch change knob as required for
installation of the pitch change knob bushing.
1 The break must not be greater than 0.030 inch (0.76 mm).
2 Removal of the pebble grain on the edge of the end of the knob is
permitted.
(c) Using solvent CM106, clean the pitch change knob area and the
unmasked area to remove shot peen residue.
(d) Verify complete shot peen coverage on the surfaces required in
step (9)(i) of this procedure, in accordance with the Shot Peening chapter
1 The knob end and chamfer do not require complete coverage.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE ANODIZE IN THE BLADE RETENTION

RADIUS OR THE PITCH CHANGE KNOB RADII.
(e) After inspection and repair to break the edge, apply a layer of chemical
conversion coating to the pitch change knob and adjacent area.
(f) For approved conversion coating products, refer to the Chromic Acid
Anodizing chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(11) Pitch Change Knob Bushing Installation
(a) For information about pitch change knob bushing installation, refer to the
Special Adhesive and Bonding chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
(b) Install the pitch change knob bushing, on the blade after completion of
blade overhaul, or immediately before propeller assembly.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Trailing Edge Trailing Edge
Leading Edge
36° + knob angle 36° + knob angle
Leading Edge
LEFT HAND PUSHER ORIENTATION RIGHT HAND PUSHER ORIENTATION

“L” “H”
Leading Edge Leading Edge
Trailing Edge
36° + knob angle
Trailing Edge 36° + knob angle
LEFT HAND TRACTOR ORIENTATION RIGHT HAND TRACTOR ORIENTATION

“J”
3210
Pitch Change Knob Location

Figure 2-22

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Blade Angle Blade Angle Blade Angle

FC6660 10 F7663-4R 11 FJC7663G-8 -19
FC6660D 8 F7663A-2(R) 9 FL7663-2 9
FC6660DK 8 F7663A(-3,-3.5) 9 FL7663-4R,-6R 9
FC6660K 10 F7663A-4 9 FL7663-10R 11
FC6890 9 F7663A-6R 9 F(L)C7663-4R 5
F(C)7063Q 12 F7663C 12 FL7663D-2Q,-3 9
F(C)7068-2 11 F7663(D)-2Q 11 FLC7663(D)F-2R 12
F7280 10 F7663D-2R 9 FLC7663DG-2Q -14
F(C)7282 9 F7663D-3 11 FLC7663F-2R 12
FC7382 11 F7663D-4 9 FLC7663G-4R -14
F7391 9 F7663DR 9 F7666 11
FC7391D 9 F7663R 11 F7666-2,-2R-4 11
F(C)7391D-3 12 F(C)7663R 11 F7666A 10
F7392 9 FC7663-2Q 12 F7666A-2,-2R 10
F7392D 9 FC7663-4 9 F7666A-3Q,-3R 10
F7392(S)-1 9 FC7663-4Q 11 F7666A-4(Q) 10
F(J)C7451 12 FC7663-4T 9 F7666C-4 14
F7453 9 FC7663-6 9 FJC7666A 10
F(J)C7453 9 FC7663-6Q 11 F(J)C7666A-2(R) 10
F(L)(C)7468 12 FC7663-8R 12 F(J)(C)7666A-2Q 10
F7468D(-2,-4) 10.5 F(C)7663A-6 9 F(J)(C)7666A-3Q 10
F(C)7479 16 FC7663D-2(R),(Q) 12 F(J)(L)C7666A 10
FC7479-2R,-2Q 13 FC7663D-3 11 F(J)(L)(C)7666A-4 10
F(C)7490 13 FC7663D-4, 4Q 9 F(J)(L)(C)7666A-4(Q) 10
F(C)7490D 13 FC7663D-4(R) 9 F(J)(L)(C)7666D 10
F7492 9 FC7663D-4T 9 FL7666A 10
F(C)7495S 10 FC7663(D)-6Q 12 FL7666A-2 10
F7496(-1, -2) 10 FC7663D-8R 11 FL7666AS 10
F(C)7497(D) 10 FC7663DR 12 FL7666D-2 10
F7497(D)-2 10 FC7663E-6R 7 FLC7666G-2 -14
FJC7497D 10 FJ7663 11 F7673-2R 9
F7498 11 FJ7663-4 11 F7673DR 9
F7499(-1,-2) 10 FJ7663-6Q 11 FC7673DR 12
F7590 9 F(J)(C)7663 11 F7681 11
F7590D(-1) 9 F(J)C7663-2R 12 F7691 9
F7663 11 F(J)C7663-4 9 F7691+2 9
F7663-2(R) 11 F(J)C7663-5R 9 F7691D 9
F7663-3 11 F(J)(C)7663D-6Q 12 F7691D-3 9
F7663-4 11 F(J)7663D-4,-2R 9 7692(A) 10
F7663-4Q,-6Q 11 F(J)C7663D-4Q 9 F7693(F)(-1,-2) 11
Pitch Change Knob Location (Degrees)

Table 2-4

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

F7693DF(-2) 11 F8465 10 F(C)8468-2R 10
F7693(D)F+2 10 F8465-2 16 FC8468-3 12
FC7693F 11 F8465-6 13 F(C)8468-6R,-7R 12
FC7693DF(+1,+2,-2) 11 F8465-7R,-8R 12 F(C)8468-8(R),-10R 12
FJC7693F(+1,+2) 11 F8465-10 10 F(C)8468-10Q 9
FLC7693DF(-2) 11 FC8465 14 FC8468A-6R 9
F7694 11 FC8465-6 14 FC8468A-8R 9
F7694-1 11 F8467-7R,-8R 11 FC8468AR 10
F7694-2 11 F(C)8467-7R 11 FC8468D-6R 12
F7694-4T 15 FLC8467A-7R 15 FC8468D-8R 12
F7694D-6T 15 F8468 12 FC8468(R) 12
FC7818 7 F8468-2 12 F(J)8468-10Q 12
F7854 9 F8468-3R 12 F(J)(C)8468-5R 12
F7854-2 9 F8468-4 12 F(J)(C)8468-6Q 12
F(J)C7854 9 F8468-5R 12 F(J)(C)8468-6R 12
F7894-(1.5) 10 F8468-6Q 5 F(J)(C)8468-7R 12
F8052 12.5 F8468-6S 12 F(J)C8468-8Q 12
F8052D 12.5 F8468-19 12 F(J)C8468-8R 12
F8068(-2,-4) 12 F8468A(R) 9 FJC8468-10Q 12
F8068D 12 F8468A-2 9 F(J)C8468-10R 12
F8068+2 10 F8468A-2R 9 F(J)(C)8468D-14 12
F8074 12 F8468A-2R*1 9 FJC8468R 12
F8429(-4,-6) 8.5 F8468A-3R 9 F(L)8468-6R 12
F8459-2R 10 F8468A-4(R) 9 F(L)8468-10R 12
F8459-4,-8R 10 F8468A-5R 9 FL8468A-2R 9
F8459-11Q 14 F8468A-6(R) 9 F(L)8468A-6(R) 9
F8459-18 13 F8468A-6Q 9 F(L)C8468-4R -14
F8459A-4 9 F8468A-8(R) 9 FLC8468G-2R -14
F8459A-4Q 10 F8468A-8Q 9 FLC8468G-8Q -14
F8459A-6 9 F8468A-10Q 9 F8475(R) 10
F8459A-8R 9 F8468A-12Q 9 F8475+2 9
F8459A-9R 9 F8468AD-2R 9 F8475-5Q 10
F8459A-11Q 9 F8468A-6Q 9 F8475-6 12
FC8459A-4 9 F8468AR 9 F8475D-2,-4,-6 10
FC8459-10R 10 F8468C 0 F8475F-6 9
FC8459-12R 9 F8468C-4 0 F8475T+2 12
FC8459-16R 9 F8468D-10R 12 F8475FJ-4 10
F(C)8459-18 9 F8468R 12 F8475JR 10
F(J)C8459-4,-8R 10 F8468T-12 12 FC8475+2 12
FL8459A-10 9 F(C)8468(R) 12 FC8475-2 11
Pitch Change Knob Location (Degrees), Continued

Table 2-4

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

FC8475-4 14 FC8477-2 11 F9587C-17S 5
FC8475-6 14 F(C)8477-4(R) 9 F9587D-2 13
FC8475-6R 7 FC8477-6(Q) 9 FC9587A-18 16
FC8475-8 14 FC8477-7, 8R 9 FC9587C-17 5
F(C)8475-9 14 FC8477A-4(Q) 11 FC9587D-2 5
FC8475A-2,-4 11 F(C)8477A-4(R) 11 FC9587E-7 -15
FC8475D 10 FC8477A-6Q 11 F(J)(C)9587A-10 12
FC8475E-4 8 FC8477A-7 11 F(J)C9587A-15 9
F(C)8475F-6 9 F(C)8477A-8R 11 F9684 15
F(L)8475-4 14 F8483 12 F9684-1 15
F(L)C8475R 14 F8483-2Q 12 FC9684-4R -2.5
F8477 11 F9587A 16 FC9684C-6R 5
F8477-1 11 F9587A-7 12 F(J)C9684-3R 15
F8477-2 9 F9587A-10 12 FLC9684-12 -11
F8477D-5R 11 F9587C-13 5 FLC9684A-12 -15
F8477(D)-6 11 F9587C-15 5 FC9684C-6R 5
F(C)8477 11 F9587C-15S 5
Pitch Change Knob Location (Degrees), Continued

Table 2-4

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(12) Interchangeability of Y-shank Blades

(a) The pitch change knob of a Y-shank blade has a defined location that
depends on the blade model. Refer to Figure 2-22 and Table 2-4.
(b) All blades in a propeller assembly must have the same pitch change knob
angle.
1 Matching one blade to another blade that has a different knob angle
(by retwisting a blade to change a knob angle) is not permitted.
(c) Blades with shot peened knobs and blades with non-shot peened knobs
are interchangeable.
(d) A propeller may contain blades with any combination of shot peened and
non-shot peened knobs.
(e) Blades of one design may be reduced in length and substituted for a
different design.
1 Such substitution is permitted with blades that have different knob
angles (either higher or lower knob angle) as a complete set, but
knob angle issues can arise that make the practice undesirable.
2 For example, an 8468A-4 (9 degree knob angle) may be reduced in
length to -6S specification and used as a replacement for an 8468-6S
(manufactured with a 12 degree knob angle). If a blade replacement
is required in the future, there would be blade interchangeability
problems that may require that all of the blades be replaced.
3 Substitution of a set of blades with different knob angles is permitted
only if the low and high pitch angle limits of the propeller assembly
can be established.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
E. Pitch Change Bracket Mounting Holes

(1) All D-shank and E-shank aluminum blades use a removable pitch change
bracket.
(2) For a four-bladed propeller the pitch change bracket mounting holes are drilled
on a 1.601 inch (40.66 mm) radius.
(a) Mounting holes manufactured for 1/4-28 UNF fasteners may be repaired
with a thin wall insert B-6986-258M.
(b) Mounting holes that have been repaired with a thin wall insert
B-6986-258M may be repaired with a staked insert B-6143-( ), as
necessary.
(c) Mounting holes manufactured for 5/16-24 UNF fasteners may not be
repaired.
(3) For a five-bladed propeller the pitch change bracket mounting holes are drilled
on a 1.85 inch (46.99 mm) radius.
(a) The mounting holes may be repaired with a thin wall insert B-6986-258M.
(b) Except on a (H,L)8218 blade, do not use a staked insert.
(c) For the (H,L)8218 blade only
1 At overhaul or disassembly when the hub halves are separated,
install a thin wall insert B-6986-258M in each pitch change bracket
mounting hole.
a Install the thin wall inserts B-6986-258M in accordance with the
instructions "Thin Wall Insert B-6986-258M Installation" in this
section.
NOTE 1: Hartzell Propeller Inc. HE8218 blades with a serial
number lower than J65603 and Hartzell
Propeller Inc. LE8218 blades with a serial number
lower than J65593, were manufactured without thin
wall inserts installed.
NOTE 2: Beginning in January, 2002, Hartzell Propeller Inc.
aluminum blade model HE8218, with serial numbers
J65603 and above, and Hartzell Propeller Inc.
aluminum blade model LE8218, with serial numbers
J65593 and above were manufactured with thin wall
inserts B-6986-258M installed.
2 A staked insert B-6143-( ) may be used to repair a mounting hole for
an (H,L)8218 blade only if it is replacing a previously installed staked
insert.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(4) Using insert removal tool TE389-( ), remove all thin wall inserts before
preforming pre-penetrant etch.
(a) Refer to Hartzell Propeller Inc. Tool and Equipment Manual 165A
(61-00-65) for the appropriate removal tool.
(5) Using insert removal tool TE112-( ), remove all staked inserts before preforming
pre-penetrant etch.
(a) Refer to Hartzell Propeller Inc. Tool and Equipment Manual 165A
(61-00-65) for the appropriate removal tool.
(6) All pitch change bracket mounting hole repairs must be performed by qualified
personnel at an appropriately licensed repair facility in accordance with the
procedures listed below.
(a) Inspection
1 Accumulated thread damage exceeding one full thread in a pitch
change bracket mounting hole must be repaired or the blade must be
retired from service.
2 If the pitch change bracket mounting hole has a diameter greater
than 0.221 inch (5.61 mm), install a thin wall insert B-6986-258M.
3 If the pitch change bracket mounting hole has a diameter greater
than 0.287 inch (7.28 mm), install a staked insert B-6143-( ).
4 A blade with a pitch change bracket mounting hole diameter greater
than 0.339 inch (8.61 mm), retire the blade from service.
(b) Thin Wall Insert B-6986-258M Installation
1 Modify both pitch change bracket holes in the blade.
2 Make sure that the drill is concentric with the hole.
3 Lock the setup in place.
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED 0.500 INCH (11.17 MM) DEPTH

WHEN REMOVING THE EXISTING THREAD.
4 Ream a hole 0.281 inch +0.004/-0.001 (7.13 mm +0.10/-0.025)
diameter to a depth of 0.485 inch 0.015 (12.31 mm ±0.38).
5 Using a 5/16-24 GH-3 bottom tap, thread the hole to a minimum
depth of 0.305 inch (7.75 mm).
6 Using compressed air, remove all loose material.
7 Visually examine the tapped hole.
8 Using solvent CM106, clean the tapped hole.
9 Apply a layer of chemical conversion coating to the tapped holes
in accordance with the Chromic Acid Anodize chapter of Hartzell

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10 Machine off the counterbored end of the thin wall insert to remove the
counterbore and the locking teeth.
11 Using a 1/4-28 UNF-3A bolt, check the fit of the thin wall insert before
installation.
12 Put the modified thin wall insert on the installation tool TE389-1,
modified end first.
13 Using primer CM127, spray the thin wall insert and the newly tapped
hole.
14 Let the primer dry for 3 to 5 minutes.
15 Using a clean cotton swab, apply retaining compound CM74 to the
OD of the thin wall insert.
16 Install a thin wall insert.
a The thin wall insert must be flush to 0.020 inch (0.50 mm) below
the surface of the part.
17 Let the repaired part dry to fixture strength (approximately
15 minutes).
18 Using a 1/4-28 UNF-3A bolt, check the fit of the installed thin wall
insert.
19 If the bolt does not fit, remove and replace the thin wall insert in
accordance with the instructions in this section.
20 Let the repaired part dry for a minimum of 12 hours at room
temperature before installing the pitch change bracket.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(c) Reinstallation of a Thin Wall Insert B-6986-258M

1 Remove the previously installed thin wall insert from the pitch change
bracket attachment hole.
a Use a locally procured "screw extractor" to remove the thin wall
insert.
b Using a 5/16-24 GH-3 bottom tap, remove the adhesive residue.
(1) If the adhesive residue cannot be completely removed with
a tap, use plastic media to remove the remaining adhesive.
a Visually examine the tapped hole.
3 Using solvent CM106, clean the tapped hole.
4 Apply a layer of chemical conversion coating to the tapped holes
in accordance with the Chromic Acid Anodizing chapter of Hartzell
5 Face off the counterbored end of the thin wall insert to remove the
counterbore and the locking teeth.
6 Using a 1/4-28 UNF-3A bolt, check the fit of the thin wall insert before
installation.
7 Put the modified thin wall insert on the installation tool TE389-1,
modified end first.
8 Spray the thin wall insert and the hole with primer CM127.
9 Let the primer dry for 3 to 5 minutes.
10 Using a clean cotton swab, apply retaining compound CM74 to the
OD of the thin wall insert.
11 Install a thin wall insert
a The thin wall insert must be flush to 0.020 inch (0.50 mm) below
the surface of the part.
12 Let the repaired part dry to fixture strength (approximately
15 minutes).
13 Using a 1/4-28 UNF-3A bolt, check the fit of the installed thin wall
insert.
14 If the bolt does not fit, remove and replace the thin wall insert in
accordance with the instructions in this section.
15 Let the repaired part dry for a minimum of 12 hours at room
temperature before installing the pitch change bracket.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(d) Installing Staked Inserts B-6143-4 into Pitch Change Brackets

1 Modify both pitch change bracket holes in the blade.
CAUTION: A STAKED INSERT B-6143-4 MAY BE USED IN A

(H,L)E8218 BLADE ONLY IF IT IS REPLACING A
PREVIOUSLY INSTALLED STAKED INSERT.
2 Make sure that the drill is concentric with the hole.
3 Lock the setup in place.
4 Drill a hole 0.323 inch +0.007/-0.002 (8.20 mm +0.17/-0.05) diameter
by 0.648 inch (16.45 mm) maximum depth to point of drill.
5 Ream the minor diameter 0.331 to 0.336 inch (8.40 to 8.53 mm) by
0.555 inch (14.09 mm) maximum depth.
a The reamer must have a tip radius of 0.030 inch (0.76 mm).
6 Thread the hole to 3/8-16 UNC-2B MOD, 0.430 inch (10.92 mm).
a Minor diameter 0.331 to 0.336 inch (8.40 to 8.53 mm) MOD
(MOD indicates nonstandard minor diameter).
b Maintain a bore corner radius of 0.030 inch (0.76 mm).
7 Chamfer to a depth of 0.390 inch ±0.005 (9.90 mm ±0.12) by
90 degrees included angle.
9 Inspect the tapped hole.
10 Install a staked insert B-6143-4.
a The staked insert must be 0.010 to 0.030 inch (0.25 to 0.76 mm)
below the blade butt surface.
11 Drive the locking keys down flush with the insert.
12 Using a 1/4-28 UNF-3A bolt, check the fit of the installed staked
insert.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(e) Reinstallation of a Staked Insert
CAUTION: A STAKED INSERT B-6143-4 MAY BE USED IN A

(H,L)E8218 BLADE ONLY IF IT IS REPLACING A
PREVIOUSLY INSTALLED STAKED INSERT.
1 Using insert removal tool TE112-3, remove the existing staked insert.
3 Visually examine the tapped hole.
4 Using the staked insert installation tool TE68-8, install staked insert
B-6143-4.
a The staked insert must be 0.010 to 0.030 inch (0.25 to 0.76 mm)
below the surface of the blade butt.
5 Make sure that the locking keys are located in an area where keys
have not been previously installed.
6 Drive the locking keys down flush with the insert.
7 Using a 1/4-28 UNF-3A bolt, check the fit of the installed staked
insert.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Inspect Serviceable Limits Corrective Action
Blade Plug or Spacer

(1) For a blade plug or Corrosion is not permitted. The Using glass bead cleaning, remove
spacer, visually examine maximum permitted depth of pitting corrosion to a maximum depth of
the blade plug or spacer is 0.005 inch (0.12 mm). For a blade 0.005 inch (0.12 mm). Refer to
for corrosion and pitting. plug, pitting is not permitted where the the Cleaning chapter of Hartzell
pitting would be in direct contact with Propeller inc. Standard Practices
the preload plate set screw. Pitting Manual 202A (61-01-02). If the
may not cover more than 10% of the depth of the damage or cleaning
blade plug or spacer surface. is more than the permitted
serviceable limits, replace the
blade plug or spacer.
(2) For a blade plug, visually The maximum permitted depth Using an abrasive pad CM47 or
examine the blade plug of wear or damage is 0.004 inch equivalent, polish to remove wear
for wear or scoring (0.10 mm) beyond the surrounding or damage and maintain a surface
damage in the contact undamaged surface. The surface finish of 30 Ra or smoother. If
area of the preload plate finish in the area of contact with the wear or damage is more than the
set screw. Refer to preload set screw must be 30 Ra or permitted serviceable limits or the
Figure 2-23. smoother. If the blade plug is worn or repair limits, replace the blade
damaged, measure the depth of wear plug. The maximum permitted
or damage. depth of repair is 0.004 inch
(0.10 mm) beyond the surrounding
unrepaired surface.
(3) For a blade plug or The maximum permitted depth of Using an abrasive pad CM47
spacer, visually examine damage is 0.005 inch (0.12 mm). or equivalent, polish pushed
the blade plug or spacer Damage must not interfere with the up material to blend with the
for scratches, gouges, or fit of the blade plug or spacer in the surrounding surfaces. If damage
other damage, outside of blade bore. is more than the permitted
the contact area of the serviceable limits, replace the
preload plate set screw. blade plug or spacer.
(4) For a blade plug or Minor wear on corners and a few If the plating coverage is less than
spacer, visually examine light random scratches are permitted; the permitted serviceable limits,
the blade plug or spacer otherwise, plating must completely replate in accordance with the
for plating coverage if cover the blade plug. A steel blade appropriate chapter of Hartzell
applicable. plug or a steel spacer must be Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
completely covered with cadmium Manual 202A (61-01-02).
plating.
(5) For a spacer, visually A-1349 Spacer: 1/2 of one thread If the depth of the damage is more
examine the spacer for total accumulated than the permitted serviceable
thread damage. damage is permitted. limits, replace the spacer.
A-1499 Spacer: 1/2 of one thread
total accumulated
damage is permitted.
A-1599 Spacer: one thread total
accumulated
damage is permitted.
Blade Plug and Spacer Inspection Criteria

Table 2-5

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
F. Blade Balance Hole Inspection and Overhaul

(1) The procedures in this section are required for all aluminum propeller blades
manufactured by Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(2) Remove and discard the bearing(s) from the blade bore.
(a) Using local tooling methods or bearing puller TE102, TE103, TE104, or
TE106 and a hydraulic or pneumatic press, remove the bearing(s).
(b) Remove the blade plug or spacer, as applicable.
NOTE: Shank spacer puller TE537 or TE538 are available for use
when removing the blade plug or spacer. Refer to Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Illustrated Tool and Equipment Manual 165A
(61-00-65).
1 Inspect the blade plug or spacer in accordance with Table 2-5.
(3) Remove Lead From Balance Hole
(a) Option 1 - Water Jet Method (Preferred)
1 Necessary requirements
a Adjustable water jet system
b The maximum permitted chloride content in the water supply
is 10 ppm.
c Recycled water supplies must have sufficient filtration to remove
lead and other particulates from the water supply.
Preload Plate
Set Screw
Contact Area
Threads
APS6284, A1349
A-1349 Blade Plug

Spacer
Blade Plug and Spacer Inspection Area

Figure 2-23

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
CAUTION: USE ADEQUATE RESTRAINTS TO HOLD THE

BLADE SECURELY DURING THE LEAD REMOVAL
PROCEDURE.
2 Put the blade in a locally fabricated fixture that holds the blade
horizontally at approximately the 12 and 20 inch blade stations.
CAUTION: THE WATER USED IN THE WATER JET PROCESS
BECOMES A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL BECAUSE
OF LEAD CONTAMINATION. USE AN APPROVED
METHOD FOR DISPOSAL OF THE WATER.
3 Attach a 0 degree nozzle head to the wand of the water jet.
WARNING 1: ALWAYS WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND
EAR AND EYE PROTECTION DURING THE WATER
JET PROCESS BECAUSE OF THE HIGH WATER
PRESSURE AND NOISE LEVELS.
WARNING 2: DO NOT STAND IN THE PATH OF THE WATER JET
NOZZLE WHEN THE SYSTEM IS OPERATING.
INJURY FROM THE HIGH PRESSURE WATER
COULD RESULT.
4 Put the wand in the blade bore, aimed at the balance hole.
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED 10,000 PSI (689.4 BARS) DURING
THE WATER JET PROCESS. DAMAGE TO THE
BALANCE HOLE COULD RESULT.
5 Increase the pressure on the regulating valve of the water jet system
to supply just enough pressure to begin to remove the lead wool.
6 Visually examine the balance hole to make sure that all of the lead
wool has been removed.
7 If any lead wool remains in the balance hole, repeat steps
(3)(a)4 through (3)(a)6 of this procedure.
8 Drain all of the water from the balance hole.
9 Using clean compressed air, remove any residual water.
10 Completely dry the balance hole.
(b) Option 2 - Modified Drill
1 Using a radius gauge, create a 23/64 inch radius on the cutting end
of a 23/32 inch drill bit.
CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE WALLS OF THE HOLE OR
DRILL INTO THE BLADE MATERIAL AT THE BOTTOM
OF THE HOLE.
2 Refer to the hole depth stamped on the blade butt and use a depth
gauge to monitor the depth being drilled.
3 Remove the lead by drilling into the balance hole.
4 Using compressed air, blow residue from the balance hole.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(4) Clean Balance Hole

(a) Visually examine the balance hole to make sure that any materials
that may prevent visual inspection, such as paint or grease, have been
removed.
1 Using a soft, clean cloth dampened with solvent CM22 or CM23,
remove any material that may remain in the balance hole.
2 Let the balance hole thoroughly dry.
(5) Measure Balance Hole
(a) Measure the Depth
1 Using a depth gauge, measure from the blade butt to the bottom of
the balance hole.
CAUTION: DO NOT CHANGE THE DIMENSION STAMPED ON

THE BLADE BUTT.
a This measurement can be 0.125 inch (3.17 mm) greater than
the hole depth stamped on the blade butt. For example, if the
depth stamped on the butt is 5.375 inches (136.52 mm), the
maximum permitted depth is 5.50 inches (139.7 mm).
b If a blade has a balance hole depth greater than the maximum
permitted depth, retire the blade in accordance with the Part
Retirement Procedures chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
c Hartzell Propeller Inc. service documents previously stated that
a depth of 6.50 inches (165.1 mm) was permitted on all but a
few blades. Current repair of all blades is limited to 0.125 inch
(3.17 mm) greater than the depth stamped on the blade butt.
(b) Measure the Diameter of the Critical Area of the Balance Hole
1 Using a micrometer, measure the diameter of the bottom 1.00 inch
(25.4 mm) of the balance hole.
a The maximum permitted diameter for the balance hole of a
blade that cannot be repaired using reamer TE208( ) is
0.771 inch (19.58 mm).
b The maximum permitted diameter for the balance hole of a
blade that can be repaired using reamer TE208( ) is
0.786 inch (19.96 mm).
c If a blade has a balance hole diameter greater than the
maximum permitted in the bottom 1.00 inch (25.4 mm), retire
Manual 202A (61-01-02).

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(6) Inspect and Repair the Critical Area of the Balance Hole. Refer to Figure 2-24.
(a) Using a strong source of light, visually examine the bottom 1.00 inch of the
balance hole for corrosion, tool marks, or anodize.
1 Corrosion or anodize are not permitted.
2 Tool marks, wear, or scuff marks that are below the shot peen pebble
grain surface are not permitted.
a The balance hole may have a slightly different depth than
the dimension stamped on the blade butt because the
manufacturing tolerance for the depth of balance holes is plus
or minus 0.063 inch (1.60 mm). For example, a blade stamped
6.375 inches (161.92 mm) may actually have a depth between
6.312 and 6.438 inches (160.32 and 163.52 mm).
b Depending on the actual depth of the balance hole, the amount
of material that may be removed for repair can vary significantly.
c Closely monitor the depth of the balance hole throughout the
repair process.
CAUTION: DO NOT REMOVE EXCESSIVE MATERIAL FROM THE

BOTTOM OF THE BALANCE HOLE.
(b) The maximum depth of the balance hole is 0.125 inch (3.17 mm) greater
than the dimension stamped on the butt of the blade.
(c) If the depth of the balance hole is greater than 0.125 inch (3.17 mm)
deeper than the hole depth stamped on the blade butt, retire the blade
in accordance with the Part Retirement Procedures chapter of Hartzell
(d) If there is corrosion or damage in the bottom 1.00 inch (25.4 mm) of the
balance hole, or if there is anodize in the balance hole:
1 Secure the blade in a drill press or lathe.
NOTE: The use of machine coolant during reaming is recommended.
2 Using the smallest reamer TE207( ) possible to achieve the desired
results, ream the balance hole.
(e) If all indications of corrosion, damage, or anodize are not removed in
the bottom 1.00 inch (25.4 mm) of the balance hole, refer to Table 2-6 to
determine if use of reamer TE208( ) is permitted.
(f) Measure the bottom 1.00 inch (25.4 mm) of the balance hole in
accordance with step (5) of this procedure.
1 If use of the reamer TE208( ) is not permitted, retire the blade in

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Bottom 1.00 inch

(25.4 mm) area of
0.375 inch (9.525 mm) radius the balance hole
Cylindrical portion of the

balance hole, excluding the
bottom 1.00 inch (25.4 mm) area
Scotmoda
Critical Area of the Balance Hole

Figure 2-24

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(g) If use of the reamer TE208( ) is permitted:

1 Using the smallest reamer TE208( ) possible to achieve the desired
results, ream the balance hole.
NOTE: The use of machine coolant during reaming is
recommended.
2 If all indications of corrosion, damage, or anodize are not removed
in the bottom 1.00 inch (25.4 mm) of the balance hole, retire the
3 Measure the bottom 1.00 inch (25.4 mm) of the balance hole in
Blade Model Serial Number

T10173 B85887 And Lower
T10173H B85887 And Lower
T10176 B85887 And Lower
T10176H B85887 And Lower
(Y-shank blade) 7663 B35571 And Lower
All other Y-shank blades B93055 And Lower
Blades that Cannot Use the TE208( ) Reamer

Table 2-6

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
The width of the slot is

approximately 0.125 Inch (3.17 mm)
The length of the slot is

approximately 1.5 Inches (38 mm)
A piece of very fine

abrasive pad CM47 or
equivalent, approximately
3.00 inches x 3.00 inches
(76.2 mm x 76.2 mm)
installed in the slot of the
tool extension
Tool Extension TPI-133-101,102
Tool for Balance Hole Polishing

Figure 2-25

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
CAUTION: USING THIS PROCEDURE FOR LOCAL REPAIR IS

NOT PERMITTED.
4 Use one of the following two procedures to remove any tool marks
caused by the reamers TE207( ) and TE208( ).
a Procedure 1
1 Modify a tool extension to add a groove. Refer to
Figure 2-25.
2 Cut a piece of very fine abrasive pad CM47, or equivalent,
approximately 3.00 inches x 3.00 inches (76.2 mm x 76.2 mm).
(a) The size of the very fine abrasive pad CM47, or
equivalent, may be adjusted for the size of the balance
hole.
3 Put the very fine abrasive pad CM47, or equivalent, in the
groove in the tool extension.
4 Polish the balance hole until the tool marks are removed.
b Procedure 2
1 Modify a 3M Scotch Brite® medium grade 7AS 1x1x3/16
polish and grinding wheel so that it fits inside a balance hole.
2 Attach the modified polish and grinding wheel to a tool
extension.
3 Polish the balance hole until the tool marks are removed.
(h) When all indications of tool marks are removed in the bottom 1.00 inch
(25.4 mm) of the balance hole, measure that area of the balance hole in
Modify the Scotch Brite®

grinding wheel diameter
and radius to conform to
the balance hole bore.
Scotmod1,2
3M Scotch Brite® Grinding Wheel Modification

Figure 2-26

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(7) Inspection and Repair of the Cylindrical Portion of the Balance Hole
(a) Balance hole local repair excluding the bottom 1.00 inch (25.4 mm) area:
CAUTION: A PORTION OF THE REPAIRED AREA MUST NOT

EXTEND INTO THE BOTTOM 1.00 INCH (25.4 mm)
AREA OF THE BALANCE HOLE.
1 Remove any corrosion or damage in the cylindrical portion of the
balance hole.
2 The maximum permitted depth of local repair in the cylindrical
portion of the balance hole outside of the bottom 1.00 inch (25.4 mm)
area is 0.030 inch (0.76 mm).
3 Using a fine emery cloth or abrasive pad CM47 or equivalent, remove
damage.
4 Blend the polished area with the surrounding area while removing as
little material as possible.
(b) Inspect the balance hole using eddy current.
1 Perform eddy current inspection in accordance with the Eddy
Current Inspection chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
2 If there is a relevant indication, retire the blade in accordance with
(8) Shot Peen Balance Hole
(a) If a repair was performed on the balance hole, reshot peen the interior
surface of the balance hole.
(b) For the general shot peening procedures, refer to the Shot Peening
(61-01-02).
(c) For facilities approved for shot peening, refer to "Sample Program
Approvals" on the Hartzell Propeller Inc. website at www.hartzellprop.com.
(d) Shot peen the inside of the blade balance hole in Area "B", paying
particular attention to the intersection of the cylindrical and semi-spherical
surfaces.
NOTE: Shot peen gun TE379 is available for this procedure. Refer to
Hartzell Tool and Equipment Manual 165A (61-00-65).
1 For blades with MV-shank with an N-shank modification, V-shank,
V-shank with an N-shank modification, V-shank with an MV-shank
modification, V-shank modified to a MV-shank with an N-shank
modification, X-shank, and X-shank with a V-shank modification, refer
to Figure 2-27.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2 For blades with D-shank, E-shank, M-shank, M-shank with

an N-shank modification, P-shank, P-shank with an N-shank
modification, P-shank modified to an R-shank, R-shank, R-shank
with an N-shank modification, T-shank, T-shank with an N-shank
modification, W-shank, W-shank with an N-shank modification,
Y-shank, Z-shank, Z-shank modified to a W-shank, and Z-shank with
an N-shank modification, refer to Figure 2-28.
3 Mask the bearing bore with the specified shot peen plug. Refer to
Table 2-7.
4 To control shot peen coverage, thread the gun body through a nut
and feed the gun into the bottom of the hole, if applicable.
5 Shot peen the blade balance hole using the shot size and intensity
specified in Table 2-7.
a Area "A" (V-shank or MV-shank with an N-shank modification
only) must have full coverage.
b With the exception of Area "D", Area "B" must have full
coverage. Refer to Figure 2-27 and Figure 2-28.
c Overspray is permissible in the spherical end of the balance
hole (Area "D") radiating outward from the center to 45 degrees
(±20 degrees in each direction).
d For bores that have a balance hole less than 1.50 inches
(38.1 mm) in length (Area "B"), the shot peen must terminate
before the inboard end of the balance hole. The shot peen may
deviate from full coverage within Area "E". Refer to Figure 2-28.
e Shot peen overspray is permitted in Area "C". Refer to
Figure 2-27 and Figure 2-28.
6 Using shot peen plug removal tool TE110, or equivalent, remove the
shot peen plugs, if applicable.
7 Using cleaning solvent CM23, clean the inside of the balance hole.
8 Using a borescope or dental mirror, inspect the blade balance hole
after shot peening.
a The bottom of the hole must be uniform and rounded, with no
corrosion, scratches, or tool marks.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Area "D"
45 degrees ±20 degrees
Area "B"
1.50 inches ±0.25
(38.1 mm ±6.3)
Area "C"
Area "A"
Area "A" applies to blades

with V-shank with N-shank
modification and MV-shank
with N-shank modification only.
ASK1305b
For MV-shank with N-shank modification, V-shank, V-shank with N-shank modification,
V-shank with MV-shank modification, V-shank modified to MV-shank with N-shank
modification, X-shank, and X-shank with V-shank modification Blades
Shot Peening Lead Balance Hole in Blade

Figure 2-27

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
* On bores that have a balance hole less than

1.50 inches (38.1 mm) in length (Area "B"), the shot Area "D"
peen must terminate before the inboard end of 45 degrees ±20 degrees
the balance hole. The shot peen may deviate from
full coverage within Area "E".
* Area "B"
1.50 inches ±0.25
(38.1 mm ±6.3)
Area "C"
Area "E"
0.125 Inch
(3.18 mm)
maximum
shot peen
coverage
deviation
ASK1311A
For D-shank, E-shank, M-shank, M-shank with N-shank modification, P-shank, P-shank with N-shank
modification, P-shank modified to R-shank, R-shank, R-shank with N-shank modification, T-shank,
T-shank with N-shank modification, W-shank, W-shank with N-shank modification, Y-shank, Z-shank,
Z-shank modified to W-shank, and Z-shank with N-shank modification Blades
Shot Peening Lead Balance Hole

Figure 2-28

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
G. Blade Bore Inspection and Overhaul

(1) The procedures in this section are required for all single and double shoulder
aluminum propeller blades manufactured by Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(2) Remove the needle bearing(s), blade bushing(s), and spacer(s), as applicable.
NOTE: D-shank, E-shank, and Y-shank bearing removal was accomplished
for compliance with the Blade Balance Hole Inspection and Overhaul
section of this chapter.
(a) Using local tooling methods or TE101 if applicable, remove the blade
bushing.
(b) Using local tooling methods or TE102, TE103, TE104, or TE106 and a
hydraulic or pneumatic puller, remove the bearings.
1 If a shank has an inboard and an outboard bearing, pull the inboard
bearing first.
2 Discard all used needle bearings.
3 Discard all used blade bushings.
Almen
Description Shot Peen Plug Shot Size Intensity
Type
E-shank blades TE90
W-shank blades TE91
Y-shank and D-shank blades TE87
M-shank and T-shank blades TE88
M-shank and
TE89
T-shank with an N-shank modification Use shot media
P-shank, Z-shank, R-shank, ASR 550
P-shank with an R-shank modification, TE92 (Refer to
0.013 to 0.017 in.
and Z-shank with a W-shank modification AMS-2431/1) A
(0.33 to 0.43 mm)
or S-550
P-shank, R-shank, W-shank, and (Refer to [MIL]
TE458 AMS-S-13165)
Z-shank with an N-shank modification
X-shank, V-shank,
V-shank modified to a MV-shank, and TE371
X-shank with a V-shank modification
For area "B":
V-shank and
TE371
MV-shank with an N-shank modification.
For area "A":
(Refer to Figure 2-27)
TE372
Balance Hole Shot Peen Specifications

Table 2-7

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(c) Remove the bearing spacer.

1 Steel bearing spacers must be completely covered with cadmium
plating.
2 Replate the steel bearing spacers with cadmium before reinstallation,
or replace with a new bearing spacer.
3 Refer to the Cadmium Replating chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(3) Clean Blade Bore
(a) Using solvent CM22, CM23, or CM106, clean the blade bore area of all
paint, grease, and sealants.
(b) Let the blade bore thoroughly dry.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Inspect Blade
Bore Radius
(Critical Area)
Inspect this Area

for Corrosion
and Damage
SHANK6
Visual Inspection Area Of Blade Bore

Figure 2-29

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(4) Inspect Blade Bore

(a) Visual Inspection
1 Using a borescope or light and mirror, inspect the blade bore for
surface blemishes, tool marks, scratches, and corrosion. Refer to
Figure 2-29.
2 Using a borescope or light and mirror, inspect the blade bore for
anodize.
3 Repair as necessary to remove any anodize.
(b) Measuring Inspection Points
1 Measure the blade bore depth.
a If a blade has a bore depth more than the maximum bore depth
limits specified in the applicable step(s) in the section, "Blade
Bore Inspection and Overhaul" of this chapter, retire the blade
(61-01-02).
2 Measure the blade bore diameter(s).
a If a blade has a bore diameter more than the bore diameter
limits specified in the applicable step(s) in the section, "Blade
Bore Inspection and Overhaul" of this chapter, retire the blade
(61-01-02).

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
**Maximum
Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum *Critical Area
Permitted
Blade Shank Permitted Critical Permitted Blade Permitted Center Permitted Inboard Permitted Blade Shot Peen
(Critical Area)
Area Diameter Bore Diameter Bore Diameter Bore Diameter Bore Depth Required
Repair Limit
1.5635 inches 1.5035 inches 1.797 inches 0.030 inches
D n/a n/a No
(39.712 mm) (38.188 mm) (45.64 mm) (0.76 mm)
E n/a n/a No
( 36.538 mm) (35.013 mm) (39.31 mm) (0.76 mm)
1.795 inches 1.7535 inches 2.1278 inches 4.091 inches 0.020 inches
M n/a No
(45.59 mm) (44.538 mm) (54.046 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.51 mm)
M with N mod n/a n/a No
(44.538 mm) (45.72 mm) (54.046 mm) (0.51 mm)
1.5055 inches 1.563 inches 0.010 inches
MV with N mod n/a n/a n/a Yes
(38.239 mm) (39.70 mm) (0.25 mm)
P n/a n/a No
(45.77 mm) (45.26 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.25 mm)
1.782 inches 0.020 inches
P with N mod n/a n/a n/a n/a No
(45.26 mm) (0.51 mm)
P modified to R n/a n/a No
(45.77 mm) (45.26 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.25 mm)
R n/a No
(45.03 mm) (44.538 mm) (45.26 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.25 mm)
R with N mod n/a n/a No
(44.538 mm) (44.958 mm) (45.26 mm) (0.51 mm)
T n/a No
(45.59 mm) (44.538 mm) (54.046 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.51 mm)
T with N mod n/a n/a No
(44.538 mm) (45.72 mm) (54.046 mm) (0.51 mm)
V n/a No
(40.20 mm) (38.239 mm) (39.70 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.25 mm)
1.5055 inches 1.563 inches 0.010 inches
V with N mod n/a n/a n/a Yes
(38.239 mm) (39.70 mm) (0.25 mm)
V modified to MV n/a No
(40.20 mm) (38.239 mm) (39.70 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.25 mm)
V modified to MV 1.5055 inches 1.563 inches 0.010 inches
n/a n/a n/a Yes
with N mod (38.239 mm) (39.70 mm) (0.25 mm)
W n/a No
(45.03 mm) (44.538 mm) (45.26 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.25 mm)
W with N mod n/a n/a No
(44.538 mm) (44.958 mm) (45.26 mm) (0.51 mm)
X n/a n/a No
(40.20 mm) (39.70 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.25 mm)
X modified to V n/a n/a No
(40.20 mm) (39.70 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.25 mm)
X modified to MV n/a n/a No
(40.20 mm) (39.70 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.25 mm)
Y n/a n/a No
(39.712 mm) (38.188 mm) (45.64 mm) (0.76 mm)
Z n/a n/a No
(45.77 mm) (45.26 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.25 mm)
Z modified to W n/a n/a No
(45.77 mm) (45.26 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.25 mm)
1.782 inches 0.020 inches
Z with N Mod n/a n/a n/a n/a No
(45.26 mm) (0.51 mm)
*All repaired balance holes must be re-shot peened. Blades identified with “yes” in this column require re-shot peening in the critical area and
balance hole if either area was repaired.
**When repairing bores to the maximum permitted critical area repair limit, the maximum permitted critical area diameter must be maintained.
Bore Dimensions
Table 2-8

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
The maximum permitted diameter for the

critical area is 1.583 inches (40.20 mm).
Remove no more
than 0.010 inch
Critical area (0.25 mm)
0.300 inch at any point.
(7.62 mm)
0.094 inch (2.38 mm)

minimum radius
The maximum
permitted
bore depth is
The maximum permitted 4.091 inches
bore diameter is (103.91 mm).
1.563 inches (39.70 mm).
Remove no more than
0.010 inch (0.25 mm)
for any localized repair.
1001
X-shank, X-shank Modified to a V-shank, or X-shank Modified to an MV-shank

Figure 2-30

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

Remove no more
than 0.010 inch
(0.25 mm) at any
point.
Critical area
0.300 inch
(7.62 mm)
0.094 inch (2.38 mm)

minimum radius
The maximum permitted

bore diameter The maximum
is 1.5055 inches permitted
(38.239 mm). Remove bore depth is
no more than 0.010 inch 4.091 inches
(0.25 mm) for any (103.91 mm).
localized repair.

inboard bore diameter
is 1.563 inches
(39.70 mm). Remove
no more than 0.010 inch
(0.25 mm) for any localized
repair.
TI-133003
V-shank or V-shank Modified to an MV-shank

Figure 2-31

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Remove no more than

Shot Peening is
0.010 inch (0.25 mm)
required in this area.
at any point.
0.240 inch (6.09 mm) Critical area

minimum radius

bore diameter is
1.5055 inches (38.239 mm).
Remove no more than Change in bore depth
0.010 inch (0.25 mm) is not permitted

inboard bore diameter
is 1.563 inches (39.70 mm).
Remove no more than
0.010 inch (0.25 mm) for any
localized repair.
1003
V-shank or V-shank Modified to an MV-shank with an N-shank Modification

Figure 2-32

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Shot Peening is Remove no more than

required in this area. 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) at
any point.
0.240 inch (6.09 mm)

Critical Area
minimum radius
The maximum
permitted bore diameter is
1.5055 inches (38.239 mm). Change in bore depth
Remove no more than is not permitted.
0.010 inch (0.25 mm) for
any localized repair.
The maximum
permitted inboard
bore diameter is
1.563 inches (39.70 mm). Remove
no more than 0.010 inch (0.25 mm)
1004
MV-shank with an N-shank Modification

Figure 2-33

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

No more than
0.010 inch
(0.25 mm) may
be removed at
Critical area
any point.
0.300 inch
(7.62 mm)
0.240 inch (6.09 mm)

minimum radius
The maximum
The maximum permitted permitted bore
bore diameter is depth is
1.7535 inches (44.538 mm). 4.091 inches
Remove no more than (103.91 mm).
0.010 inch (0.25 mm)

inboard bore
diameter is
1.782 inches (45.26 mm).
Remove no more than
0.010 inch (0.25 mm) for
1006
R-shank or W-shank
Figure 2-34

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

No more than
0.010 inch
(0.25 mm)
may be
Critical area removed at
0.300 inch any point.
(7.62 mm)
0.240 inch
(6.09 mm)
minimum radius
The maximum
permitted bore
The maximum depth is
permitted bore 4.091 inches
diameter is (103.91 mm).
1.782 inches
(45.26 mm).
Remove no more
than 0.010 inch
(0.25 mm) for any
localized repair.
1005
P-shank, P-shank Modified to an R-shank, Z-shank, or Z-shank Modified to a W-shank

Figure 2-35

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Change in bore depth

is not permitted.
Remove no more
than 0.020 inch
(0.51 mm) for any The transition
localized repair in area between
the critical area. the two
diameters
0.865 inch has been
(21.97 mm) Critical Area exaggerated
minimum radius on this
drawing.
The transition
area must be
smooth.
outboard bore diameter is
1.7535 inches
(44.538 mm).
Remove no more than The maximum
0.010 inch (0.25 mm) permitted
for any localized repair. center bore
diameter is
1.77 inches
(44.9 mm).
The maximum Remove no more
permitted inboard than 0.010 inch
bore diameter is (0.25 mm)
1.782 inches for any localized
(45.26 mm). repair.
Remove no more than
0.010 inch (0.25 mm)
1020
R-shank or W-shank with an N-shank Modification

Figure 2-36

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Remove no more than

0.020 inch (0.51 mm)
for any localized
repair in critical area.
0.865 inch
(21.97 mm)
minimum radius Critical Area
Change in bore depth

The maximum permitted is not permitted.
bore diameter is
1.782 inches (45.26 mm).
Remove no more than
0.010 inch (0.25 mm)
for any localized
repair.
1019
P-shank or Z-shank with an N-shank Modification

Figure 2-37

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

No more than
0.020 inch
(0.50 mm)
may be
removed at any
point.
Critical area
0.300 inch
(7.62 mm
0.240 inch
(6.09 mm)
minimum radius
The maximum
permitted bore The maximum
diameter is permitted bore
1.7535 inches depth after repair is
(44.538 mm). 4.091 inches
No more than (103.91 mm).
0.010 inch (0.25 mm)
may be removed for
Refer to Figure 2-40
tapered bore
The maximum repair tolerances.
permitted
inboard
bore diameter is
2.1278 inches
(54.046 mm).
1009
T-shank or M-shank
Figure 2-38

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
No more than 0.020

inch (0.50 mm) may be
removed for any
localized repair.
0.865 inch
Critical Area
(21.97 mm)
minimum radius
The maximum
permitted
outboard bearing
bore diameter is
1.7535 inches Refer to
(44.538 mm). Figure 2-41
Remove no more than for diameter limits
0.010 inch (0.25 mm) and tapered bore
for any localized repair. repair tolerances.
The maximum
permitted inboard
bore diameter is
2.1278 inches
(54.046 mm). Change in bore depth
Remove no more is not permitted.
than 0.010 inch
(0.25 mm) for any
localized repair.
1010
T-shank or M-shank with an N-shank Modification

Figure 2-39

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
The maximum
permitted outboard
bore diameter in the
"X" area is
1.800 inches
0.15 inch
(45.72 mm).
(3.81 mm)
Remove no more
maximum
than 0.020 inch
(0.50 mm) for
any localized
repair.
"X" Area Localized
damage repair up to
The maximum 0.020 inch (0.50 mm)
permitted inboard is permitted.
bore diameter in
the "X" area is
2.165 inches
(54.99 mm).
Remove no more
than 0.020 inch (0.50 mm)
for any localized repair. 0.83 inches
(21.1 mm)
minimum
1011
T-shank or M-shank Repair Tolerances for Tapered "X" Area of Blade Bore
Figure 2-40

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
The transition area

between the "X" area and
the bearing seat area has
been exaggerated on this
drawing. The transition
area must be smooth.
The maximum 1.58 inches

permitted center (40.13 mm)
bore diameter is maximum
1.800 inches
(45.72 mm).
Remove no more
than 0.020 inch
(0.50 mm) for
any localized repair. "X" Area Localized
damage repair up to
0.020 inch (0.50 mm) is
permitted.
The maximum
permitted
inboard bore
diameter is 2.165
inches (54.99 mm).
Remove no more
than 0.020 inch 0.83 inches
(0.50 mm) for any (21.1 mm)
localized repair. minimum
1012
T-shank or M-shank with an N-shank Modification Repair Tolerances

for Tapered "X" Area of Blade Bore
Figure 2-41

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
The maximum permitted diameter for the critical area is

1.5635 inches (39.712 mm). Remove no more than
0.030 inch (0.76 mm) for any localized repair.
0.030 inch
(0.76 mm)
Critical bore depth is 1.797 inches
area (45.64 mm).
0.300 inch
(7.62 mm)
0.187 inch
(4.74 mm)
minimum radius
The maximum
permitted bore
diameter is
1.5035 inches
(38.188 mm). Remove
no more than
0.030 inch (0.76 mm)
1014
D-shank
Figure 2-42

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

0.030 inch
(0.76 mm)
The maximum
permitted bore
depth is
1.797 inches
(45.64 mm).
Critical
area
0.300 inch
(7.62 mm)
0.220 inch
(5.58 mm)
minimum
radius
The maximum
permitted bore
diameter is
1.5035 inches
(38.188 mm).
Remove no
more than 0.030
inch (0.76 mm)
for any localized
repair.
1013
Y-shank
Figure 2-43

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

0.030 inch The maximum

(0.76 mm) permitted bore
depth is
1.548 inches
Critical (39.31 mm).
area
0.300 inch
(7.62 mm)
0.177 inch
(4.49 mm) radius
The maximum
permitted bore
diameter is 1.3785
inches (35.013 mm).
Remove no more than
0.030 inch (0.76 mm)
1014.EPS
E-shank
Figure 2-44

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(5) Repair Blade Bearing/Bushing Bore

(a) Repair of damage, corrosion, or anodize removal in the critical area of the
blade bore.
1 Except for blade shanks with an N-shank modification, the critical
area extends 0.300 inch (7.62 mm) from the base of the blade bore.
CAUTION: A SMOOTH, HIGH QUALITY FINISH IS REQUIRED

ON THE BLADE BORE RADIUS. MAINTAIN THE
SPECIFIED RADIUS.
2 Using an abrasive cartridge or patch and a drill, remove evidence of
damage and irregularities.
3 Maintain the specified radius.
4 When a blade bore has damage, corrosion, or anodize that requires
repair beyond the maximum permitted depth or critical diameter, the
blade must be retired from service.
a For blades with an X-shank, X-shank modified to a V-shank,
or an X-shank modified to an MV-shank without an N-shank
modification, refer to Figure 2-30 and Table 2-8:
1) The maximum permitted bore depth after repair is
4.091 inches (103.91 mm).
2) The maximum permitted critical area diameter after repair
is 1.583 inches (40.20 mm).
3) If the critical area diameter is maintained, local repair in the
critical area not more than 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) at any one
point is permitted.
b For blades with a V-shank or a V-shank modified to an
MV-shank without an N-shank modification, refer to Figure 2-31
and Table 2-8:
4.091 inches (103.91 mm).
is 1.583 inches (40.20 mm).
point is permitted.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
c For blades with a V-shank, V-shank modified to an MV-shank, or

an MV-shank with an N-shank modification, refer to Figure 2-31,
Figure 2-32, and Table 2-8:
1) A change in bore depth is not permitted.
2) Local repair in the critical area not more than 0.010 inch
(0.25 mm) at any one point is permitted.
3) If repair performed in the critical area is more than the
depth of the shot peen pebble grain, re-shot peen the
critical area and the balance hole.
d For blades with an R-shank or a W-shank, refer to Figure 2-34
and Table 2-8:
4.091 inches (103.91 mm).
is 1.773 inches (45.03 mm).
point is permitted.
e For blades with a P-shank, P-shank modified to an R-shank,
Z-shank, or a Z-shank modified to a W-shank, refer to
Figure 2-35 and Table 2-8:
4.091 inches (103.91 mm).
is 1.802 inches (45.77 mm).
point is permitted.
f For blades with an R-shank or a W-shank with an N-shank
g For blades with a P-shank or a Z-shank with an N-shank

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
h For blades with a T-shank or an M-shank without an N-shank

4.091 inches (103.91 mm).
is 1.795 inches (45.59 mm).
critical area not exceeding 0.020 inch (0.50 mm) at any one
point is permitted.
i For blades with a T-shank or an M-shank with an N-shank
1) Change in bore depth is not permitted.
j For blades with a D-shank or a Y-shank, refer to Figure 2-42,
1.797 inches (45.64 mm).
is 1.5635 inches (39.712 mm).
point is permitted.
k For blades with an E-shank, refer to Figure 2-44 and Table 2-8:
1.548 inches (39.31 mm).
is 1.4385 inches (36.537 mm).
point is permitted.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(b) Repair of damage, corrosion, or anodize removal in the cylindrical

portion of the blade bore (outside of the critical area, refer to Figure 2-30
through Figure 2-40).
1 Using an abrasive cartridge or patch and a drill, remove damage,
irregularities, or anodize.
2 Maintain a smooth, uninterrupted finish on all surfaces.
3 If blade bore areas need repair beyond the maximum diameter
specified in each drawing, retire the blade in accordance with
a The primary intent of the maximum diameter specification is to
make sure that there is adequate bearing fit.
1) Measurement of the diameter is only required in the portion
of the bore where the bearing contacts the blade.
2) Measurement must be made at several points.
3) Finding one location that is more than the maximum
diameter is not sufficient cause for retirement because
the overall bearing fit is not significantly jeopardized with
excessive diameter at only one location.
4) If over 25% of the bearing contact area is more than
the maximum diameter limit, or if damage is more than
the limits of the following paragraphs, retire the blade in
accordance with the Part Retirement Procedures chapter
of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A
(61-01-02).
NOTE: Greater than maximum diameter limits could
cause uneven loading of the bearing or in off-
center installation of the bearing.
b If the diameter measurement of the blade bore is in doubt,
make 10 or more micrometer measurements, equally spaced
lengthwise and radially.
1) If over 25% of the measurements are more than the
maximum diameter, retire the blade in accordance with
the Part Retirement Procedures chapter of Hartzell
c Scratches, wear marks, and blemishes caused by normal
removal or installation of the bearing do not require repair if they
are less than 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) in depth.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
d Light corrosion, characterized by discoloration or pitting to a

depth of approximately 0.001 inch (0.025 mm) maximum, with
no penetrant indications does not require repair with abrasive
material.
e Extremely small (pinpoint) corrosion pits do not require repair
with abrasive material even though they may have pinpoint
penetrant indications (typically less than 0.063 inch [1.60 mm]
diameter).
f Moderate corrosion (similar to light corrosion except for flaking,
blistering, and pitting depths up to 0.010 inch [0.25 mm]), severe
corrosion (flaking, blistering, and pitting depths deeper than
0.010 inch [0.25 mm]), and damage such as tool marks must be
repaired.
1) Up to 25% of the surface area where the bearing contacts
the blade bore may be repaired.
2) Localized repairs may be repaired up to 0.010 inch
(0.25 mm) greater than the maximum diameter of the area
of the bore (except for Y-shank, D-shank, and E-shank
blades which may have localized repairs repaired up to
0.030 inch [0.76 mm] greater than the maximum bore
diameter).
g Some blades were manufactured in the past with a "knurled"
blade bore to improve bearing fit.
1) The knurling appears as several bands of circumferential
depressions approximately 0.094 inch (2.39 mm) wide.
2) Knurling marks in the critical area of the blade bore must
be removed according to the permitted repair limits.
3) Bore ID measurements taken in a knurled area must be
performed by measuring to the "peaks" of the surface.
h Shot peen pebble grain in the cylindrical portion of the blade
bore, which may have been inadvertently created during shot
peening of the blade balance hole, does not require removal.
i Accidental shot peen grain located in the critical area of the
blade bore must be repaired in accordance with the permitted
repair dimensions. Some blades require shot peen in the critical
area of the blade bore. Refer to the criteria for the critical area
for a specific blade to determine repair requirements.
j Blade bore areas that contain shot peen pebble grain may also
contain corrosion. Chemically etch and penetrant inspect these
areas to make sure that any corrosion is within the permitted
limits in accordance with step (b)3f of this procedure.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
4 Maximum Permitted Bore Diameters

a For blades with an X-shank, an X-shank modified to a V-shank,
or an X-shank modified to an MV-shank without an N-shank
1) The maximum permitted bore diameter after repair is
1.563 inches (39.70 mm).
2) Local repair in the bore of not more than 0.010 inch
(0.25 mm) at any one point is permitted. Refer to
step (5)(b) of this procedure.
b For blades with a V-shank or a V-shank modified to an MV-shank
without an N-shank modification, refer to Figure 2-31 and
Table 2-8:
1.5055 inches (38.239 mm).
2) The maximum permitted inboard bore diameter after
repair is 1.563 inches (39.70 mm).
c For blades with a V-shank, a V-shank modified to an MV-shank,
or an MV-shank with an N-shank modification, refer to
Figure 2-31, Figure 2-32, Figure 2-33 and Table 2-8:
1.5055 inches (38.239 mm).
d For blades with an R-shank or a W-shank, refer to Figure 2-34
and Table 2-8:
1.7535 inches (44.538 mm).

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
e For blades with a P-shank, a P-shank modified to an R-shank, a

Z-shank, or a Z-shank modified to a W-shank, refer to
Figure 2-35 and Table 2-8:
1.782 inches (45.26 mm).
2) Local repair in both bores of not more than 0.010 inch
f For blades with an R-shank or a W-shank with an N-shank
1) The maximum permitted outboard bore diameter after
2) The maximum permitted center bore diameter after repair
is 1.770 inches (44.958 mm).
3) The maximum permitted inboard bore diameter after repair
is 1.782 inches (45.26 mm).
4) Local repair in all bores of not more than 0.010 inch
g For blades with a P-shank or a Z-shank with an N-shank
1.782 inches (44.26 mm).
2) Local repair of not more than 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) at
any one point is permitted. Refer to step (5)(b) of this
procedure.
h For blades with a T-shank or an M-shank with or without an
N-shank modification, refer to Figure 2-38, Figure 2-39, Figure
2-41, and Table 2-8:
1) The maximum permitted bore outboard diameter after
2) The maximum permitted inboard bore diameter after repair
is 2.1278 inches (54.046 mm).
3) The maximum permitted center bore diameter for
T-shank and M-shank with an N-shank modification after
repair is 1.800 inches (45.72 mm). Refer to Figure 2-41.
4) Local repair in all bores of not more than 0.010 inch

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
i For blades with a D-shank or a Y-shank, refer to Figure 2-42,

1.5035 inches (38.188 mm).
j For blades with an E-shank, refer to Figure 2-44 and Table 2-8:
1.3785 inches (35.013 mm).
(c) Repair of damage, corrosion, or anodize removal in the tapered "X" Area
of the blade bore (applies to blades with a T-shank or an M-shank)
1 Localized repairs may be repaired up to a depth of 0.020 inch
(0.50 mm). Repair beyond that is cause for blade retirement.
2 Using an abrasive cartridge or patch and a drill, remove damage,
irregularities, or anodize.
3 Maintain a smooth, uninterrupted finish on all surfaces.
4 If the blade bore areas require repair beyond the maximum
diameters specified in Figure 2-40 and Figure 2-41, retire the blade in
a For blades with a T-shank or an M-shank with or without an
N-shank modification, refer to Figure 2-40 and Figure 2-41:
1) The maximum permitted bore diameter within the "X" Area
after repair is 1.800 inches (45.72 mm).
2) The maximum permitted inboard bore diameter within the
"X" Area after repair is 2.165 inches (54.99 mm).
3) Local repair within the "X" Area of not more than
0.020 inch (0.50 mm) at any one point is permitted.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(6) Measure the Blade Bore

(a) A "Two Point" micrometer is preferred for this measurement.
(b) Using a micrometer and a bore gauge, measure the blade bore
diameter(s).
(c) If the measurements are beyond the maximum permitted repair limits of
the applicable step(s) in the section, "Blade Bore Inspection and Overhaul"
of this chapter, retire the blade in accordance with the Part Retirement
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(7) Chemically Etch the Blade Bore
CAUTION 1: FAILURE TO CHEMICALLY ETCH BEFORE PENETRANT

INSPECTION MAY RESULT IN LACK OF DETECTION OF
SMALL CRACKS. ETCHING IS AN ESSENTIAL PROCESS
THAT IMPROVES THE VISIBILITY OF DEFECTS DURING
PENETRANT INSPECTION.
CAUTION 2: DO NOT LET CHEMICAL ETCHING SOLUTIONS REMAIN
ON THE BLADE LONGER THAN THE RECOMMENDED
TIME. CORROSIVE DESTRUCTION MAY RESULT.
THOROUGHLY RINSE ALL SOLUTIONS AFTER ETCHING
IS COMPLETED TO PREVENT CORROSION OF THE
BLADE MATERIAL.
(a) Using solvent CM106 or CM23, thoroughly clean the blade bore to remove
grease, oil, and dirt.
(b) Let the blade bore thoroughly dry.
(c) Two procedures of chemical etching exist and both are permitted, but a
combination of the two procedures is also permitted.
(d) For chemical etching procedures refer to the Penetrant Inspection chapter
(8) Penetrant Inspect Blade Bore
(a) For required materials, penetrant application methods, and inspection and
acceptance criteria, refer to the Penetrant Inspection chapter of Hartzell
(b) Inspect the entire blade bore area.
(c) Except as specified in the applicable step(s) in the section, "Blade Bore
Inspection and Overhaul" of this chapter, an indication is not permitted.
(d) Using solvent CM106 or CM23, rinse the blade bore to remove all
penetrant materials.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

DOING SO WILL CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE
SURFACE AND CHEMICAL CONVERSION COAT WILL
NOT BOND TO IT.
(a) After penetrant inspection, clean the blade bore and balance hole with a
noncorrosive cleaner such as "Bon Ami" or "Radiaze L.F." or other similar
cleaner that does not contain chlorine or corrosive agents.
(b) Using a grease and lint free cloth such as cheese cloth CM159, apply the
cleaner.
(c) Using water, rinse the blade bore area.
(d) If the water beads on the surface of the blade bore, grease or
contaminants are still present.
(e) Repeat the cleaning process until no grease or residue is apparent.
(f) Thoroughly dry the blade bore.
(g) For approved conversion coating products, refer to the Chromic Acid
Anodizing chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(h) Apply a layer of chemical conversion coating to the retention radius and
to the entire blade butt, including bore, balance hole, and pitch change
knob if present. Refer to the Chromic Acid Anodizing chapter of Hartzell
(i) Follow the product manufacturer's instructions about storage temperature
(j) Apply the chemical conversion coating in accordance with the instructions
(k) The transition between the chemical conversion coating region and the
1 Overlap of the chemical conversion coating and anodize within this region
is required.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(10) Paint Blade Bore and Balance Hole
CAUTION: PAINT IS REQUIRED IN THE BLADE BORE CRITICAL

AREA AND ON AN ADDITIONAL 0.125 TO 0.25 INCH
(3.17 TO 6.35 MM) OF THE BEARING CONTACT AREA TO
MINIMIZE CORROSION.
(a) Using a thin layer of mixture number 3 washer primer, paint the balance
hole, the blade bore critical area, and an additional 0.125 to 0.25 inch
(3.17 to 6.35 mm) of the bearing contact area adjacent to the critical
area. For washer primer mixture information refer to the Paint and Finish
(61-01-02).
(b) Let the washer primer dry for five minutes.
CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY PAINT TO THE ENTIRE BEARING BORE.

THE DIAMETER MAY BE REDUCED ENOUGH TO CAUSE
IMPROPER BEARING FIT.
(c) Using a small brush or cotton swab, paint the entire primed area with a
thin, even layer of black Polane paint CM33.
1 Previous Hartzell Propeller Inc. publications called for the use of gray
Polane paint CM34 in the balance hole. This is permitted, but black
Polane paint CM33 provides a clearer visual indication of adequate
coverage of the critical area with paint.
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED 200° F TEMPERATURE, IF DRYING

WITH HEAT.
(d) Let the paint thoroughly dry before installing bearings.
1 If the temperature does not exceed 200° F (93° C), drying with heat
is permitted.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(11) Blade Bushing Installation for blades with a P-shank or a Z-shank with or
without an N-shank Modification
(a) Gasket sealant CM46 must be used during A-1309 blade bushing
installations on each P-shank or Z-shank blade to prevent corrosion in the
blade bore. Refer to Figure 2-45.
(b) Let the paint in the blade bore and in the balance hole dry for a minimum
of 15 minutes before applying gasket sealant CM46.
(c) Apply a moderate layer of gasket sealant CM46 around the circumference
of the blade bore between 3.50 inches (88.9 mm) and 3.75 inches
(95.2 mm) from the blade butt.
(d) Make sure that there is complete coverage on the blade bore
circumference.
NOTE: Applying a moderate amount of gasket sealant CM46 will
minimize the amount of gasket sealant extrusion into the
blade bore after installation of the blade bushing.
CAUTION: INSTALL THE BLADE BUSHING WITHIN 10 MINUTES OF

APPLYING THE GASKET SEALANT CM46.
(e) Press the new blade bushing into the blade bore, flush to no more than
0.020 inch (0.50 mm) below the blade butt face.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE SOLVENT TO REMOVE EXCESS SEALANT.

(f) Wipe away excess sealant that was exposed when the blade bushing
was installed.
(g) Let the gasket sealant CM46 cure for two hours.
(h) Ream the full length of the blade bushing in accordance with the Blade
Bushing Diameters Table 2-9.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Shank Type Diameter (Inches) Diameter (mm)

X 1.501 to 1.5025 38.13 to 38.163
X modified to V 1.501 to 1.5025 38.13 to 38.163
V with N modification 1.501 to 1.5025 38.13 to 38.163
MV with N modification 1.501 to 1.5025 38.13 to 38.163
Z 1.7205 to 1.7220 43.701 to 43.738
Z modified to W Inboard: 1.7215 to 1.7225 Inboard: 43.726 to 43.751
Outboard: 1.7495 to 1.7505 Outboard: 44.438 to 44.462
W 1.7215 to 1.7225 43.726 to 43.751
P 1.7205 to 1.7220 43.701 to 43.738
P modified to R Inboard: 1.7215 to 1.7225 Inboard: 43.726 to 43.751
Outboard: 1.750 to 1.7525 Outboard: 44.45 to 44.513
R 1.7215 to 1.7225 43.726 to 43.751
Blade Bushing Diameters

Table 2-9
Wipe to remove
excess sealant.
Do not use
solvent when
cleaning.
3.75 inches
(95.2 mm) 3.50 inches
(88.9 mm)
Measure 3.50 (88.9 mm)

and 3.75 (95.2 mm) from
the tip of the applicator. Mark
Sealant3
the handle to use as a guide.
Installing CM46 Gasket Sealant

Figure 2-45

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(12) Internal Bearing Installation

(a) Inspect the bearing to make sure that a smooth surface exists at the
corners of the bearing.
(b) Using an abrasive pad that has 400-grit or finer, light polishing is
recommended on the bearing outside diameter.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE SEALER CM49 ON D-SHANK, E-SHANK, OR

Y-SHANK BLADES.
(c) For all blades (except D-shank, E-shank, and Y-shank), apply sealer
CM49 to the radiused area of the blade bore and to the radiused side of
the bearing spacer.
1 Liberal use of sealer CM49 in the critical area enhances corrosion
protection.
2 Do not use sealer CM49 so heavily that it extrudes into the bearing
surfaces after installation.
3 Sealer CM49 is optional on all blades with a T-shank or an M-shank
with an N-shank modification, which use a plastic bearing spacer.
(d) Insert the bearing spacer into the blade bore.
(e) For smoother bearing installation, apply a light layer of lubricant CM80 to
the blade bore.
(f) For all blades (except D-shank, E-shank, and Y-shank), apply sealer
CM49 to the spacer end of the bearing.
(g) Using blade bearing press TE93 or equivalent, and local tooling methods,
press the outboard bearing into place.
1 Install a bearing that has open ends by pressing on the surface of the
bearing that has identification marks.
2 Install a bearing that has one closed end with the closed end
outboard.
3 Use Bearing Installation Tool TE64 for for blades with a T-shank or an
M-shank with an N-shank modification.
NOTE: The inboard bearing may be installed using Bearing
Installation Tool TE64 or previous tooling methods.
a Install the inboard bearing, outboard bearing, and spacer onto
the bearing installation tool.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
CAUTION: BEARING INSTALLATION TOOL TE64 MUST BE

USED TO INSTALL THE OUTBOARD BEARING.
PREVIOUS BEARING INSTALLATION TOOLS
MAY RESULT IN IMPROPERLY LOCATING THE
BEARING AND MAY DAMAGE THE PLASTIC
BEARING SPACER.
b Insert the bearing installation tool TE64 into the blade bore.
c Using an arbor, press the bearing installation tool CM64 into the
blade bore until the flange of the tool is flush with the blade butt.
d Unscrew the bearing installation tool CM64 from the spacer.
e Measure the depth of the outboard bearing.
f The distance from the blade butt to the inboard end of the
outboard bearing must be 2.645 inches ±0.015
(67.18 mm ±0.38). Refer to Figure 2-46.
(h) Installation of Optional SCE 2020 Bearing in Y-shank Blades
1 The Fafnir SCE 2020 bearing is an optional open-end bearing that
may be used in Y-shank blades.
2 Put a 0.125 inch (3.17 mm) bead of sealant CM92 around the blade
bore radius.
3 Install the A2414-1 plug with the chamfer side outboard.
4 Using a bearing press and local tooling methods, press the bearing
into the blade bore.
Inboard Bearing
Outboard Bearing
Spacer
2.645 Inches
(67.18 mm)
APS656
T-shank or M-shank with an N-shank Modification Bearing Installation

Figure 2-46

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Reading the runout of the retention shoulder, indicate to

0.001 inch (0.025 mm) maximum Total Indicated Runout.
Reading the runout of

the blade butt, indicate
to 0.001 inch (0.025 mm)
maximum Total Indicated
Runout.
1005A
Reading Runout
Figure 2-47

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(i) Press inboard needle bearing in place (if applicable).
CAUTION 1: INSTALLATION OF A NEW BLADE BUSHING

MUST BE ACCOMPLISHED BY A SKILLED LATHE
OPERATOR. INSTALLATION IS CRITICAL AND BLADE
AIRWORTHINESS MAY BE AFFECTED.
CAUTION 2: DO NOT RE-INSTALL A USED BLADE BUSHING.
CAUTION 3: DO NOT BORE INTO THE RADIUSED AREA AT THE
BOTTOM OF THE BLADE BORE.
CAUTION 4: DO NOT LET METAL SHAVINGS ENTER THE NEEDLE
BEARING. INSTALL A PLUG IN THE LOWER END OF THE
BLADE BORE.
(j) Using locally fabricated tooling, install a new blade bushing in accordance
with the following procedure.
1 Press the new blade bushing into the blade bore.
a The blade bushing must be flush with to no greater than
0.020 inch (0.50 mm) below the blade butt face.
b For information about the correct blade bushing for a blade
shank, refer to the Illustrated Parts List of this manual.
2 Mount the blade in a lathe or mill.
3 Secure the blade tip and put the blade shank in a fixed rest, if
applicable.
4 Adjust the blade, as applicable, to achieve the following runout
requirements:
a Reading the runout of the blade butt, indicate to 0.001 inch
(0.025 mm) maximum Total Indicated Reading. Refer to
Figure 2-47.
b Reading the runout of the retention shoulder, indicate to
0.001 inch (0.025 mm) maximum Total Indicated Reading. Refer
to Figure 2-47.
c Ream the blade bushing to the specified tolerance indicated in
Table 2-9.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.875 Inch 3.5 Inches

(22.22 mm) (88.9 mm)
1.245 Inches
1.485 Inches
(31.62 mm)
(37.71 mm)
15 degrees
APS2050
X-shank to V-shank Bearing Press Tool

Figure 2-48

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
H. Blade Shank Conversion

(1) Conversion of X-shank to V-shank Blades
(a) Conversion of X-shank to V-shank blades is mandatory at blade overhaul.
(b) Measure the blade bushing of the X-shank.
1 The maximum permitted ID of the blade bushing is 1.5025 inches
(38.163 mm).
(c) Put a spacer in the bottom of the blade bore in accordance with the
applicable step(s) in the section, "Blade Bore Inspection and Overhaul" of
this chapter.
(d) Using a bearing press tool, press the needle bearing into the blade bore.
(e) Stamp a "V" before the blade model number on the blade butt. Refer
to the Parts Identification and Marking chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
1.125 inches ±0.010 (28.58 mm ±0.25)
Inboard Blade Bushing
1.778 to 1.779 inches

(45.17 to 45.18 mm) Spacer
1.7215 to 1.7225 inches

(43.727 to 43.751 mm) Needle Bearing
1.7495 to 1.7505 inches

(44.438 to 44.462 mm) A-1309-1 or Modified A-1309
Blade Bushing
ASK706
Z-shank Modified to a W-shank Blade

Figure 2-49

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(2) Conversion of Z-shank to W-shank Blades
CAUTION: DO NOT CONVERT A Z-SHANK BLADE WITH AN N-SHANK

MODIFICATION TO A W-SHANK BLADE.
(a) This conversion is optional to use Z-shank blades with W-shank hubs.
(b) Put the blade in a lathe or mill.
(c) Chuck the tip and put the shank in a steady rest.
(d) Adjust the blade tip to achieve runout requirements:
1 Reading runout of the blade butt, indicate to 0.0005 inch
(0.0127 mm) maximum Total Indicated Runout.
2 Reading runout of the blade bore, indicate to 0.002 inch (0.05 mm)
maximum Total Indicated Runout.
3 Reading runout of the retention shoulder, indicate to 0.001 inch
4 Reading runout outboard of the retention radius, indicate to

BEARING. INSTALL A PLUG IN THE LOWER END OF THE
BLADE BORE.
(e) Insert the full length blade bushing and into the blade bore. Bore the entire
length of the blade bushing to a minimum ID of 1.7495 inches
(44.438 mm) and a maximum of 1.7505 inches (44.462 mm).
(f) If an A-1309 blade bushing is used, it must be modified.
1 Bore out the blade bushing to diameter of 1.778 to 1.779 inches
(45.17 to 45.18 mm) at inboard 1.125 inches (28.58 mm) of blade
bore. Refer to Figure 2-49.
(g) Insert the spacer and the needle bearing in accordance with the applicable
step(s) in the section, "Blade Bore Inspection and Overhaul" of this
chapter.
(h) Insert the inboard blade bushing.
(i) Bore the inboard blade bushing to a diameter of 1.7215 to 1.7225 inches
(43.727 to 43.751 mm).
(j) Stamp a "W" before the blade model number on the blade butt. Refer
to the Parts Identification and Marking chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1.120 to 1.180 inches

(28.45 to 29.97 mm)
A-1347 Inboard Blade Bushing
1.778 to 1.779 inches

(45.17 to 45.18 mm) Spacer
1.7215 to 1.7225 inches

(43.73 to 43.75 mm) Needle Bearing
1.7500 to 1.7525 inches

(44.45 to 44.51 mm) A-1309-1 Blade Bushing
ASK706
P-shank Modified to an R-shank Blade

Figure 2-50

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(3) Conversion of P-shank to R-shank Blades

(a) Mount the blade in a lathe or mill.
(b) Chuck the tip and put the shank in a steady rest.
(c) Adjust the blade tip to achieve runout requirements:
1 Reading runout of the blade butt, indicate to 0.0005 inch
2 Reading runout of the blade bore, indicate to 0.002 inch
3 Reading runout of the retention shoulder, indicate to 0.001 inch
4 Reading runout outboard of the retention radius, indicate to

BEARING. PLUG THE LOWER END OF THE BLADE BORE.
(d) Insert an A-1309-1 blade bushing to a depth of 1.120 to 1.180 inches
(28.45 to 29.97 mm) into the blade bore. Refer to Figure 2-50.
(e) Bore full length of the blade bushing to minimum ID of 1.7500 inches
(44.450 mm) and maximum of 1.7525 inches (44.513 mm). Refer to
Figure 2-50.
(f) Insert a spacer in accordance with the applicable step(s) in the section,
"Blade Bore Inspection and Overhaul" of this chapter.
(g) Insert a needle bearing in accordance with the applicable step(s) in the
section, "Blade Bore Inspection and Overhaul" of this chapter.
(h) Insert an A-1347 inboard blade bushing flush with or no greater than
0.030 inch (0.76 mm) below the blade butt surface.
(i) Bore the inboard blade bushing to diameter of 1.7215 to 1.7225 inches
(43.73 to 43.75 mm). Refer to Figure 2-50.
(j) Stamp an "R" before the blade model number on the blade butt.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Do not repair the mounting

bolt bore area, or the bolt
seat area.
Do not repair the

counterweight seat area.
W10518
Counterweight Inspection
Figure 2-51
Counterweight
APS2022
Blade Counterweight Knob
Drilling the Counterweight Assembly for Spring Pin Installation

Figure 2-52

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
I. Counterweight Disassembly
(1) Remove the pins from the counterweight bolts.
(2) Remove and discard the counterweight bolts.
(3) Remove the counterweights.
NOTE: The dowel pin has a tendency to remain in the blade when the
counterweight is removed.
(a) If the blade will be overhauled:
1 Remove the dowel pin from the blade and discard it.
a Use suitable customer procured equipment or fixtures for dowel
pin removal.
b If heat is used for dowel pin removal, refer to the Special
Inspections chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02) for heat exposure limitations.
2 If there is a coiled insert in the counterweight, remove and discard it.
(b) Remove and discard the dowel pin if it is part number B-6138-6-7.
1 Dowel pin part number B-6138-6-7 is replaced by dowel pin part
number B-6260.
2 Dowel pin part number B-6260 can be identified by an "S" stamped
on the end of the pin.
(c) Remove and discard the dowel pin if it remains in the counterweight.
Counterweight surface
to apply and remove
TPI-JM-000014
sealant.
Counterweight Surface
Figure 2-53

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
WARNING: ADHESIVES AND SOLVENTS ARE FLAMMABLE AND

TOXIC TO THE SKIN, EYES, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT.
SKIN AND EYE PROTECTION ARE REQUIRED. AVOID
PROLONGED CONTACT AND BREATHING OF VAPORS.
USE SOLVENT RESISTANT GLOVES TO MINIMIZE SKIN
CONTACT AND WEAR SAFETY GLASSES FOR EYE
PROTECTION. USE IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA AWAY
FROM SPARKS AND FLAME. READ AND OBSERVE ALL
WARNING LABELS.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE GLASS BEAD CLEANING ON THE BLADE.
(d) Using acetone CM173, MEK CM106, or MPK CM219, remove
sealant CM46, sealant CM92, and corrosion inhibitor CM352 from all
surfaces of the counterweight and the blade knob.
1 Optionally, plastic media can be used in accordance with the
Cleaning chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02) to remove the sealant and corrosion
inhibitor.
(4) At overhaul, using a pin gauge, measure the depth of the dowel pin hole in the
counterweight knob.
(a) The maximum permitted dowel pin hole depth is 1.150 inches (29.21 mm).
NOTE: The depth of the hole is measured to the shoulder of the hole,
not to the point.
(b) If the hole is deeper than the permitted depth, retire the blade in
(5) Examine the counterweight knob surface of each blade.
(a) Impression stamping on the knob surface is not permitted.
1 If a counterweight knob surface has been impression stamped, polish
the surface to remove any raised material using an abrasive pad that
has 400-grit or finer.
2 Apply chemical conversion coating in accordance with the Chromic
Acid Anodizing chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(6) Make a magnetic particle inspection of the counterweight in accordance with
the Magnetic Particle Inspection chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
(a) Pin-point indications no greater than 0.062 inch (1.58 mm) diameter
are permitted.
NOTE: Pinpoint indications can be caused by corrosion pitting or by
manufacturing processes from the factory.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(7) Corrosion is not permitted.

(a) Remove corrosion using glass bead cleaning. Refer to the Cleaning
(61-01-02).
(8) The repair limits are as follows:
WARNING: DO NOT REPAIR THE MOUNTING BOLT BORE AREA,

BOLT SEAT AREA, OR COUNTERWEIGHT SEAT AREA.
REFER TO FIGURE 2-51.
(a) The maximum permitted depth of repair for an indication that intersects a
hole is 0.020 inch (0.50 mm).
(b) The maximum permitted depth of repair for an indication that does not
intersect a hole is 0.050 inch (1.27 mm).
(c) Repair the area surrounding the indication to five times the depth of the
indication.
(d) Replace the counterweight if an indication is greater than the permitted
repair limits.
(9) After repair, make an inspection of the counterweight in accordance with
the Magnetic Particle Inspection chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
(a) Replace the counterweight if a relevant indication is found.
(10) Replate the counterweight in accordance with the Cadmium Replating chapter

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Counterweight
APS2007
Dowel Pin
Counterweight Assembly
Figure 2-54
Counterweight
Counterweight Bolts
APS2008
Counterweight Bolt Installation

Figure 2-55

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1st 2nd
Oversized Oversized
Counterweight Dowel Pin Dowel Pin Dowel Pin
Counterweight Bolt Part Part Part Spring Pin
Part Number Part Number Number Number Number Part Number Torque
D-6021(-) B-3826 B-6260 100332 104074 B-3842-0500 70 Ft-Lb
replaces (95 N•m)
B-6138-6-7
B-3202(-) A-3208 A-65 A-65-1 104073 A-285 65 Ft-Lb
(89 N•m)
C-329(-) B-3850-12 A-65 A-65-1 104073 B-3842-0500 65 Ft-Lb

(89 N•m)
C-472(-) B-3850-12 A-65 A-65-1 104073 B-3842-0500 65 Ft-Lb
(89 N•m)
101651 B-3826 B-6260 100332 104074 B-3842-0500 70 Ft-Lb
(95 N•m)
Counterweight Mounting Hardware

Table 2-10
Dowel Pin
Part Number Dowel Pin Size Hole Size *
A-65 0.2502 ±0.0001 inch 0.2495 +0.0005/-0.0010 inch
(6.355 ±0.0025 mm) (6.33 +0.0127/-0.0254 mm)
A-65-1 0.2656 ±0.0001 inch 0.2649 +0.0005/-0.0010 inch
(6.746 ±0.0025 mm) (6.72 +0.0127/-0.0254 mm)
B-6260 0.3752 ±0.0001 inch 0.3745 +0.0005/-0.0010 inch
(9.530 ±0.0025 mm) (9.512 +0.0127/-0.0254 mm)
100332 0.3912 ±0.0001 inch 0.3905 +0.0005/-0.0010 inch
(9.936 ±0.0025 mm) (9.918 +0.0127/-0.0254 mm)
104073 0.2852 ±0.0001 inch 0.2845 +0.0005/-0.0010 inch
(7.4244 ±0.0025 mm) (7.226 +0.0127/-0.0254 mm)
104074 0.4102 ±0.0001 inch 0.4095 +0.0005/-0.0010 inch
(10.419 ±0.0025 mm) (10.401 +0.0127/-0.0254 mm)
* The hole may be reamed to achieve the required hole dimension.
Counterweight Dowel Pin Hole Requirements for Press Fit

Table 2-11

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
J. Counterweight Installation
(1) Installation of a New Counterweight on a New Blade
(a) General
1 Counterweight knobs are found on D-shank, E-shank, and Y-shank
aluminum propeller blades.
2 New blades are not manufactured with a counterweight dowel
pin hole. During the assembly process, a counterweight is bolted
onto the counterweight knob (refer to Table 2-10 for counterweight
mounting hardware) and a hole is drilled through a hole in the
counterweight and into the blade. (Refer to Figure 2-58). This creates
a matched counterweight and blade combination.
(b) Installation Procedures
NOTE: This procedure may be performed with the blade assembled or
disassembled from the propeller assembly.
TOXIC TO THE SKIN, EYES, AND RESPIRATORY
TRACT. SKIN AND EYE PROTECTION ARE
REQUIRED. AVOID PROLONGED CONTACT AND
BREATHING OF VAPORS. USE SOLVENT RESISTANT
GLOVES TO MINIMIZE SKIN CONTACT AND WEAR
SAFETY GLASSES FOR EYE PROTECTION. USE IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA AWAY FROM SPARKS
AND FLAME. READ AND OBSERVE ALL WARNING
LABELS.
CAUTION: INSTALLATION OF THE COUNTERWEIGHT AND
MOUNTING BOLTS MUST BE DONE WITHIN
ONE HOUR AFTER APPLYING THE SEALANT CM46.
1 Apply sealant CM46 below the head and to the threads of each
counterweight mounting bolt.
CAUTION: USE CARE TO NOT GET SEALANT CM46 IN THE

COUNTERWEIGHT HOLES.
2 Apply sealant CM46 to the counterweight surfaces that touch the
blade and to the channel between the counterweight surfaces that
touch the blade. Refer to Figure 2-53.
3 Install the counterweight on the blade. Refer to Figure 2-54.
4 Install the counterweight mounting bolts. Refer to Figure 2-55.
5 Torque the counterweight mounting bolts in accordance with
Table 2-10.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Counterweight Bolt
Spring Pin
Counterweight
Spring Pin
APS2062
Counterweight Spring Pin Installation
Figure 2-56
Mounting Hardware
Torque Value
Part Number
B-3386-(-) 36 Ft-Lb (48.8 N•m)
B-3384(-) 10 Ft-Lb (13.6 N•m)
B-3599 22 Ft-Lb (29.8 N•m)
A-2043-1 22 Ft-Lb (29.8 N•m)
Counterweight Slug Mounting Hardware Torques

Table 2-12

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
6 Using a clean cloth dampened with MEK CM106 or Acetone CM173,

clean sealant CM46 from the counterweight knob and around the
counterweight mounting bolt head.
7 Install additional slugs to the counterweight, if applicable. Refer to the
Hartzell Propeller Inc. Application Guide Manual 159 (61-02-59).
a Torque the counterweight slug mounting hardware in
accordance with Table 2-12.
8 Using a feeler gage, inspect the four corners of the counterweight to
make sure that there is no clearance between the counterweight and
the blade.
9 If there is clearance, remove the bolts and the counterweight, slightly
change the alignment, and reassemble the unit until there is no
clearance.
CAUTION: DO NOT LET METAL SHAVINGS ENTER

THE HUB ASSEMBLY WHEN DRILLING THE
COUNTERWEIGHT. METAL SHAVINGS ENTERING
THE HUB ASSEMBLY MAY DAMAGE THE BLADE
SEAL.
10 If the counterweight is drilled with the blade installed in the hub, put
rags tightly around the shank of the blade where the blade enters the
hub.
11 Using a #42 drill bit, drill through the side of the counterweight into
each bolt head to an approximate depth of 0.375 inch (9.53 mm).
12 Install a spring pin in each bolt. Refer to Figure 2-56.
13 Using a drill bit of the appropriate size to get the required hole
dimension, drill through the dowel pin hole of the counterweight into
the blade counterweight knob. Refer to Table 2-10, Table 2-11, and
Figure 2-58.
a For a Y-shank propeller blade that uses an A-65 dowel pin
and a B-3202(-) counterweight: Drill to a depth of
0.62 to 0.68 inch (15.8 to 17.2 mm) into the blade counterweight
knob.
b For a D-shank or E-shank propeller blade that uses an A-65
dowel pin and a C-472(-) counterweight: Drill to a depth of
knob.
c For an E-shank propeller blade that uses a B-6260 dowel pin
and a C-1797(-) or D-6021(-) counterweight: Drill to a depth of
knob.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS AN INTERFERENCE

FIT BETWEEN THE DOWEL PIN AND THE BLADE
COUNTERWEIGHT.
14 Using a hammer and a pin punch, install the dowel pin through the
dowel pin hole of the counterweight and into the blade counterweight
knob.
a If the dowel pin hole depth is deeper than the recommended
drill/ream hole depth and less than the maximum permitted
hole depth, use caution when installing the dowel pin because
it is possible to press the dowel pin so far into the blade that
there will be almost no interference between the installed
counterweight and the dowel pin.
15 Using a ball peen hammer, strike the surface around the dowel pin
hole of the counterweight to slightly peen material over the dowel pin.
16 Using RTV CM92, fill the dowel pin hole on top of the installed
dowel pin. Refer to Figure 2-57.
17 Using a soft clean cloth, remove any excess RTV CM92.
NOTE: RTV CM92 must be flush to the counterweight surface.
Counterweight
Bolt Well
Bolt Head
Dowel Pin Hole
Spring Pin/
Spring Pin Hole
TPI-JM-000147
Counterweight View
Figure 2-57

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
CAUTION: USE CAUTION WHEN APPLYING THE CORROSION

INHIBITOR CM352 AROUND DE-ICE COMPONENTS.
18 Using a soft bristled brush, apply corrosion inhibitor CM352 to the
bolt heads, spring pins and bolt wells of the counterweight..
a Make sure the bolt heads, spring pins, spring pin holes, and bolt
wells are completely covered by the corrosion inhibitor CM352.
b Keep the corrosion inhibitor CM352 away from de-ice
components.
c Optionally, apply corrosion inhibitor CM352 to all exposed
surfaces of the counterweight.
19 Let the gasket sealant CM46, RTV CM92, and corrosion
inhibitor CM352 cure for a minimum of three hours before flight.
(2) Installation of an Old Counterweight That is Matched to an Old Blade
(a) General
1 "Matched" indicates that previously the counterweight and the blade
have been pinned together with a dowel pin.
2 A matched counterweight and blade assembly may be disassembled
and reassembled an infinite number of times throughout the life of
each component.
3 Disassembly of the counterweight from the blade is required at blade
overhaul. Refer to the section "Counterweight Disassembly" in this
chapter.
4 Remove the counterweight dowel pin from the blade before the
anodize process of the blade.
5 When the counterweight is removed from the blade, new
counterweight mounting bolts and spring pins must be used at
reassembly.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(b) Reinstallation Procedures

LABELS.

3 Install the counterweight on the blade. Figure 2-54.
5 Torque each counterweight mounting bolt in accordance with
Table 2-10.
clean sealant CM46 from the inside of the dowel pin hole.
clean sealant CM46 from the counterweight knob and around the
counterweight mounting bolt head.
8 Install additional slugs to the counterweight, if applicable. Refer to
the blade.
clearance.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

SEAL.
hub.
12 Using a #42 drill bit, drill through the existing holes in the side of the
counterweight into each bolt head to an approximate depth of
knob. Refer to Table 2-10.

bolt heads, spring pins and bolt wells of the counterweight.
components.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(3) Installation of an Old Counterweight on an Old Blade When the Blade

Counterweight Knob Dowel Pin Hole is Expanded or Elongated
(a) General
1 Normal wear or disassembly of the counterweight from the blade can
cause the dowel pin hole in the blade counterweight knob to expand
or elongate so that the pin fits loosely in the hole.
2 When the standard dowel pin no longer fits in the assembly correctly,
use of the oversized dowel pin is required.

LABELS.

3 Install the counterweight on the blade. Figure 2-54.
5 Torque each counterweight mounting bolt in accordance with
Table 2-10.
remove unwanted sealant CM46 from the inside of the dowel pin
hole.
remove unwanted sealant CM46 from the counterweight knob and
around the counterweight mounting bolt head.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Counterweight
Blade
Counterweight
Knob
Blade
Measuring the Depth of the

Dowel Pin Hole in the Blade
Counterweight Knob
APS2009
Drilling the Dowel Pin Hole Into the Blade

Figure 2-58

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

the blade.
10 If there is a clearance, remove the bolts and the counterweight,
slightly change the alignment, and reassemble the unit until there is
no clearance.

SEAL.
hub.
12 Using a #42 drill bit, drill through the existing holes in the side of
the counterweight into each bolt head to an approximate depth of
Figure 2-58.
a For a Y-shank propeller blade that uses an A-65-1 or a 104073
dowel pin and a B-3202(-) counterweight:
(1) Drill to a depth of 0.62 to 0.68 inch (15.8 to 17.2 mm) into
the blade counterweight knob.
b For a D-shank or E-shank propeller blade that uses an A-65-1 or
a 104073 dowel pin and a C-472(-) counterweight:
c For an E-shank propeller blade that uses a 100332 or a 104074
dowel pin and a C-1797(-) or D-6021(-) counterweight:

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

COUNTERWEIGHT.
15 Using a hammer and a pin punch, install the oversized dowel pin
through the dowel pin hole of the counterweight and into the blade
counterweight knob.

components.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(4) Installation of an Unmatched New or Old Counterweight on an Old Blade

(a) General
1 "Unmatched" means that the counterweight and the blade have not
previously been pinned together with a dowel pin.
2 When a blade and counterweight pair are separated because of the
retirement of the counterweight, a replacement counterweight may be
installed on the blade.
3 Because of the unique location of each counterweight dowel pin hole,
the dowel pin hole in the replacement counterweight will probably not
align with the location of the existing dowel pin hole in the blade.
4 When installing a replacement counterweight on an old blade, use of
the oversized dowel pin is required.
5 If the existing dowel pin hole in the blade counterweight knob does
not align with the dowel pin hole in the counterweight, assembly of
the two components is not permitted.
6 It is possible to “mix and match” old or new counterweights with an
old blade until a counterweight is found that correctly aligns with the
existing blade counterweight dowel pin hole.

LABELS.


Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3 Install the new counterweight on the blade. Refer to Figure 2-54.

a If there is resistance with the applicable oversize dowel pin, the
counterweight can be installed.
b If there is no resistance with the applicable oversize dowel pin,
the counterweight may not be used.
Table 2-10.
clean sealant CM46 from the inside of the dowel pin hole.
the blade.
clearance.

SEAL.
hub.
Figure 2-58.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
a For a Y-shank blade that uses an A-65-1 or a 104073 dowel pin

and a B-3202(-) counterweight:
b For a D-shank or an E-shank blade that uses an A-65-1 or
a 104073 dowel pin and a C-472(-) counterweight:
c For an E-shank blade on a lightweight turbine propeller
application that uses a 100332 or a 104074 dowel pin and a
C-1797(-) or D-6021(-) counterweight:

COUNTERWEIGHT.
knob.

bolt heads, spring pins and bolt wells of the counterweight.
components.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

(5) Installation of an Old Counterweight on a New Blade
(a) Counterweight Inspection
1 Using a standard dowel pin, check the dowel pin hole in the old
counterweight to make sure that there is resistance.
a If there is resistance with the applicable standard dowel pin, the
counterweight can be installed with a standard dowel pin.
b If there is no resistance with the applicable standard dowel pin,
recheck the hole with an oversized dowel pin.
2 Using an oversized dowel pin, check the dowel pin hole in the
old counterweight to make sure that there is resistance. Refer to
Table 2-10.
a If there is resistance with the applicable oversized dowel pin, the
counterweight can be installed with a oversized dowel pin.
b If there is no resistance with the applicable oversized dowel pin,
replace the counterweight.
NOTE: This procedure may be performed with the blade assembled or
disassembled from the propeller assembly.
LABELS.


Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3 Install the counterweight on the blade. Refer to Figure 2-54.

Table 2-10.
blade.
clearance.

SEAL.
hub.
Figure 2-58.
a For a Y-shank blade that uses an A-65, an A-65-1, or a 104073
dowel pin and a B-3202(-) counterweight:
b For a D-shank or an E-shank blade that uses an A-65, an A-65-
1, or a 104073 dowel pin and a C-472(-) counterweight:

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
c For an E-shank blade that uses a B-6060, a 100332, or a

104074 dowel pin and a C-1797(-) or a D-6021(-) counterweight:

COUNTERWEIGHT.
knob.

components.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
K. Repair of Oversized 7/16-20 UNF-3B Tapped Holes in D-shank, E-shank, and

Y-shank Blade Counterweight Knobs
(1) General
(a) This section contains the recommended procedures from Hartzell
Propeller Inc. for repairing oversized 7/16-20 UNF-3B tapped holes.
WARNING: CHROMIC ACID IS TOXIC. AVOID CONTACT WITH SKIN OR

CLOTHING.
CAUTION: AT OVERHAUL, BEFORE INSTALLING A STAKED INSERT,
CHROMIC ACID ANODIZED THE BLADE.
(2) At overhaul, before installing a staked insert, chromic acid anodize the blade
in accordance with the Chromic Acid Anodize chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
CAUTION: IF THE BLADE IS BEING REPAIRED, APPLY A CHEMICAL

CONVERSION COATING TO THE OVERSIZED TAPPED HOLE
WHERE THE STAKED INSERT WILL BE INSTALLED.
(3) If the blade is being repaired, before installing a staked insert, apply a chemical
conversion coating to the oversized tapped hole in accordance with the
Chromic Acid Anodize chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(4) Recommended Materials List
(a) Vertical mill machine tool
(b) 0.5000 inch (12.700 mm) diameter, 4-flute end mill with
0.030 inch (0.76 mm) R. minimum corner, capable of milling to a depth of
1.020 inch (25.90 mm)
(c) 0.5200 inch ±0.0002 (13.208 mm ±0.0050) diameter reamer with
0.030 inch (0.76 mm) R. minimum corner
(d) 9/16-12 UNC-2B bottom, roll tap (non-cutting)
(e) 0.625 inch (15.87 mm) diameter x 82 degree (or 90 degree) countersink
(chamfer) tool
(f) 0.5156 inch (13.096 mm) diameter reamer
(g) B-6143-7 staked insert
(h) Insert tool TE68-5
(i) Flat bottom punch
(j) Expanding arbor fixture
(k) Appropriately sized drill blanks
(l) Angle protractor
(m) Edge finder

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Expanding Arbor Fixture
Z
Bearing Retention
Surface
Y
X=0 Threaded Hole
Blade Butt
X Counterweight Knob
Mill Table
Aps6232
Expanding Arbor Fixture

Figure 2-59

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(5) Preparation
(a) Locally fabricate the expandable arbor fixture.
(b) Install the expandable arbor fixture to the mill table.
(c) Using an indicator, align the arbor to the chuck in the "Y" axis. Refer to
Figure 2-59.
(d) Using an edge finder, locate the center of the arbor.
(e) Set the "Y" axis to zero with the arbor centered under the chuck.
(f) Install the blade to the arbor fixture. Do not tighten.
(g) Insert a drill blank that fits snugly into the hole to be repaired.
(h) Using a protractor against the drill blank, align the hole perpendicular to
the mill table ("Z" axis), and tighten the blade on the arbor.
(i) Make sure that the center line of the drill blank is at a 90 degree angle to
the mill table (on the "Z" axis). Refer to Figure 2-59.
(j) Using an edge finder, locate the blade bearing surface.
(k) With the blade bearing surface centered under the chuck, set the “X” axis
to zero. Refer to Figure 2-59.
(6) Repair Procedure
(a) If only one hole is to be repaired, use the following procedure without
moving to the second hole.
(b) In the "X" axis, X=0 is at the bearing retention surface. Refer to
Figure 2-59.
1 All dimensions in the "X" axis are moving from X=0 toward the
blade tip.
(c) The "Y" axis is perpendicular to the "X" axis, and parallel to the mill table.
(d) Move in the “X" axis:
1 For Y-shank and D-shank blades, move to 2.900 inch (73.66 mm)
dimension.
2 For E shank move to either 2.900 inch (73.66 mm) or 2.736 inch
(69.49 mm) dimension.
(e) Move in the “Y" axis 0.4375 inch (11.113 mm) to the first hole.
(f) Using the 0.500 inch end mill, drill 0.800 to 0.900 inch (20.32 to 22.86 mm)
deep.
(g) Make sure that all existing thread is removed.
(h) Using compressed air, remove all loose material.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(i) Move 0.875 inch (22.22 mm) in the “Y” axis to the second hole.
(j) Repeat steps (6)(f) through (6)(h) of this procedure.
(k) Using a 0.5200 inch (13.208 mm) reamer, ream the hole to the same
depth attained in step (6)(f) of this procedure.
(l) Move 0.875 inch (22.22 mm) in the “Y" axis to the first hole.
(m) Repeat step (6)(k) of this procedure.
(n) Using a 0.625 inch (15.87 mm) countersink (chamfer) tool, chamfer the
hole to a depth of 0.030 to 0.045 inch (0.76 to 1.14 mm) on the low side of
the hole.
(o) Using compressed air, remove all loose material.
(p) Roll tap 9/16-12 UNC-2B to 0.650 inch (16.51 mm) minimum depth.
(q) Using compressed air, clear all of the debris from the tapped hole.
(r) Move 0.875 inch (22.22 mm) in the “Y” axis to the second hole.
(s) Repeat steps (6)(p) and (6)(q) of this procedure.
(t) Using a 0.5156 inch (13.096 mm) diameter reamer, ream the thread minor
diameter to 0.5150 inch +0.005/-0.000 (13.081 mm +0.12/-0.00).
(u) Using the applicable plug gauges, inspect the pitch diameter and the
minor diameter of the thread.
(v) Install a staked insert B-6143-7
1 The staked insert must be 0.010 to 0.030 inch (0.25 to 0.76 mm)
below the surface.
(w) Using the insert installation tool TE68-5, drive the locking pins down until
the tool stops on the knob.
(x) Using a flat bottom punch, drive each pin down until it is flush with the
surface of the staked insert.
(y) Remove all burrs from the each hole.
(z) Using compressed air, remove all loose material.
(aa) Using a 7/16-20 UNF-3B thread gauge and a plug gauge, inspect each
completed hole.
(7) Final Inspection
(a) Visually examine the repaired blade for appearance and completeness.
(b) Reinspect the thread size and the depth of the staked insert B-6143-7.
(c) Inspect the part identification for the serial number and the part number to
make sure that they match all documentation.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
L. Repair of Oversized 1/2-20 UNF-3B Tapped Holes in D-shank and E-shank Blade
Counterweight Knobs
(1) General
(a) This section contains the recommended procedures from Hartzell
Propeller Inc. for repairing oversized 1/2-20 UNF-3B tapped holes.

CLOTHING.
CAUTION: AT OVERHAUL, BEFORE INSTALLING THE STAKED INSERT,
CHROMIC ACID ANODIZED THE BLADE.
(2) At overhaul, before the staked insert is installed, chromic acid anodize the
blade in accordance with the Chromic Acid Anodize chapter of Hartzell
CAUTION: IF THE BLADE IS BEING REPAIRED, APPLY A CHEMICAL

CONVERSION COATING TO THE OVERSIZED TAPPED HOLE
WHERE THE STAKED INSERT WILL BE INSTALLED.
(3) If the blade is being repaired, before the staked insert is installed, apply a
chemical conversion coating to the oversized tapped hole in accordance with
the Chromic Acid Anodize chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(4) Recommended Materials List
(a) Vertical mill machine tool
(b) 0.5625 inch (14.288 mm) diameter, 4-flute end mill with
0.030 inch (0.76 mm) R. minimum corner, capable of milling to a depth of
1.020 inch (25.90 mm)
(c) 0.5781 inch ±0.0002 (14.684 mm ±0.0005) diameter reamer with
0.030 inch (0.76 mm) R. minimum corner
(d) 5/8-11 UNC-2B bottom, roll tap (non-cutting)
(e) 0.6875 inch (17.463 mm) diameter x 82 degree (or 90 degree) countersink
(chamfer) tool
(f) 0.5781 inch (14.684 mm) diameter reamer
(g) B-6143-8 staked insert
(h) Insert tool TE68-( )
(i) Flat bottom punch
(j) Expanding arbor fixture
(k) Appropriately sized drill blanks
(l) Angle protractor
(m) Edge finder

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(5) Preparation
(a) Locally fabricate the expandable arbor fixture.
(b) Install the expandable arbor fixture to the mill table.
(c) Using an indicator, align the arbor to the chuck in the “Y” axis. Refer to
Figure 2-59.
(d) Using an edge finder, locate the center of the arbor.
(e) With the arbor centered under the chuck, set the “Y” axis to zero.
(f) Install the blade to the arbor fixture. Do not tighten.
(g) Insert a drill blank that fits snugly into the hole to be repaired.
(h) Using a protractor against the drill blank, align the hole perpendicular to
the mill table ("Z" axis).
(i) Tighten the blade on the arbor.
(j) Make sure that the center line of the drill blank is at a 90 degree angle to
the mill table (on the "Z" axis). Refer to Figure 2-59.
(k) Using an edge finder, locate the blade bearing surface.
(l) With the blade bearing surface centered under the chuck, set the “X” axis
to zero. Refer to Figure 2-59.
(6) Repair Procedure
(a) If only one hole is to be repaired, use the following procedure without
moving to the second hole.
(b) In the "X" axis, X=0 is at the bearing retention surface. Refer to
Figure 2-59.
1 All dimensions in the "X" axis are moving from X=0 toward the
blade tip.
(c) The "Y" axis is perpendicular to the "X" axis, and parallel to the mill table.
(d) Move in the "X" axis to 2.900 inch (73.66 mm) dimension.
(e) Move in the "Y" axis 0.500 inch (12.70 mm) to the first hole.
(f) Using the 0.5625 inch end mil, drill 0.860 to 0.960 inch
(21.84 to 24.38 mm) deep. Refer to Figure 2-59.
(g) Make sure that all existing thread is removed.
(h) Using compressed air, remove all loose material.
(i) Move 1.000 inch (25.40 mm) in the "Y" axis to the second hole.
(j) Repeat steps (6)(f) through (6)(h) of this procedure.
(k) Using a 0.5781 inch (13.208 mm) reamer, ream the hole to the same
depth attained in step (4)(f) of this procedure.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(l) Move 1.000 inch (25.400 mm) in the "Y" axis to the first hole.
(m) Repeat step (6)(k) of this procedure.
(n) Using a 0.6875 inch (17.463 mm) countersink (chamfer) tool, chamfer the
hole to a depth of 0.030 to 0.045 inch (0.76 to 1.14 mm) on the low side of
the hole.
(o) Using compressed air, remove all loose material.
(p) Roll tap 5/8-11 UNC-2B to 0.680 inch (17.27 mm) minimum depth.
(q) Using compressed air, remove all of the debris from the tapped hole.
(r) Move 1.000 inch (25.40 mm) in the "Y" axis to the second hole.
(s) Repeat steps (6)(n) through (6)(q) of this procedure.
(t) Using a 0.5781 inch (14.684 mm) diameter reamer, ream the thread minor
diameter to 0.5770 inch +0.005/-0.000 (14.656 mm +0.127/-0.000).
(u) Using the applicable plug gauges, inspect the pitch diameter and the
minor diameter of the thread.
(v) Install the staked insert B-6143-8.
1 The staked insert must be 0.010 to 0.030 inch (0.25 to 0.76 mm)
below the surface.
(w) Using the insert installation tool TE68-( ), drive the locking pins down until
the tool stops on the knob.
(x) Using a flat bottom punch, drive each pin down until it is flush with the
surface of the staked insert.
(y) Remove all burrs from each hole.
(z) Using compressed air, remove all loose material.
(aa) Using a 1/2-20 UNF-3B thread gauge and a plug gauge, inspect each
completed hole.
(7) Final Inspection
(a) Visually examine the repaired blade for appearance and completeness.
(b) Reinspect the thread size and the depth of the staked insert B-6143-8.
(c) Inspect the part identification for the serial number and part number to
make sure that they match all documentation.
M. B-6143-( ) Staked Insert Removal

(1) Using the appropriate insert removal tool TE112-( ) and a screw extractor tool
or equivalent method, remove the threaded staked insert. Refer to
Manual 165A for the appropriate removal tool.
(a) Discard the staked insert after removal.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
N. Blade Counterweight Knob Thin Wall Insert Removal

(1) Remove the thin wall insert using the appropriate thin wall insert tool TE389-( ).
Refer to Manual 165A for the appropriate removal tool.
(a) Discard the thin wall insert after removal.
(b) For installation of thin wall inserts, refer to the section, "Repair of
Oversized 7/16-20 UNF-3B Tapped Holes in D-shank, E-shank, and
Y-shank Blade Counterweight Knobs" or "Repair of Oversized
1/2-20 UNF-3B Tapped Holes in D-shank and E-shank Blade
Counterweight Knobs" in this chapter.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Dowel Pin Hole
Zone 1
Zone 2
Zone 3
Counterweight
Attachment Holes
Blade Counterweight Knob Surface

Figure 2-60

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
A. BLADE COUNTERWEIGHT KNOB SURFACE

(1) Top Surface, Zone 1
(a) Visually examine the The maximum permitted depth of If damage is greater than the
counterweight knob damage is 0.005 inch (0.12 mm).serviceable limits, remove damage
top surface, Zone 1 Damage must not be greater 20% by spot repair using an abrasive
for damage. of Zone 1 surface area. pad CM47, or equivalent.
The maximum permitted depth of
repair is 0.010 inch (0.25 mm).
The maximum permitted area of
repair is 20% of Zone 1 surface
area.
Clean the area in accordance with
the Cleaning chapter of Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
If damage is greater than the
serviceable limits or the corrective
action limits, retire the blade
in accordance with the Part
Retirement Procedures chapter of
Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
(b) Perform penetrant Pin point penetrant indications are If there are linear pin point
inspection on permitted. penetrant indications, retire the
repaired areas. Linear pin point penetrant blade in accordance with the Part
indications are not permitted. Retirement Procedures chapter of

Table 2-13

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
A. BLADE COUNTERWEIGHT KNOB SURFACE, continued

counterweight knob damage is 0.005 inch (0.12 mm). serviceable limits, remove damage
top surface, Zone 2 Damage must not be greater than by spot repair using an abrasive
for damage. 50% of Zone 2 surface area. pad CM47, or equivalent.
area.
Manual 202A (61-01-02).

Table 2-13

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

top surface, Zone 3 Damage must not be greater than by spot repair using an abrasive
for damage. 20% of Zone 3 surface area. pad CM47, or equivalent.
area.
Manual 202A (61-01-02).

Table 2-13

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

(4) Counterweight Attachments Holes
counter bore and by spot repair using an abrasive
chamfer surfaces for pad CM47, or equivalent.
damage. The maximum permitted depth of
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(b) Visually examine A total accumulated damage of If damage is greater than the
the counterweight one thread is permitted. serviceable limits, refer to the
attachment hole for section, "Repair of Oversized
damaged threads. 7/16-20UNF-3B Tapped Holes in
D-shank, E-shank, and Y-shank
Blade Counterweight Knobs" or
the section, "Repair of Oversized
1/2-20UNF-3B Tapped Holes
in D-shank and E-shank Blade
Counterweight Knobs" as
appropriate for staked insert repair
instructions.
If preparation for a staked insert
does not remove damage, retire
the blade in accordance with
the Part Retirement Procedures
chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
Standard Practices Manual 202A
(61-01-02).

Table 2-13

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

(4) Counterweight Attachments Holes, continued
(c) Perform penetrant Pin point penetrant indications If there are penetrant indications
inspection on are permitted on the on the counterweight attachment
repaired areas. counterweight knob counter bore hole threads, retire the blade
and chamfer surfaces. in accordance with the Part
Penetrant indications are not Retirement Procedures chapter of
permitted on the counterweight Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
attachment hole threads. Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).
Linear pin point penetrant If there are linear pin point

indications are not permitted. penetrant indications, retire the
blade in accordance with the Part

Table 2-13

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

(5) Dowel Pin Hole
dowel pin hole for damage is 0.005 inch (0.12 mm). serviceable limits, refer to
damage. The damaged area must not be Table 2-10 and Table 2-11 in this
greater than 25% of the dowel pin chapter for information on repair
hole surface area. using oversized dowel pins.
Install an oversized dowel pin to
remove or decrease the damage to
meet the serviceable limits.
If damage remains after installation
of the oversized dowel pin, retire
(61-01-02).
(b) Examine the fit of the A tight fit is required between If the dowel pin fit is loose or
dowel pin in the blade the dowel pin and the blade insufficient, refer to Table 2-10
counterweight dowel counterweight dowel pin hole and Table 2-11 in this chapter
pin hole. sufficient to prevent movement for information on repair using
of the dowel pin during operation oversized dowel pins.
of the propeller. A loose or If the largest oversized dowel pin
insufficient fit is not permitted. has been installed and the dowel
pin fit is loose or insufficient, retire
(61-01-02).
(c) Perform penetrant Pin point penetrant indications are If there are linear pin point

Table 2-13

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
O. Blade Counterweight Knob Surface Check Criteria

(1) For inspection and repair limits for the blade counterweight knob surface, refer
to Table 2-13.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
BLADE AIRFOIL OVERHAUL - CONTENTS

1. Special Inspections and Procedures....................................................................... 3-3
2. Overhaul Procedures............................................................................................... 3-3
A. General.............................................................................................................. 3-3
B. Blade Station Setup........................................................................................... 3-5
C. Blade Straightening.......................................................................................... 3-12
D. Blade Grinding Requirements and Procedures................................................ 3-15
E. Blade Polishing Requirements and Procedures............................................... 3-18
F. Chemically Etch Blade Airfoil........................................................................... 3-19
G. Inspect Blade Airfoil Using Penetrant............................................................... 3-20
H. Blade Final Polishing Requirements and Procedures...................................... 3-20
I. Blade Inspection Using Eddy Current.............................................................. 3-21
J. Dimensional Inspection of Blade Airfoil............................................................ 3-22
K. Reduction in Blade Length............................................................................... 3-36
L. Shot Peened Blade Inspection and Repair...................................................... 3-42
M. Q Tip Blades..................................................................................................... 3-51
N. Lightning Strikes............................................................................................... 3-52
O. Blade Anodizing............................................................................................... 3-53
P. Optional Blade Conversion.............................................................................. 3-54
BLADE AIRFOIL OVERHAUL 61-13-33 Page 3-1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
LIST OF FIGURES
Measuring the Angle of a Bend on an Aluminum Blade............. Figure 3-1...................... 3-11
Leading Edge Profile.................................................................. Figure 3-2......................3-14
Using Dowel Pins to Measure Blade Angle................................ Figure 3-3......................3-25
Blade Pitch Fixture TE438.......................................................... Figure 3-4......................3-26
Measuring Blade Angle.............................................................. Figure 3-5......................3-26
Measuring Face Alignment......................................................... Figure 3-6......................3-33
Aluminum Blade Shot Peen Intensity Zone Specifications
Option A Curved Trailing Edge.............................................. Figure 3-7......................3-45
Aluminum Blade Shot Peen Intensity Zone Specifications
Option B Parallel Trailing Edge............................................. Figure 3-8......................3-46
Shot Peening Shank Coverage.................................................. Figure 3-9......................3-47
"Q" Tip Aluminum Propeller Blades........................................... Figure 3-10.....................3-50
LIST OF TABLES
Distance From Blade Butt to 0-Inch Station................................ Table 3-1.........................3-4
Station Setup for Aluminum Hub "Lightweight"
Turbine Propeller Assembly................................................... Table 3-2.........................3-6
Station Setup for Aluminum Hub "Compact" (Y-shank)
Propeller Assembly................................................................ Table 3-3.........................3-6
Station Setup for Steel Hub Turbine Engine
Station Setup for Steel Hub Piston Engine
Aluminum Blade Bend Limits...................................................... Table 3-6.......................3-10
Dowel Pin Placement.................................................................. Table 3-7.......................3-27
Blade Twist Limits........................................................................ Table 3-8.......................3-32
Shot Peened Aluminum Blades................................................... Table 3-9.......................3-40

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
WARNING: THERE ARE MANDATORY INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES FOR

SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS THAT MUST BE COMPLIED WITH IN
ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS CHAPTER. A LIST
OF THESE APPLICATIONS CAN BE FOUND IN THE TABLE OF
CONTENTS OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES
CHAPTER OF THIS MANUAL. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE
REQUIREMENTS WILL RESULT IN IMPROPER INSPECTION,
REPAIR, AND OVERHAUL OF THE EFFECTED COMPONENT.
CAUTION: INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURES IN THIS CHAPTER INVOLVE
PROPELLER CRITICAL PARTS.
A. Important Information
(1) Refer to the Table of Contents of the Special Inspections and Procedures
chapter of this manual to find additional requirements that apply to a specific
blade model/type.
(2) The applicable mandatory inspections and procedures for a specific application,
must be complied with in addition to those requirements listed in this chapter.
2. Overhaul Procedures
WARNING: SOLVENTS ARE FLAMMABLE AND TOXIC TO THE SKIN, EYES,

AND RESPIRATORY TRACT. SKIN AND EYE PROTECTION ARE
REQUIRED. AVOID PROLONGED CONTACT AND BREATHING
OF VAPORS. USE SOLVENT RESISTANT GLOVES TO MINIMIZE
SKIN CONTACT AND WEAR SAFETY GLASSES FOR EYE
PROTECTION. USE IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA AWAY FROM
SPARKS AND FLAME. READ AND OBSERVE ALL WARNING
LABELS.
A. General
(1) Procedures in this chapter are to be performed during overhaul.
(a) Refer to Appendix B - Travelers for the specific step by step process for
the applicable blade model.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Shank Distance From Blade Butt to

Type 0-Inch Station
Y 1.0 Inch (25.4 mm)*
D 1.0 Inch (25.4 mm) NOTE: These dimensions apply to
all blades not in a propeller
E 1.0 Inch (25.4 mm) assembly. Factors such as type of
X 4.150 Inches (105.41 mm)† hub and number of blades in the
propeller assembly do not affect
V 4.150 Inches (105.41 mm)† these dimensions.
MV 4.150 Inches (105.41 mm)†
P 4.512 Inches (114.60 mm) Exceptions: * 9684 Blade is 2.0 Inches
(50.8 mm)
R 4.512 Inches (114.60 mm)
† 8833 Blade is 4.250 Inches
M 4.512 Inches (114.60 mm) (108.0 mm)
T 4.512 Inches (114.60 mm) ‡ 8447 and 8847 Blades are
W 4.512 Inches (114.60 mm)‡ 4.312 Inches (109.5 mm).
Z 4.512 Inches (114.60 mm)‡
Distance From Blade Butt to 0-Inch Station

Table 3-1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
B. Blade Station Setup

CAUTION: DO NOT CONFUSE BLADE STATION WITH REFERENCE
BLADE RADIUS. BLADE STATION AND REFERENCE BLADE
RADIUS OF THE SAME NUMBER MAY NOT ALWAYS INDICATE
THE SAME LOCATION ON THE BLADE.
(1) Blade stations are used during the repair or overhaul process of a blade to
define a blade span location for dimensional measurement.
CAUTION 1: DO NOT ETCH, SCRIBE, PUNCH MARK, OR SIMILARLY

IDENTIFY PARTS IN ANY MANNER THAT MAY BE HARMFUL
TO THE STRENGTH OR FUNCTION OF THE PROPELLER.
CORROSION.
(2) Using a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, mark blade stations within
±0.031 inch (0.81 mm) of the specified dimensions established from the 0-inch
station.
(3) Reference blade radius is measured from the center of the propeller hub to a
predetermined reference location on the blade for blade angle measurement.
An adhesive stripe (Blade Angle Reference Tape CM160) is usually located at
the reference blade radius location. Refer to the applicable overhaul manual for
blade angle reference tape application instructions.
(a) Determining Blade Stations for a Bare Blade
1 Blade stations are established in reference to the center line of the
propeller hub.
2 When working with a blade not installed on a hub, it is necessary
to establish the location of the 0-inch station. From this reference
point, all other blade stations can be established for the purpose of
completing dimensional inspections.
3 Establishment of the 0-inch station is accomplished by measuring
from the blade butt inboard toward the center of rotation.
4 Shank types have varying dimensions on the distance from the blade
butt to the 0-inch station.
5 The dimensions to establish the 0-inch station can be found in
Table 3-1 or in the blade specification tables.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Hub Centerline to 0 Inch Station

3 Blade 1.50 inches (38.1 mm)
6 Blade 3.703 inches (94.1 mm) (HC-A6A)
6 Blade 3.750 inches (95.3 mm) (HC-E6A)
Station Setup for Aluminum Hub "Lightweight" Turbine Propeller Assembly

Table 3-2

2 Blade 0.0 inch
3 Blade 1.0 inch (25.4 mm)
3 Blade
0.0 inch
Model F9684
Station Setup for Aluminum Hub "Compact" (Y-shank) Propeller Assembly

Table 3-3

3 Blade (A3VF-7[ ], A3MVF-7[ ] 0.0625 Inch (1.587 mm)
and B3TF-7[ ])
3 Blade (All Others) 0.25 Inch (6.3 mm)
4 Blade 0.75 Inch (19.0 mm)
5 Blade 1.60 Inch (40.6 mm)
Station Setup for Steel Hub Turbine Engine Propeller Assembly

Table 3-4

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Hub Centerline to Hub Centerline to

0-Inch Station 0-Inch Station
(8833 Blade) (All Other Blades)
HC-12(X,V)20 -0.10 inch (-2.5 mm) 0 inch (0 mm)
HC-13(X,V)20 0.20 inch (5.0 mm) 0.30 inch (7.6 mm)
HC-D2(X,V,MV)20 0.025 inch (0.63 mm) 0.125 inch (3.17 mm)
HC-D3(X,V,MV)20 0.20 inch (5.0 mm) 0.30 inch (7.6 mm)
HC-82(X,V)20 -0.10 inch (-2.5 mm) 0 inch (0 mm)
HC-82(X,V)F,L 0 inch (0 mm) 0.10 inch (2.5 mm)
HC-83(X,V)F-1,-2 0.20 inch (5.0 mm) 0.30 inch (7.6 mm)
HC-83(X,V)F-3 0.30 inch (7.6 mm) 0.40 inch (10.16 mm)
HC-A2(X,V,MV)(F,K,L) 0.06 inch (1.5 mm) 0.16 inch (4.0 mm)
HC-A2(X,V,MV)20-1,-2,-5 0.04 inch (1.0 mm) 0.14 inch (3.5 mm)
HC-A2(X,V,MV)20-4 -0.05 inch (-1.2 mm) 0.05 inch (1.1 mm)
HC-A3(X,V,MV)(F,K,20,30,31) 0.20 inch (5.0 mm) 0.30 inch (7.6 mm)
Hub Centerline to Hub Centerline to
0-Inch Station 0-Inch Station
(8447 & 8847 Blades) (All Other Blades)
HC-92(W,Z)(F,K) 0 inch (0 mm) -0.20 inch (-5.0 mm)
HC-93Z20 0.20 inch (5.0 mm) 0 inch (0 mm)
HC-B3W(20,N) 0.398 inch (10.10 mm) 0.198 inch (5.02 mm)
HC-B3(R,W)20 0.19 inch (4.8 mm) -0.01 inch (-0.2 mm)
HC-B3(P,Z)20 0.198 inch (5.02 mm) -0.002 inch (-0.05 mm)
HC-B3(R,W)30 0.44 inch (11.1 mm) 0.24 inch (6.0 mm)
HC-B3(P,Z)30 0.448 inch (11.37 mm) 0.248 inch (6.29 mm)
Station Setup for Steel Hub Piston Engine Propeller Assembly

Table 3-5

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(b) Determining Blade Stations for a Blade in a Propeller Assembly
CAUTION: BLADE STATIONS MUST BE MARKED WITHIN

±0.032 INCH (0.81 mm) OF THE SPECIFIED
DIMENSIONS ESTABLISHED FROM THE 0-INCH
STATION.
1 If it is necessary to establish the blade stations for a blade that
is installed on an aircraft, determine the distance from the hub
centerline to the 0-inch station using Table 3-2, 3-3, 3-4, or 3-5.
a This dimension is added to (or subtracted from, if it is negative)
the desired blade station to be marked.
b The sum of the two numbers is the distance from the hub
centerline to the desired blade station to be marked.
c Example: A blade in an HC-B3TN-5/T10282 propeller assembly
is suspected of being below minimum thickness at the 35-inch
(889 mm) station. From Table 3-4, it can be determined that
the distance from the hub centerline to the 0-inch station for a
3 bladed steel hub turbine propeller is +0.25 inch (6.35 mm).
According to the blade specification table for the T10282 blade,
the blade stations defined near the 35-inch (889 mm) station
are the 30-, 36-, and 42-inch (762, 914, and 1067 mm) blade
stations. If +0.25 inch (6.35 mm) is added to each of the defined
stations, the result would be 30.25, 36.25, and 42.25 inches
(768.35, 920.75, and 1073.15 mm). From the hub centerline,
measure out 30.25, 36.25, and 42.25 inches (768.35, 920.75,
and 1073.15 mm).

FUNCTION OF THE PROPELLER.
CORROSION.
d Using a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, mark a line
for each blade station.
2 Another method of establishing station lines is to measure inboard
from the blade tip, but this method is not recommended because of
the accuracy of the blade length.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(c) Determining the Diameter of a Propeller Assembly

1 The diameter of a propeller assembly must not be below the minimum
diameter permitted for the aircraft it is installed on.
2 Two methods to determine the propeller diameter.
a Method 1, distance from the hub centerline to the blade tip:
2 × (Hub Centerline to Blade Butt Distance + Blade Length) =
Propeller Diameter
NOTE 1: To determine the hub centerline to blade butt distance,
add the blade butt to 0-inch station (Table 3-1) to the
hub centerline to 0-inch station (use one of the applicable
tables, Table 3-2, Table 3-3, or Table 3-4).
NOTE 2: To determine the blade length, measure the distance
from the blade butt to the blade tip.
Example, using HC-B3TN-5K/10178-13 propeller assembly - this
is a 3-blade steel hub turbine assembly:
4.512 inches (114.6 mm) from Table 3-1 plus 0.250 inch (6.35 mm)
from Table 3-4 = 4.762 inches (120.95 mm) is the hub centerline to
blade butt distance. 39.488 inches (1003 mm) is the blade length.
2 × (4.762 inches + 39.488 inches) = 88.50 inch propeller diameter
(2 × [120.95 mm + 1003 mm] = 2247.9 mm propeller diameter)
b Method 2, using blade tip station (this method is used because the
propeller model may vary from the blade model designation):
2 × (Hub Centerline to 0-Inch Station + Blade Tip Station) =
Propeller Diameter (unless blade has been modified)
NOTE 1: To determine the hub centerline to 0-inch station
distance, use one of the applicable tables: Table 3-2,
Table 3-3, or Table 3-4.
NOTE 2: To determine the blade tip station, refer to the blade tip
drawings.
Example, using HC-B3TN-5K/10178-13 propeller diameter - this is
a 3-blade steel hub turbine assembly:
0.25 inch (6.35 mm) is the hub centerline to "0" inch station
distance (Table 3-4). 44.00 inches (1117.6 mm) is the blade tip
station (Appendix C).
2 × (0.250 inch + 44.00 inches) = 88.50 inch propeller diameter
(2 × [6.35 mm + 1117.6 mm] = 2247.9 mm propeller diameter)
3 The tolerance for an assembled propeller is ±0.1875 inch
(±4.762 mm).
a For example, if an aircraft type certificate states that the minimum
diameter is 78 inches (1981.2 mm), the actual propeller diameter
could be between 77.8125 inches and 78.1875 inches (1976.438
mm and 1985.962 mm).

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Maximum Maximum Maximum

Blade Blade Blade
Angle of Angle of Angle of
Thickness Thickness Thickness
Bend Bend Bend
(Inches) (Inches) (Inches)
(Degrees) (Degrees) (Degrees)
0.060 (1.52 mm) 21.9 0.410 (10.41 mm) 14.5 0.760 (19.30 mm) 7.2
0.070 (1.77 mm) 21.7 0.420 (10.66 mm) 14.3 0.770 (19.55 mm) 6.9
0.080 (2.03 mm) 21.5 0.430 (10.92 mm) 14.1 0.780 (19.81 mm) 6.7
0.090 (2.28 mm) 21.3 0.440 (11.17 mm) 13.9 0.790 (20.06 mm) 6.5
0.100 (2.54 mm) 21.1 0.450 (11.43 mm) 13.7 0.800 (20.32 mm) 6.3
0.110 (2.79 mm) 20.8 0.460 (11.68 mm) 13.5 0.810 (20.57 mm) 6.1
0.120 (3.04 mm) 20.6 0.470 (11.93 mm) 13.3 0.820 (20.82 mm) 5.9
0.130 (3.30 mm) 20.4 0.480 (12.19 mm) 13.1 0.830 (21.08 mm) 5.7
0.140 (3.55 mm) 20.2 0.490 (12.44 mm) 12.8 0.840 (21.33 mm) 5.5
0.150 (3.81 mm) 20.0 0.500 (12.70 mm) 12.6 0.850 (21.59 mm) 5.3
0.160 (4.06 mm) 19.8 0.510 (12.95 mm) 12.4 0.860 (21.84 mm) 5.1
0.170 (4.31 mm) 19.6 0.520 (13.20 mm) 12.2 0.870 (22.09 mm) 4.8
0.180 (4.57 mm) 19.4 0.530 (13.46 mm) 12.0 0.880 (22.35 mm) 4.6
0.190 (4.82 mm) 19.2 0.540 (13.71 mm) 11.8 0.890 (22.60 mm) 4.4
0.200 (5.08 mm) 18.9 0.550 (13.97 mm) 11.6 0.900 (22.86 mm) 4.2
0.210 (5.33 mm) 18.7 0.560 (14.22 mm) 11.4 0.910 (23.11 mm) 4.0
0.220 (5.58 mm) 18.5 0.570 (14.47 mm) 11.2 0.920 (23.36 mm) 3.8
0.230 (5.84 mm) 18.3 0.580 (14.73 mm) 10.9 0.930 (23.62 mm) 3.6
0.240 (6.09 mm) 18.1 0.590 (14.98 mm) 10.7 0.940 (23.87 mm) 3.4
0.250 (6.35 mm) 17.9 0.600 (15.24 mm) 10.5 0.950 (24.13 mm) 3.2
0.260 (6.60 mm) 17.7 0.610 (15.49 mm) 10.3 0.960 (24.38 mm) 2.9
0.270 (6.85 mm) 17.5 0.620 (15.74 mm) 10.1 0.970 (24.63 mm) 2.7
0.280 (7.11 mm) 17.3 0.630 (16.00 mm) 9.9 0.980 (24.89 mm) 2.5
0.290 (7.36 mm) 17.1 0.640 (16.25 mm) 9.7 0.990 (25.14 mm) 2.3
0.300 (7.62 mm) 16.8 0.650 (16.51 mm) 9.5 1.000 (25.40 mm) 2.1
0.310 (7.87 mm) 16.6 0.660 (16.76 mm) 9.3 1.010 (25.69 mm) 1.9
0.320 (8.12 mm) 16.4 0.670 (17.01 mm) 9.1 1.020 (25.90 mm) 1.7
0.330 (8.38 mm) 16.2 0.680 (17.27 mm) 8.8 1.030 (26.16 mm) 1.5
0.340 (8.63 mm) 16.0 0.690 (17.52 mm) 8.6 1.040 (26.41 mm) 1.3
0.350 (8.89 mm) 15.8 0.700 (17.78 mm) 8.4 1.050 (26.67 mm) 1.1
0.360 (9.14 mm) 15.6 0.710 (18.03 mm) 8.2 1.060 (26.92 mm) 0.8
0.370 (9.39 mm) 15.4 0.720 (18.28 mm) 8.0 1.070 (27.17 mm) 0.6
0.380 (9.65 mm) 15.2 0.730 (18.54 mm) 7.8 1.080 (27.43 mm) 0.4
0.390 (9.90 mm) 14.9 0.740 (18.79 mm) 7.6 1.090 (27.68 mm) 0.2
0.400 (10.16 mm) 14.7 0.750 (19.05 mm) 7.4 1.100 (27.94 mm) 0.0
Aluminum Blade Bend Limits

Table 3-6

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Angle of
Bend
1 inch (25.4 mm)
Thickness of Blade at
Centerline of Bend
APS0695
Measuring the Angle of a Bend on an Aluminum Blade

Figure 3-1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
C. Blade Straightening
(1) A bent blade may be straightened if it meets the following criteria:
(a) There is no evidence of damage caused by impact on the blade butt or
retention radii.
(b) There is no evidence of damage caused by impact to the blade bore.
(c) The pitch change knob is not bent (if applicable).
(d) The blade or blade tip bend is within the permitted bend limits specified
in the Aluminum Blade Bend Limits Table 3-6 and the Twist Allowances
Table 3-8.
(2) If the blade tip is bent beyond the permitted limits, a blade may not be
converted to another model or to a shorter length version of the existing model.
NOTE: In the past, blades that were bent beyond allowable limits were
sometimes reduced in diameter when the shortened blade model
was completely inboard of the bend. This practice is no longer
permitted.
(3) If a blade does not meet the criteria specified in steps (1)(a) through (1)(d) of
this section, retire the blade in accordance with the Part Retirement Procedures
chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(4) Determining Repairability of a Bent Blade
(a) In the past, blades that were bent beyond the permitted limits were
sometimes reduced in diameter when the shortened blade model was
completely inboard of the bend. This practice is no longer permitted.
(b) Using a protractor similar to the one shown in Figure 3-1, measure the
angle of the bend.

CAUTION 2: GRAPHITE (LEAD) PENCIL MARKS WILL CAUSE
CORROSION.
1 Using a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, mark the blade
1.00 inch (25.4 mm) on each side of the centerline of the bend.
2 Put the protractor on the blade so that it is tangent to the blade and
that there is 1.00 inch (25.4 mm) on each side of the centerline of the
bend.
3 Make a record of the angle of the bend.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(c) If it is not possible to mark and locate the protractor 1.00 inch (25.4 mm)
on each side of the bend, measure as closely as possible to the apex of
the bend to achieve as accurate a measurement of the angle as possible.
(d) Measure the thickness of the blade at the centerline of the bend.
(e) Using the measurement for the blade thickness established in step (4)(d)
of this section, find the maximum angle of bend in Table 3-6.
1 If the bend angle established in step (4)(b) of this section is less
than or equal to the maximum angle of bend, the blade may be
straightened.
2 If the bend angle established in step (4)(b) of this section is greater
than the maximum angle of bend, retire the blade from service.
(f) Blades may only be straightened by qualified personnel at an
appropriately licensed repair facility.
(g) If a blade submitted for overhaul appears to have been straightened in the
field, retire the blade from service.
NOTE: The overhaul shop cannot determine if the maximum angle of
bend was exceeded.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(5) Straightening a Bent Blade
CAUTION: STRAIGHTENING BLADES MUST ONLY BE

ACCOMPLISHED BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL AT
AN APPROPRIATELY LICENSED REPAIR FACILITY.
IRREPARABLE DAMAGE MAY BE DONE TO THE BLADE
DURING THE STRAIGHTENING PROCESS.
(a) Straightening a blade must be accomplished before the grinding process
except as follows:
1 If after grinding the blade face alignment is out of tolerance, the blade
may be bent to bring it within tolerance.
(b) Support the blade shank in a block under a hydraulic press.
(c) Put a second block outboard of the area to be straightened.
(d) Position the blade so that the press applies force approximately six inches
inboard of the bent area.
(e) Measure the blade face alignment. Refer to the section, "Dimensional
Inspection of Blade Airfoil" in this chapter to determine if the blade is within
tolerance.
(f) The condition of the leading and trailing edges of the blade also
determines if the blade can be returned to service. Refer to Figure 3-2.
(g) Visible waves or kinks are not permitted.
(h) After the straightening process, chemical etch and penetrant inspect the
blade in the area of the bend. Refer to the Penetrant Inspection chapter of
LEADEDG1-4
Yes No No No
Leading Edge Profile

Figure 3-2

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
D. Blade Grinding Requirements and Procedures

(1) Grinding or polishing the blade airfoil is permitted for removal of paint and
anodize layers.
(a) Grinding is defined as using an abrasive disc or pad that has no finer
than 180-grit.
(b) Polishing is defined as using an abrasive disc or pad that has 200-grit
or finer.
1 For aluminum blades, perform a penetrant inspection of the blade
before final polishing.
(2) The following procedures are the in-house requirements of Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Industry grinding standards may be used to achieve a similar
effect.
(a) Aluminum propeller blades must be ground and polished at each blade
overhaul.
1 Significant dimples and irregular surfaces, although permitted for
many field repairs, must be removed at overhaul.
2 Nicks, gouges, corrosion, and other damage must be removed.
3 The blade must have a smooth, even surface.
(b) Horizontally mount the blade on the work surface.
CAUTION 1: DO NOT ETCH, SCRIBE, PUNCH MARK OR

CORROSION.
(d) Using a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, mark station lines
on the face of the blade in accordance with the applicable table within
Appendix C - Blade/Tip Specifications in this manual.
1 Mark the blade stations within ±0.032 inch (0.81 mm) of the specified
dimensions established from the 0-inch station.
(e) Dimensionally inspect the thickness of the blade at the thickest point of
each blade station.
1 If the blade thickness is below the minimum at any blade station,
retire the blade from service.
(f) Measure the width of the blade at each blade station.
1 If the blade width is below the minimum at any blade station, retire
the blade from service.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
CAUTION 1: DO NOT GRIND THE RETENTION AREA OF THE BLADE.

STOP GRINDING AT THE POINT WHERE THE AIRFOIL
BEGINS TO FLARE TO THE CONCENTRIC PART OF THE
SHANK.
CAUTION 2: MAINTAIN THE REQUIRED CONTOUR OF EACH
SURFACE OF THE BLADE. THE TIP, LEAD AND TRAIL
EDGE, AND FACE AND CAMBER CONTOURS ARE
CRITICAL AND MAY NOT BE CHANGED BY GRINDING.
(g) Before grinding apply a small amount of a grinding lubrication composition,
such as Matchless® grease, to each side of the blade.
CAUTION: BLADES CAN BE OVERHEATED BY THE GRINDING

OR POLISHING PROCESS OR IF HEATED IN ORDER
TO STRAIGHTEN A BLADE. REFER TO THE SPECIAL
INSTRUCTIONS CHAPTER OF HARTZELL
PROPELLER INC. STANDARD PRACTICES MANUAL 202A
(61-01-02).
(h) Grind using a grinder and an abrasive disk or pad that has no finer than
180-grit.
1 Grind chordwise or parallel to the centerline of the blade.
2 Maintain the contour of each blade surface.
3 Maintain the radius of the leading and trailing edges.
NOTE: It is recommended that blades in a set are balanced during
the grinding process. This will make final balancing of the
propeller assembly easier. Refer to the Blade Balancing
chapter of this manual for balancing procedures.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
CAUTION 1: DO NOT GRIND ON THE MATING SURFACE OF A BLADE

COUNTERWEIGHT KNOB. ALL OTHER SURFACES
OF THE COUNTERWEIGHT KNOB MAY BE LIGHTLY
GROUND.
CAUTION 2: ALWAYS FILE PARALLEL TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE
BLADE. FILING PERPENDICULAR TO THE CENTERLINE
MAY CREATE STRESS RISERS IN THE BLADE.
(i) Using lengthwise strokes with a rasp and file, smooth out the leading edge
and trailing edge and the blade tip, maintaining a radius on all edges.
1 Refer to Appendix C - Blade/Tip Specifications in this manual for tip
shape details for each blade model in its new condition. The figures
are provided with the intention that the repaired blade keeps the
same character as the original blade.
2 The following limits apply only to blades that have a square tip shape
with rounded corners. These blades have two distinct tip radii - one
for the leading edge and another for the trailing edge.
a For those blades whose specified tip corner radius is less than
1.00 inch (25.4 mm), the repaired tip corner radius can be
as much as 3X the value shown in Appendix C, but must not
exceed 2.00 inches (50.8 mm). If the specified tip corner radius
is 1.00 inch (25.4 mm) or greater, the repaired radius may be up
to 1.00 inch (25.4 mm) more than that shown in Appendix C.
b In certain cases, the tip corner radii of the original blade
are located sufficiently close to one another that the blade
resembles one with a full radius tip shape. As the repaired blade
is reduced in chord width near the tip, the corner radii will move
closer together and may actually converge to form a full radius.
This condition is permitted if the tip width and radius are within
specified limits.
3 "Delta" or "swept" tips, which are created by removing leading
edge damage near the tip while maintaining the minimum permitted
diameter, are not permitted and must be retired from service.
(j) Repeat the dimensional inspections of the blade thickness and width.
1 If the dimensions are below the minimum permitted tolerances, retire
the blade from service.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
E. Blade Polishing Requirements and Procedures

(1) General
(a) For aluminum blades, perform a penetrant inspection of the blade before
polishing.
(b) The following procedures are the in-house requirements for Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Industry polishing standards may be used to achieve a
similar effect.
(2) Apply masking material to the shank area during the polishing process to
prevent damage to the retention radius.
(3) Apply several streaks of grinding lubrication composition to the face and
camber sides of the blade before polishing.
CAUTION: BLADES CAN BE OVERHEATED BY THE GRINDING OR

POLISHING PROCESS OR IF HEATED IN ORDER TO
STRAIGHTEN A BLADE. REFER TO THE SPECIAL
INSTRUCTIONS CHAPTER OF HARTZELL PROPELLER INC.
MANUAL 202A.
(4) Using a built up polish wheel coated with 200-grit to 220-grit aluminum oxide,
polish the blade to remove all grinding marks.
(a) Polish parallel to the centerline of the blade.
(b) Polish the leading and trailing edges and the tip area. Maintain smooth
radii.
(5) Remove the masking material from the shank area.
CAUTION: DO NOT POLISH THE BLADE SHANK RETENTION RADIUS OR

THE MATING SURFACE OF THE BLADE COUNTERWEIGHT
KNOB.
(6) Using a sander and a 200-grit to 220-grit abrasive disk or pad, polish the shank
area and the sides of the counterweight knob.
(7) Using a strip of 200-grit to 240-grit emery cloth, polish the leading and trailing
edges. Run the cloth parallel to the blade centerline.
(a) If necessary to remove filing marks, 120-grit to 200-grit emery cloth may
be used, followed by polishing with 200-grit to 240-grit emery cloth.
(8) Make sure that the radii do not thicken near the tip.
(9) The leading edge radius must be round and smoothly blended as shown in
Figure 3-2.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(10) Flat spots and sharp edges are not permitted.
WARNING: ADHESIVES AND SOLVENTS ARE FLAMMABLE AND TOXIC

TO THE SKIN, EYES, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT. SKIN AND
EYE PROTECTION ARE REQUIRED. AVOID PROLONGED
CONTACT AND BREATHING OF VAPORS. USE SOLVENT
RESISTANT GLOVES TO MINIMIZE SKIN CONTACT AND
WEAR SAFETY GLASSES FOR EYE PROTECTION. USE IN A
WELL VENTILATED AREA AWAY FROM SPARKS AND FLAME.
READ AND OBSERVE ALL WARNING LABELS.
(11) Using solvent CM23, clean the blade before the blade dimensional inspection.
F. Chemically Etch Blade Airfoil
CAUTION 1: DO NOT APPLY CHEMICAL ETCHING SOLUTION TO THE

BLADE RETENTION RADIUS. CHEMICAL ETCHING SOLUTION
MAY REMOVE MATERIAL FROM THE BLADE RETENTION
RADIUS AND WILL REQUIRE TO DIMENSIONALLY
REINSPECT THE RETENTION RADIUS AND VIEWED ON THE
OPTICAL COMPARATOR (REFER TO THE BLADE SHANK
OVERHAUL CHAPTER OF THIS MANUAL).
CAUTION 2: ETCHING IS AN ESSENTIAL PROCESS THAT IMPROVES THE
VISIBILITY OF DEFECTS DURING PENETRANT INSPECTION.
FAILURE TO CHEMICALLY ETCH THE BLADE AIRFOIL
BEFORE PENETRANT INSPECTION MAY RESULT IN FAILURE
TO DETECT CRACKS.
CAUTION 3: DO NOT LET CHEMICAL ETCHING SOLUTIONS REMAIN ON
THE BLADE LONGER THAN THE RECOMMENDED TIME.
CORROSIVE DESTRUCTION MAY RESULT. TO PREVENT
CORROSION OF THE BLADE MATERIAL, THOROUGHLY
RINSE ALL SOLUTIONS OFF THE BLADE AFTER
COMPLETING THE ETCHING PROCESS.
(1) Chemically etch all surfaces of the blade airfoil from the tip to approximately
4.00 inches (101.0 mm) outboard of the blade retention radius.
(2) For chemical etching procedures, refer to the Penetrant Inspection chapter of

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
G. Inspect Blade Airfoil Using Penetrant

NOTE: Penetrant Inspection of the blade shank is also required during overhaul.
Refer to the Blade Shank Overhaul chapter of this manual.
(1) For required materials, penetrant application methods, and inspection and
acceptance criteria refer to the Penetrant Inspection chapter of Hartzell
(2) Apply penetrant to all surfaces of the blade airfoil from the tip to approximately
4.00 inches (101.0 mm) outboard of the blade shank retention radius.
(3) If a blades with indications defined as unsatisfactory in accordance with the
Penetrant Inspection chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02), retire the blade in accordance with the Part
Retirement Procedures chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(4) Locally repair corrosion indications in accordance with the dimensional
tolerances in the applicable Blade Specification Table and the section,
"Dimensional Inspection of Blade Airfoil" in this chapter.
H. Blade Final Polishing Requirements and Procedures
CAUTION: BLADES CAN BE OVERHEATED BY THE GRINDING OR

POLISHING PROCESS OR IF HEATED IN ORDER TO
STRAIGHTEN A BLADE. REFER TO THE SPECIAL
INSTRUCTIONS CHAPTER OF HARTZELL PROPELLER INC.
STANDARD PRACTICES MANUAL 202A (61-01-02).
(1) The following procedures are the in-house requirements for Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Industry grinding standards may be used to achieve a similar
effect.
CAUTION: GLASS BEAD CLEANING TO THE SURFACE OF THE BLADE IS

NOT PERMITTED.
(2) The finishing procedure is performed to create a smooth blade surface on
which to apply anodize and paint.

(3) Using solvent CM23, clean the blade.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(4) Using an abrasive pad that has 400-grit or finer, polish the face and camber
side of the blade parallel to the blade centerline.
CAUTION: DO NOT POLISH THE BLADE SHANK RETENTION RADIUS OR

THE MATING SURFACE OF THE BLADE COUNTERWEIGHT
KNOB.
(5) Using an abrasive pad that has 400-grit or finer, polish the leading and trailing
edges and the sides of the counterweight knob.
I. Blade Inspection Using Eddy Current

(1) Eddy current is an optional method that may be used in addition to penetrant
inspection to inspect the blade airfoil for cracks or to confirm the existence of
a crack.
(2) For procedures for inspecting aluminum blades using eddy current, refer to the
Eddy Current Inspection chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
J. Dimensional Inspection of Blade Airfoil

(1) Arbor Setup
(a) To accurately inspect the blade dimensions, the center line of the blade
must be established. The distance from the blade table to the blade center
line is 7.50 inches (190.5 mm).
NOTE: 7.50 inches [190.5 mm] is standard height for Hartzell
Propeller Inc. tooling; locally fabricated tools may differ.
CAUTION: DO NOT ETCH, SCRIBE, PUNCH MARK, OR

1 Mark blade stations within ±0.031 inch (±0.78 mm) of the specified
dimensions established from the 0-inch station.
2 Secure the blade on an arbor parallel to the inspection table.
CAUTION: GRAPHITE (“LEAD”) PENCIL MARKS WILL CAUSE

CORROSION.
3 Using a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, mark station lines
(refer to the section, "Blade Station Setup" in this chapter).
4 Using a square, adjust the blade so that the set up station
(generally 30-inch station, refer to the Blade Specification Tables) is
perpendicular to the inspection table.
5 Using a height gauge set at 7.50 inches (190.5 mm), make a line with
a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, at the blade tip and at
approximately the 8-inch (203.2 mm) station of the blade.
(b) Rotate the blade 180 degrees.
1 Using a square, level the blade at the 30-inch (762 mm) station.
CAUTION 1: DO NOT ETCH, SCRIBE, PUNCH MARK OR

CORROSION.
2 Using a height gauge and non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent,
make a mark at the 7.50 inch (190.5 mm) line at the tip and at
approximately the 8-inch (203.2 mm) station (the marks must be on
the same side of the blade).
3 If the marks at the tip and inboard station do not line up with the
existing marks made before the blade was rotated 180 degrees,
adjust the arbor to bring the marks in-line.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(2) Measure the Blade Thickness

(a) Dimensionally inspect the blade thickness at each blade station.
1 If the thickness at any blade station is less than the minimum listed
in the applicable Blade Specification Table, retire the blade from
service.
(3) Measure the Blade Width

IDENTIFY PARTS IN ANY MANNER THAT MAY BE
HARMFUL TO THE STRENGTH OR FUNCTION OF THE
PROPELLER.
CORROSION.
(a) Using a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, mark chord lines
perpendicular to the blade centerline.
(b) Dimensionally inspect the blade width at each blade station.
1 If the width at any blade station is less the minimum listed in the
applicable Blade Specification Table, retire the blade from service.
(4) Measure the Blade Length
(a) Measure the length of each blade in the propeller assembly starting at the
0-inch blade station. Refer to Table 3-1.
(b) The length of each blade in the propeller assembly must be within
±0.125 inch (±3.17 mm) of each other.
(c) Refer to the section, "Reduction in Blade Length" in this chapter for
additional requirements about blade length.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(5) Measure the Blade Angle

PROPELLER.
CORROSION.
(a) Using a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, mark chord lines
perpendicular to the blade centerline.
(b) Before blade face alignment, measure the blade angle and correct, if
necessary.
1 Correction of the blade angle affects the face alignment.
2 Correction of the face alignment does not affect the blade angle.
(c) Preset the protractor to the setup measurement indicated within
(d) With the blade horizontally secured with the face side up, put the
protractor on the blade setup station and rotate the blade until the
protractor zeroes out.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
NOTE: Refer to Table 3-7 for

applicable dowel pin
diameters, D1, and D2
distance measurements.
TR
AIL
IN
G
ED
GE
D1
D2
E
FAC
Protractor Dowel Pin
Diameter
Dowel Pin R
M BE
Diameter CA 1 Inch (25.4 mm)
Maximum Length
Dowel Pin
Blade Airfoil
1 Inch (25.4 mm) Target Station
Maximum Length
Dowel Pin
W10212
Using Dowel Pins to Measure Blade Angle

Figure 3-3

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Top of Clamp Block Surface

Thumbscrew
C
R
AM
BE
AM
BE
TRAIL
LEAD
R
C
V-notch
FA
E
C
C
Slide Bar
E
FA
W10448
Bottom of Clamp Block Surface Clamp Block
Blade Pitch Fixture TE438

Figure 3-4
Blade Station Mark Slide Bar

Clamp Block
Face Side
Camber Side
Groove on the Bottom

of the Clamp Block
Hand Held Digital Blade Angle Protractor TE97 Aligned

with the Grooves on the Bottom of the Clamp Block
W10447A, TPI-10477b
NOTE: Process shown is for a tractor installation.
Measuring Blade Angle

Figure 3-5

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(D1) - Distance from Dowel Diameter (D2) - Distance from Dowel Diameter
Station
Trailing Edge (inch) (inch) Trailing Edge (inch) (inch)
(F)6890
18 0.750 (19.05 mm) 1/4 4.92 (124.9 mm) 1/8
24 1.000 (25.40 mm) 3/16 4.48 (113.7 mm) 1/8
29 0.500 (12.70 mm) 3/16 3.70 (93.9 mm) 1/8
30 0.500 (12.70 mm) 3/16 3.40 (86.3 mm) 1/8
33 0.600 (15.24 mm) 5/32 2.71 (68.8 mm) 1/8
(F)7068
18 1.000 (25.40 mm) 1/4 5.590 (141.98 mm) 1/8
24 0.750 (19.05 mm) 1/4 5.590 (141.98 mm) 3/16
30 1.500 (38.10 mm) 1/8 4.840 (122.93 mm) 1/8
(F)7282
18 0.715 (18.16 mm) 1/4 5.130 (130.30 mm) 1/8
24 0.250 (6.35 mm) 1/4 4.750 (120.65 mm) 1/8
29 0.250 (6.35 mm) 1/4 3.250 (82.55 mm) 1/8
30 0.760 (19.30 mm) 1/4 3.270 (83.05 mm) 3/16
33 0.500 (12.70 mm) 1/4 2.610 (66.29 mm) 3/16
36 0.280 (7.11 mm) 1/4 2.490 (63.24 mm) 3/16
(F)7382
18 0.750 (19.05 mm) 3/16 4.300 (109.22 mm) 1/8
24 0.200 (5.08 mm) 3/16 4.560 (115.82 mm) 1/8
(F)7392
18 1.000 (25.40 mm) 1/4 5.070 (128.77 mm) 3/16
24 0.750 (19.05 mm) 3/16 4.690 (119.12 mm) 1/8
29 0.750 (19.05 mm) 3/16 4.250 (107.95 mm) 5/32
30 0.750 (19.05 mm) 3/16 3.960 (100.58 mm) 5/32
34 0.250 (6.35 mm) 3/16 3.020 (76.70 mm) 5/32
(F)7490
18 1.125 (28.57 mm) 3/16 5.00 (127.0 mm) 1/8
24 0.500 (12.70 mm) 3/16 4.93 (125.2 mm) 1/8
29 0.500 (12.70 mm) 3/16 4.38 (111.2 mm) 1/8
30 0.500 (12.70 mm) 3/16 4.27 (108.4 mm) 1/8
36 1.000 (25.40 mm) 1/8 3.07 (77.9 mm) 1/8
* The 29-inch blade station corresponds to the 30-inch reference blade radius on 3-blade,
Y-shank propellers. The data provided for 29-inch stations may sometimes be useful for
setting blade angles in an assembled propeller.
Dowel Pin Placement


Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Station
(F)7496
18 0.500 (12.70 mm) 3/8 5.796 (147.22 mm) 1/5
24 1.625 (41.28 mm) 1/5 5.934 (150.72 mm) 1/8
29 0.500 (12.70 mm) 1/4 4.238 (107.65 mm) 1/6
30 0.500 (12.70 mm) 1/4 3.650 (92.71 mm) 1/6
36 0.125 (3.18 mm) 1/6 1.992 (50.60 mm) 1/8
(F)7497
18 0.250 (6.35 mm) 3/8 5.907 (150.04 mm) 1/5
24 0.250 (6.35 mm) 1/4 4.961 (126.01 mm) 1/8
29 0.500 (12.70 mm) 1/4 5.082 (129.08 mm) 1/5
30 0.500 (12.70 mm) 1/4 4.731 (120.17 mm) 1/5
34 0.125 (3.18 mm) 1/4 2.639 (67.03 mm) 3/16
(F)7590
18 1.250 (31.75 mm) 3/16 4.83 (122.6 mm) 1/8
24 1.500 (38.10 mm) 1/8 4.74 (120.3 mm) 1/8
29 1.375 (34.92 mm) 1/8 4.25 (107.9 mm) 1/8
30 1.375 (34.92 mm) 1/8 4.13 (104.9 mm) 1/8
36 1.000 (25.40 mm) 1/8 3.10 (78.7 mm) 1/8
(F)7691
18 0.850 (21.59 mm) 1/4 5.400 (137.16 mm) 3/16
24 0.335 (8.50 mm) 1/4 4.740 (120.39 mm) 3/16
29 0.250 (6.35 mm) 3/16 4.390 (111.50 mm) 1/8
30 1.000 (25.40 mm) 1/4 4.600 (116.84 mm) 1/4
33 1.036 (26.31 mm) 1/4 3.902 (99.11 mm) 1/4
36 0.750 (19.05 mm) 1/4 3.450 (87.63 mm) 1/4
Dowel Pin Placement


Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Station
D9512, A,
A-5.5, AE
18 1.500 (38.10 mm) 1/4 6.580 (167.13 mm) 1/8
24 1.000 (25.40 mm) 1/4 6.860 (174.13 mm) 1/8
30 0.500 (12.70 mm) 1/4 6.650 (168.91 mm) 5/32
36 0.500 (12.70 mm) 3/16 5.870 (149.09 mm) 1/8
42 0.500 (12.70 mm) 3/16 4.120 (104.64 mm) 5/32
E9512(C,D,G)-1
18 1.500 (38.10 mm) 1/4 6.580 (167.13 mm) 1/8
24 1.000 (25.40 mm) 1/4 6.860 (174.24 mm) 1/8
30 0.500 (12.70 mm) 1/4 6.650 (168.91 mm) 5/32
36 0.500 (12.70 mm) 3/16 5.870 (149.09 mm) 1/8
42 0.500 (12.70 mm) 3/16 4.120 (104.64 mm) 5/32
Dowel Pin Placement


Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(e) Lock the blade in this position.

The contour of the face side of certain blades makes it impossible to use
a straight edge protractor to measure the blade angle. In those cases, use
one of the following two methods to measure blade angle; or proceed to
step 2.J.(5)(f).
1 Method 1 - Using dowel pins to measure the blade angle
a Tape dowel pins on the face of the blade and put the protractor
on the dowel pins (Figure 3-3).
b Use Table 3-7 as a guide for measuring the angle of certain
(listed) blades by taping two dowel pins of specified diameter on
the face side of the blade. Refer to Figure 3-3.
c Position the dowel pins at the specified distances (D1 and
D2) from the trailing edge of the blade for consistency in
measurement, as the blade leading edge may be filed away.
d Dowel pins must be a maximum length of 1.00 inch (25.4 mm).
e Beginning at the inboard stations, put the protractor on the
dowel pins and read the measurement of each angle.
f Each measurement must be within the tolerance specified in the
applicable Blade Specification Table.
2 Method 2 - Using blade pitch fixture TE438 to measure the blade
angle
NOTE: Previously the blade pitch fixture TE438 was manufactured
without the orientation marks "LEAD", "TRAIL", "FACE",
and "CAMBER" marked on it.
a If the blade pitch fixture TE438 does not have the orientation
marks "LEAD", TRAIL", FACE", and "CAMBER" marked on it,
add the marks as shown in Figure 3-4 in accordance with the
Parts Identification and Marking chapter of Hartzell
(1) Maximum repeatability is obtained by using blade pitch
fixture TE438 marked as shown in Figure 3-4.
b Loosen the thumbscrews on the blade pitch fixture TE438. Refer
to Figure 3-4.
c Slide the clamp blocks out to the ends of the slide bar.
d Beginning at the inboard station, position the blade so that the
leading and trailing edges are in the V-notches of the clamp
blocks in accordance with the markings on the blade pitch
fixture TE438. Refer to Figure 3-5.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
e Align the groove on the bottom surface of each clamp block

with the applicable blade station on the face side of the blade.
f Tighten the thumbscrews on the clamp blocks of fixture TE438
to attach the fixture to the blade.
g Align the hand-held protractor TE97 with the grooves on the
bottom of the two clamp blocks of the fixture TE438.
h Holding the hand-held protractor TE97 firmly with the grooves
on the bottom of the two clamp blocks of the fixture TE438, read
the measurement of the angle. Refer to Figure 3-5.
i This measurement must be within the tolerance specified within
the applicable table in Appendix C - Blade/Tip Specifications in
this manual.
(f) Beginning at the inboard stations, put the protractor on the blade and read
each angular measurement. Each measurement must not exceed the
tolerance specified within the applicable table in Appendix C - Blade/Tip
Specifications in this manual.
(g) If a blade station is out of tolerance twist the blade to bring it back into
tolerance. Refer to Blade Twisting in this section.
(h) Repeat the blade angle measurement procedure at each station specified
within the applicable table in Appendix C - Blade/Tip Specifications in this
manual.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Maximum Maximum Maximum

Blade Blade Blade
Angle of Angle of Angle of
Thickness* Thickness* Thickness*
Twist** Twist** Twist**
(inches) (inches) (inches)
(degrees) (degrees) (degrees)
0.06 (1.5 mm) 1.79 0.41 (10.4 mm) 1.19 0.76 (19.3 mm) 0.58
0.07 (1.7 mm) 1.77 0.42 (10.6 mm) 1.17 0.77 (19.5 mm) 0.57
0.08 (2.0 mm) 1.75 0.43 (10.9 mm) 1.15 0.78 (19.8 mm) 0.55
0.09 (2.2 mm) 1.74 0.44 (11.1 mm) 1.14 0.79 (20.0 mm) 0.53
0.10 (2.5 mm) 1.72 0.45 (11.4 mm) 1.12 0.80 (20.3 mm) 0.52
0.11 (2.7 mm) 1.70 0.46 (11.6 mm) 1.10 0.81 (20.5 mm) 0.50
0.12 (3.0 mm) 1.69 0.47 (11.9 mm) 1.08 0.82 (20.8 mm) 0.48
0.13 (3.3 mm) 1.67 0.48 (12.1 mm) 1.07 0.83 (21.0 mm) 0.46
0.14 (3.5 mm) 1.65 0.49 (12.4 mm) 1.05 0.84 (21.3 mm) 0.45
0.15 (3.5 mm) 1.63 0.50 (12.7 mm) 1.03 0.85 (21.5 mm) 0.43
0.16 (4.0 mm) 1.62 0.51 (12.9 mm) 1.01 0.86 (21.8 mm) 0.41
0.17 (4.3 mm) 1.60 0.52 (13.2 mm) 1.00 0.87 (22.0 mm) 0.40
0.18 (4.5 mm) 1.58 0.53 (13.4 mm) 0.98 0.88 (22.3 mm) 0.38
0.19 (4.8 mm) 1.57 0.54 (13.7 mm) 0.96 0.89 (22.6 mm) 0.36
0.20 (5.0 mm) 1.55 0.55 (13.9 mm) 0.95 0.90 (22.8 mm) 0.34
0.21 (5.3 mm) 1.53 0.56 (14.2 mm) 0.93 0.91 (23.1 mm) 0.33
0.22 (5.5 mm) 1.51 0.57 (14.4 mm) 0.91 0.92 (23.3 mm) 0.31
0.23 (5.8 mm) 1.50 0.58 (14.7 mm) 0.89 0.93 (23.6 mm) 0.29
0.24 (6.0 mm) 1.48 0.59 (14.9 mm) 0.88 0.94 (23.8 mm) 0.28
0.25 (6.3 mm) 1.46 0.60 (15.2 mm) 0.86 0.95 (24.1 mm) 0.26
0.26 (6.6 mm) 1.44 0.61 (15.4 mm) 0.84 0.96 (24.3 mm) 0.24
0.27 (6.8 mm) 1.43 0.62 (15.7 mm) 0.83 0.97 (24.6 mm) 0.22
0.28 (7.1 mm) 1.41 0.63 (16.0 mm) 0.81 0.98 (24.8 mm) 0.21
0.29 (7.3 mm) 1.39 0.64 (16.2 mm) 0.79 0.99 (25.1 mm) 0.19
0.30 (7.6 mm) 1.38 0.65 (16.5 mm) 0.77 1.00 (25.4 mm) 0.17
0.31 (7.8 mm) 1.36 0.66 (16.7 mm) 0.76 1.01 (25.6 mm) 0.15
0.32 (8.1 mm) 1.34 0.67 (17.0 mm) 0.74 1.02 (25.9 mm) 0.14
0.33 (8.3 mm) 1.32 0.68 (17.2 mm) 0.72 1.03 (26.1 mm) 0.12
0.34 (8.6 mm) 1.31 0.69 (17.5 mm) 0.71 1.04 (26.4 mm) 0.10
0.35 (8.8 mm) 1.29 0.70 (17.7 mm) 0.69 1.05 (26.6 mm) 0.09
0.36 (9.1 mm) 1.27 0.71 (18.0 mm) 0.67 1.06 (26.9 mm) 0.07
0.37 (9.3 mm) 1.26 0.72 (18.2 mm) 0.65 1.07 (27.1 mm) 0.05
0.38 (9.6 mm) 1.24 0.73 (18.5 mm) 0.64 1.08 (27.4 mm) 0.03
0.39 (9.9 mm) 1.22 0.74 (18.7 mm) 0.62 1.09 (27.6 mm) 0.02
0.40 (10.1 mm) 1.20 0.75 (19.0 mm) 0.60 1.10 (27.9 mm) 0.00
*Thickness at the center of a two inch (50.8 mm) span.
**Maximum twist change over a two inch (50.8 mm) span.
Blade Twist Limits

Table 3-8

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(6) Blade Twisting

(a) If a blade is out of blade angle tolerance twist the blade to move each
station into tolerance. Refer to the Blade Twist Limits Table 3-8.
(b) If a blade requires a twist repair that is more than the maximum permitted
twist specified in Blade Twist Limits Table 3-8, retire the blade from
service.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE THE PITCH CHANGE KNOB TO PREVENT

THE BLADE FROM ROTATING WHEN TWISTING A
Y-SHANK BLADE. THE FORCE USED TO TWIST THE
BLADE WILL DAMAGE THE PITCH CHANGE KNOB.
(c) Secure the blade in a fixture so that it cannot rotate.
CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE BLADE SURFACES WHEN

TWISTING THE BLADE. KINKS IN THE LEADING OR
TRAILING EDGE THAT RESULT FROM THE TWISTING
PROCESS ARE NOT PERMITTED.
(d) Using a blade paddle, twist the blade.
(e) Inspect each blade angle in accordance with steps(5)(c) and(5)(d) of this
section to determine if the twisting action was enough to bring each blade
station into tolerance.
(f) Repeat steps (6)(c) through (6)(e), as necessary, to bring each station into
tolerance.
Station Line
Face Side
7.50 Inches
(190.5 mm) Height Gauge
APS815
Measuring Face Alignment

Figure 3-6

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(7) Measure the Blade Face Alignment

(a) With the blade horizontally secured, square the most inboard station
perpendicular to the blade table.

PROPELLER.
CORROSION.
(b) From the table, measure up 7.50 inches (190.5 mm).
(c) Using a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, make a mark across the
blade station line representing the blade centerline.
(d) Repeat the squaring and marking procedure for each station.
(e) Rotate the blade so that the face side is up.
(f) Using a small bubble level, start at the most inboard station and level the
blade.
(g) Secure the blade in this position.
(h) Put the pointer of a height gauge in contact with the centerline mark of the
blade station. Refer to Figure 3-6.
(i) Measure the height of the pointer. Refer to Figure 3-6.
1 The tolerances listed within the tables in Appendix C - Blade/Tip
Specifications in this manual are in relation to 7.50 inches
(190.5 mm).
a A positive tolerance is added to 7.50 inches (190.5 mm).
b A negative tolerance is subtracted from 7.50 inches (190.5 mm).
c For example, the 24-inch station on a 6660 blade would have a
tolerance between 7.484 inches (190.09 mm) and
7.534 inches (191.36 mm).
2 If the centerline of the work fixture is not 7.50 inches (190.5 mm),
adjust the final height measurement for the difference.
(j) Repeat the levelling process for each station before the height is
measured.
(k) If the blades is out of tolerance, bend the blade until it is within tolerance in
accordance with the section, "Blade Straightening" in this chapter.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(8) Measure the Blade Edge Alignment

(a) With the blade horizontally secured, rotate the blade so that the first flat
inboard station aligns perpendicular to the blade table with the leading
edge up.

PROPELLER.
CORROSION.
(b) Using a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, mark a line representing
each blade station on the leading edge.
(c) Using a height gauge, measure from the blade table to the highest point of
the leading edge at the blade station.
(d) Repeat the above procedures for each blade station.
(e) Measure the edge alignment for each blade station of every blade in a
propeller assembly.
1 At the corresponding blade stations of each blade in the blade set,
the edge alignment must be within 0.120 inch (3.04 mm) from the
highest edge alignment measurement to the lowest edge alignment
measurement.
(9) Reference Pitch Change Knob Location
(a) For Y-shank blades in a set, it is necessary to reference the pitch change
knob of each blade in relation to the other blades.
(b) Secure the blade in a horizontal fixture.
1 Put the pitch change knob against a stop incorporated into the fixture.
2 Lock the blade in place so that it cannot rotate.
(c) Set the protractor to zero degrees.
(d) Put the protractor on the 30-inch station.
(e) Level the protractor and make a record of the measurement.
(f) Repeat the same procedures for each blade in the set.
(g) Lock each blade in the same position for the reference point to be
identical.
(h) All blades in a set must be within 0.40 degree of each other.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
K. Reduction in Blade Length

(1) Diameter Reduction for Blades that are to be Returned to Service as the
Original Model Designation
(a) Propeller diameter limits are specified in the FAA Aircraft Type Certificate,
Supplemental Type Certificate, or foreign equivalent.
(b) The diameter tolerance for a propeller at minimum diameter is
0.125 inches (3.17 mm).
(c) When blades in a set have had a reduction in length, remain within
the type certificated diameter, and are being reinstalled on the original
application, the blade model designation is not to be changed.
(d) The amount of diameter reduction beyond 0.125 inch (3.17 mm), and
in 0.125 inch (3.17 mm) increments for diameter reductions thereafter,
is to be impression stamped on the blade butt and ink stamped below
the model designation on the camber side of the blade airfoil after the
abbreviation “Dia Red”.
(e) Standard Aircraft Type Certificates permit propeller diameter reductions,
but the blade model number does not specifically call out a range of
blade model designations. To avoid confusion about the blade, the above
procedures permit the blade model designation to remain in accordance
with the Type Certificate, but require identification of the actual diameter.
(f) Older blades that were re-stamped with a modified model designation
for diameter reduction must be re-stamped with their original model
designation and have the amount of diameter reduction noted as outlined
in the above procedures.
(g) Inspect the blades in the blade set in accordance with the applicable
Blade Specification Table for the original blade model designation. Refer to
(h) When blade diameter reduction is necessary, maintain the same tip shape
as the original blade. Refer to Appendix C - Blade/Tip Specifications in this
manual.
(i) The tip shape of a blade that has a reduced diameter must have the same
radii as the original blade, except that some deviation of the specified
radii may be necessary to compensate for width change resulting from the
diameter reduction or repairs to the leading edge.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(j) For most blades, stations inboard from the tip have a greater chord width
than outboard stations.
(k) When reducing diameter, it is desirable to minimize the reduction of
the chord width. Some deviation from the specified tip radii may be
appropriate.
1 Refer to section, "Blade Grinding Requirements and Procedures" in
this chapter for tip repair criteria.
CAUTION 1: DO NOT CONVERT A ROUND TIP BLADE TO A

SQUARE TIP BLADE.
CAUTION 2: DO NOT REDUCE THE DIAMETER OF A SQUARE TIP
BLADE TO CONVERT IT TO A ROUND TIP BLADE.
2 Certification testing/approval considers only diameter reductions that
maintain the same tip shape.
3 Converting a round tip blade to a square tip blade is not permitted.
4 Reducing the diameter of a square tip blade to convert it to a round
tip blade is not permitted.
NOTE: Converting a square tip blade to a round tip blade involves
greater mass reduction at the blade tip and greatly affects
performance and vibration characteristics.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(2) Diameter Reduction for Blades to be Returned to Service with a Modified Model
Designation
(a) In the past, blades that were bent beyond permitted limits were sometimes
reduced in diameter when the shortened blade model was completely
inboard of the bend. This practice is no longer permitted.
(b) When blades in a set have had a reduction in length and are being
installed on an application other than the original, the blade model
designation is to be changed using the following method:
1 Impression stamp a line through the original model designation dash
number.
2 Impression stamp the modified model designation next to the original
model designation.
3 The blade may only be modified to a blade model defined within
4 Optionally ink stamp the modified model designation on the camber
side of the blade airfoil.
5 Future diameter reductions to blade sets with modified model
designations are to be handled in accordance with the section,
"Reduction in Blade Length" in this chapter.
(c) Blade modifications that result in significant diameter reductions (from one
dash number to another in blade design) must consider factors such as:
1 Pitch change knob location
2 Pitch range capability
3 Interchangeability of modified blades with factory new blades
4 Tip thickness and contour
5 Airfoil width
6 Identification requirements
7 Blade modifications that cause blade-to-blade variation of these
factors within a blade set are not permitted.
(d) Use the Blade Specification Table associated with the new model
designation of the shortened blade.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(e) While reducing the length of a blade is permitted, care must be taken
to avoid creating a blade configuration that is different than that which
Hartzell Propeller Inc. manufactures. Refer to the examples in
steps (e)2 through (e)3.b.
1 Detailed descriptions of differences of all blade model designations
are not given in this manual. Information about specific model
interchangeability can be obtained on an individual basis from the
Hartzell Propeller Inc. Product Support Department.
2 Changing an 8468-8R blade to an 8468-10R blade by reducing the
diameter is permitted.
a Refer to the tip shape diagrams in Appendix C - Blade/Tip
b Both blades have the same pitch change knob angle and it
would be possible to balance the resultant blade with those
manufactured by Hartzell Propeller Inc. under the same
designation.
3 Changing an 8468-8R blade to an 8468D-14 blade is not permitted
except by STC.
a Although both blades have the same pitch change knob angle,
they have different twist distributions.
b Twisting the original blade to the new configuration will cause
its pitch change knob angle to deviate from the specification
and it will not match blades manufactured by Hartzell
Propeller Inc.
(f) A Q-tip blade can be cut off to make a non-Q-tip blade
1 Remove material tangent to the radius of the tip and far enough
inboard so that the entire Q-tip is removed.
(g) Y-shank blades must conform to knob angle limitations. Refer to
"Interchangeability of Y-shank Blades" in the section, "Pitch Change
Inspection and Overhaul" in the Blade Shank Overhaul chapter.
(h) Since complete tip data is not available in the field, physically compare
blades that have significant diameter reduction to factory new blades of
the same design so that widths, thickness, tip shape, and airfoil shape in
the tip region can be closely matched with factory blades.
(i) Modification of a counterweighted blade to a non-counterweighted blade
by removal of the counterweight knob is not permitted in the field.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
NOTE 1: The shot peen coverage has a tolerance of +0.125 inch (+3.17 mm) within the
specified shot peened area. The shot peen within these dimensions cannot be
scattered or speckled, but must have complete coverage. Due to manufacturing
process changes, incomplete coverage or fading of the shot peen is permitted in
specific zones. Refer to Figure 3-9. Stray shot marks are not permitted outside
the shot peen area.
NOTE 2: The Blade Model designation may include a "B" or "K" suffix that indicates a
de-ice or an anti-icing boot.
NOTE 3: All model M10476 blades are manufactured with a shot peened surface;
however, the "S" shot peen designator is not always included in the model
number of all blades. All M10476 blades must be maintained as shot peened
blades, and the "S" designator, if not present, must be added at overhaul.
NOTE 4: Blades may have been previously shot peened from the 4 inch station to the
26 inch station (101.6 mm station to the 660.4 mm station). Pre-existing
coverage between the 4 inch station and the 7 inch station is acceptable, and
does not require additional shot peening.
BLADE MODEL SHOT PEENED AREA
F7392S-1 from the 6 inch station to the 22 inch station (152.4 to 558.8 mm)
F(C)7495S from the 6 inch station to the 25 inch station (152.4 to 635 mm)
F7495S-1 from the 6 inch station to the 25 inch station (152.4 to 635 mm)
FC7496S from the 6 inch station to the 23 inch station (152.4 to 584.2 mm)
FL7666AS from the 4 inch station to the 28 inch station (101.6 to 711.2 mm)
D8295S from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
E9083S from the 7 inch station to the 26 inch station (152 to 660.4 mm) - See Note 4
M9128NS(A) from the 7 inch station to the 28 inch station (177.8 to 711.2 mm)
D9390S-1R from the 7 inch station to the 26 inch station (177.8 to 660.4 mm)
D9510SK from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
D9511FAS(-2) from the 7 inch station to the 24 inch station (177.8 to 609.6 mm)
D9511FS from the 7 inch station to the 24 inch station (177.8 to 609.6 mm)
E9673S from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
T10176(N)S-5 from the 7 inch station to the 22 inch station (177.8 to 558.8 mm)
T10178(N)S-11R from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
M10282A(N)S+6 from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
Shot Peened Aluminum Blades


Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
BLADE MODEL SHOT PEENED AREA
LT10282(N)S-5.3R from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
T10282(N)S from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
T10282(H)(N)S-6R from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
(L)T10282(N)S+4 from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
T10290NS+2 from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
(L)M10476(N)(S) from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm) - See Note 3
LT10574F(N)S from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
T10702NS from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
LT10876A(N)S-2Q from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
M10876A(N)S from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
T10876A(N)S-15.5 from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
LM11276(N)S from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
M11276(N)S(A) from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
M11296(N)S from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
M11691NS from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
Shot Peened Aluminum Blades


Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
L. Shot Peened Blade Inspection and Repair

(1) General
(a) Certain propeller blades are manufactured with a shot peened surface
(refer to Table 3-9 for shot peened blade models). The area shot peened
typically ranges from the 7-inch blade station to the 30-inch blade station.
(b) Shot peened blades are identified by the letter "S" following the blade
model number, as described in the Description and Operation chapter of
this manual, and by visible shot peen pebble grain on the blade surface.
(c) All model M10476 blades were manufactured with a shot peened surface;
but, the "S" shot peen designator was not included in the model number.
1 Maintain all M10476 blades as shot peened blades. At overhaul add
the "S" designator, if not present.
(d) There are special repair and repair limitations for shot peened blades to
make sure that the desired compressive surface stress caused by shot
peening is maintained.
1 Except for the leading and trailing edges of a blade, if there is
damage or repair of damage to the shot peened areas of more than
0.015 inch (0.38 mm) deep (including material removal necessary to
blend out such damage) and re-shot peen the repaired area before
further flight.
2 For the leading or trailing edge of a blade, if the damage to the shot
peened area is farther than 0.250 inch (6.35 mm) from the blade
leading edge or trailing edge, the repair limit applies.
3 For the leading or trailing edge of a blade, if the damage to the shot
peened area is farther than 0.250 inch (6.35 mm) from the blade
leading edge or trailing edge, re-shot peen the repaired area before
further flight.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(2) Blade Grinding and Polishing Requirements

(a) Grind and/or polish nicks, gouges, corrosion and other damage from the
entire airfoil surface, including the shot peened area.
1 If polishing is required, use an abrasive pad that has 400-grit or finer.
2 Significant dimples and irregular surfaces, although permitted for
many field repairs, must be ground and polished at overhaul.
3 Blend the repairs to these areas with the blade airfoil shape and
contour.
(b) If the shot peened areas of the blade do not require grinding and polishing,
plastic media cleaning may be used to remove paint from shot peened
surfaces. Refer to the Cleaning chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
(c) Grinding and polishing of non-shot peened airfoil surfaces is required at
overhaul.
(3) Blade Straightening Requirements
(a) If a shot peened blade is bent and is within repair limits for straightening,
overhaul and re-shot peen the entire blade before returning the blade to
service.
(b) When adjusting the face alignment or blade angle, use care not to damage
the shot peened area of the blade.
(4) Blade Etching and Penetrant Inspection
(a) At overhaul, chemically etch and penetrant inspect shot peened blades
after grinding. Refer to the sections, "Chemically Etch Blade Airfoil" and
"Blade Final Polishing Requirements and Procedures" in this chapter.
1 If performing a local repair to a blade in the shot peened area not
associated with overhaul, refer to the specific penetrant inspection
requirements in step (5) of this procedure.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(5) Local Repair in the Shot Peened Area Not Associated With Overhaul
NOTE: A local repair removes a specific damage condition between
overhauls. Repair of damage at overhaul is blended more smoothly
with the blade shape and is not considered a local repair.
(a) All repairs must be within the tolerances specified in the applicable Blade
Specification Table.
(b) If a blade is repaired beyond the permitted limits, retire the blade from
service.
(c) Remove all damage before inspection and re-shot peening.
(d) Shot peening of the face and camber sides of the blade is more critical
than the leading and trailing edge. Repairability limits are stricter for the
face and camber surfaces.
(e) The depth of damage refers to measurements taken after repair of the
effected area.
(f) Face and camber repair area is defined as between 10% and 80% of the
chord width from the blade leading edge. If the damage is not deeper than
the base of the shot peen pebble grain, locally repair these areas without
re-shot peening.
(g) If there is damage deeper than the base of the shot peen pebble grain,
re-shot peen only the surface of the blade containing the repair area. For
example, if the camber side of the blade contains a repair, then only the
entire camber side of the blade must be completely re-shot peened.
(h) Lead edge repair area is defined as 10% of the chord width back from
the lead edge. Trail edge repair area is defined as 20% of the chord width
forward from the trail edge. If the extent of the repair is less than
0.250 inch (6.35 mm) from the lead edge or trail edge of the blade, these
areas may be repaired without re-shot peening.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Shot Peen Area

Mask (Refer to Table 3-9) Mask
Leading Edge
(Thick Side)
Face
1.50 inches 1.50 inches Trailing Edge

(38.1 mm) (38.1 mm) (Thin Side)
Maximum Maximum
Face (Flat or Concave)
Camber (Curved)
CAUTION: CONDITION ALL CUT WIRE SHOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH

THE SPECIFICATIONS IN THE SHOT PEENING CHAPTER OF
HARTZELL PROPELLER INC. STANDARD PRACTICES MANUAL
202A (61-01-02).
For face and camber sides of the blade:
Description Shot Size Almen Type Intensity
Trailing edge intensity:
From trailing edge to 1.50 inches CW62 A 0.008 - 0.010 Inch
(38.1 mm) max outward (0.20 - 0.25 mm)
Airfoil intensity:
Remainder of surface that was not CW62 A 0.014 - 0.018 Inch
shot peened as trailing edge (0.36 - 0.46 mm)
APS6322
Aluminum Blade Shot Peen Intensity Zone Specifications Option A

Curved Trailing Edge
Figure 3-7

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
TI-4200
Aluminum Blade Shot Peen Intensity Zone Specifications Option B

Parallel Trailing Edge
Figure 3-8

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
14000
Incomplete
Coverage
Permissible
In These
Zones
Station A, Identified on
Blade Drawings
NOTE: Due to manufacturing process change, incomplete coverage or fading is

permitted in specific zones as shown in this figure.
Shot Peening Shank Coverage

Figure 3-9

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
CAUTION: IF ANY DAMAGE IN THE SHOT PEENED AREA IS DEEPER

THAN THE BASE OF THE SHOT PEEN PEBBLE GRAIN,
THE DAMAGED AREA MUST BE GROUND, POLISHED,
CHEMICALLY ETCHED, AND PENETRANT INSPECTED
BEFORE RE-SHOT PEENING.
(i) Grind the damaged area using an abrasive pad that has no finer than
180-grit and polish using an abrasive pad that has 400-grit or finer. Refer
to the sections, "Blade Grinding Requirements and Procedures", "Blade
Polishing Requirements and Procedures", and "Blade Final Polishing
Requirements and Procedures" in this chapter.
1 Repairs to the damaged area must blend with the blade airfoil shape
and contour.
(j) Chemically etch the damaged area after grinding. Refer to the
Manual 202A (61-01-02) for chemical etching procedures.
(k) Penetrant inspect the damaged area after chemically etching. Refer to the
Manual 202A (61-01-02) for penetrant inspection procedures.
(6) Re-shot Peening Aluminum Blades
(a) A shot peened aluminum blade must be completely re-shot peened at
overhaul, regardless of condition.
(b) If any single local repair area not associated with overhaul requires re-shot
peening, only the surface of the blade containing the repair area must be
re-shot peened. For example, if the camber side of the blade contains a
repair, only the entire camber side of the blade must be completely re-shot
peened.
(c) For the general shot peening procedure, refer to the Shot Peening chapter
(d) For facilities approved to perform shot peening, refer to the Shot Peening
(61-01-02).
(e) For the shot peen area requirements for specific blades, refer to Table 3-9
in this manual.
(f) For aluminum blade shot peen intensity zone specifications, refer to
Figure 3-7 and Figure 3-8 of this manual.
(g) For aluminum blade Almen strip and Almen strip holder locations, refer
to Figure 3-9 in this manual. These locations apply for either Option A or
Option B intensity zone patterns.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(h) Optional Polishing Procedure

1 General
a The optional polishing procedure will help clean the blade after
shot peening before applying anodize or chemical conversion
coating and will also improve the blade appearance.
b If the optional polishing procedure is performed, remove only
the tops of the shot peening dimples (dents); do not completely
remove the shot peening dimples (dents).
2 Procedure
CAUTION: DO NOT COMPLETELY REMOVE THE

SHOT PEENING DIMPLES (DENTS) WHEN
PERFORMING THE OPTIONAL POLISHING
PROCEDURE.
a After shot peening has been completed, but before applying
anodize or chemical conversion coating, lightly polish over the
shot peened surface using one of the following:
(1) A red abrasive pad such as CM47 or equivalent
(2) Jackson Lea Greaseless Abrasive Composition 200-grit
to 220-grit on a cloth wheel or an equivalent non-metallic
polishing pad
(7) Shot Peening of Non-Shot Peened Blades
(a) Shot peening a non-shot peened blade can be performed in accordance
with the following requirements:
1 Shot peen only the non-shot peened version of blades listed in
Table 3-9.
2 Stamp a non-shot peened blade that has been shot peened with
the "S" designator in accordance with the Parts Identification and
Marking chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
3 If the Type Certificate Data Sheet specifies shot peened blades, do
not intermix shot peened blades and non-shot peened blades in the
same propeller assembly.
4 Some blade models have life limits on certain applications. These
blades may not be life limited on other installations.
a Time accumulated toward life limit begins when first operated on
a life limited application and continues regardless of subsequent
installations.
b If a subsequent application is also life limited, the most
conservative life limit is applicable.
c Shot peening of a blade removed from a life limited application
does not affect the life limit. The blade must be removed from
service when the life limit is reached.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3 inch 2 inch 1 inch TIP

Station Station Station
0.170 inch 0.143 inch 0.115 inch 0.090 inch 0.065 inch 0.035 inch
(4.31 mm) (3.63 mm) (2.92 mm) (2.28 mm) (1.65 mm) (0.88 mm)
1.00 inch 0.50 inch 0.50 inch 0.50 inch 0.50 inch 0.6875 inch
(25.4 mm) (12.7 mm) (12.7 mm) (12.7 mm) (12.7 mm) (1.7462 mm)
0.065 inch (1.65 mm)

Minimum Thickness
Blend Smoothly
0.035 inch
(0.88 mm)
Maintain Standard Blade
Thickness from this
Point Inboard per Blade
Specification Tables
Face Side 1.0 inch (25.4 mm)

+0.0625 (1.587 mm)
of Blade
-0.25 (6.35 mm)
90 degrees +5 degrees
-0 degrees
APS226A
APS489
"Q" Tip Aluminum Propeller Blades

Figure 3-10

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
M. Q Tip Blades
(1) A Q tip propeller blade is formed by bending the tip section of the blade 90
degrees toward the face side.
(2) A Q tip blade may only be formed by Hartzell Propeller Inc. on a new blade
only.
(3) Bending a tip section in the field is not permitted.
(4) Field repair of a slightly deformed tip, up to 20 degrees, is permitted.
(5) Data from the Blade Specification Tables is not usable in the area of the bent
tip. Refer to Figure 3-10 for tip thickness requirements.
(6) Blade width in the bend area must be sufficient to maintain the original width as
reasonably as possible.
(7) Q-Tip blade repair
(a) When a Q-tip blade is manufactured, the blend (radius) of the leading and
trailing edges of the tip are identical. As the leading edge of a Q-tip blade
wears, the tip blend (radius) becomes distorted, while the trailing edge tip
blend remains intact.
1 When repairing the leading edge of a Q-tip blade, shape the blend
between the blade tip and the leading edge, as necessary, to match
the shape of the trailing edge blend, using the shape of the trailing
edge as a guide. A slight chord reduction may result.
2 If a repair is made to the width of the blade in the bend area,
smoothly blend the repair into the most outboard, controlled blade
station.
3 Repair of tip damage is permitted, if the distance from the face of the
blade to the tip of the blade in the 90 degree area is at least 0.75 inch
(19.05 mm).
4 If the length of the tip is reduced on one blade, the other blades in
the set must also be reduced to maintain correct propeller assembly
balance.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
N. Lightning Strikes
(1) After a propeller lightning strike, an inspection of the each blade is required
before further flight.
(2) Slight arcing damage to the blade surface from a lightning strike that has a
maximum diameter of 0.125 inch (3.18 mm) may be repaired.
(a) Smoothly blend the damaged area and polish using an abrasive pad that
has 400-grit or finer.
(b) Perform a penetrant inspection.
(3) Damage to the blade edge may be repaired in the same way as a small nick or
scratch. This can generally be performed by mechanics in accordance with
FAA Advisory Circular 43.13-1B.
(4) If there are larger areas of arcing damage, or if it appears that intense heat may
have softened the area adjacent to the damage, retire the blade from service or
return it to Hartzell Propeller Inc. Propeller for evaluation.
(5) Perform a Brinell hardness test within 0.125 inch (3.17 mm) of each damaged
area. Refer to the Special Inspections chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(6) For propeller assembly inspection requirements after a lightning strike,
refer to the Special Inspections chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
O. Blade Anodizing

CLOTHING.
CAUTION 1: DO NOT USE ANODIC COATING (ANODIZE) IN THE
ALUMINUM BLADE BORE AREA. THE USE OF ANODIC
COATING (ANODIZE) IN THE BLADE SHANK BORE OF
ALUMINUM BLADES MAY HAVE DETRIMENTAL EFFECTS ON
BLADE FATIGUE STRENGTH.
CAUTION 2: DO NOT USE ANODIZE IN THE SHANK REGION OF THE
BLADE.
CAUTION 3: IF A BLADE HAS BEEN ANODIZED IN THE SHANK REGION,
REMOVE THE ANODIZE (CHEMICALLY OR MECHANICALLY),
AND OVERHAUL THE SHANK, INCLUDING PENETRANT
INSPECTION, DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION, AND COLD
ROLLING.
(1) If the anodize solution enters the blade bore hole, rinse the blade bore hole
immediately and oven dry the blade at 150°F to 200°F (66°C to 92°C) for five
hours.
(2) For hard alloy blade anodizing instructions, refer to the Special Inspections and
Procedures chapter of this manual.
(3) Aluminum propeller blades must be anodized at overhaul.
(4) Refer to the Blade Shank Overhaul chapter of this manual for a definition of the
region of transition from anodize to chemical conversion coating.
(5) For D-shank, E-shank, and Y-shank blades
a Remove and discard the counterweight dowel pin, if applicable, before
anodizing the blade.
b The counterweight dowel pin is replaced when the counterweight
assembly is reinstalled.
c Remove all thin wall inserts, if applicable, from the counterweight knob
before anodizing the blade.
(6) Refer to Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02) for
information and procedures on chromic acid anodizing.
a Except on hard alloy blades, application of a chemical conversion coating
is an approved alternative to chromic acid anodize. Refer to alternative
methods listed in Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A
(61-01-02).
b Regardless of the method used, correct procedures must be followed to
make sure that there is corrosion protection.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
P. Optional Blade Conversion

(1) For the AT-802( ) Air Tractor Application Only
WARNING: CONVERTING AN M11276N BLADE TO AN M11276NA

BLADE LIMITS THE RPM RANGE AND REQUIRES A
CHANGE TO THE OPERATING RESTRICTIONS.
(a) Converting an M11276N blade to an M11276NA blade may extend the life
of the blade, but limits the permitted RPM range.
1 Converting an M11276N blade to an M11276NA blade requires
a change to the operating restrictions. Refer to the aircraft flight
manual.
(b) To convert an M11276N blade to an M11276NA blade, add an "A" to the
impression stamp on the blade shank and to the ink stamp. Refer to the
Parts Identification and Marking chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
CAUTION: DO NOT CONVERT AN M11276NA BLADE TO AN

M11276N BLADE.
(c) Converting an M11276NA blade to an M11276N blade is not permitted.
(2) For the AN-38-100 Antonov Application Only
(a) To convert an M11276NK-3 blade to an M11276NCK-3 blade, add a "C" to
the impression stamp on the blade shank and to the ink stamp (if the ink
stamp is present). Refer to the Parts Identification and Marking chapter of
CAUTION: THE M11276NK-3 BLADE AND THE M11276NCK-3

BLADE ARE LIFE LIMITED WHEN USED ON CERTAIN
APPLICATIONS.
(b) The M11276NK-3 blade and the M11276NCK-3 blade are life limited
when used on certain applications. Refer to the Airworthiness Limitations
chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Manual 132A (61-10-32).
CAUTION: DO NOT CONVERT AN M11276NCK-3 BLADE TO AN

M11276NK-3 BLADE.
(c) Converting an M11276NCK blade to an M11276NK-3 blade is not
permitted.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES - CONTENTS

1. Special Inspections and Procedures........................................................................4-3
A. General...............................................................................................................4-3
2. Overhaul and Maintenance Procedures for Hard Alloy Blades................................4-3
A. General Requirements........................................................................................4-3
B. Overhaul Requirements......................................................................................4-4
3. Additional Inspection, Overhaul, and Maintenance Requirements for
Hard Alloy Blades Installed on Turbine-Powered Aircraft.........................................4-6
A. Effectivity.............................................................................................................4-6
B. General...............................................................................................................4-6
C. Check..................................................................................................................4-6
D. Rework................................................................................................................4-7
4. Required Eddy Current Inspection on Hard Alloy Blades.........................................4-8
A. Effectivity.............................................................................................................4-8
B. Check..................................................................................................................4-8
5. Hard Alloy Blade Airfoil Anodizing.............................................................................4-9
6. Hard Alloy Blade Straightening...............................................................................4-10
A. Effectivity...........................................................................................................4-10
B. Discussion.........................................................................................................4-10
7. Replacement of Hard Alloy Blades With Standard Alloy Blades.............................4-10
A. Effectivity...........................................................................................................4-10
B. Discussion.........................................................................................................4-10
8. Modification of Double Shoulder 7636D-( ), 8433( ), 8833( ), 9333C( ),
and 10133D-( ) Blades...........................................................................................4-12
A. Effectivity...........................................................................................................4-12
B. Discussion.........................................................................................................4-12
9. Additional Inspection Requirements for Propellers Installed on
Nord 262 Aircraft.....................................................................................................4-12
A. Effectivity...........................................................................................................4-12
B. Discussion.........................................................................................................4-12
C. Check................................................................................................................4-13
D. Compliance.......................................................................................................4-13
10. Inspection Requirements for HC-B3TN-5( )( )/T10282H(B)...................................4-14
A. Effectivity...........................................................................................................4-14
B. Discussion.........................................................................................................4-14
C. Check................................................................................................................4-14
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 61-13-33 Page 4-1

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES - CONTENTS, CONTINUED

11. Inspection Requirements for HC-B3TN-5( )L/LT10282( )( )+4................................4-15
A. Effectivity...........................................................................................................4-15
B. Discussion.........................................................................................................4-15
C. Check................................................................................................................4-15
12. Replacement of LT10282( )( )+4 Blades.................................................................4-16
A. Effectivity...........................................................................................................4-16
B. Discussion.........................................................................................................4-16
C. Procedure..........................................................................................................4-16
13. Counterweight Requirements for the BHC-L2YF-4F/FC8468AR Propeller............4-17
A. Effectivity...........................................................................................................4-17
B. Discussion.........................................................................................................4-17
C. Procedure..........................................................................................................4-17
14. Inspection of T10176 Propeller Blade Shanks........................................................4-19
A. Effectivity...........................................................................................................4-19
B. Discussion.........................................................................................................4-19
C. Check................................................................................................................4-19
D. Compliance.......................................................................................................4-19
15. New T-shank and M-shank Propeller Blades..........................................................4-20
A. General.............................................................................................................4-20
B. Interchangeability Between Old and New Blades.............................................4-21
16. Compatibility of C7479-2R Propeller Blades..........................................................4-22
A. Effectivity...........................................................................................................4-22
B. Discussion.........................................................................................................4-22
17. Use of Oversize Internal Blade Needle Bearing.....................................................4-24
18. Retirement of Blades in Propeller Assembly
HC-B4TN-5(D,G,J)L/LT10282(N)(B,K)-5.3R..........................................................4-25
A. Effectivity...........................................................................................................4-25
B. Requirements....................................................................................................4-25
19. Modification of Blade Model LT10574(A)(S)(B) to LT10574F(N)S(B).....................4-28
A. Effectivity...........................................................................................................4-28
B. Discussion.........................................................................................................4-28
C. Requirements....................................................................................................4-28

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES - CONTENTS, CONTINUED

20. Retirement of Certain Blade Models Installed on Propeller Model HC-12X20...... 4-29
A. General............................................................................................................ 4-29
B. Procedure......................................................................................................... 4-29
21. Replacement of Non-Counterweighted Blade Models 8475-( ) and 8477-( )........ 4-29
A. General............................................................................................................ 4-29
B. Procedure......................................................................................................... 4-29
22. Additional Blade Shank Inspection for T9212, 10172( ), 10173( ),
and 10176( ) Blades.............................................................................................. 4-30
A. Effectivity.......................................................................................................... 4-30
B. Discussion........................................................................................................ 4-30
C. Procedure......................................................................................................... 4-30
23. Replacement Blade for M10876K Installed on Shorts SD3-60 Aircraft................. 4-30
24. Replacement of Hartzite Blades............................................................................ 4-31
25. Replacement of 7663-4 Blades with Serial Numbers Below B35571.................... 4-31
26. Interchangeability of P, R, W, and Z-shank Blades with "N" Modification.............. 4-32
A. Effectivity.......................................................................................................... 4-32
B. Discussion........................................................................................................ 4-32
27. Modification of Counterweight D-6021-1 for use with De-ice Kit 103253.............. 4-33
28. Replacement of T10173F(N)(B,K)-12.5 Blades with T10173AN(B,K)-12.5 Blades..... 4-36
A. Effectivity.......................................................................................................... 4-36
B. Discussion........................................................................................................ 4-36
C. Requirements................................................................................................... 4-36
29. Replacement of Y-shank Blades used in Propeller Models ( )HC-( )( )Y( )-( )....... 4-36
A. Effectivity.......................................................................................................... 4-36
B. Discussion........................................................................................................ 4-36
C. Requirements................................................................................................... 4-36
30. Leading Edge Coated Blades: LD99M01H............................................................ 4-38
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 61-13-33 Page 4-2.1

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
LIST OF FIGURES
V-shank Modification................................................................Figure 4-1......................... 4-11
TE131 Blade Inspection Tool....................................................Figure 4-2......................... 4-18
10574F(S)(B) Blade Modification Template..............................Figure 4-3......................... 4-27
Modification of Counterweight for Terminal Strip
and Spring Pin Attaching Holes..........................................Figure 4-4......................... 4-34
Modification of Counterweight for Tie Mount
Attaching Hole.....................................................................Figure 4-5......................... 4-35
Coated Leading Edge Area......................................................Figure 4-6......................... 4-37
LIST OF TABLES
Hard Alloy Blades Requiring Eddy Current Inspection.............Table 4-1............................ 4-8
Blade Changes for V-shank with "N" Modification....................Table 4-2...........................4-11
Inspection Requirements for M10282A(B)+6 Blades...............Table 4-3.......................... 4-13
Counterweight Parts Removed From
BHC-L2YF-4F/FC8468AR Propellers.................................Table 4-4.......................... 4-17
Non-Standard C7479-2R Aluminum Propeller Blades.............Table 4-5.......................... 4-22
10574F(S)(B) Blade Conversion .............................................Table 4-6.......................... 4-26
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 61-13-33 Page 4-2.2

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
WARNING: FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS

CHAPTER WILL RESULT IN IMPROPER INSPECTION, REPAIR, AND
OVERHAUL OF THE COMPONENT.
A. General
(1) The data in this chapter is required for those applications to which it applies.
These requirements must be met in addition to all other requirements of this
manual.
2. Overhaul and Maintenance Procedures for Hard Alloy Blades

NOTE: Hard alloy blades are identified by the letter "H" immediately following the
blade design number, e.g., T10282HB or T10178H-11R; hard alloy blades are
also stamped with the number "76" on the blade butt.
A. General Requirements
(1) The following procedures are to be incorporated into the aircraft's daily and
periodic inspection practices:
NOTE: Particular attention must be given to aircraft operated in salt water
conditions.
(a) Visually inspect for the possible beginning of intergranular corrosion.
(b) Visually inspect for erosion of the blade surface and leading edge.
(2) Corrosion Control
(a) If evidence of surface corrosion is found, the area must be reworked
to remove all traces of corrosion. This can be accomplished in the field
and with the propeller on the aircraft wing; however, if the corrosion has
advanced to the point where considerable material must be removed, the
propeller must be removed and an overhaul completed for all of the blades.
(b) The blade must be cleaned following rework in order to prepare the blade
for the application of primer and paint.
(3) Erosion Repair
(a) If evidence of erosion is found, the surface must be adequately sanded to
remove all paint and surface defects in the affected area.
(b) The blade must be cleaned using solvent (CM23) following rework in order
to prepare the blade for the application of primer and paint.

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
B. Overhaul Requirements
NOTE: The following requirements are to be performed in addition to those
established in the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter of this manual.
(1) Remove the de-ice or anti-icing boot from each blade.
(a) For instructions about removal of a de-ice boot and/or an anti-icing boot,
refer to Hartzell Propeller Inc. Ice Protection System Manual 180
(30-61-80).
(2) Remove all paint.
(a) The recommended method for paint removal, other than removal during
the grinding process, is plastic media cleaning.
(b) For plastic media cleaning guidelines, refer to Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(3) Measure the width and thickness of the blade to determine if the blade is within
the tolerances specified in the applicable blade table in Appendix C - Blade/Tip
(a) If the blade is under the minimum width or thickness measurement, retire
the blade in accordance with the Part Retirement Procedures chapter of
(b) If the blade, from the 9 inch station out to the 24 inch station, is less than
0.020 inch (0.51 mm) over the minimum allowable width or thickness,
retire the blade in accordance with the Part Retirement Procedures
(61-01-02).
(4) Remove 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) of material from the face and camber sides of
the blade from the 9 inch station out to the 24 inch station.
(5) Measure the width and thickness of the blade from the nine inch station out to
the 24 inch station to verify that it is still within the tolerances specified in the
applicable blade table in Appendix C - Blade/Tip Specifications in this manual.
(a) If the blade is under the minimum width or thickness measurement, retire
the blade in accordance with the Part Retirement Procedures chapter of

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
CAUTION: THE CORRECT AERODYNAMIC BLEND MUST BE

MAINTAINED AT ALL POINTS ON THE BLADE.
(6) If more than 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) of material must be removed from a blade to
remove all damage or nicks, it may be necessary to remove the same amount
of material from all blades in the propeller assembly to maintain static and
dynamic balance.
NOTE: It may be necessary to grind the thickest blades down to the
dimension of the thinnest blade to correct balance.
(7) Outboard of the 24 inch station, remove material on an as needed basis to
remove all traces of corrosion. All nicks and scratches must be removed or
blended during the rework process.
(8) Visually examine the blade to make sure all intergranular corrosion and
discontinuities have been removed.
(a) Inspect the blade using dye penetrant in accordance with Hartzell
(b) Eddy Current inspection is an optional method that may be performed
in addition to dye penetrant inspection to verify the existence of a crack;
however, a crack is only detected when the depth is greater than
0.006 inch (152 mm) and it runs through the blade in a straight line. For
information about eddy current inspection, refer to Hartzell Propeller Inc.
1 Eddy current is not acceptable for corrosion detection, primarily
because of the irregularity of the depth of corrosion.

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
3. Additional Inspection, Overhaul, and Maintenance Requirements for Hard Alloy Blades
Installed on Turbine-Powered Aircraft
NOTE: This information was obtained from Hartzell Propeller Inc.
Service Bulletin 138.
A. Effectivity
(1) All Hartzell Propeller Inc. turboprop aircraft propeller blades manufactured from
hard alloy aluminum.
NOTE: Hard alloy blades are identified by the letter "H" immediately following
the blade design number, e.g., T10282HB or T10178H-11R; hard alloy
blades are also stamped with the number "76" on the blade butt.
B. General
(1) Hard alloy aluminum (7076-T61) was developed to improve the water and sand
erosion characteristics of propeller blades.
(a) The impact resistance of hard alloy aluminum to stone nicks and dents is
also superior to the standard aluminum alloy.
(b) Hard alloy aluminum can be susceptible to intergranular corrosion,
particularly if corrosion is not thoroughly removed before blade surface
protection, or if corrosive material is trapped between the unprotected bare
metal and paint or a de-ice or anti-icing boot.
C. Check
WARNING: FAILURE TO ADHERE TO THESE CORROSION REMOVAL AND

CONTROL PROCEDURES MAY LEAD TO IN-FLIGHT BLADE
FAILURES.
(1) In addition to the normal aircraft daily inspection procedures:
(a) Visually examine the propeller blades in the area from the blade clamp to
six inches outboard of the de-ice or anti-icing boot for scratches, dents,
nicks, or other signs of exposed bare metal where surface corrosion could
initiate.
(b) Visually examine the paint coating for signs of deterioration such as
cracks, chips, bubbles, flaking, and blisters which might indicate the
presence of corrosion underneath the paint.
(c) Visually examine the blade de-ice or anti-icing boot in accordance
with Hartzell Propeller Inc. Ice Protection System Manual 180 (30-61-80).

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
D. Rework
(1) If the presence of bare metal or corrosion is observed or suspected to exist
under a deteriorated paint coating on any blade, accomplish the following to
make sure that there are no cracks in the blade:
WARNING: RETIRE FROM SERVICE ANY BLADE THAT HAS A

CRACK. BEFORE THE NEXT FLIGHT, OVERHAUL THE
ENTIRE PROPELLER ASSEMBLY FROM WHICH THE
CRACKED BLADE WAS REMOVED.
(a) Penetrant inspect the area before the next flight. Refer to the Penetrant
Inspection chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual
202A (61-01-02).
1 If the corrosion area is adjacent to the de-ice or anti-icing boot,
remove the de-ice or anti-icing boot and penetrant inspect the area
under the de-ice or anti-icing boot.
a For instructions about removal of a de-ice and/or an anti-icing
boot, refer to Hartzell Propeller Inc. Propeller Ice Protection
System Manual 180 (30-61-80).
(b) Within the next 25 hours of operation and each succeeding 25 hours of
operation, eddy current inspect the entire area. Refer to the Eddy Current
Inspection chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual
202A (61-01-02).
(c) Remove and overhaul the propeller within the next 100 hours of operation
following the first indication of bare metal or corrosion.
(2) Any propeller that has a blade with a loose, bubbled, or detached de-ice or
anti-icing boot must be removed and overhauled before the next flight, or all
de-ice or anti-icing boots must be removed and the blades inspected and
reworked in accordance with steps 3.D.(1)(a) through 3.D.(1)(c) in this chapter.
(a) For instructions about removal and installation of a de-ice and/or an
anti-icing boot, refer to Hartzell Propeller Inc. Ice Protection System
Manual 180 (30-61-80).

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
4. Required Eddy Current Inspection on Hard Alloy Blades

NOTE: Refer to Airworthiness Directive 74-14-01.
A. Effectivity
(1) Blades T10282H( )-( ), T10173H( )-( ), T10176H( )-( ), and T10178H( )-( )
are affected when installed on the hub models with serial numbers earlier
than those listed in Table 4-1, "Hard Alloy Blades Requiring Eddy Current
Inspection":
(a) If the specified blade models above have more than 1000 hours of service,
they are not affected by this inspection.
(2) Complete this inspection as soon as possible and within the next 50 hours of
operation.
B. Check
(1) Inspect the entire blade in accordance with the eddy current procedures in
Hub Model Serial Numbers

HC-B3TN Below BU 4624
HC-B3TN-5 Below BV 2216 (except BV 2210, BV 2213, BV 2214)
HC-B3TN-7 Below CV 7
HC-B4TN-5 Below CD 62
HC-B4TN-3A Below EA 255
HC-B3TF-7 Below EX 3
HC-B3TN-2 Below AG 275
Hard Alloy Blades Requiring Eddy Current Inspection

Table 4-1

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
5. Hard Alloy Blade Airfoil Anodizing

CAUTION 1: THE USE OF ANODIC COATING (ANODIZE) IN THE BLADE
SHANK BORE OF ALUMINUM BLADES MAY HAVE DETRIMENTAL
EFFECTS ON BLADE FATIGUE STRENGTH. ANODIZE IS NOT
PERMITTED IN THE ALUMINUM BLADE BORE AREA. IF ANODIZE
SOLUTION ENTERS THE HOLE, IT MUST BE RINSED OUT
IMMEDIATELY AND THE BLADE MUST BE OVEN DRIED AT
150°F TO 200°F (66°C TO 92°C) FOR FIVE HOURS.
CAUTION 2: IF A BLADE HAS BEEN ANODIZED IN THE SHANK REGION,
THE ANODIZE MUST BE REMOVED (CHEMICALLY OR
MECHANICALLY), AND OVERHAUL OF THE SHANK MUST BE
PERFORMED, INCLUDING NDT, DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION,
AND COLD ROLLING.
CAUTION 3: USE OF ANODIZE IN THE SHANK REGION OF THE BLADE IS
NOT AUTHORIZED.
A. Anodize all hard alloy propeller blades at overhaul.
CAUTION: APPLICATION OF A CHEMICAL CONVERSION COATING

AS AN ALTERNATIVE TO CHROMIC ACID ANODIZE IS NOT
PERMITTED ON HARD ALLOY BLADES.
(1) Refer to the Blade Shank Overhaul chapter of this manual for a definition of
the region of transition from anodize of the blade airfoil to chemical conversion
coating of the blade shank.
(2) Refer to the Chromic Acid Anodizing chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02), for information and procedures for chromic
acid anodizing.
(a) The counterweight dowel pin and all thin wall inserts, if applicable, must be
removed from the counterweight knob of Y, D, and E-shank blades before
anodizing the blade.
(b) Replace the dowel pin when the counterweight assembly is reinstalled.
(3) After anodizing, inspect the blade in accordance with the procedures in the
Chromic Acid Anodizing chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
6. Hard Alloy Blade Straightening

A. Effectivity
(1) This requirement applies to all hard alloy blades.
B. Discussion
(1) A substantial amount of over-twisting and bending is required for straightening
hard alloy blades.
(2) Hartzell Propeller Inc. has established the requirement that no hard alloy
blade twisting or bending is allowed to be attempted in the field. Hartzell
Propeller Inc. will attempt to straighten blades returned for repair.
7. Replacement of Hard Alloy Blades With Standard Alloy Blades

A. Effectivity
(1) This requirement applies to all hard alloy blades.
B. Discussion
(1) Blades of hard and standard alloy that have the same blade model designation
are interchangeable when applied to aircraft powered by turboprop engines.
(2) Intermixing propellers with alternate alloy configurations on twin engine aircraft
is permitted, in other words one propeller assembly can contain all hard alloy
blades and the other propeller assembly can contain all standard alloy blades.
(3) Intermixing alloy configurations in a single propeller assembly is not permitted
(for example, a three blade propeller assembly cannot have two hard alloy
blades and one standard alloy blade).

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
V-shank V-shank with "N" Modification
APS0652
APS0653
V-shank Modification
Figure 4-1
New Design No. Modification

V7636N 0.050 inch per side added in thickness at the nine inch station
V8433N Same as above
V8833N Same as above
V9333N No changes made to the blade thickness
V10133N No changes made to the blade thickness
Blade Changes for V-shank with "N" Modification

Table 4-2

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
8. Modification of Double Shoulder 7636D-( ), 8433( ), 8833( ), 9333C( ), and 10133D-( )

Blades
CAUTION: MODIFICATION OF HARD ALLOY BLADES IS NOT PERMITTED.
A. Effectivity
(1) Double shoulder blades with model numbers 7636D( ), 8433( ), 8833( ),
9333C( ), and 10133D-( ).
B. Discussion
(1) All new blades of the blade models listed above are manufactured with
improved designs (refer to Figure 4-1). They are all V type pilot tube bores and
are identified with an "N" following the model number to identify the improved
design. For example, a blade manufactured and identified as V7636 is now
manufactured and identified as V7636N; a blade manufactured and identified as
V10133D is now manufactured and identified as V10133N.
NOTE: The effected blades were originally manufactured with X or V-shanks.
(2) Modifications to the blade designs are identified in Table 4-2.
(3) All effected blade models that are replaced must be replaced using the same
design. Do not intermix blade designs in a propeller assembly.
9. Additional Inspection Requirements for Propellers Installed on Nord 262 Aircraft

NOTE: This information was obtained from Hartzell Propeller Inc. Service Bulletin 178.
A. Effectivity
(1) All HC-B5MP-3A/M10282A(B)+6 propellers installed on Nord 262 (Frakes
conversion) aircraft with Pratt and Whitney PT6A-45 series engines are affected.
(2) M10282A(B)+6( ) blades used on the Nord 262 aircraft must follow the inspection
criteria of this section.
NOTE: Blade M10282AN(B)+6( ) is not affected by the following requirements.
B. Discussion
(1) The purpose of this inspection is to identify fatigue cracks that may occur at the
smaller internal bearing bore on effected blades.

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
C. Check
(1) Inspect the radius end of the blade bearing bore in accordance with the Blade
Shank Overhaul chapter of this manual.
(2) Perform rework procedures if necessary.
NOTE: This includes all evidence of scratches, tool marks, and corrosion, as
well as etching and dye penetrant inspection of the critical areas of
the blade bore.
(3) Retire all blades showing evidence of cracks or other unairworthy conditions.
(a) These blades must be replaced prior to further flight.
(4) Report all incidents of cracks or linear crack indications to Hartzell Propeller Inc
Product Support Department.
D. Compliance
(1) All effected blades must be repetitively inspected after the initial inspection. The
repetitive inspection is based on time in service in accordance with Table 4-3.
NOTE: The repetitive requirements of this inspection are terminated when all
blades installed in a propeller assembly have been replaced by "N"
modification blades.
Propeller Blade Time in Service Inspection Compliance

Initial Inspection Less than or equal to 400 hours Prior to the accumulation of 500
since new or since last inspection hours since inspection or since
new
Greater than 400 hours since Within 100 hours of operation
new or since last inspection
for compliance, or if time since
inspection or total time is unknown
Repetitive After initial inspection Perform inspection at intervals not
Inspection to exceed 500 hours of operation
Inspection Requirements for M10282A(B)+6 Blades

Table 4-3

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
10. Inspection Requirements for HC-B3TN-5( )( )/T10282H(B)

NOTE: This information was obtained from Hartzell Propeller Inc. Service Bulletin 146B.
A. Effectivity
(1) This inspection is required for propeller model HC-B3TN-5( )( )/T10282H(B)
installed on Fairchild SA226T, SA226TC, SA226AT, Metro aircraft with Garrett
Engine model TPE-331-3U-303G, TPE-331-3UW-303G, and those aircraft above
modified with model TPE-331-10UA-501G or -511G engines.
B. Discussion
(1) This inspection is required to detect cracks that may begin on the blade trailing
edge and progress in a chordwise direction toward the leading edge. The cracks
occur in an area between two and 24 inches from the tip and are generally
observed from 1/2 to 1 1/2 inches in length.
(2) Blade tip stall, with the associated high noise levels which occur in the reverse
blade angle range, may contribute to this cracking condition.
NOTE: Incidents of blade cracking have also occurred on installations with no
known tip stall occurrences.
C. Check
(1) Cracks associated with this installation are visible with the naked eye and give
advance warning of possible tip failure if the following recommended actions are
taken:
(a) Visually inspect the blade for cracks in the area between two and 24 inches
from the blade tip on the trailing edge.
(b) Inspect the blade utilizing a 10X magnifying glass every 100 hours
(maximum) after the initial inspection. Inspect the blade surface in the same
area as described in (1)(a) of this procedure.
NOTE: The blade must be adequately illuminated to make sure of
accurate inspection.
(c) Evidence of cracking requires further inspection by dye penetrant or eddy
current inspections in accordance with Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
(d) Retire all blades showing evidence of cracks or other unairworthy conditions.
1 These blades must be replaced prior to further flight.

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
11. Inspection Requirements for HC-B3TN-5( )L/LT10282( )( )+4

A. Effectivity
(1) Applies to all propeller models HC-B3TN-5( )L/LT10282( )( )+4 installed on the
Gulfstream American (formerly Rockwell International) Aero Commander 690( )
aircraft.
NOTE: Compliance with Rockwell International Service Bulletin No. 174B,
dated August 29, 1980, satisfies the requirements of this inspection.
B. Discussion
(1) An audible blade stall may occur if high reverse blade angles are used during
high speed landings. This condition may cause high stress concentrations at
blade stations approximately five to 15 inches from the blade tip. The high
stress concentration can cause a fatigue crack, particularly if the blade has been
damaged in this area, such as from a stone nick.
C. Check
(1) Prior to the next and each subsequent flight, visually inspect the blade for
indications of a crack in areas five to 15 inches from the blade tip on the camber
and face surfaces.
(2) Within the next 10 hours and at each 100 hour interval, inspect blades in
the suspect area utilizing an acceptable NDT procedure. See Hartzell
(3) Retire all blades showing evidence of cracks or other unairworthy conditions.
(a) These blades must be replaced prior to further flight.

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
12. Replacement of LT10282( )( )+4 Blades

NOTE: This information was obtained from Hartzell Propeller Inc. Service Bulletin 131D.
A. Effectivity
(1) All blades, model LT10282( )( )+4, installed on the Gulfstream American (formerly
Rockwell International) Aero Commander 690( ) aircraft.
B. Discussion
(1) Requirements have been developed to exceed the inspection procedures listed
in the section, "Inspection Requirements for HC-B3TN-5( )L/LT10282( )( )+4" for
effected blades.
C. Procedure
(1) At next overhaul, replace all effected blades with blade model LT10673.
NOTE: Blade model LT10673 is exempt from inspection requirements
listed in the section, "Inspection Requirements for
HC-B3TN-5( )L/LT10282( )( )+4" and Rockwell International Service
Bulletin No. 174B.

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
13. Counterweight Requirements for the BHC-L2YF-4F/FC8468AR Propeller

A. Effectivity
(1) All BHC-L2YF-4F/FC8468AR propellers installed on the Beech T-34A aircraft
with the Continental IO-470-N engine.
B. Discussion
(1) To avoid possible overload and failure of the pitch change knob, a change in
the amount of counterweight installed is required.
C. Procedure
(1) Remove the counterweights that are attached to the main counterweight with
AN hardware.
NOTE: Do not remove the main counterweight.
(a) Refer to Table 4-4 for specific parts that are to be removed.
Part Number Description Quantity Removed

A-890-15 Weight 1
A-890 Weight 1
AN4H710A Bolt 2
AN4H7A Bolt 2
AN960-416 Washer 4
Counterweight Parts Removed From BHC-L2YF-4F/FC8468AR Propellers

Table 4-4

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
TE131
"A"
1" ½ ¾
3.750 ±0.002
"C"
.878 ±0.002
"B"
90°
Camber Side Up
4.1
"A"
1/16 - 1/8 Inch

Metal Plate
APS488
TE131 Blade Inspection Tool

Figure 4-2

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
14. Inspection of T10176 Propeller Blade Shanks

A. Effectivity
(1) All T10176 and T10176H non-category 2 blades installed in HC-B3TN-5C
propellers on turboprop aircraft applications.
B. Discussion
(1) This inspection is required to discover possible fatigue cracks originating at the
inside of the pilot tube bore.
C. Check
(1) For propellers that have accumulated 700 hours or more, complete the
following procedures within 50 hours:
(a) Using penetrant inspection (refer to the section, "Blade Bore Inspection
and Overhaul" of the Blade Shank Overhaul chapter in this manual),
visually inspect the inside of the blade pilot tube bore for cracks.
1 Retire all blades showing evidence of cracks inside the blade pilot
tube bore.
a These blades must be replaced prior to further flight.
(b) Using an appropriate light source, an inspection mirror, and a sharp
non-graphite pencil CM162, or equivalent as a probe, inspect the bore in
the area of minimum wall thickness and the surface in the radius area for
scratches or tool marks.
1 If any scratches or tool marks penetrate the blade bore surface,
rework the blade in accordance with the Blade Shank Overhaul
chapter of this manual.
(f) Using TE131, inspect the blade for minimum wall thickness at the
8.25 inch (209.5 mm) station.
1 Put the blade on a table with the camber side up.
2 Fit the template to the blade with the 1 inch (25.4 mm) leg contacting
the butt of the blade along axis "A-A," as shown in Figure 4-2. The
0.75 inch (19.0 mm) leg must touch the blade flange at "C".
3 With the template pivoted at axis "A-A," move the 0.50 inch
(12.7 mm) leg back and forth until it touches the surface of the blade
at "B." Repeat this for several angular positions of the axis "A-A" to
find the thinnest part of the blade.
4 Position the template at the thinnest part of the blade.
5 If the template does not touch the blade at "B", retire the blade from
service.
D. Compliance
(1) After the initial inspection, repeat the inspection of the T10176 blade shanks at
1500 hour intervals.

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
15. New T-shank and M-shank Propeller Blades

A. General
(1) All new T-shank and M-shank aluminum propeller blades are now being
manufactured with "N" design changes that incorporate significant design
improvements in the internal bearing radius. On 10282N series blades,
thickness has been added in the area of the inboard blade stations.
(2) "N" blades are identified by the suffix letter "N" in the blade model designation
that is impression stamped on the blade butt and ink stamped or labeled on the
blade airfoil.
(3) Installation of an "N" blade in the Propeller Assembly
(a) If all of the blades installed in the propeller assembly are "N" blades,
make an entry in the propeller logbook about the propeller blade model
designation.
Example: HC-B4TN-5C/T10173FB-12.5 is changed to
HC-B4TN-5C/T10173FNB-12.5.
(b) If all of the blades installed in the propeller assembly are not "N" blades,
do not make an entry in the propeller logbook about the propeller blade
model designation.
(4) The "N" design change requires the use of a new internal bearing spacer.

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
B. Interchangeability Between Old and New Blades
CAUTION 1: DO NOT MIX A NEW "N" BLADE WITH AN OLD, HARD ALLOY
BLADE, SUCH AS T10173H, IN A PROPELLER ASSEMBLY.
CAUTION 2: DO NOT MIX A CATEGORY II AND A NON-CATEGORY II BLADE
IN A PROPELLER ASSEMBLY.
(1) New T10173N and T10176N blades can be mixed with "Category II" blades
(identified "Cat. II" on the blade butt), but cannot be mixed with early production
non-category II blades.
NOTE: A Category II blade is thicker than a Non-Category II blade at the
8, 12, and 18 inch stations. Refer to the applicable blade table in
Appendix C - Blade/Tip Specifications for thickness specifications.
(2) If the propeller or aircraft was type certified with an "N" blade only an "N" blade
can only be replaced with an "N" blade.
CAUTION: MIXING OF "N" AND NON-"N" BLADES IS NOT

PERMITTED FOR V AND MV-SHANK BLADES.
(a) Replace V-shank blades (double shoulder) and MV-shank blades with
"N" modification only in sets.
(b) Mixing T-shank and M-shank blades ("N" and non-"N" ) is permitted in the
same hub.
(c) Although T10282 and LT10282 series “N” blades have additional thickness
on the inboard stations, interchangeability or mixing of old and new blades
is not affected if static balance can be achieved.
(d) There are different overhaul repair specifications for "N" and non-"N"
blades. Refer to the Blade Specification Tables for applicable blade station
dimensions.

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
16. Compatibility of C7479-2R Propeller Blades

A. Effectivity
(1) Certain C7479-2R propeller blades used in HC-F3YR-2 propeller assembly
installed on Beech 60 and A60 aircraft. Refer to Table 4-5 for effected blades by
serial number.
B. Discussion
(1) C7479-2R blades were manufactured with two different pitch change knob
locations.
(a) Blades listed in Table 4-5 were manufactured with a pitch change knob
location with different blade angles inboard of the 30-inch blade station.
1 The blade angle outboard of the 30-inch station is the same as other
blades of this model.
(2) Because of varying pitch change knob locations and the resulting difference
in the counterweight knob locations, propeller assemblies with blades that are
listed in Table 4-5 may not mix with blades that are not listed in Table 4-5.
Serial Number Serial Number Serial Number

A84521 B6298 B10810 through B10820
A92509 B6299 B10822
A94705 B6302 B10823
A94710 B6303 B10905 through B10913
B4663 B6304 B10915
B4665 B6306 B11790 through B11796
B4670 B6307 B11798
B4671 B6322 B11800
B4672 B6324 B11801
B4679 B6326 B11803
B6292 B6330 B11808 through B11811
B6294 B6333 B11814
B6295 B8160 through B8174
B6297 B10800 through B10806
Non-Standard C7479-2R Aluminum Propeller Blades

Table 4-5

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
(3) Blade angle and face alignment requirements for the blades listed in Table 4-5
are listed below.
NOTE: This blade data is only applicable to the blades listed in Table 4-5. For
blade specifications of other C7479-2R blades, refer to Appendix C -
Blade/Tip Specifications in this manual.
7479-2R Blade Y-shank

Distance from blade butt to "0" station = 1.000"
Sta Angle Face Align.

Min Max Min Max
18 26.0 27.0 0.098 0.162
24 18.0 18.6 -0.032 0.032
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088
33 11.7 12.1 -0.222 -0.158

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
17. Use of Oversize Internal Blade Needle Bearing

(1) When a blade bearing bore is reworked to the permitted limits, it can be difficult
to get a blade needle bearing that will have an acceptable interference fit.
(2) Oversize blade needle bearings have been made to accommodate the repair
limits for the blade bore specified in the Blade Shank Overhaul chapter of this
manual.
(3) Oversize Blade Needle Bearing C-6252
(a) The C-6252 blade needle bearing is an approved alternative to the
B-6684 or B-6685 blade needle bearing in the R-shank, P-shank modified
to an R-shank, W-shank, T-shank, M-shank, and M-shank or T-shank with
an "N" modification aluminum propeller blades.
NOTE: Current production R-shank and W-shank blades have the
1.7535 inch (44.539 mm) diameter constraint; however, older
R-shank and W-shank blades can have a larger diameter
because of an internal blade bushing. Refer to the Blade Shank
Overhaul chapter of this manual.
(b) The C-6252 blade bearing is slightly larger in diameter than the
standard blade needle bearing. This needle bearing is recommended for
use in blades that are near the maximum bore diameter limits
(1.7520 to 1.7535 inches [44.500 to 44.539 mm]).
(c) Special or additional procedures are not necessary for removal or
installation of the oversize C-6252 blade needle bearing.
(4) Oversize Blade Needle Bearing B-7283
(a) The B-7283 blade needle bearing is an approved alternative to the
B-6681 blade needle bearing in the MV-shank with an "N" modification,
V-shank with an "N" modification, and V-shank aluminum propeller blades.
(b) The B-7283 blade needle bearing is slightly larger in diameter than
the standard blade needle bearing. This bearing is recommended for
use in blades that are near the maximum bore diameter limits (1.5025 to
1.5055 inches [38.164 to 38.239 mm]).
(c) Special or additional procedures are not necessary for removal or
installation of the oversize B-7283 blade needle bearing.

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
18. Retirement of Blades in Propeller Assembly HC-B4TN-5(D,G,J)L/LT10282(N)(B,K)-5.3R

A. Effectivity
(1) All HC-B4TN-5(D,G,J)L/LT10282(N)(B,K)-5.3R propeller assemblies installed
on Mitsubishi MU-2B-26A, MU-2B-36A, MU-2B-40, and MU-2B-60 aircraft or
other MU-2 aircraft modified by installation of the propeller model listed above.
B. Requirements
(1) In accordance with Airworthiness Directive 95-01-02 and Hartzell Propeller Inc.
Alert Service Bulletin A188, blade replacement or rework requirements exist.
Refer to the indicated documents for additional information.

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
Station 30
Edge
Width
Thickness
Face
Angle 0 degrees -Set Up
Station 36
Edge 2.980 inches to 3.060 inches
Width 6.940 inches to 7.020 inches
Thickness 0.555 inches to 0.585 inches
Face 7.070 inches to 7.110 inches
Angle 23.9 degrees to 24.3 degrees
Station 42
Station 48
10574F(S)(B) Blade Conversion

Table 4-6

Rev. 45 Nov/23
Blade leading edge
The tip profile must be blended smoothly 10574(A)(S)(B)
between the 30" and 42" station.
10574(F)(S)(B)
133C
Figure 4-3
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES

10574F(S)(B) Blade Modification Template
36" 42" 48"
30"
Tip template ends at 42" station
61-13-33
APS257
Rev. 45 Nov/23
Page 4-27
133C
19. Modification of Blade Model LT10574(A)(S)(B) to LT10574F(N)S(B)

A. Effectivity
(1) Dornier DO-228 series aircraft with Hartzell Propeller Inc. propeller assembly
HC-B4TN-5( )L/LT10574(A)(S)(B)
B. Discussion
(1) There have been intermittent occurrences of blade tip stalling and associated
high propeller noise levels on this installation. This condition, if it occurs, is
usually apparent during the landing maneuver when the propeller blade angle is
close to ground idle blade angle i.e., "beta" range.
(2) This condition is capable of producing abnormally high stresses on the blades
in the propeller assembly.
C. Requirements
(1) Each LT10574(B) blade must be replaced at overhaul.
(2) Each LT10574A(S)(B) blade must be modified to blade model LT10574FS(B) at
next overhaul.
(a) Place the blade on a blade inspection arbor. Set the arbor for a
7.5 inch blade centerline in accordance with the section, "Dimensional
Inspection of Blade Airfoil" in the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter of this
manual.
(b) Using a non-graphite pencil such as CM162 or equivalent, identify
each blade station listed in Table 4-6 in accordance with the section,
"Dimensional Inspection of Blade Airfoil" in the Blade Airfoil Overhaul
chapter of this manual for station identification techniques.
(c) Record the dimensions of each blade station.
(d) As shown in Figure 4-3, make a template for the 10574F(S)(B) tip shape,
and transfer the shape to the blade surface.
(e) Compare the blade station dimensions to the station dimensions listed
in Table 4-6. Reshape the airfoil and tip profile to the new specifications,
making sure there is smooth transition between each blade station and a
smooth transition to the new tip profile.
(f) Inspect each blade in accordance with the section, "Dimensional
Inspection of Blade Airfoil" in the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter of this
manual.
1 If the blade does not meet inspection criteria, rework and recheck the
blade.
(g) Shot peen the blade (as required) from the 7 to 30 inch stations in
accordance with the Shot Peening chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(h) Inspect the shot peened surfaces in accordance with section, "Shot
Peened Blade Inspection and Repair" in the Blade Airfoil chapter of this
manual.

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
(i) Using a round bottom stamp or vibra-engraver, re-identify the new model
number on the blade butt.
(j) Optionally, re-identify the blade model number with an ink stamp or a label
on the camber side of the blade.
20. Retirement of Certain Blade Models Installed on Propeller Model HC-12X20

A. General
(1) In order to increase the fatigue limit of the blade shank on aluminum blades,
a change was made in the radius at the inner flange retention shoulder on
September 1, 1952.
(2) Blades manufactured prior to this change and installed on Lycoming O-435
engines were subject to cracks in the radius. These blades will not pass optical
comparator inspection and rework of these blades is no longer authorized.
B. Procedure
(1) Blades with serial numbers below 75,000 which were manufactured before
September 1, 1952, and installed on Lycoming O-435 engines (propeller model
HC-12X20) must be retired from service.
(a) These blades must be replaced before further flight.
21. Replacement of Non-Counterweighted Blade Models 8475-( ) and 8477-( )

NOTE: This information was obtained from Hartzell Propeller Inc. Service Bulletin
HC-SB-61-101D.
A. General
(1) A strengthened pitch change knob was incorporated into Y-shank blade models
that were manufactured after August of 1971. These blades are identified with the
letter "F" preceding the blade model number.
B. Procedure
(1) All 8475-( ) and 8477-( ) propeller blades with over 1000 hours of service that are
non-counterweighted and do not have a letter "F" preceeding the blade model
number must be retired from service.
(a) These blades must be replaced with blades incorporating the strengthened
pitch change knob (identified by the letter "F" preceding the blade model
number). This must be accomplished within 100 hours from the effective
date of Service Bulletin HC-SB-61-101D.

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
22. Additional Blade Shank Inspection for T9212, 10172( ), 10173( ) and 10176( ) Blades
A. Effectivity
(1) All T9212, non-category II 10172( ) and 10173( ) (excludes 10173D), and
category II 10173( ) and 10176( ) blades.
B. Discussion
(1) When the above blades are at extreme shank thickness or face alignment
limits, it is possible to violate the minimum wall thickness of the blade shank at
the end of the pilot tube bore. This condition may result in fatigue cracks in the
critical radius of the blade bore.
C. Procedure
(1) For the 10172( ) and 10173( ) non-category II blades, use TE131 (refer
to Figure 4-2) to complete the inspection at each overhaul. Complete the
inspection procedures in accordance with paragraph 14.C.(1)(f) of this chapter.
(2) For T9212 and category II 10173( ) and 10176( ) blades, a new tool similar to
that shown in Figure 4-2 must be created by changing the "B" dimension to
0.798 ±0.002 inch. Complete the inspection procedures of paragraph
14.C.(1)(f) of this chapter at each overhaul.
NOTE: The tool for these blades can be created by purchasing a new
TE131 and modifying it, or by fabricating a new tool according to
the dimensions in Figure 4-2 with the exception of the alternate "B"
dimension.
(3) If the leg shown as section "B" does not contact the blade at the thinnest
position located on the shank, the blade must be retired from service.
23. Replacement Blade for M10876K Installed on Shorts SD3-60 Aircraft

(1) All blades with this design number must be retired from service and replaced
with blade design number M10876ASK.

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
24. Replacement of Hartzite Blades

(1) Hartzite blade cannot be repaired, overhauled, or converted to a V-shank
or MV-shank blade. To determine if a Hartzite blade can be replaced by an
aluminum blade, contact the aircraft Type Certificate (TC) or Supplemental
Type Certificate (STC).
25. Replacement of 7663-4 Blades with Serial Numbers Below B35571

NOTE: This information was obtained from Hartzell Propeller Inc. Service Bulletin
HC-SB-61-96A.
(1) All 7663-4 blades with serial numbers below B35571 must be retired from
service and replaced with F7663-4 blades.

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
26. Interchangeability of P, R, W, and Z-shank Blades with "N" Modification

A. Effectivity
(1) All P, R, W, or Z-shank blades are affected.
(2) All P, R, W, and Z-shank aluminum blades are now being manufactured with
the "N" modification that incorporates significant design improvements to the
internal blade bore.
(3) The propeller Type Certificate Data Sheet has been revised to permit use of
"N" modification and non-"N" modification blades on installations originally
certified with non-"N" modification blades.
(4) Non-"N" modification blades are not permitted on an installation that originally
was certified with "N" modification blades.
B. Discussion
(1) Mixing "N" and non-"N" blades is permitted in the same propeller assembly
provided propeller static balance can be achieved.
CAUTION: DO NOT REPLACE AN "N" MODIFICATION BLADE WITH A

NON-"N" MODIFICATION BLADE.
(2) Replacing an "N" modification blade with a non-"N" modification blade is not
permitted.
(3) For R and W-shank aluminum blades, the design change requires the use of a
new internal bearing spacer.
(4) "N" modification blades are identified with the suffix letter "N" in the blade
model.
(a) This suffix letter is impression stamped on the blade butt, ink stamped or
labeled on the blade airfoil.
NOTE: Example: LW10151-3 will change to LW10151N-3
1 Optionally, at overhaul the blade model may also be ink stamped or a
label applied on the blade airfoil.
(5) Rework of the blade bore to the "N" modification is not permitted.
(6) When all blades in the assembly are the "N" design, make an entry in the
propeller logbook about the change to the blade model designation.
(a) If any blade in the assembly is a non-"N" design, the entry in the logbook
should not be made.

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
27. Modification of Counterweight D-6021-1 for use with De-ice Kit 103253
A. Modification of the Counterweight
(1) Modify the counterweight to incorporate the mounting holes for the terminal
strip, the attachment hole for the tie mount, and the spring pin, in accordance
with Figure 4-4 and Figure 4-5.
(2) If the 6-32 UNC-3B threaded hole is damaged, a coiled insert may be installed.
(a) Using a 6-32 true position indicator or a thread tap to locate off of the
thread pitch diameter, determine the center of the threaded hole.
1 Optionally, the largest drill blank that will fit into the minor diameter
of the threaded hole may also be used to determine the center of the
hole.
(b) Bore the hole to a diameter 0.1495 (#25 drill) a minimum of 0.539 inch
(13.70 mm) deep.
(c) Deburr the edges of the hole.
(d) Using Heli-Coil® STI Tap (part number 06CBB or equivalent), tap the newly
bored hole a minimum of 0.414 deep.
(e) Using a Heli-Coil® thread gauge (part number 3688-06 or equivalent),
make an inspection of the tapped hole.
1 The "GO" thread end must install freely.
2 Tap the hole until the inspection of the tapped hole is satisfactory.
(f) Using installation tool Heli-Coil® (part number 7551-06 or equivalent),
install a coiled insert (part number 1185-06CN414) in the threaded hole a
minimum of 1/4 pitch below the mounting surface.
(g) Make a visual inspection of the threads of the installed coiled insert.
(h) Verify that a 6/32 threaded fastener will install correctly.
(3) If the spring pin hole was machined too large, it may be repaired by enlarging
the hole and installing an oversize spring pin.
(a) Drill the spring pin hole to the oversize diameter listed in Figure 4-4.
(b) Install the oversize spring pin B-6378-7 as a replacement for the
spring pin B-3842-0500 identified in the de-ice kit 103253.

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
Terminal Strip Holes

Tap hole 6-32 UNC-3B
Thread depth (minimum) 0.375 inch (9.52 mm)
Minor dia. 0.104 - 0.114 inch (2.64 - 2.89 mm)
Depth 0.60 inch (15.2 mm)
0.275 inch (7.0 mm)
Existing Threaded Hole

0.75 inch
(19.0 mm)
0.38 inch (9.6 mm)
1.3 inch (33.0 mm)
0.32 inch (8.1 mm)
Spring Pin Hole

Standard Diameter: 0.094 - 0.097 inch (2.39 - 2.46 mm)
Oversize Diameter: 0.125 - 0.129 inch (3.17 - 3.27 mm)
Depth 0.30 - 0.36 inch (7.6 - 8.4 mm)
View shows trailing edge side of the counterweight.
Modification of Counterweight for Terminal Strip and Spring Pin Attaching Holes
Figure 4-4

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
Tap hole 8-32 UNC-3B

Thread depth 0.25 inch (6.3 mm) minimum.
Minor dia. 0.1300-0.1389 inch (3.3-3.5 mm)
Depth 0.438 inch (11.12 mm)
0.5 inch (12 mm)
2.0 inch (50 mm)
Existing Threaded Hole
View shows leading edge side of the counterweight.
Modification of Counterweight for Tie Mount Attaching Hole

Figure 4-5

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
28. Replacement of T10173F(N)(B,K)-12.5 Blades with T10173AN(B,K)-12.5 Blades

A. Effectivity
(1) Hawker Beechcraft King Air B100 aircraft with Hartzell Propeller Inc. steel hub
propeller HC-B4TN-5(C,F)/T10173F(N)(B,K)-12.5 are affected.
B. Discussion
(1) There have been sporadic reports of blade flutter during landing while using
propeller reversing. An investigation identified a greater likelihood for this
occurrence with blades nearing dimensional minimums.
(a) This same occurrence of blade flutter is also possible with blades near
original manufacturing specifications.
(b) This condition can cause cracked and/or failed blades.
C. Requirements
(1) Replace all affected blades with the improved T10173AN(B,K)-12.5 blades
in accordance with Hartzell Propeller Inc. STC SA02539CH-D and Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Service Bulletin HC-SB-61-304.
29. Replacement of Y-shank Blades used in Propeller Models ( )HC-( )( )Y( )-( )
A. Effectivity
(1) Hartzell Propeller Inc. compact propeller models ( )HC-( )( )Y( )-( ) with Y-shank,
aluminum blades that have a serial number that is listed in Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Alert Service Bulletin HC-ASB-61-322.
B. Discussion
(1) During dye penetrant inspection at overhaul, one blade was found to have
an indication in the blade bearing bore. This indication was determined to be
caused by a unique condition in the aluminum forging from the vendor.
(2) All blades machined from the same forging lot may have this condition.
C. Requirements
(1) Replace blades as necessary in accordance with the instructions in Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Alert Service Bulletin HC-ASB-61-322.

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
Coated Area
24.0 inch
(609 mm)
Repair is not
permitted within this
area.
LEADING EDGE
Approximately
0.50 inch (12.7 mm)
Approximately
0.125 inch (3.1 mm)
Coated Leading Edge Area

Figure 4-6

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
30. Leading Edge Coated Blades: LD99M01H
CAUTION 1: BLADES WITH A COATED LEADING EDGE ARE TO BE

CHROMATE CONVERSION COATED - DO NOT USE ANODIZE
COATING.
CAUTION 2: BENDING OR TWISTING OF THE BLADE IS NOT PERMITTED.
NOTE 1: Coated leading edge blades are identified by the letter "H" immediately
following the blade design number, e.g., LD99M01H. These blades are NOT
stamped with the number "76" on the blade butt.
NOTE 2: When overhauling the LD99M01H blade, refer to the Blade Overhaul Traveler
LD99M01H Blade and the D, E, or Y-shank Blade Dimensional Traveler.
A. Overhaul Requirements
NOTE: The following requirements are to be performed in addition to those
established in the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter of this manual.
CAUTION: LD99M01H BLADES HAVE A PROTECTIVE COATING ON THE

LEADING EDGE OF THE BLADE (FIGURE 4-6). REPAIRS
WITHIN THE COATED AREA OR WITHIN APPROXIMATELY
0.125 INCH (3.1 MM) FROM THE COATED AREA ARE NOT
PERMITTED AND MUST BE RETURNED TO HARTZELL
PROPELLER INC. FOR REPAIR.
(1) Except in the coated area or within approximately 0.125 inch (3.1 mm) from the
coated area, field repair of the blade may be performed by qualified personnel
in accordance with the procedures specified in this manual. Refer to Figure 4-6.
(a) Blades with damage or corrosion in the leading edge coated area or within
approximately 0.125 inch (3.1 mm) from the coated area must be returned
to Hartzell Propeller Inc. for repair.
(b) Polishing with an abrasive pad CM47 or equivalent within approximately
0.125 inch (3.1 mm) of the coated area is permitted.
(2) Normal paint erosion (sand-blasted appearance) on the leading edge of the
blade is acceptable, and does not require removal before further operation.

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
FINISH - CONTENTS
1. Finish....................................................................................................................... 5-3
A. Blade Painting.................................................................................................... 5-3
B. Application of Teflon® Tape on D, E, and Y-shank Blades.................................. 5-5
C. Application of Hard Coating on Shank Radius................................................... 5-7
D. Installation of Blade Retention Split Bearing Race and
Bearing Retaining Ring onto D, E, and Y-shank Blades.................................... 5-8
E. Application of Lubricant to the Blade Bore....................................................... 5-10
FINISH - LIST OF FIGURES

Blade Shank Teflon® Tape................................................................ Figure 5-1..................5-4
Blade Shank Teflon® Tape Location.................................................. Figure 5-2..................5-4
Application of CM49 on Aluminum Blade Shanks............................ Figure 5-3..................5-7
Application of Approved Lubricant Within the Blade Bore................ Figure 5-4..................5-9
FINISH 61-13-33 Page 5-1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1. Finish
WARNING: ADHESIVES AND SOLVENTS ARE FLAMMABLE AND TOXIC TO

THE SKIN, EYES, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT. SKIN AND EYE
PROTECTION ARE REQUIRED. AVOID PROLONGED CONTACT
AND BREATHING OF VAPORS. USE SOLVENT RESISTANT
GLOVES TO MINIMIZE SKIN CONTACT AND WEAR SAFETY
GLASSES FOR EYE PROTECTION. USE IN A WELL VENTILATED
AREA AWAY FROM SPARKS AND FLAME. READ AND OBSERVE
ALL WARNING LABELS.
A. Blade Painting
CAUTION: INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURES IN THIS SECTION

INVOLVE PROPELLER CRITICAL PARTS. REFER TO
THE INTRODUCTION CHAPTER OF THIS MANUAL FOR
INFORMATION ABOUT PROPELLER CRITICAL PARTS.
(1) Approved corrosion protection followed by approved paint must be applied and
maintained on all aluminum blades.
(a) For information about the application of corrosion protection and paint,
refer to the Chromic Acid Anodizing and Paint and Finish chapters of
(b) Operation of blades without the specified coatings and finishes, i.e.,
“polished blades”, is not permitted.
(2) Blade paint schemes, e.g., finish, color, tip stripe patterns, and colors, are
defined by the blade configuration.
(a) To determine the correct paint scheme for a specific blade configuration,
refer to the Blade Finish Table in the Paint and Finish chapter of Hartzell
(b) An aluminum blade can be refinished using any aluminum blade paint
scheme specified in Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual
202A (61-01-02). The Blade Finish Table in the Paint and Finish chapter
of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02)
describes manufacturing paint schemes used by Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(3) For instructions, recommendations, equipment, mixture proportions, tip
patterns, label and stamp locations, and other finish related information,
refer to the Paint and Finish chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
45 degrees 45 degrees
10.620 Inch
(269.75 mm)
NOTE: Use 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) CM155 or 3/4-inch (19.05 mm)

CM156 Teflon® tape, cut to the length shown.
B4256
Blade Shank Teflon® Tape
Figure 5-1
Shank Type "X" Dimension (Inches) "X" Dimension (Inches)

For 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) Tape For 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) Tape
Y-shank 0.875 ±0.031 Inches N/A
(22.23 ±0.78 mm)
D-shank 0.875 ±0.031 N/A
(22.23 ±0.78 mm)
E-shank in 4-blade propeller 0.710 ±0.030 0.650 ±0.030
(18.03 ±0.76 mm) (16.51 ±0.76 mm)
E-shank in 5-blade propeller 0.90 ±0.030 0.650 ±0.030
(22.86 ±0.76 mm) (16.51 ±0.76 mm)
"X" Blade Shank Teflon® Tape

C2890
NOTE: D-shank blade shown, others similar.
Blade Shank Teflon® Tape Location

Figure 5-2

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
B. Application of Teflon® Tape on D, E, and Y-shank Blades

The blade shank Teflon® tape, CM155 or CM156 is applied to the hub seal mating
surface of D, E, and Y-shank blades. This is applied to prevent the O-ring or quad
ring, which seals between the hub and the blade, from wearing into the shank of the
blade.
(1) Use 0.50 inch (12.7 mm) wide tape CM155 on Y and D-shank blades.
(2) Use 0.50 inch (12.7 mm) wide tape CM155 or 0.75 inch (19.0 mm) wide tape
CM156 on E-shank blades.
NOTE: Both tapes are available in longer length rolls, which may be cut to
the proper size. Refer to Figures 5-1 and 5-2.
(3) Permit the paint to dry for one hour or dry to the touch.
(4) Using a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, mark the location where
the Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156 is to be placed around the blade OD.
(5) Cut Teflon® strip CM155 or CM156. Refer to Figure 5-1.
(6) Mix epoxy CM68 in accordance with the manufacturer's directions.
(7) Using a 0.50 inch (12.7 mm) brush, apply epoxy CM68 around the shank OD.
(a) If 0.50 inch (12.7 mm) Teflon® tape CM155 is used, apply a smooth,
even layer 0.125 inch (3.2 mm) inboard of the layout line and 0.75 inch
(19.0 mm) wide.
(b) If 0.75 inch (19.0 mm) Teflon® tape CM156 is used, apply a smooth even
layer 0.125 inch (3.2 mm) inboard of the layout line and 1 inch (25.4 mm)
wide.
CAUTION: Do not overlap the ends of the Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156.
(8) Start applying the Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156, as applicable, on the face
side of the blade.
(a) Apply the Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156, as applicable, so that the split is
located on the camber side of the blade.
(b) The maximum permitted seam gap width between the ends of the Teflon®
tape CM155 or CM156, as applicable is 0.031 inch (0.78 mm).
(c) Fill the gap with epoxy.
(9) Apply 1.5 inch (38 mm) wide masking tape tightly over the Teflon® tape CM155
or CM156.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(10) When the epoxy starts to set, remove the masking tape from the blade.
(11) Using 240-grit emery cloth, sand the seam of the Teflon® tape CM155 or
CM156 to remove any rough edges.
(12) Using 400-grit sandpaper, sand the seam of the Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156
to a smooth finish.
(13) Make an inspection of the Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156 installation.
(a) The maximum permitted seam gap width is 0.031 inch (0.78 mm).
1 If the gap width is more than the maximum permitted, remove the
Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156 and install a new piece of Teflon® tape
CM155 or CM156, as applicable.
(b) The seam gap is filled with adhesive CM68.
(c) Air bubbles larger than 0.031 inch (0.79 mm) diameter are not permitted.
NOTE: Air bubbles can be distinguished from tape blemishes because
the tape can be indented with pressure leaving a depression.
1 If there is an air bubble larger than the maximum permitted, remove
the Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156 and install a new piece of Teflon®
tape CM155 or CM156, as applicable.
(d) All masking tape used during the Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156
installation is removed.
(e) Examine the location of the Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156. Refer to
Figure 502.
1 If the location is incorrect, remove the Teflon® tape CM155 or
CM156 and install a new piece of Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156, as
applicable.
2 If the location is correct, continue to the next step.
(f) Wrinkles, bumps, depressions, or ridges that are detectable by touch on
the surface of the Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156 are not permitted.
1 If there is a wrinkle, bump, depression, or ridge, remove the Teflon®
tape CM155 or CM156 and install a new piece of Teflon® tape CM155
or CM156, as applicable.
(g) Excess adhesive inboard or outboard of the Teflon® tape CM155 or
CM156 must be flush or below the surface of the Teflon® tape CM155 or
CM156.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
C. Application of Hard Coating on Shank Radius

(1) General
(a) This procedure does not apply to D, E, or Y-shank blades.
(b) Application of sealer CM49 provides a hard, fuel resistant layer on the
blade shank radius.
(2) Procedure
(a) Using a 0.50 inch (12.7 mm) brush, apply a thin layer of sealer CM49 to
the retention area of all double shoulder and all single shoulder blades,
except those noted above. Refer to Figure 5-3.
(3) Permit the sealer CM49 to air dry.
Approximately
0.50 Inch
(12.7 mm)
Approximately
0.50 Inch
(12.7 mm)
Coat the entire "V"

APS2052
SHANK5
Application of CM49 on Aluminum Blade Shanks

Figure 5-3

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
D. Installation of Blade Retention Split Bearing Race and Bearing Retaining Ring
onto D, E, and Y-shank Blades
CAUTION 1: INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURES IN THIS SECTION

CAUTION 2: LUBRICANT APPLIED TO THE BLADE RETENTION RADIUS
BEFORE INSTALLATION OF THE SPLIT BEARING RACE AND
RETAINING RINGS IS EXTREMELY CRITICAL. THE ADHESIVE
FILLS IN ANY VOIDS BETWEEN THE SPLIT BEARING RACE
AND THE RADIUS OF THE BLADE SHANK. IF LUBRICANT IS
NOT PUT AROUND THE BLADE RETENTION RADIUS, THE
ADHESIVE WILL BOND THE SPLIT BEARING RACE TO THE
BLADE SHANK.
CAUTION 3: VERIFY MATCHING BEARING RACE HALVES BY SERIAL
NUMBER AND BY FIT. UNMATCHED BEARING HALVES WILL
CAUSE IMPROPER FIT AND PREMATURE BEARING FAILURE.
NOTE: This procedure is to be completed after final blade balancing.
(1) Apply a light film of lubricant CM12 to the surface of the blade retention radius
that will contact the bearing race.
(2) Apply adhesive CM16 or CM94 to the lubricated area of the blade shank.
(3) Install the blade retention split bearing race on the blade shank.
(a) Align the split between the two halves of the bearing with the inboard
portion of the leading and trailing edges of the blade.
(4) Put the blade shank in a fixture.
(5) Using a blade bearing press TE93, press the split bearing race retaining ring
over the split bearing.
(6) Keep a force of 6000 to 8000 lb (2722 to 3628 kg) for at least 45 seconds.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
WARNING: SOLVENTS ARE FLAMMABLE AND TOXIC TO THE SKIN,

EYES, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT. SKIN AND EYE
PROTECTION ARE REQUIRED. AVOID PROLONGED
CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY SOLVENT TO UNCURED BLADE PAINT.
APPLYING SOLVENT TO BLADE PAINT THAT IS NOT CURED
MAY CAUSE THE BLADE PAINT TO SOFTEN.
(7) Using a clean, dry cloth, wipe the excess adhesive from the split bearing race
and blade shank.
(a) Optionally, use a clean cloth dampened with solvent MEK CM106,
MPK CM219, or toluene CM41.
Fill to Top of
Needle Bearing
ASK1314
Application of Approved Lubricant Within the Blade Bore

Figure 5-4

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
E. Application of Lubricant to the Blade Bore

(1) After a blade completes the final balancing process, apply lubricant CM12 in
accordance with the following:
(a) For D, E, or Y-shank blades, apply a small amount of lubricant CM12 to
the needle bearing.
(b) For all except D, E, or Y-shank blades, fill the blade bore with lubricant
CM12.
NOTE: When filling the blade bore with lubricant CM12, make sure
that no air pockets form within the balance hole or blade bore
because it can affect propeller balance.
1 For blades that have a needle bearing in the bottom of the blade
bore, fill the balance hole and the blade bore to the top of the needle
bearing. Refer to Figure 5-4.
2 For blades that have only a bronze bushing, fill the balance hole and
the blade bore to approximately 1.00 inch (25.4 mm) from the butt of
the blade.
(2) If the blade is to be stored before propeller assembly buildup, cover the blade
shank with a plastic bag secured with a rubber band.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
DE-ICE BOOT - CONTENTS

De-ice and anti-icing boot instructions have been relocated to the Hartzell Propeller Inc.
Propeller Ice Protection System Manual 180 (30-61-80).
DE-ICE BOOT 61-13-33 Page 6-1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)
DE-ICE BOOT 61-13-33 Page 6-2

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
BLADE BALANCING - CONTENTS

1. Static Balance of Aluminum Propeller Blades............................................................... 7-3
A. Static Horizontal Balancing of Blade Sets............................................................... 7-3
B. Static Vertical Balancing of Blade Sets.................................................................... 7-6
LIST OF FIGURES
Blade Balancing, Horizontal Position.......................................Figure 7-1...........................7-3
Blade Balancing, Vertical Position............................................Figure 7-2...........................7-5
BLADE BALANCING 61-13-33 Page 7-1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

CHAPTER OF THIS MANUAL FOR INFORMATION ABOUT PROPELLER
CRITICAL PARTS.
1. Static Balance of Aluminum Propeller Blades
A. Static Horizontal Balancing of Blade Sets
NOTE: Static horizontal blade balancing is required at overhaul for aluminum
blades in a blade set. Local tooling may differ and alternate procedures
may be used to achieve similar results.
(1) Place the proper shank adapter for the blade type to be balanced on the
balance stand.
(2) Place an adjusting weight on the balance stand. Refer to Figure 7-1.
(3) Place a blade on the balance stand with the leading edge up.
(4) Adjust the weight on the balance stand until the blade is balanced in the
horizontal position.
NOTE: The blade is considered balanced when it remains in the horizontal
position with no tendency to rotate.
Blade on balance stand

with leading edge up
Adjustable weight
APS2071
Blade Balancing, Horizontal Position

Figure 7-1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(5) Without adjusting the weight, put each of the remaining blades from the set on
the balance stand so that the heaviest blade in the set may be determined.
(6) Put the heaviest blade in the set on the balance stand with the leading edge up.
(a) Adjust the weight until the blade is balanced in the horizontal position.
(7) Individually put the lighter blades in the set on the balance stand.
(a) Do not adjust the weight.
(b) In order to get each of these blades in the horizontal position, it is
necessary to put lead wool in the blade balance hole.
(1) To find the amount of lead wool needed to balance the blade, put
lead wool on the shank area, a distance equal to the depth of the
blade balance hole (this dimension is stamped on the butt of the
blade), until the blade is horizontally balanced.
(8) For D, E, and Y-shank blades that use a closed-end bearing, remove the
bearing before putting lead in the blade bore.
WARNING: ALUMINUM BLADES ARE LIMITED TO A MAXIMUM

TEMPERATURE OF 200° F (93° C). USE ONLY ROOM
TEMPERATURE LEAD WOOL TO BALANCE THE BLADE.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCE IS MELTED LEAD TO BE
POURED INTO THE BALANCE BORE.
(9) Put the lead wool used to balance the blade in the blade balance hole.
(10) Using an applicable sized tool, tamp the lead wool until it is compressed in the
bottom of the balance hole.
CAUTION: DO NOT PUT LEAD WOOL IN THE BLADE PILOT TUBE

BORE.
(a) The amount of lead wool used to bring a blade into horizontal balance
must only fill the blade balance hole.
(b) Small amounts of lead can move around in the lead hole after it is tamped
into position.
(11) Put the blade on the balance stand.
(a) The blade must stay in the horizontal position with no tendency to rotate.
(b) Add or remove lead, as necessary, to achieve proper balance.
(12) Complete steps (7) through (11)(b) for each of the remaining blades in
the set.

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
Weights for adjusting

vertical balance of
heaviest blade
Top View Detail
Add weight, as required, five inches from the

APS2070A
APS2070
centerline of the balance arbor in either direction.
Blade Balancing, Vertical Position

Figure 7-2

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
B. Static Vertical Balancing of Blade Sets

NOTE 1: Static-vertical blade balancing is not a required overhaul procedure
because experience has shown that matching blade edge alignment
(refer to the section, "Dimensional Inspection of Blade Airfoil" in the Blade
Airfoil Overhaul chapter in this manual) is adequate for correcting most
vertical imbalance problems. It is a recommended technique for identifying
vibration or balance problems that have been encountered with a propeller
assembly and cannot be attributed to any other cause. Local tooling may
differ and alternate procedures may be used to achieve similar results.
NOTE 2: Blades in a set are vertically balanced during the blade grinding process.
The vertical and horizontal balance of blades in a set should be tested
before grinding, after initial grinding to remove all stone nicks and damage,
and at the end of the grinding process.
NOTE 3: Vertical balance is complete when all blades in a set are within the
allowable range.
(1) Using a balance stand incorporating the proper shank adapter, determine which
blade is lightest in the horizontal position.
NOTE: Horizontal balance between blades in a set can be achieved by
grinding the heavier blades in areas where the greatest amount of
material exists, keeping in mind the requirements for vertical balance.
Refer to the section, "Blade Grinding Requirements and Procedures"
in the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter of this manual.
(2) Place the lightest blade in the vertical position (see Figure 7-2) on the balance
stand so that the leading and trailing edges are in-line with the adjusting
weights at the blade setup station. Refer to the blade tables in Appendix C -
Blade/Tip Specifications in this manual.
(3) Adjust the weights until the blade does not have a tendency to rotate.
(4) Check the vertical balance of all other blades in the set against the lightest
blade (allow the blades to rotate; do not adjust the weights).
(a) Determine the difference between the heaviest blade in the set and all
others by placing weight on the arm of the lighter side of the blade five
inches from the centerline of the balance arbor. Refer to Figure 7-2, Top
View Detail.
(b) Record the amount needed to bring each blade into vertical balance.
1 The total difference in weight between the blades in vertical balance
must be established to determine if additional grinding is necessary.
2 The maximum weight variation between all blades in the blade set is
0.0625 lbs. (1 ounce) at the five inch position on the balance arbor.
(5) If the total weight used to bring the blades in vertical balance exceeds
0.0625 lbs. (1.0 ounce), the vertical balance of the blades should be corrected
by concentrating the grinding action on the heavy side of the heavier blade(s).

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST - CONTENTS

1. Introduction....................................................................................................................8-3
2. Description of Columns..................................................................................................8-4
A. Fig./Item Number......................................................................................................8-4
B. Part Number.............................................................................................................8-4
C. Description................................................................................................................8-5
D. Effectivity Code (EFF CODE)...................................................................................8-5
E. Units Per Assembly (UPA)........................................................................................8-5
F. Overhaul (O/H).........................................................................................................8-5
3. Description of Terms......................................................................................................8-6
A. Alternate...................................................................................................................8-6
B. Supersedure.............................................................................................................8-6
C. Replacement............................................................................................................8-6
D. Obsolete...................................................................................................................8-6
4. Vendor Supplied Hardware............................................................................................8-7
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 61-13-33 Page 8-1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST - CONTENTS, CONTINUED

Blade Shank Parts List
P-shank...............................................................................Figure 8-1...........................8-8
Parts List...................................................................................................................8-8
P-shank Modified to an R-shank.........................................Figure 8-2...........................8-9
Parts List...................................................................................................................8-9
R-shank...............................................................................Figure 8-3.........................8-10
Parts List.................................................................................................................8-10
M-shank..............................................................................Figure 8-4......................... 8-11
Parts List................................................................................................................. 8-11
T-shank...............................................................................Figure 8-5.........................8-12
Parts List.................................................................................................................8-12
M or T-shank with an "N" Modification................................Figure 8-6.........................8-13
Parts List.................................................................................................................8-13
Y-shank...............................................................................Figure 8-7.........................8-14
Parts List.................................................................................................................8-14
D-shank ..............................................................................Figure 8-8.........................8-15
Parts List.................................................................................................................8-15
E-shank ..............................................................................Figure 8-9.........................8-16
Parts List.................................................................................................................8-16
Z-shank...............................................................................Figure 8-10.......................8-17
Parts List.................................................................................................................8-17
Z-shank Modified to a W-shank..........................................Figure 8-11.......................8-18
Parts List.................................................................................................................8-18
W-shank..............................................................................Figure 8-12.......................8-19
Parts List.................................................................................................................8-19
X-shank...............................................................................Figure 8-13.......................8-20
Parts List.................................................................................................................8-20
X-shank Modified to a V-shank...........................................Figure 8-14.......................8-21
Parts List.................................................................................................................8-21
V-shank...............................................................................Figure 8-15.......................8-22
Parts List.................................................................................................................8-22
V-shank with an "N" Modification........................................Figure 8-16.......................8-23
Parts List.................................................................................................................8-23
MV-shank with an "N" Modification.....................................Figure 8-17.......................8-24
Parts List.................................................................................................................8-24

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST - CONTENTS, CONTINUED

Blade Shank Parts List, Continued
P or Z-shank with an "N" Modification.................................Figure 8-18.......................8-25
Parts List.................................................................................................................8-25
R or W-shank with an "N" Modification...............................Figure 8-19.......................8-26
Parts List.................................................................................................................8-26
Miscellaneous Blade Parts..................................................Figure 8-20.......................8-27
Parts List.................................................................................................................8-27
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 61-13-33 Page 8-2.1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 61-13-33 Page 8-2.2

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1. Introduction (Rev. 1)
WARNING: ANY PART IDENTIFIED AS AN EXPERIMENTAL OR

NON-AVIATION PART MUST NOT BE USED IN AN FAA
OR INTERNATIONAL EQUIVALENT TYPE CERTIFICATED
PROPELLER. A PART IDENTIFIED AS EXPERIMENTAL OR
NON-AVIATION DOES NOT HAVE FAA OR INTERNATIONAL
EQUIVALENT APPROVAL EVEN THOUGH IT MAY STILL SHOW
AN AVIATION TC OR PC NUMBER STAMP. USE ONLY THE
APPROVED ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST PROVIDED IN THE
APPLICABLE OVERHAUL MANUAL OR ADDITIONAL PARTS
APPROVED BY AN FAA ACCEPTED DOCUMENT FOR ASSEMBLY
OF A PROPELLER. THE OPERATOR ASSUMES ALL RISK
ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF EXPERIMENTAL PARTS. USE
OF EXPERIMENTAL PARTS ON AN AIRCRAFT MAY RESULT
IN DEATH, SERIOUS BODILY INJURY, AND/OR SUBSTANTIAL
PROPERTY DAMAGE.
A. General
CAUTION: INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURES IN THIS CHAPTER

INFORMATION ABOUT PROPELLER CRITICAL PARTS. REFER
TO THE ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST IN THIS MANUAL FOR
IDENTIFICATION OF PROPELLER CRITICAL PARTS.
(1) This chapter includes the parts lists and applicable illustrations for the specified
propeller blades manufactured by Hartzell Propeller Inc.
CAUTION: ILLUSTRATIONS IN THIS CHAPTER ARE PROVIDED FOR

PART IDENTIFICATION AND LOCATION REFERENCE
ONLY. THEY SHOULD NOT BE USED FOR ASSEMBLY.
(a) The illustrations in this chapter use some general views of parts that may
not exactly depict every propeller part configuration.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2. Description of Columns (Rev. 1)
A. Fig./Item Number
(1) Figure Number refers to the illustration where items appear. Item Numbers refer
to the specific part callout in the applicable illustration.
(a) Item Numbers that are listed but not shown in the illustration are identified
by a dash to the left of the item number. (example: "-800")
(b) Alpha variants will be used to add additional items. There are two reasons
for the use of alpha variants:
1 A part may have an alternate, or may be superseded, replaced, or
obsoleted by another part.
a For example, the self-locking nut (A-2043) that is item 20 was
superseded by the self-locking nut (A-2043-1) that is item 20A.
2 An Illustrated Parts List may contain multiple configurations.
Effectivity codes are used to distinguish different part numbers
within the same list.
a For example, one propeller configuration may use a mounting
bolt (B-3339-1) that is item 30, yet another propeller
configuration uses a mounting bolt (B-3347) that is item 30A.
Effectivity codes are very important in the determination of parts
in a given configuration.
B. Part Number
(1) The Part Number is the Hartzell Propeller Inc. identification number for the part.
(2) Use the Hartzell Propeller Inc. part number when ordering the part from Hartzell
Propeller Inc. or a Hartzell-approved distributor.

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
C. Description
(1) This column provides the Hartzell Propeller Inc. description of the part.
(2) Bullets and indentations are used to indicate parts that are components of a
sub-assembly.
(a) For example, a Fork Assembly that is part of a HC-C2YR-1 propeller
assembly will have one bullet ( • ) before the description. This indicates
that the Fork Assembly is part of the propeller assembly.
1 A Fork Bumper that is part of the Fork Assembly will appear
directly below the Fork Assembly with two bullets ( • • ) before the
description. This indicates that the Fork Bumper is part of the Fork
Assembly - that is part of the Propeller Assembly.
a Example: HC-C2YR-1
• Fork Assembly
• • Fork Bumper
(3) If the description in this column includes a "PCP:" prefix, the part is classified as
a Propeller Critical Part.
(4) If applicable, information regarding part alternatives, supersedures,
replacements, or obsolescence will appear in the Description column.
(a) Refer to the section, "Description of Terms" in this chapter for definitions
and requirements for part "alternates", "supersedures", etc.
(b) When part alternatives, supersedures, replacements, etc. are listed, the
service document number related to the change may be included for
reference.
D. Effectivity Code (EFF CODE)

(1) This column is used when additional information about a part is required.
(a) Effectivity codes can be used to identify parts that are only used on a
particular model, or to direct the user to additional information in the
"Effectivity" box at the bottom of the page.
(b) Whenever an effectivity code is present, refer to the "Effectivity" box at the
bottom of the page for the applicable information.
(2) Parts common to all assembly models on the page show no effectivity code.
E. Units Per Assembly (UPA)

(1) Designates the total quantity of an item required for the next higher assembly or
subassembly.
F. Overhaul (O/H)
(1) Designates the parts to be replaced at overhaul. A "Y" identifies the parts that
must be replaced at overhaul.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3. Description of Terms (Rev. 1)
A. Alternate
(1) Alternate parts are identified by the term "ALTERNATE" in the Description
column. Alternate items are considered airworthy for continued flight and
existing stock of parts may be used for maintenance and/or repair. The new or
alternate part numbers may be used interchangeably when ordering/stocking
new parts.
B. Supersedure
(1) Part changes are identified by the terms "SUPERSEDES ITEM _____" or
"SUPERSEDED BY ITEM _____" in the Description column. Superseded items
are considered airworthy for continued flight and existing stock of superseded
parts may be used for maintenance and/or repair. Once the superseding part
has been incorporated/installed into an assembly, the original superseded part
may no longer be used. Superseded parts may no longer be available, and the
new part number must be used when ordering/stocking new parts.
C. Replacement
(1) Part changes identified by the terms "REPLACES ITEM _____" or "REPLACED
BY ITEM _____" in the Description column are considered airworthy for
continued flight, but must be replaced with a part with the new part number at
overhaul. Existing stock of replaced parts may not used for maintenance and/or
repair of effected assemblies. Replaced parts may no longer be available, and
the new part number must be used when ordering/stocking new parts.
D Obsolete
(1) Obsolete parts are identified by "OBS" in the Units Per Assembly (UPA)
column. Obsolete items are considered unairworthy for continued flight.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
4. Vendor Supplied Hardware (Rev. 1)
(1) Many O-rings, fasteners, and other vendor supplied hardware listed in Hartzell
Propeller Inc. manuals have previously been specified with AN, MS, NAS or
vendor part number. To provide internal controls and procurement flexibility,
Hartzell part numbers have been assigned to all O-rings, fasteners, and
hardware. Part shipments from Hartzell Propeller Inc. will specify only the
Hartzell part numbers.
(2) Some O-rings, fasteners, and hardware manufactured in accordance with
established industry specifications (certain AN, MS, NAS items) are acceptable
for use in Hartzell Propeller Inc. products without additional standards imposed
by Hartzell.
(a) For a listing of part number interchangeability, refer to the Vendor
Cross Reference chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(b) Where permitted, both the Hartzell part number item and AN, MS, NAS,
and other specified vendor number items can be used interchangeably.
(c) The Hartzell part number must be used when ordering these parts from

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
APS-0641
P-shank
Figure 8-1
FIG./ITEM PART EFF

NUMBER NUMBER DESCRIPTION CODE UPA O/H
8-1 P-SHANK
4 A-1309 • BUSHING, BLADE (OIL GROOVE IS OPTIONAL) 1 Y
- ITEM NOT ILLUSTRATED

P-shank

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2
5 4 3
APS0651
P-shank Modified to an R-shank
Figure 8-2
FIG./ITEM PART EFF

8-2 P-SHANK MODIFIED TO AN R-SHANK
2 A-1349 • SPACER 1
3 B-6684 • BEARING, NEEDLE 1 Y
3A C-6252 • BEARING, NEEDLE, OVERSIZE, ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 3 1 Y
REFER TO USE OF OVERSIZE INTERNAL BLADE
BEARING IN THE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND
PROCEDURES CHAPTER OF THIS MANUAL.
4 A-1309 • BUSHING, BLADE 1 Y
4A A-1309-1 • BUSHING, BLADE, ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 4 1 Y

P-shank Modified to an R-shank

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3 2
APS0650
R-shank
Figure 8-3
FIG./ITEM PART EFF

8-3 R-SHANK
2 A-1349 • SPACER 1

R-shank

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2
6 3
APS0645
M-shank
Figure 8-4
FIG./ITEM PART EFF

8-4 M-SHANK
2 A-1349 • SPACER 1
3 B-6684 • B EARING, NEEDLE 1 Y
3A B-6685 • BEARING, NEEDLE, ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 3 1 Y
3B C-6252 • BEARING, NEEDLE, OVERSIZE, ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 3 1 Y

M-shank

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2
6 3
APS0647
T-shank
Figure 8-5
FIG./ITEM PART EFF

8-5 T-SHANK
2 A-1349 • SPACER 1

T-shank

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3 2
6
APS0656
M or T-shank with an "N" Modification
Figure 8-6
FIG./ITEM PART EFF

8-6 M OR T-SHANK WITH AN "N" MODIFICATION
2 A-385 • SPACER 1 Y

M or T-shank with an "N" Modification

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8 3
1
APS0640
10
Y-shank
Figure 8-7
FIG./ITEM PART EFF

8-7 Y-SHANK, REFER TO NOTE 1
1 A-2414 • PLUG, BLADE 1

3 B-6680 • BEARING, NEEDLE, CLOSED END 1 Y
8 A-2413( ) • BUSHING, KNOB, PITCH CHANGE, “F” KNOB BLADES 1 Y
WITHOUT SHOT PEEN.
8A C-7645-( ) • BUSHING, KNOB, PITCH CHANGE, “F” KNOB BLADES 1 Y
WITH SHOT PEEN. ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 8
8B A-2413 • BUSHING, KNOB, PITCH CHANGE, NON “F” KNOB BLADES 1 Y
ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 8
7 CM155 • TEFLON® TAPE AR
9 A-2202 • BEARING, RETENTION, BLADE 1
10 A-2204 • RING, RETAINING, BEARING 1
NOTE 1: COUNTERWEIGHT SLUGS AND COUNTERWEIGHT

SLUG MOUNTING HARDWARE ARE APPLICATION
SPECIFIC. COUNTERWEIGHT SLUG MOUNTING
HARDWARE MUST BE REPLACED AT OVERHAUL.
REFER TO HARTZELL PROPELLER INC.
APPLICATION GUIDE MANUAL 159 (61-02-59).

Y-shank

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3
1
7
9
10
APS-0655
D-shank
Figure 8-8
FIG./ITEM PART EFF

8-8 D-SHANK, REFER TO NOTE 1

3 B-6680 • BEARING, NEEDLE, CLOSED END 1 Y
9 A-2202 • BEARING, RETENTION, BLADE 1
10 A-2204 • RING, RETAINING, BEARING 1
SUPERSEDED BY ITEM 10A
10A 102158 • RING, RETAINING, BEARING (USE WITH ITEMS 11 AND 12) 1
POST HC-SL-61-241, R3, SUPERSEDES ITEM 10
-11 B-7726 • SEAL, BLADE (USE WITH ITEMS 10A AND 12) 4
-12 C-3317-045 • O-RING (USE WITH ITEMS 10A AND 11) 4
NOTE 1: REFER TO THE APPLICABLE PROPELLER

ASSEMBLY MANUAL FOR PARTS INFORMATION
REGARDING PITCH CHANGE KNOBS AND BLADE
RETENTION BEARINGS FOR "D" SHANK BLADES.


D-shank

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3
1
APS-0655
9
10
E-shank
Figure 8-9
FIG./ITEM PART EFF

8-9 E-SHANK, REFER TO NOTE 1

3 A-1271 • BEARING, NEEDLE, CLOSED END 1 Y
9 C-792-( ) • BEARING, RETENTION, BLADE 1
10 B-1041 • RING, RETAINING, BEARING, SUPERSEDED BY ITEM 10A 1
10A B-7071 • RING, RETAINING, BEARING (USE WITH ITEMS 11 AND 12) 1
POST HC-SL-61-241, SUPERSEDES ITEM 10
-11 B-7726 • SEAL, BLADE (USE WITH ITEMS 10A AND 12) 4
-12 C-3317-045 • O-RING USE WITH ITEMS 10A AND 11 4
-13 B-6986-258M • INSERT, THREAD, THIN WALL (TE410) A 2 Y
POST HC-SB-61-252
NOTE 1: REFER TO THE APPLICABLE PROPELLER

ASSEMBLY MANUAL FOR PARTS INFORMATION
REGARDING PITCH CHANGE KNOBS AND BLADE
RETENTION BEARINGS FOR "E" SHANK BLADES.

EFFECTIVITY MODEL EFFECTIVITY MODEL
A (H,L)E8218

E-shank

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
APS0642
Z-shank
Figure 8-10
FIG./ITEM PART EFF

8-10 Z-SHANK

Z-shank

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
5 3 2
4
APS0644
Z-shank Modified to a W-shank
Figure 8-11
FIG./ITEM PART EFF

8-11 Z-SHANK MODIFIED TO A W-SHANK
2 A-1349 • SPACER 1
4 A-1309-1 • BUSHING, BLADE 1 Y
4A A-1309 • BUSHING, BLADE, ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 4 1 Y

Z-shank Modified to a W-shank

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2
5 3
APS0643
W-shank
Figure 8-12
FIG./ITEM PART EFF

8-12 W-SHANK
2 A-1349 • SPACER 1

W-shank

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
PART NO. BLADE BORE Ø AFTER REWORK

5
A-127 1.5590 to 1.5610 Inches
(39.599 to 39.649 mm)
Has flange; oil grooves optional
A-127-1 1.5590 to 1.5610 Inches
(39.599 to 39.649 mm)
A-127-4 1.5611 to 1.5630 Inches
(39.652 to 39.700 mm)
A-127-5 1.5611 to 1.5630 Inches
(39.652 to 39.700 mm)
APS0649
(Oil grooves)
X-shank
Figure 8-13
FIG./ITEM PART EFF

8-13 X-SHANK
5 A-127 • BUSHING, BLADE, REFER TO NOTE 1 1

A-127-1 • BUSHING, BLADE, REFER TO NOTE 1 1
NOTE 1: FOR THE CORRECT BUSHING SELECTION,

MEASURE THE BLADE BORE DIAMETER AFTER
REWORK AND IF OIL GROOVE IS PRESENT.
REFER TO THE CHART IN FIGURE 8-13.

X-shank

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
5 3 2
A-127 1.5590 to 1.5610 Inches
(39.599 to 39.649 mm)
A-127-1 1.5590 to 1.5610 Inches
(39.599 to 39.649 mm)
A-127-4 1.5611 to 1.5630 Inches
(39.652 to 39.700 mm)
A-127-5 1.5611 to 1.5630 Inches
(39.652 to 39.700 mm)
APS0648
X-shank Modified to a V-shank
Figure 8-14
FIG./ITEM PART EFF

8-14 X-SHANK MODIFIED TO A V-SHANK
2 A-1499 • STEEL SPACER 1

5 A-127 • BUSHING, BLADE, REFER TO NOTE 1 1


X-shank Modified to a V-shank

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2
5 3

A-1497 1.5590 to 1.5610 Inches
(39.599 to 39.649 mm)
A-1497-1 1.5611 to 1.5630 Inches
(39.652 to 39.700 mm)
APS0652
V-shank
Figure 8-15
FIG./ITEM PART EFF

8-15 V-SHANK
2 A-1499 • STEEL SPACER 1

3A B-7283 • BEARING, NEEDLE, OVERSIZE, ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 3 1 Y
REFER TO USE OF OVERSIZE INTERNAL BLADE BEARING
IN THE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES
CHAPTER OF THIS MANUAL.
5 A-1497 • BUSHING, BLADE, REFER TO NOTE 1 1 Y
A-1497-1 • BUSHING, BLADE, REFER TO NOTE 1 1 Y


V-shank

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
5 3 2

A-1497 1.5590 to 1.5610 Inches
(39.599 to 39.649 mm)
A-1497-1 1.5611 to 1.5630 Inches
(39.652 to 39.700 mm)
APS0653
V-shank with an "N" Modification
Figure 8-16
FIG./ITEM PART EFF

8-16 V-SHANK WITH AN "N" MODIFICATION
2 A-1599 • SPACER
3 B-6681 • BEARING, NEEDLE


V-shank with an "N" Modification

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
5 3 2

A-1497 1.5590 to 1.5610 Inches
(39.599 to 39.649 mm)
A-1497-1 1.5611 to 1.5630 Inches
(39.652 to 39.700 mm)
APS6129
Figure 8-17
FIG./ITEM PART EFF

8-17 MV-SHANK WITH AN "N" MODIFICATION
2 A-1599 • SPACER 1



Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
TI-133001
P or Z-shank with an "N" Modification
Figure 8-18
FIG./ITEM PART EFF

8-18 P OR Z-SHANK WITH AN "N" MODIFICATION

P or Z-shank with an "N" Modification

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3 2
TI-133002
R or W-shank with an "N" Modification
Figure 8-19
FIG./ITEM PART EFF

8-19 R OR W-SHANK WITH AN "N" MODIFICATION
2 A-385 • SPACER 1
R or W-shank with an "N" Modification

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Miscellaneous Blade Parts

Figure 8-20
FIG./ITEM PART EFF

8-20 MISCELLANEOUS BLADE PARTS
-100 A-6741-244 • LEAD WOOL, 50 LB. BAG 1

200 79980-HPI-LO • HPI OVAL, HARTZELL BLADE DECAL OBS
REPLACED BY ITEM 200A
200A 106947( ) • BLADE DECAL, HPI OVAL 1
REPLACES ITEM 200
Miscellaneous Blade Parts

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
APPENDIX A - OPTICAL COMPARATOR - CONTENTS

1. Optical Comparator................................................................................................. A-3
A. General Information........................................................................................... A-3
B. Approved Optical Comparators.......................................................................... A-3
C. Optical Comparator Overlay............................................................................... A-3
D. Optical Comparator Procedures......................................................................... A-4
APPENDIX A - OPTICAL COMPARATOR 61-13-33 Page A-1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1. Optical Comparator
(1) Repair procedures performed on the blade shank retention area can alter the
shape of this highly stressed area. Improper repairs can reduce fatigue strength
and could lead to blade failure.
(2) An optical comparator TE28 and optical comparator overlay TE18-( ) are
devices used to verify the accuracy of repair work performed on the blade
shank retention area.
(3) The optical comparator TE28 projects a magnified profile image of the
blade shank onto a screen. The image is compared to the optical comparator
overlay TE18-( ) that has the required blade shank shape imprinted on its
surface.
(a) The optical comparator overlay TE18-( ) is used to inspect the shape of
the retention radius, not the shank dimension.
(b) Measure the shank dimensions using a micrometer in accordance with the
applicable chapter of this manual.
(4) Following any repair or compression rolling in the blade shank retention area,
use a Hartzell-approved optical comparator TE28 with the applicable optical
comparator overlay TE18-( ) to verify that the shape of the blade shank
retention area is within the permitted limits.
(a) If the blade shank retention area is below the repair line on the comparator
overlay TE18-( ), the blade is unairworthy and must be retired from service
in accordance with Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A
(61-01-02).
B. Approved Optical Comparators

(1) For specifications and vendor information for Hartzell-approved optical
comparators TE28, refer to Hartzell Tool and Equipment Manual 165A
(61-00-65).
C. Optical Comparator Overlay

(1) For optical comparator overlays that are available from Hartzell
Propeller Inc., refer to Hartzell Tool and Equipment Manual 165A (61-00-65).

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
D. Optical Comparator Procedures

NOTE 1: For all shanks except E-shanks, the outboard limit for inspection of the
blade shank is at the transition between the blade shank diameter and the
retention radius.
NOTE 2: For E-shanks only, the outboard limit for inspection of the blade shank is
at the transition between the blade shank diameter and the 8 degree taper
outboard of the retention radius.
NOTE 3: The transition point where the optical comparator inspection area meets
the straight surface of the blade, must maintain a smooth blend with no
steps or irregularities on all blade shanks.
(1) Alignment of the Overlay on the Optical Comparator Screen
(a) Set the magnification on the optical comparator TE28 to match the optical
comparator overlay TE18-( ).
(b) Put the optical comparator overlay TE18-( ) on the screen of the optical
comparator TE28 in approximately the final position.
(c) Clip the optical comparator overlay TE18-( ) in place so that the overlay
can be shifted for exact alignment.
(d) Adjust the stage on the optical comparator TE28 so that an image of the
stage surface appears halfway up on the screen.
(e) Adjust the optical comparator overlay TE18-( ) on the screen so that the
horizontal surface of the overlay aligns with the stage surface.
(2) Alignment of the Blade Shank Image on the Overlay
(a) Put the blade vertically on the stage of the optical comparator TE28.
NOTE: The pitch change knob on the blade must be permitted to
overhang the edge of the stage, if applicable.
(b) Adjust the horizontal position of the blade so that the largest outside
diameter of the blade shank aligns with the "SET 1" line indicated on the
overlay.
(c) Adjust the vertical position of the blade so that the projected retention
radius contacts the radius on the optical comparator overlay TE18-( ).
(d) Serviceability/repairability may now be determined by comparing the
projected image with the optical comparator overlay TE18-( )
1 The projected image must be between the maximum new production
line on the overlay and the minimum repair line on the overlay.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
APPENDIX B - TRAVELERS - CONTENTS

1. Aluminum Blade Overhaul Travelers....................................................................... B-3
A. General.............................................................................................................. B-3
LIST OF FIGURES
Blade Overhaul Traveler D, E, or Y-shank Blade............................................................... B-4
Blade Overhaul Traveler LD99M01H Blade....................................................................... B-5
D, E, or Y-shank Blade Dimensional Traveler.................................................................... B-6
Blade Overhaul Traveler M, P, R, T, W, or Z-shank Blade.................................................. B-7
M, P, or R-shank Blade Dimensional Traveler.................................................................... B-8
T, W, or Z-shank Blade Dimensional Traveler.................................................................... B-9
Blade Overhaul Traveler MV-shank Blade....................................................................... B-10
MV-shank Blade Dimensional Traveler.............................................................................B-11
Blade Overhaul Traveler X and V-shank Blade................................................................ B-12
X and V-shank Blade Dimensional Traveler..................................................................... B-13
V-shank with an "N" Modification Blade Dimensional Traveler......................................... B-14
APPENDIX B - TRAVELERS 61-13-33 Page B-1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1. Aluminum Blade Overhaul Travelers

A. General
(1) Each aluminum blade shank design has overhaul requirements. Each
requirement may be unique to a certain type of shank or may be applicable to
all shanks. The requirements are in the form of a "traveler" for quick reference.
WARNING: THERE ARE REQUIREMENTS IN THE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS

AND PROCEDURES CHAPTER OF THIS MANUAL THAT ARE
NOT DOCUMENTED ON THE TRAVELERS IN THIS CHAPTER.
THE TRAVELERS IN THIS CHAPTER PROVIDE MINIMUM
OVERHAUL REQUIREMENTS THAT ALL BLADES MUST
MEET. SOME BLADE MODELS MAY REQUIRE ADDITIONAL
OVERHAUL INSPECTIONS OR REWORK.
(2) Travelers list the minimum procedures necessary to complete an aluminum
blade overhaul. Procedures listed on the traveler are detailed in various
chapters of this manual.
(3) Differing blade conditions, as well as individual shop requirements, may dictate
a need for variation in the sequence of blade overhaul. The sequence of the
procedures is not mandatory except where indicated and may be rearranged
to fit individual blade or shop requirements. All steps of the procedure on the
traveler must be completed during overhaul. The travelers in this chapter
provide an example of the recommended sequence for aluminum blade
overhaul.
(a) Some procedures are designed to be performed sequentially.
For example, chemical etching of a component must be completed
before penetrant inspection. In this instance, sequence of procedures is
mandatory.
(4) It is recommended that a traveler be filled out in its entirety for each blade being
overhauled.
(a) The completed traveler should be kept on file for a minimum of seven
years.
(b) Any accompanying inspection sheets should be signed by the person
performing the task being completed.
(5) This appendix provides samples of travelers for six blade groups. Copies of
these travelers are the responsibility of each individual shop.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
Blade Overhaul Traveler D, E, or Y-shank Blade
Customer: Customer PO #:
Date: Work Order #:
Description Blade Part #:
Manufacturer Blade Serial #:
Prop Part # TSO
Prop Serial # TSN
Manual Revision TR's
All work will be done in accordance with Hartzell Manuals 133C
NOTE: (1) Stripping of anodize/chemical conversion coatings and all rework procedures must be 180
performed before the etch process. (2) The etch process must be performed before penetrant
202A, Vol. 1
inspection. (3) Strip and etch must be performed as separate processes. (4) Chromic Acid Anodize may
not be used on the blade shank or bores. 202A, Vol. 2
202A, Vol. 10
Work Description Reference Technician Crew Date
Chief/QC
1 Remove De-Icer Boot: P/N: 180
2 Remove counterweight and dowel pin 133C
3 Inspect counterweight 133C
4 Remove bearing, and clean shank, remove paint and lead. 133C
5 Preliminary dimensional inspection of shank, bore, and blade airfoil 133C
6 Check edge alignment of blade set (within 0.120 inch) 133C
7 Check knob variance between set (0.4 degrees) 133C
8 Strip anodize/alodine 202A Vol. 2
9 Dimensionally inspect pitch change knob and rework knob 133C
10 Rework & inspect bore and balance hole 133C
11 Eddy current balance hole 133C
12 Final inspect bore and balance hole 133C
13 Inspect and rework blade shank 133C
14 Dimensionally inspect blade airfoil, and shank 133C
15 Comparator inspect shank 133C
16 Grind and polish blade 133C
17 Etch blade, bore, and shank 133C / 202A, Vol. 2
18 Dry Blade: Chose 1 procedure 202A, Vol. 2
1) 150 degrees for 30 minutes - start time ________ end time ________
2) Air dry 24 for hours - start time ________ end time ________
19 Penetrant inspect blade, bore and shank 133C / 202A, Vol. 2
20 Final Polish 133C
21 Shot peen knob ["Y" Shank] 133C
22 Roll blade shank 133C
23 Shot Peen Blade Airfoil 133C / 202A, Vol. 9
24 Profilometer inspection [Attach print out] 133C
25 Final comparator inspect shank 133C
26 Final dimensional inspect blade and shank 133C
27 Anodize/chemical conversion coat and inspect blade for indications 202A, Vol. 10
28 Chemical conversion coat bore, balance hole, shank and knob 133C / 202A, Vol. 10
29 Paint blade, bore and balance hole [Note: Cure Blade for 12 hours] 133C / 202A, Vol. 1
30 Install de-ice or anti-ice boot and perform electrical check 180
31 Install pitch change knob bushing [Y Shank] 133C
32 Install teflon and counterweight 133C
33 Balance blade and install bearings. 133C
34 Final inspect blade 133C
NOTE: This document was created using all available resources. However, there is a possibility that the information may not be complete.
The applicable overhaul manuals and all service document must be referenced to ensure compliance with all required tasks. Failure to
perform the required inspections and procedures may result in death, serious bodily injury, and/or substantial property damage.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
Blade Overhaul Traveler LD99M01H Blade
Date: Work Order #:
Prop Part # TSO
Prop Serial # TSN
NOTE: (1) Stripping of anodize/chemical conversion coatings and all rework procedures must be 202A, Vol. 1
202A, Vol. 2
inspection. (3) Strip and etch must be performed as separate processes.
202A, Vol. 10
Chief/QC
1 Remove counterweight and dowel pin 133C
2 Inspect counterweight 133C
6 Check knob variance between set (0.4 degrees) 133C
7 Strip alodine 202A Vol. 2
8 Dimensionally inspect pitch change knob and rework knob 133C
20 Shot peen knob ["Y" Shank] 133C
25 Chemical conversion coat 202A, Vol. 10
29 Install teflon and counterweight 133C

Rev. 44 Jun/23
D, E, or Y-shank Blade Dimensional Traveler
Date: Work Order #:
Prop Part # Distance to "0" Station
Prop Serial # Blade Length from centerline Min:
TSO TSN
133C
All work will be done in accordance with Hartzell Manuals
159
Edge Align: Station 1)______ 2)______ 3)______ 4)______ 5)______ 6)______ 7)______ 8)______ 9)______ 10)______
Shank O.D.: Min:_______ Pre:_______ Final: _______ Lip Thickness: Min:________ Pre:_______ Final:_______
Shank Height: Min:________ Pre:________ Final:________
Bore I.D. Max:________ Pre:_________ Final:________ Critical Area:Max:________ Pre:________ Final:________
Balance Hole: Depth (Stamped + 1/8") Max:________ Pre:________ Final:__________
Balance Hole Dia. Max:___________ Pre: __________ Final:__________
Station Minimum Before O/H After O/H Minimum Before O/H After O/H Face Angles
Width Width Width Thickness Thickness Thickness Alignment
Notes:
Ground By: ____________________ Date: __________ Inspected By: ____________________
Checked By: ____________________ Date: __________ Date: _________


Rev. 44 Jun/23
Blade Overhaul Traveler M, P, R, T, W, or Z-shank Blade
Date: Work Order #:
Prop Part # TSO
Prop Serial # TSN
202A, Vol. 1
202A, Vol. 10
Chief/QC
17 Shot Peen Blade Airfoil 133C / 202A, Vol. 9

Rev. 44 Jun/23
M, P, or R-shank Blade Dimensional Traveler
Date: Work Order #:
Prop Serial # Blade Length Min:
TSO TSN
133C
159
Shank O.D.: Min:_______ Pre:_______ Final: _______ at 0.750": Min:________ Pre:_______ Final:_______
Bore I.D. Max Outer:________ Pre:_________ Final:________ Max Inner:________ Pre:________ Final:________
Bore Critical Area Max:________ Pre:_________ Final:________ Depth Max:________ Pre:________ Final:________
Balance Hole Diameter Max:___________ Pre: __________ Final:__________
Notes:


Rev. 44 Jun/23
T, W, or Z-shank Blade Dimensional Traveler
Date: Work Order #:
TSO TSN
133C
159
at 0.500": Min:________ Pre:_______ Final:_______ at 0.875": Min:________ Pre:_______ Final:_______
Bore Critical Area Max:________ Pre:_________ Final:________ Flange Thick: Pre:________ Final:________
Notes:


Rev. 44 Jun/23
Blade Overhaul Traveler MV-shank Blade
Date: Work Order #:
Prop Part # TSO
Prop Serial # TSN
202A, Vol. 1
202A, Vol. 10
Chief/QC
23 Install bushing and machine to size 133C

Rev. 44 Jun/23
MV-shank Blade Dimensional Traveler
Date: Work Order #:
TSO TSN
133C
159
Shank O.D. at 0.850": Min:_______ Pre:_______ Final: _______ at 2.0": Min:________ Pre:_______ Final:_______
Flange Thick: Min:________ Pre:________ Final:________
Bore Critical Area Max:________ Pre:_________ Final:________ Depth Max:________ Pre:________ Final:________
Notes:


Rev. 44 Jun/23
Blade Overhaul Traveler X and V-shank Blade
Date: Work Order #:
Prop Part # TSO
Prop Serial # TSN
202A, Vol. 1
202A, Vol. 10
Chief/QC
11 Eddy current inpect shank 202A, Vol. 2
18 Shot peen blade shank 133C
23 Install bushing and machine to size 133C

Rev. 44 Jun/23
X and V-shank Blade Dimensional Traveler
Date: Work Order #:
TSO TSN
133C
159
at 0.500": Min:________ Pre:_______ Final:_______ Height Min:________ Pre:_______ Final:_______
Bore I.D. Max Outer:________ Pre:_________ Final:________ Bore Critical Area Max:_______ Pre:_______ Final:_______
Shoulder Height Variance (0.801 ±0.001) Pre:_________ Final:________
Notes:


Rev. 44 Jun/23
V-shank with an "N" Modification Blade Dimensional Traveler
Date: Work Order #:
TSO TSN
133C
159
at 0.500": Min:________ Pre:_______ Final:_______ Height: Min:________ Pre:________ Final:________
Shoulder Height Variance (0.801 ±0.001) Pre:_________ Final:________
Notes:


Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
APPENDIX C - BLADE/TIP SPECIFICATIONS - CONTENTS

1. General..........................................................................................................................C-3
2. Blade Specification Tables.............................................................................................C-3
A. Using the Blade Specification Tables........................................................................C-3
B. Rule of 0.030 Inch Thickness for Blades in Four, Five,
and Six Blade Propellers..........................................................................................C-4
3. Blade Tip Specifications.................................................................................................C-6
A. Using the Blade Tip Specifications...........................................................................C-6
Aluminum Blade Models

6660 Blade Series
Blade Model 6660(D) Blade Tip...........................................Figure C-1.........................C-8
6660 Blade.....................................................................................................................C-9
6660D Blade..................................................................................................................C-9
6890 Blade Series
Blade Model 6890 Blade Tip................................................Figure C-2...................... C-10
6890 Blade...................................................................................................................C-11
7023 Blade Series
Blade Model 7023 Blade Tip................................................Figure C-3.......................C-12
7023 Blade...................................................................................................................C-13
7063 Blade Series
7063Q Blade................................................................................................................C-15
7068 Blade Series
7068-2 Blade................................................................................................................C-17
7280 Blade Series
Blade Model 7280+1/2 Blade Tip.........................................Figure C-6.......................C-18
7280+1/2 Blade............................................................................................................C-19
7282 Blade Series
7282 Blade...................................................................................................................C-21
7382 Blade Series
7382 Blade...................................................................................................................C-23
7391 Blade Series
7391, -3 Blade..............................................................................................................C-25
7391D, -3 Blade...........................................................................................................C-25
APPENDIX C - BLADE/TIP SPECIFICATIONS 61-13-33 Page C-1

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
APPENDIX C - BLADE/TIP SPECIFICATIONS - CONTENTS, CONTINUED

Aluminum Blade Models, continued
7392 Blade Series
Blade Models 7392(D), 7392(S)-1, 7392-2 Blade Tip..........Figure C-10.....................C-26
7392, 7392(S)-1, 7392-2 Blade....................................................................................C-27
7392D Blade................................................................................................................C-27
7451 Blade Series
Blade Model 7451 Blade Tip................................................Figure C-11......................C-28
7451 Blade...................................................................................................................C-29
7453 Blade Series
Blade Model 7453 Blade Tip................................................Figure C-12.....................C-30
7453 Blade...................................................................................................................C-31
7468 Blade Series
Blade Models 7468(D), 7468D-(2, 4) Blade Tip...................Figure C-13.....................C-32
7468 Blade...................................................................................................................C-33
7468D, -2, -4 Blade......................................................................................................C-33
7479-2R Blade Series
Blade Model 7479-2R Blade Tip..........................................Figure C-14.....................C-34
7479-2R Blade.............................................................................................................C-35
7490 Blade Series
7490 Blade...................................................................................................................C-37
7495 Blade Series
7495 Blade...................................................................................................................C-39
7496 Blade Series
7496, -1, -2 Blade........................................................................................................C-41
7497 Blade Series
Blade Models 7497(D)-(1, 2) Blade Tip................................Figure C-18.....................C-42
7497D, -1, -2 Blade......................................................................................................C-43
7497, -1, -2 Blade........................................................................................................C-43
7498 Blade Series
7498 Blade...................................................................................................................C-45
7590 Blade Series
7590 Blade...................................................................................................................C-47
7590D Blade................................................................................................................C-47

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

7636 Blade Series
7636D, -2 Blade...........................................................................................................C-49
7636D-4 Blade.............................................................................................................C-49
7636N-2Q Blade..........................................................................................................C-49
7636N, -2 Blade...........................................................................................................C-50
7636N-4 Blade.............................................................................................................C-50
7663 Blade Series
7663(A), 7663R, 7663-2R Blade..................................................................................C-53
7663-4(T), 7663A-4 Blade...........................................................................................C-53
7663-2Q Blade.............................................................................................................C-53
7663-5, -6 Blade..........................................................................................................C-54
7663-5R, -6R Blade.....................................................................................................C-54
7663DR, 7663D-2R Blade...........................................................................................C-54
7663-4Q, -6Q Blade.....................................................................................................C-55
7663D-2(Q) Blade........................................................................................................C-55
7663D-6Q Blade..........................................................................................................C-56
7663D-3, -4(T) Blade...................................................................................................C-56
7666 Blade Series
7666(A), -2(Q,R), -3(Q,R) Blade..................................................................................C-59
7666(A)-4(Q) Blade......................................................................................................C-59
7666C, -3R Blade........................................................................................................C-60
7666C-4 Blade.............................................................................................................C-60
7673 Blade Series
7673D Blade................................................................................................................C-63
7691 Blade Series
Blade Model 7691(D) Blade Tip...........................................Figure C-25.....................C-64
7691 Blade...................................................................................................................C-65
7691+2 Blade...............................................................................................................C-65
7691D, -1, -3 Blade......................................................................................................C-65
7692 Blade Series
7692 Blade...................................................................................................................C-67
APPENDIX C - BLADE/TIP SPECIFICATIONS 61-13-33 Page C-2.1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

7693 Blade Series
Blade Models 7693(D)(-1, -2, +2), 7693F-1 Blade Tip.........Figure C-27.....................C-68
7693(D), -1, -2, +2 Blade.............................................................................................C-69
Blade Models 7693(D)F(-2, +1, +2) Blade Tip.....................Figure C-28.....................C-70
7693DF, -2, +2 Blade...................................................................................................C-71
7693F, -1, -2, +1, +2 Blade..........................................................................................C-71
7694 Blade Series
Blade Models 7694-(1, 2, 4T, 6T) Blade Tip.........................Figure C-29.....................C-72
7694, -1, -2, -4T Blade.................................................................................................C-73
7694D-6T Blade...........................................................................................................C-73
7818 Blade Series
7818 Blade...................................................................................................................C-75
7854 Blade Series
7854 Blade...................................................................................................................C-77
7894 Blade Series
7894, -1.5, -4 Blade.....................................................................................................C-79
8052 Blade Series
8052 Blade...................................................................................................................C-81
8068 Blade Series
8068, -2, +2 Blade........................................................................................................C-83
8068D, -2, +2 Blade.....................................................................................................C-83
8074 Blade Series
8074 Blade...................................................................................................................C-85
8218 Blade Tip
8218 Blade...................................................................................................................C-87
8292 Blade Series
8292, -2, -4 Blade........................................................................................................C-89
8295 Blade Series
Blade Model 8295(S) Blade Tip...........................................Figure C-38.....................C-90
8295(B)(S), -2 Blade....................................................................................................C-91

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C

8429 Blade Series
8429 Blade...................................................................................................................C-93
8433 Blade Series
8433(A)(S), -2, -2R, -4, -4R Blade...............................................................................C-96
8433(A)-6, -7, -10, -12 Blade.......................................................................................C-96
8433N, -2, -4 Blade......................................................................................................C-97
8433N-6Q Blade..........................................................................................................C-97
8433N-6, -7, -10, -12 Blade.........................................................................................C-98
8447 Blade Series
Blade Model 8447 Blade Tip................................................Figure C-41.................. C-100
8447(A) Blade........................................................................................................... C-101
8447A-8 Blade.......................................................................................................... C-101
8447A-8Q Blade....................................................................................................... C-102
8447(A)-12A Blade.................................................................................................... C-102
8459 Blade Series
8459(A), -4, -6 Blade................................................................................................. C-105
8459-18 Blade........................................................................................................... C-105
Blade Models 8459-8Q, 8459-(8R, 9R, 10R) Blade Tip.......Figure C-43.................. C-106
8459(A)-8R Blade..................................................................................................... C-107
8459-11Q Blade........................................................................................................ C-107
8465 Blade Series
Blade Models 8465-(2, 4, 6, 10) Blade Tip...........................Figure C-44.................. C-108
8465 Blade................................................................................................................ C-109
8465-6 Blade............................................................................................................. C-109
Blade Models 8465-(7R, 8R) Blade Tip...............................Figure C-45...................C-110
8465-7R, -8R Blade................................................................................................... C-111
8467 Blade Series
Blade Models 8467(S) Blade Tip.........................................Figure C-46...................C-112
8467 Blade.................................................................................................................C-113
Blade Models 8467-(7R, 8R) Blade Tip...............................Figure C-47...................C-114
8467-7R, -8R Blade...................................................................................................C-115

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

8468 Blade Series
Blade Model 8468 Blade Tip................................................Figure C-48...................C-116
8468(A)(-2)(R) Blade.................................................................................................C-119
8468(A)-3(R), -4(R) Blade..........................................................................................C-119
8468(A)-5R, -6 Blade................................................................................................ C-120
8468(A)-6R Blade..................................................................................................... C-120
8468(A)-8R Blade..................................................................................................... C-120
8468(A)-10R Blade................................................................................................... C-121
8468D-6R Blade....................................................................................................... C-121
8468D-8R Blade....................................................................................................... C-121
8468D-14 Blade........................................................................................................ C-122
8468T-12 Blade......................................................................................................... C-122
8468-8Q Blade.......................................................................................................... C-123
8468-10Q Blade........................................................................................................ C-123
8475 Blade Series
8475+2 Blade............................................................................................................ C-125
8475-5Q, -6 Blade..................................................................................................... C-125
8475-8, -9, -10 Blade................................................................................................ C-125
8475F-6 Blade.......................................................................................................... C-126
8475J-4 Blade........................................................................................................... C-126
8475R Blade............................................................................................................. C-127
8475(D)-2, -4 Blade.................................................................................................. C-127
8475T+2 Blade.......................................................................................................... C-127
8477 Blade Series
8477(A), -2, -4 Blade................................................................................................. C-129
8477(A)-6(Q) Blade................................................................................................... C-129
8477(A)-7, -8R Blade................................................................................................ C-130
8477D-5R, -6 Blade.................................................................................................. C-130
8483 Blade Series
8483 Blade................................................................................................................ C-133
8492 Blade Series
8492 Blade................................................................................................................ C-135
8501 Blade Series
8501 Blade................................................................................................................ C-137
8501-3.5 Blade.......................................................................................................... C-137

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

8833 Blade Series
Blade Models 8833(-2) Blade Tip.........................................Figure C-54.................. C-138
8833(H), -2 Blade...................................................................................................... C-139
8833(H)N, -2 Blade................................................................................................... C-139
Blade Model 8833-4 Blade Tip.............................................Figure C-55.................. C-140
8833(H)-4 Blade........................................................................................................ C-141
8833(H)N-4 Blade..................................................................................................... C-141
8847 Blade Series
Blade Models 8847(-2) Blade Tip.........................................Figure C-56.................. C-142
8847 Blade................................................................................................................ C-143
8990 Blade Series
8990 Blade................................................................................................................ C-145
9083 Blade Series
9083 Blade................................................................................................................ C-147
9111 Blade Series
Blade Model 9111 Blade Tip.................................................Figure C-59.................. C-148
9111 Blade................................................................................................................ C-149
9128 Blade Series
9128(A)N Blade........................................................................................................ C-151
9212 Blade Series
9212 Blade................................................................................................................ C-153
9212-2, -4 Blade....................................................................................................... C-153
9216 Blade Series
9216(N) Blade........................................................................................................... C-155
9290 Blade Series
9290 Blade................................................................................................................ C-157
Blade Model 9290CR Blade Tip...........................................Figure C-64.................. C-158
9290CR Blade........................................................................................................... C-159
9327 Blade Series
9327 Blade................................................................................................................ C-161

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

9333 Blade Series
9333(C,N)-3, -4, -5, -6, -6Q, -7Q Blade.................................................................... C-163
9349 Blade Series
9349, +1/2 Blade....................................................................................................... C-165
9349-4.6, -6.5 Blade................................................................................................. C-165
9350 Blade Series
9350-4.6 Blade.......................................................................................................... C-167
9350-9 Blade............................................................................................................. C-167
9383 Blade Series
9383 Blade................................................................................................................ C-169
9390 Blade Series
9390 Blade................................................................................................................ C-171
9390-1R Blade.......................................................................................................... C-171
9391 Blade Series
9391 Blade................................................................................................................ C-173
9510 Blade Series
Blade Model 9510(S) Blade Tip...........................................Figure C-72.................. C-174
9510(S) Blade........................................................................................................... C-175
9511 Blade Series
Blade Model 9511F(A) Blade Tip.........................................Figure C-73.................. C-176
9511F(A)(S), -2 Blade............................................................................................... C-177
9511F(A)(S)-4 Blade................................................................................................. C-177
9511F(A)(S)-11 Blade............................................................................................... C-177
9512 Blade Series
Blade Model 9512( ) Blade Tip.............................................Figure C-74.................. C-178
9512(A,AE,AF,C,D,G), -1 Blade................................................................................ C-179
9515 Blade Series
9515 Blade................................................................................................................ C-181

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C

9587 Blade Series
9587A Blade.............................................................................................................. C-183
9587A-10 Blade........................................................................................................ C-183
9587D-2 Blade.......................................................................................................... C-184
9587D-7 Blade.......................................................................................................... C-184
9587C-15(S) Blade................................................................................................... C-185
9587C-17S Blade...................................................................................................... C-185
9612 Blade Series
9612 Blade................................................................................................................ C-187
9673 Blade Series
Blade Model 9673( ) Blade Tip.............................................Figure C-78.................. C-188
9673 Blade................................................................................................................ C-189
9684 Blade Series
9684, -3R Blade........................................................................................................ C-191
9684-12 Blade........................................................................................................... C-191
9690 Blade Series
9690 Blade................................................................................................................ C-193
9782 Blade Series
Blade Model 9782(S) Blade Tip...........................................Figure C-81.................. C-194
9782(S) Blade........................................................................................................... C-195
9900 Blade Series
9900 Blade................................................................................................................ C-197
9901 Blade Series
Blade Model 99(M)01(H) Blade Tip......................................Figure C-83.................. C-198
99(M)01(H) Blade..................................................................................................... C-199
9990 Blade Series
Blade Model 9990N Blade Tip.............................................Figure C-84.................. C-200
9990N Blade............................................................................................................. C-201
10133 Blade Series
Blade Model 10133 Blade Tip..............................................Figure C-85.................. C-202
10133D-(3), 10133N-(3) Blade................................................................................. C-203
10133D-11, 10133N-11 Blade................................................................................... C-203

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

10151 Blade Series
10151-8(R), -10(R) Blade......................................................................................... C-205
10151C-5 Blade........................................................................................................ C-205
10152 Blade Series
10152-5.5 Blade........................................................................................................ C-207
10160 Blade Series
10160-1, -3 Blade..................................................................................................... C-209
10160-6 Blade........................................................................................................... C-209
Blade Models 10160-(6.5R, 8.5R) Blade Tip.......................Figure C-89.................. C-210
10160-8.5R Blade......................................................................................................C-211
Blade Model 10160-12E Blade Tip......................................Figure C-90.................. C-212
10160-12E Blade...................................................................................................... C-213
10172 Blade Series
10172 Blade.............................................................................................................. C-215
10172C Blade........................................................................................................... C-215
10173 Blade Series
Blade Model 10173A Blade Tip............................................Figure C-92.................. C-216
10173A(N) Blade...................................................................................................... C-217
10173A(N)-6, -6Q Blade........................................................................................... C-217
10173AN-12.5 Blade................................................................................................. C-218
Blade Model 10173D Blade Tip...........................................Figure C-93.................. C-220
10173D(N)-6Q Blade................................................................................................ C-221
Blade Model 10173F Blade Tip............................................Figure C-94.................. C-222
10173F(N)-10.5, -11R Blade..................................................................................... C-223
10173F(N)-12.5 Blade, Except Beach A100............................................................. C-223
10173F(N)-12.5 Blade, Beach A100 Only................................................................. C-224
10173F(N)-21R Blade............................................................................................... C-224
Blade Model (T)10173 Blade Tip.........................................Figure C-95.................. C-226
10173, +1 Blade........................................................................................................ C-227
10173(N), +1 Blade................................................................................................... C-227
10173N-3 Blade........................................................................................................ C-228
10173-3 Blade........................................................................................................... C-228
10173-8(R) Blade...................................................................................................... C-229
10173(N)-8R, -9 Blade.............................................................................................. C-229
10173-11 Blade......................................................................................................... C-230
10173(N)-11R Blade................................................................................................. C-230

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C

10173 Blade Series, continued
Blade Model (T)10173 Blade Tip, continued
10173(N)-13Q Blade................................................................................................. C-231
10173(N)-15 Blade.................................................................................................... C-231
10173(N)-17R Blade................................................................................................. C-232
10173(N)-18 Blade.................................................................................................... C-232
10173(N)-21R Blade................................................................................................. C-233
10173(N)-25R Blade................................................................................................. C-233
10173C, +1 Blade..................................................................................................... C-234
10173C(N), +1 Blade................................................................................................ C-234
10173C(N)-8 Blade................................................................................................... C-235
10176 Blade Series
10176(H)(S)-5, -6 Blade............................................................................................ C-237
10176(H)(N)(S)-5, -6, -8 Blade................................................................................. C-237
10176, +1, -3 Blade................................................................................................... C-238
10176C, +1 Blade..................................................................................................... C-238
10176(N), +1, -3 Blade.............................................................................................. C-239
10178 Blade Series
10178(H)(N) Blade.................................................................................................... C-242
10178R Blade........................................................................................................... C-242
10178C(H)(N), +1 Blade........................................................................................... C-243
10178C(N)R, +1 Blade.............................................................................................. C-243
10178(H)(N)-3R Blade.............................................................................................. C-244
10178(H)(N)-5, -6 Blade........................................................................................... C-244
10178(H)(N)-4R Blade.............................................................................................. C-245
10178(H)(N)-5R Blade.............................................................................................. C-245
10178(H)(N)-8R Blade.............................................................................................. C-246
10178(H)(N)-10Q Blade............................................................................................ C-246
10178(H)(N)-11 Blade............................................................................................... C-247
10178(H)(N)-11R Blade............................................................................................ C-247
10178(H)(N)-13R Blade............................................................................................ C-248
10178(N)-5Q, -7Q Blade........................................................................................... C-248
10178(N)-13Q Blade................................................................................................. C-249
10178(N)-15 Blade.................................................................................................... C-249

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C

10282 Blade Series
10282+4 Blade.......................................................................................................... C-252
10282N+4 Blade....................................................................................................... C-252
10282-4P, -4R Blade................................................................................................. C-253
10282N-4P, -4R Blade.............................................................................................. C-253
10282R Blade........................................................................................................... C-254
10282NR Blade......................................................................................................... C-254
10282+6 Blade.......................................................................................................... C-255
10282N+6 Blade....................................................................................................... C-255
10282-6R Blade........................................................................................................ C-256
10282N-6R Blade..................................................................................................... C-256
10282D Blade........................................................................................................... C-257
10282DN Blade......................................................................................................... C-257
10282D-4R Blade..................................................................................................... C-258
10282DN-4R Blade................................................................................................... C-258
10282 Blade.............................................................................................................. C-259
10282N Blade........................................................................................................... C-259
10282NS-5.3R Blade................................................................................................ C-260
10282-9.5 Blade........................................................................................................ C-260
10282N-9.5 Blade..................................................................................................... C-261
Blade Model 10282(A) Blade Tip.........................................Figure C-99.................. C-262
10282A(N)+2.5 Blade............................................................................................... C-263
10282A(N)+4 Blade.................................................................................................. C-263
10282A(N)+6 Blade.................................................................................................. C-264
10290 Blade Series
Blade Model 10290 Blade Tip..............................................Figure C-100................ C-266
10290N(+2) Blade..................................................................................................... C-267
10305 Blade Series
10305 Blade.............................................................................................................. C-269
10476 Blade Series
10476(N)S Blade...................................................................................................... C-271
10477 Blade Series
10477(A)(S) Blade.................................................................................................... C-273
10478 Blade Series
Blade Model 10478S Blade Tip............................................Figure C-104................ C-274
10478S Blade........................................................................................................... C-275

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

10479 Blade Series
Blade Model 10479S Blade Tip............................................Figure C-105................ C-276
10479S Blade........................................................................................................... C-277
10541 Blade Series
10541 Blade.............................................................................................................. C-279
10574 Blade Series
Blade Model 10574F Blade Tip............................................Figure C-107................ C-280
10574 Blade.............................................................................................................. C-281
10574A(S) Blade....................................................................................................... C-281
10574F(N)S Blade.................................................................................................... C-281
10673 Blade Series
10673(N). -2Q Blade................................................................................................. C-283
10702 Blade Series
10702(N)(S) Blade.................................................................................................... C-285
10703 Blade Series
Blade Model 10703(S) Blade Tip.........................................Figure C-110................. C-286
10703(S) Blade......................................................................................................... C-287
10876 Blade Series
Blade Model 10876 Blade Tip..............................................Figure C-111................. C-288
10876(N) Blade......................................................................................................... C-289
10876A(N)(S) Blade.................................................................................................. C-289
10876A(N)(S)-2Q Blade............................................................................................ C-290
10890 Blade Series
Blade Models 10890, 10890( )-2 Blade Tip..........................Figure C-112................. C-292
10890N Blade........................................................................................................... C-293
10890CN-2 Blade..................................................................................................... C-293
10891 Blade Series
Blade Model 10891N Blade Tip...........................................Figure C-113................. C-294
10891N Blade........................................................................................................... C-295
10991 Blade Series
10991 Blade.............................................................................................................. C-297

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C

11276 Blade Series
11276N(S), 11276(C)N-3 Blade................................................................................ C-299
11276NSA Blade....................................................................................................... C-299
11296 Blade Series
11296N Blade............................................................................................................ C-301
11691 Blade Series
11691N(S) Blade....................................................................................................... C-303
11692 Blade Series
11692N Blade............................................................................................................ C-305
11693 Blade Series
Blade Model 11693N(S) Blade Tip.......................................Figure C-119................. C-306
11693N(S) Blade....................................................................................................... C-307

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
CAUTION: ALL BLADE MODELS LISTED IN THIS CHAPTER HAVE BEEN

DETERMINED TO BE PROPELLER CRITICAL PARTS. REFER
TO THE INTRODUCTION CHAPTER OF THIS MANUAL FOR
1. General
(1) The blade tip specification figures have been moved from Appendix D and
incorporated in this Appendix C of this manual.
(2) Blade stations are used during the repair or overhaul process of a blade to
define a blade span location for dimensional measurement.
(3) Reference blade radius is measured from the center of the propeller hub to a
predetermined reference location on the blade for blade angle measurement.
(a) An adhesive stripe (Blade Angle Reference Tape CM160) is usually
located at the reference blade radius location. Refer to the applicable
overhaul manual for blade angle reference tape application instructions.
2. Blade Specification Tables
CAUTION: DO NOT CONFUSE BLADE STATION WITH REFERENCE BLADE

RADIUS. BLADE STATION AND REFERENCE BLADE RADIUS OF
THE SAME NUMBER MAY NOT ALWAYS INDICATE THE SAME
LOCATION ON THE BLADE.
A. Using the Blade Specification Tables
NOTE: If additional or missing information is needed, contact the Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Product Support department.
(1) Blade specification data are provided for measurement and inspection of a bare
blade. Blade measurements are made at specific station lines. Station lines
are measured from a "0" reference station (refer to the Blade Airfoil Overhaul
chapter of this manual).
(2) In the following tables, the prefix and suffix letters of a blade model designation
have been omitted where such letters are not related to the blade dimensions.
(a) Prefix letters such as "F" in a FJC7663 (Y-shank blade with a large pitch
change knob) or "B" in a 10173B (de-ice boot installed) are unrelated to
specification table data.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(3) Suffix letters may have different meanings from one blade design to another.
(a) For example, the 8468A-2 blade is similar to a 8468-2 except for different
knob angle locations, which is unrelated to the blade specification table
data. On the other hand, a 10173A blade is similar to a 10173 blade
except for thickness. This results in two different blade specification tables
for the 10173 and 10173A blades.
(4) Parentheses in a blade model designation indicate a letter that may or may not
be present for use with a given specification table.
(5) Blade specification data are occasionally revised or superseded.
(a) Old data may differ from new or revised data. In some instances, the old
data may have permitted a blade to return to service, whereas the new
data would require replacement of the blade. In these cases (unless
otherwise required by service documentation), a blade overhauled before
publication of the later specifications remains airworthy.
(b) During any subsequent overhaul or other inspection by a propeller
repair station, the blade must be inspected in strict accordance with the
specifications in effect at that time.
(6) Blade specification table data does not apply to "Q" tip propeller blades in the
area of the bent tip. Refer to the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter of this manual.
B. Rule of 0.030 Inch Thickness for Blades in Four, Five, and Six Blade Propellers
(1) General
(a) Propellers with four or more blades are susceptible to a type of vibration
called a “reactionless mode” that is excited by operating in crosswinds
while on the ground.
1 This type of vibration cannot be felt by the flight crew or passengers
even though the resulting stresses can be damaging to the blades
and other propeller components.
2 Because it is not practical to avoid operating in crosswinds, most
propellers with four or more blades have restrictions prohibiting
operating in the RPM range where the reactionless mode is likely
to occur.
(b) Blade erosion, wear and impact damage is more likely to occur in the tip
region where the velocity is highest and the ground clearance is least.
1 As the blade wears and is repaired in the tip region, the loss of blade
tip weight causes the RPM at which the reactionless mode occurs
to rise. In an extreme case, the RPM of the reactionless mode could
rise sufficiently to move outside of the restricted operating range.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(c) To avoid the possibility of vibration occurring outside of the restricted RPM
range, Hartzell Propeller Inc. has devised a repair scheme to keep the
reactionless mode within its original RPM boundaries.
1 As the blade tip is repaired, the “0.030 inch rule” requires that a
certain amount of thickness be removed from the inboard sections of
the blade to maintain a balance between the weight and stiffness of
the blade.
CAUTION: THE RULE OF 0.030 INCH THICKNESS DOES NOT APPLY

TO SECTIONS OF THE BLADE FROM THE 8-INCH STATION
INBOARD.
(2) The following requirement is only applicable to certain blade models identified
in the Blade Specification Tables.
(a) When applying the rule of 0.030-inch (0.76 mm) thickness by removing
inboard thickness material, only the maximum face alignment must be
maintained at the inboardmost station for face alignment as specified in
the blade specification table.
(b) At all other specified face alignment stations, both the minimum and the
maximum dimensions must be maintained.
(c) This face alignment exception to the blade specification tables applies to
D, E, T and M-shank blade types identified in this section.
(3) For All T and M-shank Blades, Except for (L)M9990N and LT10282NS-5.3R
(a) If any thickness outboard of, but not including, the 27-inch station is
within 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) of the minimum allowed thickness*, then all
blade stations from the next control station outboard of the 12-inch station,
through and including the 27-inch station, must be reduced in thickness
to no more than 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) above the minimum permitted
thickness.
1 *This thickness check applies only to the airfoil section of the blade
and does not apply to the tip of the blade.
(4) For (L)M9990N Blades Only
(a) For (L)M9990N blades, if any thickness from the next control station
outboard of the 12-inch station, through and including the 27-inch station,
is within 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) of the minimum permitted thickness, then
the blade thickness of all stations outboard of the 27-inch station* must
be reduced to within 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) of their minimum permitted
thickness.
1 *This rule applies only to the airfoil section of the blade and does not
apply to the tip of the blade.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(5) For LT10282NS-5.3R Blades Only

(a) For LT10282NS-5.3R blades, refer to the applicable blade specification
table in this chapter for the thickness requirements.
1 Because blade model LT10282NS-5.3R has specific thickness
requirements that are given in the applicable blade specification
table, the rule of 0.030 inch thickness does not apply.
(6) For All D and E-shank Blades
(a) If any thickness outboard of, but not including, the 27-inch station is
within 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) of the minimum permitted thickness*, then all
blade stations from the 27-inch station inboard up to, but not including, the
8-inch station must be reduced in thickness to no more than 0.030 inch
(0.76 mm) above the minimum permitted thickness.
1 *This thickness check applies only to the airfoil section of the blade
and does not apply to the tip of the blade.
(7) To reduce thickness at the stations affected by the 0.030 inch rule, the airfoil
(thickness) profile between one inch from the lead edge and one inch from the
trail edge must be proportionately reduced the same amount as at the point of
maximum thickness.
(a) The material must be equally removed from both the face and camber
sides of the blade, particularly for the inboard blade stations.
3. Blade Tip Specifications

A. Using the Blade Tip Specifications
(1) Blade tip rework and diameter reduction must be performed within the
requirements of the blade tip specifications.
(2) The specifications shown are for new production blades.
(3) Refer to the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter of this manual for requirements
about maintaining blade tip radii.
(4) All dimensions are in inches.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.21875 R
33.125
2.125 R
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
24
6660
Blade Model 6660(D) Blade Tip

Figure C-1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
6660 Blade Y-shank

Refer to Figure C-1
Distance from blade butt to “0” station = 1.000”
Angle Angle Face Face Width Thickness

Sta Min Max Align Min Align Max Min Min
8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.450 1.475
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.200 1.070
18 21.7 22.3 0.184 0.234 7.100 0.725
24 13.8 14.2 -0.016 0.034 7.350 0.530
30 9.0 Set Up -0.121 -0.071 7.390 0.530
32 ---- ---- -0.228 -0.182 ---- 0.365
6660D Blade Y-shank

Refer to Figure C-1

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.450 1.475
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.200 1.070
18 21.7 22.3 0.184 0.234 7.100 0.725
24 13.8 14.2 -0.016 0.034 7.350 0.530
30 6.9 Set Up -0.121 -0.071 7.390 0.530
32 ---- ---- -0.228 -0.182 ---- 0.365

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.710 0.500 R
0.375 R
34
33
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
6890
Blade Model 6890 Blade Tip

Figure C-2

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
6890 Blade Y-shank

Refer to Figure C-2

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.557 1.505
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.356 1.180
18 26.5 26.9 0.279 0.334 5.608 0.800
24 20.0 20.4 0.098 0.153 5.049 0.505
30 14.6 Set Up -0.034 0.021 3.779 0.335
33 11.8 12.0 -0.154 -0.099 2.885 0.185
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
33.5
35 R
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
27
7023

Figure C-3

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7023 Blade D-shank

Refer to Figure C-3

7 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.344* 1.552*
9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.344* 1.160*
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.450* 0.800*
15 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.280* 0.525*
18 33.3 33.7 0.005 0.060 7.073 0.415
21 31.2 31.6 -0.055 0.000 7.177 0.415
24 29.8 30.2 -0.105 -0.050 7.151 0.430
27 28.6 28.8 -0.145 -0.090 7.118 0.465
30 28.0 Set Up -0.185 -0.130 7.074 0.500
33.5 ---- ---- -0.225 -0.170 ---- 0.555
*Dimensions are for metal blade, not cuff.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
35.81
34
30
24
7063

Figure C-4

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7063Q Blade Y-shank

Refer to Figure C-4

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.987 1.440
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.096 0.965
18 15.0 15.6 0.175 0.255 3.937 0.695
24 8.1 8.5 0.000 0.075 3.666 0.490
30 3.9 Set Up -0.110 -0.035 2.900 0.350
34 2.1 2.3 -0.200 -0.145 2.223 ----*
*Refer to the section, "Q-tip Blades" in the Blade Airfoil Overhaul

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2.75 R 0.375 R
34
33
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
7068A

Figure C-5

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7068-2 Blade Y-shank

Refer to Figure C-5

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.521 1.685
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.564 1.360
18 20.7 21.1 0.382 0.437 6.285 0.960
24 13.7 14.1 0.209 0.264 6.111 0.725
30 8.0 Set Up 0.016 0.071 5.160 0.445
32 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.275
33 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.165
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.055

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.25 R 0.25 R
36
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
24
TPI-JM-000391
Blade Model 7280+1/2 Blade Tip

Figure C-6

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7280+1/2 Blade Y-shank

Refer to Figure C-6

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.521 1.795
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.565 1.305
18 21.2 22.2 0.208 0.272 6.289 0.880
24 18.25 18.75 -0.032 0.032 6.068 0.505
30 16.4 Set Up -0.112 -0.048 5.043 0.342
36 15.5 15.9 -0.227 -0.163 ---- 0.115

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.938 R
36
35
34
33
0.085
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
7282a

Figure C-7

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7282 Blade Y-shank

Refer to Figure C-7

6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.378 1.545
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.124 0.875
18 18.9 19.3 0.222 0.287 5.447 0.675
24 14.1 14.5 0.118 0.173 5.047 0.570
30 10.4 Set Up -0.008 0.047 3.505 0.425
33 8.8 9.0 -0.112 -0.057 2.563 0.267
34 ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.234 ----
35 ---- ---- -0.243 -0.188 ---- ----
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.055

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1.25 R
36.5
33
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
7382A

Figure C-8

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7382 Blade Y-shank

Refer to Figure C-8

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.559 1.445
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.417 0.790
18 26.5 26.9 0.122 0.187 5.471 0.630
24 20.0 20.4 -0.050 0.005 5.140 0.485
30 14.6 Set Up -0.238 -0.183 4.210 0.320
33 11.8 12.0 -0.350 -0.295 3.150 0.230
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.105

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1.55
1.50 R
1.00 R
0.25 R
7391( )
36.5
7391( )-3
35
0.91
34
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
24
7391
Blade Models 7391 Blade Tip

Figure C-9

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7391, -3 Blade Y-shank

Refer to Figure C-9

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.676 1.402
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.432 0.901
18 40.1 40.5 0.206 0.271 6.860 0.627
24 34.5 34.9 0.082 0.137 5.962 0.465
30 30.0 Set Up -0.049 0.006 4.597 0.316
34 27.1 27.3 -0.154 -0.099 3.318 0.195
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
7391D, -3 Blade Y-shank

Refer to Figure C-9

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.676 1.402
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.432 0.901
18 41.4 41.8 0.206 0.271 6.860 0.627
24 34.5 34.9 0.082 0.137 5.962 0.465
30 30.0 Set Up -0.049 0.006 4.597 0.316
34 27.7 27.9 -0.154 -0.099 3.318 0.195
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.375 R
7392(D)
36.5
7392(S)-1
7392-2
2.0
R
2.0
R
2.
0
34
R
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
24
7392
Blade Models 7392(D), 7392(S)-1, 7392-2 Blade Tip

Figure C-10

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7392, 7392(S)-1, 7392-2 Blade Y-shank

Refer to Figure C-10

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.148 1.325
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.076 0.980
18 39.0 39.4 0.244 0.289 5.588 0.670
24 33.8 34.2 0.076 0.131 5.250 0.465
30 30.0 Set Up -0.044 0.011 4.201 0.320
34 28.0 28.2 -0.165 -0.110 2.944 0.165
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050
7392D Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.148 1.325
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.076 0.980
18 36.8 37.2 0.244 0.289 5.588 0.670
24 29.9 30.3 0.076 0.131 5.250 0.465
30 24.9 Set Up -0.044 0.011 4.201 0.320
34 22.4 22.6 -0.165 -0.110 2.944 0.165
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
37
37
1.0 R
35
35
ROTATIONAL AXIS
30
30
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
7451

Figure C-11

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7451 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.915 1.716
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.620 0.985
18 42.0 42.6 0.265 0.315 6.520 0.626
24 35.1 35.5 0.115 0.165 5.900 0.410
30 30.0 Set Up 0.035 0.075 5.030 0.276
35 27.7 28.1 -0.053 -0.013 3.570 0.175

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.077
1.00 R
37
35
30
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
24
7453

Figure C-12

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7453 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.590 1.680
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.780 1.012
18 30.5 30.9 0.195 0.260 5.990 0.631
24 23.5 23.9 0.054 0.109 5.610 0.443
30 18.7 Set Up -0.064 -0.009 4.809 0.296
35 15.3 15.5 -0.170 -0.115 3.258 0.145

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2X - 2.25 R
7468(D)
37
2X - 2.50 R
7468D-2 1.375 R
36
7468D-4
35
33
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
7468
Blade Models 7468(D), 7468D-(2, 4) Blade Tip

Figure C-13

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
7468 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.520 1.625
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.564 1.085
18 21.7 22.1 0.150 0.215 6.289 0.690
24 18.1 18.5 -0.035 0.020 6.073 0.515
30 14.1 Set Up -0.225 -0.170 5.291 0.352
33 12.3 12.5 -0.335 -0.280 4.323 0.235
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.055
7468D, -2, -4 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.520 1.625
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.564 1.085
18 37.6 38.0 0.150 0.215 6.289 0.690
24 33.1 33.5 -0.035 0.020 6.073 0.515
30 30.0 Set Up -0.225 -0.170 5.291 0.352
35 28.7 28.9 -0.335 -0.280 4.323 0.235
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.055

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.50 0.09
7479-2R
36
1.25 R 1.25 R
33
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
7479
Blade Model 7479-2R Blade Tip

Figure C-14

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7479-2R Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.020
18 22.9 23.9 0.098 0.162 6.310 0.647
24 17.4 17.9 -0.032 0.032 6.470 0.477
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.764 0.321
33 11.7 12.1 -0.222 -0.158 4.480 0.215
NOTE: Refer to the section, "Compatibility of C7479-2R Propeller
Blades" in the Special Instructions and Procedures chapter
of this manual for exceptions to 7479-2R blades.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.750
0.500 R 0.375 R
37
36
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
7490

Figure C-15

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7490 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.275 1.115
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.184 0.800
18 30.7 31.1 0.184 0.249 5.628 0.580
24 23.2 23.6 0.100 0.155 5.467 0.505
30 16.2 Set Up 0.026 0.081 4.661 0.465
36 11.0 11.2 -0.188 -0.133 3.174 0.165
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2.180
0.911
0.375 R
0.125 R
7495( )
37
34
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
24
7495A

Figure C-16

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7495 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.420 1.686
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.566 1.197
18 40.3 40.8 0.217 0.282 6.263 0.860
24 34.4 34.8 -0.018 0.037 5.944 0.596
30 30.0 Set Up -0.187 -0.132 4.663 0.455
34 27.7 27.9 -0.298 -0.243 2.994 0.232
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2.180
0.375 R 0.911
0.125 R
7496( )
37
7496( )-1
36.5
7496( )-2
36 34
30
24
7496

Figure C-17

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7496, -1, -2 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.420 1.841
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.566 1.327
18 40.3 40.8 0.222 0.287 6.263 0.913
24 34.4 34.8 0.001 0.056 5.944 0.640
30 30.0 Set Up -0.182 -0.127 4.663 0.487
34 27.7 27.9 -0.281 -0.226 2.994 0.316
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2.180
0.375 R
0.911
0.125 R
7497(D)
37
37
7497(D)-1
36.5
36.5
7497(D)-2
36
3634
34
30
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
24
24
7497-1
Blade Models 7497(D)-(1, 2) Blade Tip

Figure C-18

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.420 2.045
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.566 1.494
18 41.2 41.6 0.260 0.325 6.263 0.970
24 32.3 32.7 0.014 0.069 5.944 0.655
30 27.4 Set Up -0.179 -0.124 4.663 0.487
34 24.8 25.0 -0.284 -0.229 2.994 0.274
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035
7497, -1, -2 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.420 2.045
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.566 1.494
18 40.3 40.8 0.260 0.325 6.263 0.970
24 34.4 34.8 0.014 0.069 5.944 0.655
30 30.0 Set Up -0.179 -0.124 4.663 0.487
34 27.7 27.9 -0.284 -0.229 2.994 0.274
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.750 R 0.375 R
37
34
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
30
7498

Figure C-19

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7498 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.363 1.245
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.379 0.800
18 40.5 40.9 0.131 0.196 5.832 0.500
24 34.0 34.4 0.047 0.102 5.602 0.442
30 29.1 Set Up -0.040 0.015 4.494 0.342
34 25.7 25.9 -0.152 -0.097 3.113 0.175
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.500 R 0.375 R
7590
37.5
36
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
24
7590

Figure C-20

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7590 Blade Y-shank


7.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.127 1.302
9.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.652 ----
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.121 0.840
14 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.408 ----
16 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.572 ----
18 17.9 18.3 0.188 0.253 5.629 0.590
24 13.5 13.9 0.103 0.158 5.471 0.510
30 9.6 Set Up 0.009 0.064 4.685 0.430
36 5.6 5.8 -0.170 -0.115 3.212 0.195
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
7590D Blade Y-shank


7.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.127 1.302
9.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.675 ----
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.184 0.840
18 17.9 18.3 0.188 0.253 5.629 0.590
24 12.1 12.5 0.103 0.158 5.471 0.510
30 7.6 Set Up 0.009 0.064 4.685 0.430
36 3.6 3.8 -0.170 -0.115 3.212 0.195
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
38
37
36
35
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
30
24
7636

Figure C-21

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7636D, -2 Blade MV, V, and X-shank


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.700 1.980
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.572 1.095
18 41.0 42.0 0.138 0.202 5.702 0.666
24 37.0 37.6 -0.072 -0.008 5.312 0.449
30 33.2 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.450 0.319
36 29.8 30.2 -0.242 -0.178 ---- ----
7636D-4 Blade MV, V, and X-shank


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.700 1.980
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.572 1.095
18 41.0 42.0 0.138 0.202 5.702 0.666
24 37.0 37.6 -0.072 -0.008 5.312 0.449
30 33.2 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.450 0.319
7636N-2Q* Blade MV and V-shank


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.700 2.080
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.572 1.095
18 41.0 42.0 0.138 0.202 5.702 0.666
24 37.0 37.6 -0.072 -0.008 5.312 0.449
30 33.2 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.450 0.319

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7636N, -2 Blade MV, V, and X-shank


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.700 2.080
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.572 1.095
18 41.0 42.0 0.138 0.202 5.702 0.666
24 37.0 37.6 -0.072 -0.008 5.312 0.449
30 33.2 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.450 0.319
36 29.8 30.2 -0.242 -0.178 ---- ----
7636N-4 Blade MV, V, and X-shank


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.700 2.080
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.572 1.095
18 41.0 42.0 0.138 0.202 5.702 0.666
24 37.0 37.6 -0.072 -0.008 5.312 0.449
30 33.2 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.450 0.319

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
38
37
36.5
36
35.5
35
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
24
7663

Figure C-22

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7663(A), 7663R, 7663-2R Blade Y-shank


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.840 1.963*
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.280 1.026
18 22.9 23.9 0.138 0.202 5.700 0.666
24 18.3 18.7 -0.072 -0.008 5.315 0.449
30 15.0 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.450 0.319
35 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.020 0.169
36 12.4 12.8 -0.242 -0.178 ---- ----
*Not applicable for blades with counterweight knobs. For blades with
counterweight knobs, check for 1.748 thickness at the 6.5 inch
station.
7663-4(T), 7663A-4 Blade Y-shank


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.840 1.963*
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.280 1.026
18 22.9 23.9 0.138 0.202 5.700 0.666
24 18.3 18.7 -0.072 -0.008 5.315 0.449
30 15.0 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.450 0.319
*Not applicable for blades with counterweight knobs. For blades
with counterweight knobs, check for 1.748 thickness at the 6.5 inch
station.
7663-2Q* Blade Y-shank


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.840 1.963*
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.280 1.026
18 22.9 23.9 0.138 0.202 5.700 0.666
24 18.3 18.7 -0.072 -0.008 5.315 0.449
30 15.0 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.450 0.319
35 ---- ---- ---- ---- ** **
36 12.4 12.8 -0.242 -0.178 ** **
station.
**Refer to the section, "Q-tip Blades" in the Blade Airfoil Overhaul

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7663-5, -6 Blade Y-shank


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.840 1.963*
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.280 1.026
18 22.9 23.9 0.138 0.202 5.700 0.666
24 18.3 18.7 -0.072 -0.008 5.315 0.449
30 15.0 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.445 0.321
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050
station.
7663-5R, -6R Blade Y-shank


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.840 1.963*
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.280 1.026
18 22.9 23.9 0.138 0.202 5.700 0.666
24 18.3 18.7 -0.072 -0.008 5.315 0.449
30 15.0 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.445 0.321
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
station.
7663DR, 7663D-2R Blade Y-shank


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.840 1.963*
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.280 1.026
18 15.8 16.8 0.138 0.202 5.700 0.666
24 9.4 9.9 -0.072 -0.008 5.315 0.449
30 4.1 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.450 0.319
35 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.020 0.169
36 -0.1 0.3 -0.242 -0.178 ---- ----
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050
station.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7663-4Q, -6Q Blade Y-shank


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.840 1.963*
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.280 1.026
18 22.9 23.9 0.138 0.202 5.700 0.666
24 18.3 18.7 -0.072 -0.008 5.315 0.449
30 15.0 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.445 0.321
33 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.400 **
station.
7663D-2(Q) Blade Y-shank


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.840 1.963*
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.280 1.026
18 15.8 16.8 0.138 0.202 5.700 0.666
24 9.4 9.9 -0.072 -0.008 5.315 0.449
30 4.1 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.450 0.319
35 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.020** 0.169**
36 -0.1 0.3 -0.242 -0.178 ----** ----**
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
station.
**Width Min/Thickness Min is for -2 only. For -2Q, refer to the section,
"Q-tip Blades" in the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter of this manual.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7663D-6Q Blade Y-shank


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.840 1.963*
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.280 1.026
18 15.8 16.8 0.138 0.202 5.700 0.666
24 9.35 9.85 -0.072 -0.008 5.315 0.449
30 4.1 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.445 0.321
33 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.400 **
station.
7663D-3, -4(T) Blade Y-shank


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.840 1.963*
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.280 1.026
18 15.8 16.8 0.138 0.202 5.700 0.666
24 9.4 9.9 -0.072 -0.008 5.315 0.449
30 4.1 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.450 0.319
35 0.6 1.0 -0.232 -0.168 3.020 0.169
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
station.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7666A 7666C
38
1.
0
1.
0
R
7 6 6 6 A-2
37
7 6 6 6 A-2R
R 7 6 6 6 ( )-3R
25
0.
36.5
0.
25
R
R
1.75
1.75
36
R
1.9
2R
0.2
25
2R
0.
5R
1.9
7 6 6 6 ( )-4
34
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
7666

Figure C-23

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7666(A), -2(Q,R), -3(Q,R) Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.538 1.787
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.574 1.304
18 21.0 22.0 0.208 0.272 6.300 0.885
24 16.7 17.1 -0.032 0.032 6.084 0.516
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.168 0.352
34 12.0 12.4 -0.202 -0.138 3.656 0.225*
7666(A)-4(Q) Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.538 1.787
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.574 1.304
18 21.0 22.0 0.208 0.272 6.300 0.885
24 16.7 17.1 -0.032 0.032 6.084 0.516
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.168 0.352
34 ---- ---- -0.202 -0.138 3.656 0.225*

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7666C, -3R Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.538 1.787
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.574 1.304
18 22.7 23.7 0.208 0.272 6.300 0.885
24 17.1 18.1 -0.032 0.032 6.084 0.516
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.168 0.352
34 11.0 12.0 -0.202 -0.138 3.656 0.225
7666C-4 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.538 1.787
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.574 1.304
18 22.7 23.7 0.208 0.272 6.300 0.885
24 17.1 18.1 -0.032 0.032 6.084 0.516
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.168 0.352
34 ---- ---- -0.202 -0.138 3.656 0.225

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7673R
38
1.5
8R
36
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
30
7673

Figure C-24

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7673D Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.828 1.963*
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.266 1.096
18 15.8 16.8 0.168 0.232 5.687 0.715
24 9.4 9.9 -0.032 0.032 5.298 0.516
30 4.1 Set Up -0.172 -0.108 4.423 0.362
36 -0.1 0.3 -0.242 -0.178 2.923 0.141
station.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.500 R
2.000 R
0.375 R
0.750
7691( )+2
39
38
7691(D)-1
37.5
7691(D)-2
37
7691(D)-3
36.5
36
33
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
7691
Blade Model 7691(D) Blade Tip

Figure C-25

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7691 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.276 1.115
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.184 0.800
18 17.9 18.3 0.183 0.248 5.629 0.580
24 13.5 13.9 0.078 0.133 5.471 0.460
30 9.6 Set Up -0.011 0.044 4.685 0.390
33 7.5 7.7 -0.076 -0.021 4.002 0.339
36 5.6 5.8 -0.162 -0.107 3.248 0.215
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
7691+2 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.276 1.115
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.184 0.800
18 17.9 18.3 0.183 0.248 5.629 0.580
24 13.5 13.9 0.078 0.133 5.471 0.460
30 9.6 Set Up -0.011 0.044 4.685 0.390
33 7.5 7.7 -0.076 -0.021 4.002 0.339
36 5.6 5.8 -0.162 -0.107 3.248 0.215
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.276 1.115
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.184 0.800
18 17.9 18.3 0.183 0.248 5.629 0.580
24 12.1 12.5 0.078 0.133 5.471 0.460
30 7.6 Set Up -0.011 0.044 4.685 0.390
33 5.4 5.6 -0.076 -0.021 4.002 0.339
36* 3.6 3.8 -0.162 -0.107 3.248 0.215
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035
*Applies to full length blades only.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
38
37
36
34
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
30
7692

Figure C-26

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7692 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.525 1.787
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.560 1.320
18 21.0 22.0 0.303 0.367 5.405 0.956
24 16.6 17.1 0.073 0.137 4.970 0.728
30 13.5 Set Up -0.132 -0.068 3.945 0.525
34 11.0 11.4 -0.297 -0.233 2.800 0.317
36 9.9 10.3 -0.402 -0.338 ---- ----

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1.50 R 0.375 R
0.75 R
7693(D)+2
39
1.75 R
7693(D) 0.50 R
38
7693(D)-1
37.5
7693(D)-2
37
34
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
30
7693(D)
Blade Models 7693(D)(-1, -2, +2) Blade Tip

Figure C-27

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7693(D), -1, -2, +2 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.246 1.395
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.419 0.950
18 37.7 38.1 0.156 0.221 6.078 0.600
24 32.9 33.3 0.047 0.102 5.938 0.455
30 30.0 Set Up -0.028 0.027 4.967 0.365
34 28.2 28.4 -0.122 -0.067 3.648 0.235
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.375 R
1.50 R
1.75 R
0.75 R
7693(D)F+2
39
7693(D)F+1
0.50 R
37.5 38.5
7693(D)F
38
7693F-1
7693(D)F-2
37 34
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
7693(D)F
Blade Models 7693(D)F(-2, +1, +2), 7693F-1 Blade Tip

Figure C-28

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7693DF, -2, +2 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.246 1.395
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.419 0.950
18 40.8 41.2 0.181 0.246 6.078 0.600
24 34.1 34.5 0.057 0.112 5.938 0.455
30 30.0 Set Up -0.027 0.028 4.967 0.365
34 27.5 27.7 -0.122 -0.067 3.648 0.235
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035
NOTE: The use of a Blade Pitch Fixture TE438 is required when
checking blade angle.
7693F, -1, -2, +1, +2 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.246 1.395
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.419 0.950
18 37.7 38.1 0.181 0.246 6.078 0.600
24 32.9 33.3 0.057 0.112 5.938 0.455
30 30.0 Set Up -0.027 0.028 4.967 0.365
34 28.2 28.4 -0.122 -0.067 3.648 0.235
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035
NOTE: The use of a Blade Pitch Fixture TE438 is required when
checking blade angle.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2.75 R 1.00 R 0.50 R
7694
38
7694-1
37.5
7694-2
37
7694-4T
36
7694-6T 0.812
35
34
3.50 R
30
1.44
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
24
7694
Blade Models 7694-(1, 2, 4T, 6T) Blade Tip

Figure C-29

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7694, -1, -2, -4T Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.131 1.345
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.079 0.900
18 38.5 38.9 0.186 0.251 5.886 0.590
24 32.8 33.2 0.083 0.138 5.991 0.475
30 28.4 Set Up -0.022 0.033 5.212 0.365
34 26.0 26.2 -0.132 -0.077 3.796 0.215
Tip ---- ---- -0.257* -0.202* ---- 0.035
*Applies to full length blades only.
7694D-6T Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.129 1.345
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.076 0.900
18 37.1 37.5 0.186 0.251 5.887 0.590
24 30.5 30.9 0.083 0.138 5.958 0.475
30 24.4 Set Up -0.022 0.033 5.025 0.365
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3.50 R
39
36
33
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
24
7818

Figure C-30

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7818 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.456 1.881
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.421 0.994
18 24.5 24.9 0.076 0.141 7.159 0.534
24 18.5 18.9 -0.106 -0.051 7.439 0.373
30 15.0 Set Up -0.237 -0.182 7.251 0.321
33 12.8 13.0 -0.295 -0.240 6.734 0.311
36 10.0 10.2 -0.378 -0.323 5.921 0.252
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.105

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1.125 R
39
7854-2
38
1.830
2.30 R
36
0.170
33
30
TRAILING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
24
7854

Figure C-31

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7854 Blade Y-shank


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.933 2.150*
6.5** ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.901
8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.310 1.450
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.560 0.960
18 39.9 40.5 0.201 0.251 6.940 0.650
24 34.3 34.7 0.084 0.134 6.640 0.480
30 30.0 Set Up -0.034 0.017 5.830 0.393
36 26.9 27.1 -0.080 -0.040 4.380 0.215
*Not applicable for blades with counterweight knobs.
**For blades with counterweight knobs only.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1.00 R 0.25 R
( )7894
39
( )7894-1.5
38.25
( )7894-2
38
( )7894-4
37
36
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
24

Figure C-32

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
7894, -1.5, -4 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.248 1.725
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.421 1.225
18 39.4 39.8 0.274 0.339 6.181 0.808
24 33.9 34.3 0.083 0.138 5.950 0.545
30 30.0 Set Up -0.021 0.034 5.096 0.445
36 27.0 27.2 -0.141 -0.086 3.392 0.280
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
40
1.750 R 1.750 R
0.875
0.410
36
ROTATIONAL AXIS
TRAILING EDGE
LEADING EDGE
30
8052

Figure C-33

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8052 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.450 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.362 0.950
18 36.9 37.5 0.186 0.236 6.432 0.645
24 32.1 32.5 -0.076 0.126 6.084 0.510
30 27.9 Set Up -0.007 0.043 5.550 0.408
36 24.6 24.8 -0.165 -0.125 4.800 0.290
37 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.620 0.220
38 ---- ---- -0.195 -0.236 4.275 0.160
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.75 R
0.25 R
1.50 R
8068(D)+2
41
2.00 R
8068(D)
40
0.50 R
8068(D)-2
39
0.905
36
2.39
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
8068

Figure C-34

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8068, -2, +2 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.521 1.625
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.557 1.080
18 38.0 38.4 0.189 0.254 6.297 0.690
24 33.4 33.8 0.020 0.075 6.088 0.510
30 30.0 Set Up -0.145 -0.090 5.408 0.352
36 27.3 27.5 -0.315 -0.260 3.874 0.177
Tip ---- ---- -0.442* -0.387* ---- 0.035
*Applies to full length blade only.
8068D, -2, +2 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.521 1.625
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.557 1.080
18 42.1 42.5 0.189 0.254 6.297 0.690
24 35.1 35.5 0.020 0.075 6.088 0.510
30 30.0 Set Up -0.145 -0.090 5.408 0.352
36 26.1 26.3 -0.315 -0.260 3.874 0.177
Tip ---- ---- -0.442* -0.387* ---- 0.035
*Applies to full length blade only.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2.61 R
40
36
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
24
8074

Figure C-35

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8074 Blade Y-shank


7 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.807 ----
8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.637 1.615
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.781 ----
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.290 0.945
18 38.1 38.5 0.110 0.185 7.064 0.640
24 32.6 33.0 -0.055 0.010 7.241 0.500
30 27.5 Set Up -0.215 -0.150 6.555 0.411
36 22.7 22.9 -0.365 -0.300 4.846 0.290
38 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.214 ----
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1.0 R 1.0 R
39.625
36
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
30
8218

Figure C-36

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8218* Blade E-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.204 1.455
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.380 1.110
18 29.5 29.9 0.100 0.165 7.091 0.720
24 23.7 24.1 -0.195 -0.140 7.603 0.415
30 19.2 Set Up -0.410 -0.355 7.861 0.290
36 14.3 14.5 -0.600 -0.545 7.622 0.200
38 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.148
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.105
*Refer to the section, "Rule of 0.030 Inch Thickness for Blades in
Four, Five, and Six Blade Propellers" in this chapter.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1.00 R 0.630 R
8292
37.375 38.375 39.675
8292( )-2
8292( )-4
36
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
30
8292

Figure C-37

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8292*, -2, -4 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.586 1.180
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.302 0.650
18 42.5 42.9 0.056 0.121 6.934 0.430
24 35.5 35.9 -0.043 0.012 6.954 0.385
30 30.0 Set Up -0.123 -0.068 6.279 0.375
36 25.6 25.8 -0.228 -0.173 4.409 0.295
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1.00 R
38.675 39.675
0.25 R
8295(B)-2
36
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
24
TPI-JM-000092
18
Blade Model 8295(S) Blade Tip

Figure C-38

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8295(B)(S), -2 Blade D-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.586 1.180
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.302 0.650
18 21.4 21.8 0.047 0.112 6.934 0.430
24 14.4 14.8 -0.054 0.001 6.954 0.385
30 8.9 Set Up -0.125 -0.070 6.279 0.375
36 4.5 4.7 -0.227 -0.172 4.409 0.295
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.25 R
1.50 R
42
39
36
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
30
24
TPI-JM-000141

Figure C-39

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8429* Blade Y-shank


8 45.4 47.4 0.642 0.717 4.273 1.345
12 42.0 43.0 0.307 0.382 5.315 0.820
18 37.2 37.6 0.096 0.161 6.243 0.600
24 33.0 33.4 -0.059 -0.004 6.244 0.490
30 30.0 Set Up -0.221 -0.166 5.401 0.390
36 27.6 27.8 -0.401 -0.346 3.976 0.235
39 26.6 26.8 -0.485 -0.430 3.165 0.155
Tip ---- ---- -0.579 -0.524 ---- 0.055

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8433(A) 0.50 R 45˚

8433S
41.9
8433SS Blade Only

8433-2
41
8433-4 0.44 R
40
8433-6
39
8433-8
38
8433-10 1.50 R
37
8433-12
36
0.44 R
0.50 R
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
30
8433-1

Figure C-40, page 1 of 2

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
42 8433
8433-2R 1.50 R
41
8433-4R 1.50 R
40
45˚
8433-6(B) 1.50 R
38.5 39
8433-7
2.53 8433-6B Blade Only
8433-12R 0.44 R
36
2.00 R
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
30
8433-2

Figure C-40, Page 2 of 2

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8433(A)(S), -2, -2R, -4, -4R Blade MV, X, and V-shank


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.700 1.980
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.720 1.095
18 41.0 42.0 0.138 0.202 6.200 0.625
24 37.0 37.6 -0.072 -0.008 6.000 0.473
30 33.2 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 5.460 0.341
36 29.8 30.2 -0.242 -0.178 4.200 0.234
8433(A)-6, -7, -10, -12 Blade MV, X, and V-shank


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.700 1.980
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.720 1.095
18 41.0 42.0 0.138 0.202 6.200 0.625
24 37.0 37.6 -0.072 -0.008 5.985 0.471
30 33.2 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 5.380 0.337
36 29.8 30.2 -0.242 -0.178 ---- ----

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8433N, -2, -4 Blade MV and V-shank


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.700 2.080
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.720 1.095
18 41.0 42.0 0.138 0.202 6.200 0.625
24 37.0 37.6 -0.072 -0.008 6.000 0.473
30 33.2 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 5.460 0.341
36 29.8 30.2 -0.242 -0.178 4.200 0.234
8433N-6Q* Blade MV and V-shank


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.700 2.080
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.720 1.095
18 41.0 42.0 0.138 0.202 6.200 0.625
24 37.0 37.6 -0.072 -0.008 5.985 0.471
30 33.2 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 5.380 0.337
36 29.8 30.2 -0.242 -0.178 ---- ----

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8433N-6, -7, -10, -12 Blade MV and V-shank


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.700 2.080
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.720 1.095
18 41.0 42.0 0.138 0.202 6.200 0.625
24 37.0 37.6 -0.072 -0.008 5.985 0.471
30 33.2 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 5.380 0.337
36 29.8 30.2 -0.242 -0.178 ---- ----

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8447
42
8447-1.9
41.05
8447-2 0.50 R
41
8447-4
40
8447AH-6R
8447-6
39
38.687
8447A-8Q
8447AH-8
38
1.50 R
8447-10
37
8447-12R 0.410 0.480

8447-12A
36
8447-14A
35
8447-16A
34
33
ROTATIONAL AXIS FOR 8447A

ROTATIONAL AXIS FOR 8447
32
LEADING EDGE
30
8447

Figure C-41

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8447(A) Blade W-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.052 2.649
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.587 1.304
18 31.1 32.1 0.158 0.222 6.340 0.799
24 25.7 26.3 -0.032 0.032 6.123 0.518
30 21.9 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.462 0.355
36 18.8 19.2 -0.232 -0.168 4.203 0.263
40 16.9 17.3 -0.341 -0.279 3.270 0.165
8447A-8 Blade W-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.052 2.649
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.587 1.304
18 31.1 32.1 0.158 0.222 6.340 0.799
24 25.7 26.3 -0.032 0.032 6.123 0.518
30 21.9 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.462 0.355
36 18.8 19.2 -0.232 -0.168 4.063 0.260

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8447A-8Q* Blade W-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.052 2.649
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.587 1.304
18 31.1 32.1 0.158 0.222 6.340 0.799
24 25.7 26.3 -0.032 0.032 6.123 0.518
30 21.9 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.462 0.355
36 18.8 19.2 -0.232 -0.168 4.203 0.170
*Refer the section, "Q-tip Blades" in the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter
of this manual.
8447(A)-12A Blade W-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.052 2.649
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.587 1.304
18 31.1 32.1 0.158 0.222 6.340 0.799
24 25.7 26.3 -0.032 0.032 6.123 0.518
30 21.9 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.462 0.355
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8459S
42
8459-2
0.
8459-2R
R
50
50
41
R 1.50 R
0.
0 .5
8459-4
0. 0 R
R
0R
40
50
1.5
1 .7
R
5R
75
1.
8459A-10
37
8459-12R R
1.
36
0
50
5
1.
R
2.
R
50
50
8459-16R
2.
R
34
8459-18
33
2.7
5R
R
0
2.
5
2.
50
R
30
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
8459

Figure C-42

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8459(A), -4, -6 Blade Y-shank


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.845 1.936*
6.5** ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.696
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.090 1.090
16 30.2 31.2 0.138 0.202 6.007 0.680
24 23.2 23.7 -0.072 -0.008 6.080 0.458
30 20.0 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 5.466 0.327
36 17.4 17.8 -0.242 -0.178 4.200 0.234
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.065


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.824 1.936*
6.5** ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.696
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.066 1.090
16 30.2 31.2 0.138 0.202 5.976 0.680
24 23.2 23.7 -0.072 -0.008 6.017 0.458
30 20.0 Set Up -0.235 -0.177 5.256 0.235

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8459-8Q, 8459-8R
38
8459-9R
37.5
8459-10R
37
2.0
R
R
1.
36
5
1.
5
R
34
33
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
30
8459-8_9_10
Blade Models 8459-8Q, 8459-(8R, 9R, 10R) Blade Tip

Figure C-43

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8459(A)-8R Blade Y-shank


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.845 1.936*
6.5** ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.696
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.090 1.090
16 30.2 31.2 0.138 0.202 6.007 0.680
24 23.2 23.7 -0.072 -0.008 5.950 0.458
30 20.0 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 5.380 0.327
36 17.4 17.8 -0.242 -0.178 ---- ----
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.065
8459-11Q Blade Y-shank


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.824 1.936*
6.5** ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.696
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.066 1.090
16 30.2 31.2 0.138 0.202 5.976 0.680
24 23.2 23.7 -0.072 -0.008 6.017 0.458
30 20.0 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 5.256 0.327
36 17.4 17.8 ---- ---- 3.698 ***
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.065
***Refer to the section, "Q-tip Blades" in the Blade Airfoil Overhaul

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8465
8465
42
42
1.75 R
1.75 R
8465-2
8465-2 1.75 R 1.75 R
41
41
8465-4
8465-4
2.0 R
2.0 R
2.00 R 2.00 R
40
40
8465-6 2.25 R
2.25 R
8465-6
2.25 R 2.25 R
39
39
38
38
2.5 R
2.50 R
2.5 R
8465-10 2.50 R
8465-10
37
37
36
36
2.0 R
2.00 R
2.0 R
2.00 R
LEADING EDGE
AXIS
AXIS
ROTATIONAL
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL
30
30
8465
Blade Models 8465-(2, 4, 6, 10) Blade Tip

Figure C-44

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8465 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.384 1.630
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.131 1.026
18 25.5 26.5 0.138 0.202 5.618 0.687
24 21.6 22.1 -0.032 0.032 5.585 0.460
30 18.1 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.480 0.382
36 15.1 15.5 -0.227 -0.163 4.999 0.263


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.384 1.630
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.131 1.026
18 25.5 26.5 0.138 0.202 5.618 0.687
24 21.6 22.1 -0.032 0.032 5.573 0.459
30 18.1 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.436 0.380
36 15.1 15.5 -0.282 -0.218 4.721 0.270
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8465-7R
38 38.5
8465-7R
38.5
8465-8R
8465-8R
38
1.5 R
1.5 R
1.5 R 1.5 R
1.5 R
37
37
1.5 R 1.5 R
1.5 R
36
36
LEADING EDGE
LEADING EDGE
AXIS
ROTATIONAL AXIS
ROTATIONAL
30
30
8465-01
Blade Models 8465-(7R, 8R) Blade Tip

Figure C-45

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.384 1.630
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.131 1.026
18 25.5 26.5 0.138 0.202 5.618 0.687
24 21.6 22.1 -0.032 0.032 5.573 0.459
30 18.1 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.280 0.351
36 15.1 15.5 -0.227 -0.163 3.925 0.260
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
42
8467S
8467 1.
5
R
R
5
1.
38
36
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
30
8467_S
Blade Models 8467(S) Blade Tip

Figure C-46

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8467 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.538 1.787
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.304
18 21.0 22.0 0.208 0.272 6.312 0.886
24 16.7 17.1 -0.032 0.032 6.110 0.518
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.460 0.355
36 10.9 11.3 -0.227 -0.163 4.200 0.263

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8467-7R
38.5
8467-8R
38
R
1.
06
06
1.
R
R
1.
06
06
1.
R
36
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
30
8467_7R_8R
Blade Models 8467-(7R, 8R) Blade Tip

Figure C-47

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.538 1.787
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.304
18 21.0 22.0 0.208 0.272 6.312 0.886
24 16.7 17.1 -0.032 0.032 6.096 0.517
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.393 0.382
36 10.9 11.3 -0.227 -0.163 ---- ----

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8468S Tip
0.50 R 1.20 R 0.50 R
8468(A)
42
8468(A)-2
41
8468(A)-4R
40
8468-6S 1.65 R
39
8468( )-8R 1.70 R

38
8468(A)-10R
37
8468T-12
36
ROTATIONAL AXIS
8468T-18
33
0.50 R
2.75 R
3.00 R
30
0.125 0.50
LEADING EDGE
24
8468-1A


Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1.20 R 1.30 R
8468R
42
1.65 R
8468(A)-2R 0.50 R
41
8468(A)-4
40
8468(A)-5R
39.5
39 8468(A)-6
1.50 R
36
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
24
8468-2A


Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.50 R
8468-3R, 8468A-3R
40.5
8468(A,D)-6R 1.65 R
37.688 38.688
39
8468-8Q
8468-10Q 1.75 R
37
1.0 R
36
8468D-14
35
0.25 R
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
24
8468-3A


Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8468(A)(-2)(R) Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.570 1.084
18 21.0 22.0 0.098 0.162 6.305 0.696
24 16.7 17.2 -0.032 0.032 6.105 0.518
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.460 0.355
36 10.9 11.3 -0.227 -0.163 4.200 0.263
8468(A)-3(R), -4(R) Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.570 1.084
18 21.0 22.0 0.098 0.162 6.305 0.696
24 16.7 17.2 -0.032 0.032 6.105 0.518
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.460 0.355
36 10.9 11.3 -0.227 -0.163 4.200 0.199

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8468(A)-5R, -6 Y-shank

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.570 1.084
18 21.0 22.0 0.098 0.162 6.305 0.696
24 16.7 17.2 -0.032 0.032 6.080 0.517
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.370 0.352
36 10.9 11.3 -0.227 -0.163 4.100 0.264


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.570 1.084
18 21.0 22.0 0.098 0.162 6.305 0.696
24 16.7 17.2 -0.032 0.032 6.080 0.517
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.370 0.352
36 10.9 11.3 -0.227 -0.163 4.000 0.179


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.570 1.084
18 21.0 22.0 0.098 0.162 6.305 0.696
24 16.7 17.2 -0.032 0.032 6.080 0.517
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.370 0.352
33 12.0 12.4 -0.192 -0.128 4.710 0.244
36 10.9 11.3 -0.227 -0.163 3.300 0.145

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.570 1.084
18 21.0 22.0 0.098 0.162 6.305 0.696
24 16.7 17.2 -0.032 0.032 6.080 0.517
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.370 0.352
33 12.0 12.4 -0.192 -0.128 4.430 0.225
36 10.9 11.3 -0.227 -0.163 ---- ----
8468D-6R Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.570 1.084
18 20.9 21.3 0.098 0.162 6.305 0.696
24 13.8 14.2 -0.032 0.032 6.080 0.517
30 9.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.370 0.352
36 4.3 4.7 -0.227 -0.163 4.000 0.179
8468D-8R Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.570 1.084
18 20.9 21.3 0.098 0.162 6.305 0.696
24 13.8 14.2 -0.032 0.032 6.080 0.517
30 9.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.370 0.352
36 4.3 4.7 -0.227 -0.163 3.300 0.145
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.065

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8468D-14 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.570 1.084
18 20.9 21.3 0.098 0.162 6.305 0.696
24 13.8 14.2 -0.032 0.032 6.080 0.517
30 9.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.370 0.352
8468T-12 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.570 1.084
18 22.9 23.9 0.070 0.160 6.305 0.696
24 15.05 15.55 -0.060 0.030 6.080 0.517
30 9.4 Set Up -0.180 -0.090 5.370 0.352
34 5.7 6.1 -0.220 -0.130 3.480 ----

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.570 1.084
18 21.0 22.0 0.076 0.160 6.305 0.696
24 16.65 17.15 -0.052 0.030 6.080 0.517
30 13.5 Set Up -0.173 -0.090 5.370 0.352
36 10.9 11.3 -0.220 -0.165 3.650 0.170


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.570 1.084
18 21.0 22.0 0.076 0.160 6.305 0.696
24 16.65 17.15 -0.052 0.030 6.080 0.517
30 13.5 Set Up -0.173 -0.090 5.370 0.352
36 10.9 11.3 -0.220 -0.165 3.100 0.145

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8475+2
43
8475 1.25 R
42
8475R
8475-2 1.50 R 1.50 R
41
1.50 R
8475-4 0.10
40
8475-4R
39
8475-6(R) 2.50 R
8475-8
37 37.5 38
8475-9 2.50 R
8475-10
2.50 R
8475-12
36
3.00 R
3.00 R
3.00 R
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
30
TPI-8475

Figure C-49

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8475+2 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.085
18 22.9 23.9 0.098 0.162 6.310 0.696
24 17.4 17.9 -0.032 0.032 6.510 0.518
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 6.300 0.382
36 10.9 11.3 -0.227 -0.163 5.250 0.286
40 9.6 10.0 -0.302 -0.238 3.945 0.188
8475-5Q*, -6 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.085
18 22.9 23.9 0.098 0.162 6.310 0.696
24 17.4 17.9 -0.032 0.032 6.510 0.518
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 6.200 0.377
36 10.9 11.3 -0.227 -0.163 5.100 0.276
8475-8, -9, -10 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.085
18 22.9 23.9 0.098 0.162 6.310 0.696
24 17.4 17.9 -0.032 0.032 6.510 0.518
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 6.200 0.377
34 11.6 12.0 -0.197 -0.133 5.510 0.260
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.085

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8475F-6 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 0.980
18 22.9 23.9 0.098 0.162 6.310 0.545
24 17.4 17.9 -0.032 0.032 6.510 0.425
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 6.200 0.350
36 10.9 11.3 -0.227 -0.163 5.100 0.276
8475J-4 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.085
18 27.2 28.2 0.077 0.162 6.310 0.696
24 19.15 19.65 -0.052 0.032 6.510 0.518
30 13.5 Set Up -0.173 -0.088 6.300 0.382
36 8.3 8.7 -0.253 -0.163 5.250 0.286
38 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.402 ----

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8475R Blade
8475(D)-2, -4 Blade Y-shank

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.085
18 22.9 23.9 0.098 0.162 6.310 0.696
24 17.4 17.9 -0.032 0.032 6.510 0.518
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 6.300 0.382
36 10.9 11.3 -0.227 -0.163 5.250 0.286
8475T+2 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.085
18 23.7 24.7 0.098 0.162 6.310 0.696
24 18.25 18.75 -0.032 0.032 6.510 0.518
30 14.9 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 6.300 0.382
36 11.7 12.1 -0.227 -0.163 5.250 0.286
40 10.2 10.6 -0.302 -0.238 3.945 0.188

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8477
42
8477-2
1.
41
R
5
5
R
1.
8477-4(R)
40
1.
R
5
5
8477D-5(R)
1.
39.5
8477-6
39
R 5R
1.
5
2.1
1.
8477-7
R
38.5
5
1.
8477(A)-8R
1.
R
5
38
5
R
1.
R
1.
5
5
1.
R
1.
75
R
R
75
1.
36
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
30
8477

Figure C-50

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8477(A), -2, -4 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.538 1.787
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.304
18 21.0 22.0 0.218 0.282 6.312 0.920
24 16.7 17.2 -0.032 0.032 6.110 0.577
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.460 0.415
36 10.9 11.3 -0.222 -0.158 4.200 0.304
8477(A)-6(Q*) Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.538 1.787
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.304
18 21.0 22.0 0.218 0.282 6.312 0.920
24 16.7 17.2 -0.032 0.032 6.110 0.577
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.460 0.415
36 11.0 11.2 -0.225 -0.170 3.966 0.304
Tip** ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.105
**Does not apply to -6Q.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8477(A)-7, -8R Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.538 1.787
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.304
18 21.0 22.0 0.218 0.282 6.312 0.920
24 16.7 17.2 -0.032 0.032 6.110 0.577
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.460 0.415
36 10.9 11.3 -0.222 -0.158 ---- ----
8477D-5R, -6 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.538 1.787
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.304
18 21.0 22.0 0.218 0.282 6.312 0.920
24 15.3 15.7 -0.032 0.032 6.110 0.577
30 10.0 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.460 0.415
36 5.2 5.6 -0.222 -0.158 4.200 0.304

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
(Blank Page)

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.140 1.00 R
42
39
36
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
30
8483

Figure C-51

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8483 Blade Y-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.547 1.565
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.723 1.045
18 22.0 22.4 0.240 0.305 6.688 0.755
24 18.3 18.7 0.065 0.120 6.876 0.550
30 15.0 Set Up -0.075 -0.020 6.596 0.410
36 11.8 12.0 -0.215 -0.160 5.543 0.320
39 10.3 10.5 -0.325 -0.270 4.275 0.200
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1.00 R
1.00 R
40.375
36
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
30
24
TPI-8492

Figure C-52

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8492* Blade E-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.243 1.515
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 7.038 1.105
18 31.7 32.1 0.112 0.177 7.853 0.720
24 25.5 25.9 -0.104 -0.049 8.173 0.450
30 20.5 Set Up -0.237 -0.182 8.055 0.355
36 16.2 16.4 -0.352 -0.297 7.250 0.305
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.112

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2X 3.50 R
41.125
3.75 R
E8501-3.5
39.375
39
36
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
8501

Figure C-53

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8501* Blade E-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.576 1.315
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.351 0.745
18 42.3 42.7 0.072 0.137 7.271 0.550
24 35.8 36.2 -0.099 -0.044 7.710 0.403
30 30.3 Set Up -0.210 -0.155 7.971 0.395
36 25.1 25.3 -0.348 -0.293 7.878 0.323
39 ---- ---- -0.447 -0.392 ---- 0.223
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
8501-3.5* Blade E-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.576 1.315
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.351 0.745
18 42.3 42.7 0.072 0.137 7.271 0.550
24 35.8 36.2 -0.099 -0.044 7.710 0.403
30 30.3 Set Up -0.210 -0.155 7.971 0.395
36 25.1 25.3 -0.348 -0.293 7.878 0.323
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8833-S
0.10
8833
44
0.
5
R
8833-2
R
43
0.5
0. 1.5 R
5 R
R 5
0.
42
41
40
38
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
32
CPS0566
Blade Models 8833(-2) Blade Tip

Figure C-54

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8833(H), -2 Blade MV, X, and V-shank


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.570 1.980
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.717 1.095
18 31.1 32.1 0.103 0.167 6.310 0.692
26 24.0 24.6 -0.082 -0.018 6.070 0.472
32 20.0 Set Up -0.164 -0.098 5.450 0.340
38 16.8 17.2 -0.242 -0.178 4.190 0.233
8833(H)N, -2 Blade MV and V-shank


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.570 2.080
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.717 1.095
18 31.1 32.1 0.103 0.167 6.310 0.692
26 24.0 24.6 -0.082 -0.018 6.070 0.472
32 20.0 Set Up -0.164 -0.098 5.450 0.340
38 16.8 17.2 -0.242 -0.178 4.190 0.233

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8833-4
42
1.
5
1.
41
5
R
40
38
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
32
CPS0566-1
Blade Model 8833-4 Blade Tip

Figure C-55

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8833(H)-4 Blade MV, X, and V-shank


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.570 1.980
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.717 1.095
18 31.1 32.1 0.103 0.167 6.310 0.692
26 24.0 24.6 -0.082 -0.018 6.070 0.472
32 20.0 Set Up -0.164 -0.098 5.263 0.338
38 16.8 17.2 -0.242 -0.178 3.820 0.208
8833(H)N-4 Blade MV and V-shank


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.570 2.080
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.717 1.095
18 31.1 32.1 0.103 0.167 6.310 0.692
26 24.0 24.6 -0.082 -0.018 6.070 0.472
32 20.0 Set Up -0.164 -0.098 5.263 0.338
38 16.8 17.2 -0.242 -0.178 3.820 0.208

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8847
44
8847-2 R
1.
43
5
1.
5
R
R
0.
7 5
75
0.
42
R
41
40
38
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
32
CPS0572
Blade Models 8847(-2) Blade Tip

Figure C-56

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8847 Blade W and Z-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.038 2.660
14 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.842 1.304
20 30.5 31.5 0.158 0.222 6.307 0.799
26 25.5 26.1 -0.047 -0.017 6.110 0.517
32 21.9 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.450 0.355
38 18.8 19.2 -0.242 -0.178 4.188 0.233

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3.000 R 0.025 R 0.305 R 3.000 R

43.125
40
36
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
30
8990

Figure C-57

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
8990* Blade D-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.439 1.415
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.635 0.975
18 32.0 32.4 0.167 0.232 6.580 0.550
24 24.3 24.7 0.030 0.085 6.741 0.360
30 18.4 Set Up -0.032 0.023 6.571 0.345
36 13.3 13.5 -0.089 -0.034 6.282 0.335
40 10.5 10.7 -0.164 -0.109 6.022 0.255
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.055

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
43.625
3.25 R
39
36
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
30
9083

Figure C-58

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9083* Blade D and E-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.576 1.725
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.351 1.085
18 42.0 42.4 0.100 0.165 7.276 0.600
24 35.5 35.9 -0.075 -0.020 7.718 0.433
30 30.0 Set Up -0.205 -0.150 7.986 0.395
36 24.8 25.0 -0.315 -0.260 7.906 0.375
39 22.7 22.9 -0.375 -0.320 7.586 0.362
42 ---- ---- -0.455 -0.400 5.575 0.312
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2.00 R 0.50 R
44.125
42
36
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
32
TPI-JM-000358

Figure C-59

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9111 Blade E-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.106 1.475
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.228 0.945
18 40.2 40.6 0.059 0.124 6.435 0.530
24 34.0 34.5 -0.110 -0.055 6.733 0.390
30 30.2 Set Up -0.222 -0.167 6.853 0.383
36 27.2 27.4 -0.336 -0.281 6.873 0.360
42 24.6 24.8 -0.458 -0.403 5.947 0.257
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.095

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.50 R
45.4
42
36
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
9128

Figure C-60

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9128(A)N* Blade M-shank


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.510 2.491
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.723 1.434
18 44.9 45.5 0.240 0.305 6.961 0.849
24 37.0 37.4 -0.045 0.010 7.540 0.576
30 31.2 Set Up -0.270 -0.215 7.852 0.438
36 26.0 26.2 -0.458 -0.403 7.429 0.379
42 21.1 21.3 -0.661 -0.606 5.519 0.286
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.136

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
43.75 44.75 45.75
92 1 2 - 2
1 .5
0R
0R
1 .5
92 1 2 - 4
1.
R
50
50
R
1.
1.
50 R
R 50
1.
92 1 2 - 9
41.25
1.
R
50
50
1.
R
36
ROTATIONAL AXIS
TRAILING EDGE
LEADING EDGE
30
W10321

Figure C-61

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9212* Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.240 2.771
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.490 1.192
18 40.7 41.3 0.102 0.167 6.800 0.625
24 33.6 34.0 -0.025 0.040 7.330 0.430
30 28.0 Set Up -0.154 -0.089 7.250 0.350
36 23.2 23.6 -0.231 -0.175 6.690 0.330
42 20.2 20.6 -0.345 -0.290 5.890 0.275
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
9212-2, -4 Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.240 2.771
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.490 1.192
18 40.7 41.3 0.102 0.167 6.800 0.625
24 33.6 34.0 -0.025 0.040 7.330 0.430
30 28.0 Set Up -0.154 -0.089 7.250 0.350
36 23.2 23.6 -0.231 -0.175 6.690 0.330
42 20.2 20.6 -0.345 -0.290 5.890 0.275
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
45.75
45.75
1.50 R
1.50 R 1.50 R
1.50 R
42
42
36
36
EDGE
AXIS
EDGE
ROTATIONALAXIS
LEADING
ROTATIONAL
LEADING
30
30
9216

Figure C-62

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9216(N)* Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.865 2.770
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.490 1.432
18 42.6 43.2 0.318 0.383 6.800 0.935
24 35.4 35.8 0.071 0.136 7.330 0.622
30 30.0 Set Up -0.097 -0.032 7.250 0.444
36 25.8 26.2 -0.229 -0.174 6.690 0.340
42 22.1 22.5 -0.345 -0.290 5.890 0.255
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.22 2.40
44.625
1.50 R 1.50 R
40
36
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
30
9290

Figure C-63

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9290* Blade D-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.510 1.725
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.827 1.085
18 39.1 39.5 0.140 0.205 6.948 0.600
24 31.5 31.9 -0.040 0.015 7.278 0.403
30 26.0 Set Up -0.160 -0.105 7.100 0.345
36 21.4 21.6 -0.230 -0.175 6.433 0.335
42 17.2 17.4 -0.326 -0.271 5.558 0.295
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1.42
46.625
42
2.75 R
36
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
30
9290CR
Blade Model 9290CR Blade Tip

Figure C-64

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9290CR* Blade D-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.510 1.725
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.827 1.085
18 41.2 41.6 0.140 0.205 6.948 0.600
24 34.3 34.7 -0.040 0.015 7.278 0.403
30 29.1 Set Up -0.160 -0.105 7.100 0.345
36 24.6 24.8 -0.230 -0.175 6.433 0.335
42 21.6 21.8 -0.326 -0.271 5.558 0.295
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3.27 R
45.125
42
0.31
36
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
30
CPS0602

Figure C-65

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9327* Blade D-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.540 1.885
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.600 1.405
18 42.5 43.1 0.265 0.330 6.630 0.890
24 34.5 34.9 -0.020 0.035 6.970 0.510
30 28.9 Set Up -0.190 -0.135 6.850 0.395
36 24.5 24.7 -0.310 -0.255 6.410 0.355
42 20.9 21.1 -0.440 -0.385 6.160 0.315
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.50 R 0.50 R
9333
46 46.5
9333-R
9333-3R
2.85 0.50 R
9333-5R
(both corners of blade)
9333-3 1.25 R
45
9333-4
44.5
2.00 R
9333-5
44
9333-6
43.5
2.00 R
9333-7Q
43
40
4.14
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
34
9333

Figure C-66

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9333(C,N)-3, -4, -5, -6, -6Q*, -7Q*

Blade MV, X, and V-shank

9.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.704 1.980
13 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.720 1.095
20 41.0 42.0 -0.122 -0.058 6.307 0.693
28 36.5 37.1 -0.472 -0.408 6.070 0.472
34 33.2 Set Up -0.682 -0.618 5.450 0.376
40 29.8 30.2 -0.832 -0.768 4.200 0.286

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9349+1/2
47 9349 0.50 R 0.50 R
46.5
46
0.50 R 0.50 R
NOTE: When a 9349-4.6 is
used in a 2-blade assembly
the diameter becomes
9349-4.6 88 inches.
44.2
1.50 R 1.50 R
9349-6.5
43.25
43
0.50 R 0.50 R
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
9349A

Figure C-67

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9349, +1/2 Blade Z and W-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.045 2.870
13 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.720 1.095
20 41.0 42.0 -0.122 -0.058 6.310 0.693
28 36.5 37.1 -0.472 -0.408 6.097 0.472
34 33.2 Set Up -0.682 -0.618 5.450 0.376
40 29.8 30.2 -0.832 -0.768 4.200 0.286
43 28.7 29.1 -0.932 -0.868 3.273 0.228
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
9349-4.6, -6.5 Blade W-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.045 2.870
13 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.720 1.095
20 41.0 42.0 -0.122 -0.058 6.310 0.693
28 36.5 37.1 -0.472 -0.408 6.070 0.471
34 33.2 Set Up -0.682 -0.618 5.395 0.373
40 29.8 30.2 -0.832 -0.768 3.960 0.276
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.080

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9350
46 46.5
NOTE: When a 9350 is

used in a 2-blade assembly
the diameter becomes
0.
R
50
88 inches.
50
R
0.
9350-3 2.85
45
9350( )-4.6
0.
44.2
R
50
50
9350-5
44
0.
1.550 R
0. 50 R
9350-9
R
0.
0R
50
43
1.
42
R
0.
50
50
0.
R
40
0.
R
50
50
0.
R
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
CPS0610

Figure C-68

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9350-4.6 Blade Z and W-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.045 2.870
13 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.720 1.095
20 41.0 42.0 0.108 0.172 6.310 0.693
28 36.5 37.1 -0.122 -0.058 6.097 0.472
34 33.2 Set Up -0.222 -0.158 5.450 0.376
40 29.8 30.2 -0.262 -0.198 4.200 0.286
43 28.6 30.0 -0.218 -0.282 ---- ----
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.080
9350-9 Blade Z and W-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.045 2.870
13 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.720 1.095
20 41.0 42.0 0.108 0.172 6.310 0.693
28 36.5 37.1 -0.122 -0.058 6.097 0.472
34 33.2 Set Up -0.222 -0.158 5.450 0.376
40 29.8 30.2 -0.262 -0.198 4.200 0.286
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.080

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3.95 R
0.24
45.125
42
36
TRAILING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
30
CPS0603

Figure C-69

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9383* Blade D-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.720 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.025 1.345
18 42.5 43.1 0.260 0.320 7.185 0.865
24 34.5 34.9 -0.010 0.050 7.730 0.465
30 28.9 Set Up -0.150 -0.090 8.000 0.370
36 24.5 24.7 -0.260 -0.200 7.930 0.350
42 20.9 21.1 -0.370 -0.310 7.350 0.330
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1.360 1.00 R
45.125 9390
44.625
9390-1R
0.75 R
2.93 R
42
0.910
36
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
30
9390

Figure C-70

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9390* Blade E-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.724 1.680
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.017 1.210
18 37.2 37.8 0.130 0.195 7.043 0.645
24 29.5 29.9 -0.044 0.011 7.292 0.490
30 23.9 Set Up -0.154 -0.099 7.095 0.495
36 19.0 19.2 -0.264 -0.209 6.538 0.475
42 14.7 14.9 -0.423 -0.368 5.551 0.375
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
9390-1R* Blade D-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.724 1.680
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.017 1.210
18 37.3 37.7 0.130 0.195 7.043 0.645
24 29.5 29.9 -0.044 0.011 7.291 0.490
30 23.9 Set Up -0.154 -0.099 7.093 0.485
36 19.0 19.2 -0.264 -0.209 6.534 0.475
42 14.7 14.9 -0.475 -0.420 5.526 0.265
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3.00 R. TYP.
3.00 R
45.125
45.125
42
42
36
36
LEADING EDGE
AXISAXIS
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL
ROTATIONAL
30
30
9391

Figure C-71

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9391* Blade D-shank


7.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.528 1.815
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.341 1.315
18 37.6 38.2 0.074 0.139 7.053 0.770
21 33.5 33.9 -0.118 -0.053 7.285 0.525
24 30.3 30.7 -0.232 -0.177 7.468 0.360
30 24.6 Set Up -0.321 -0.266 7.698 0.325
36 19.4 19.6 -0.362 -0.307 7.725 0.385
42 15.5 15.7 -0.453 -0.398 7.239 0.345
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1.500 R 0.25 R
46.125
42
36
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
24
9510

Figure C-72

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9510(S)* Blade D-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.430 1.725
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.522 1.085
18 39.8 40.4 0.067 0.132 6.520 0.600
24 32.2 32.6 -0.119 -0.064 6.884 0.403
30 26.5 Set Up -0.240 -0.185 6.853 0.345
36 22.1 22.4 -0.334 -0.279 6.293 0.335
42 17.8 18.0 -0.530 -0.475 4.873 0.295
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.055

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2.9 FULL RADIUS
2.6 FULL RADIUS
9511F(A)
46.125
9511F(A)-2
45.125
44.5
9511F(A)-4
42
9511F(A)-11
41
ROTATIONAL AXIS
2.0 R
2.0 R
36
9511F_a
Blade Model 9511F(A) Blade Tip

Figure C-73

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9511F(A)(S), -2* Blade D-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.547 1.475
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.664 1.035
18 40.9 41.5 0.100 0.165 6.809 0.590
24 33.8 34.2 -0.110 -0.055 7.226 0.365
30 29.7 Set Up -0.225 -0.170 7.274 0.345
36 26.1 26.3 -0.344 -0.289 7.076 0.315
42 23.7 23.9 -0.489 -0.434 5.550 0.235
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.080
9511F(A)(S)-4 Blade D-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.543 1.475
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.649 1.035
18 40.9 41.5 0.100 0.165 6.773 0.590
24 33.8 34.2 -0.110 -0.055 7.177 0.365
30 29.7 Set Up -0.225 -0.170 7.180 0.345
36 26.1 26.3 -0.344 -0.289 6.792 0.315
42 23.7 23.9 -0.489 -0.434 4.884 0.205
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.120
9511F(A)(S)-11 Blade D-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.541 1.475
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.646 1.035
18 40.9 41.5 0.100 0.165 6.767 0.590
24 33.8 34.2 -0.110 -0.055 7.158 0.365
30 29.7 Set Up -0.225 -0.170 7.114 0.345
36 26.1 26.3 -0.344 -0.289 6.502 0.315
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.180

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
46.125
9512
9512-1
45.625
2.06 R
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
9512
Blade Model 9512( ) Blade Tip

Figure C-74

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
9512(A, AE, AF, C, D, G), -1* Blade D and E-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.510 1.885
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.800 1.415
18 42.3 42.9 0.265 0.330 6.910 0.970
24 35.5 35.9 0.010 0.075 7.230 0.680
30 30.0 Set Up -0.190 -0.125 7.010 0.495
36 25.6 26.0 -0.355 -0.300 5.940 0.365
42 23.1 23.3 -0.505 -0.450 3.990 0.215
43 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.175
44 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.130
45** ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.080
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045
**Does not apply to 9512(A,AE,AF,C,D,G)-1 blades.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3.00 R 0.25 R
46.125
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
9515

Figure C-75

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9515* Blade D-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.807 1.761
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.239 1.339
18 39.8 40.4 0.199 0.264 7.302 0.804
24 32.2 32.6 -0.093 -0.038 7.711 0.410
30 26.5 Set Up -0.241 -0.186 7.537 0.323
36 22.1 22.4 -0.312 -0.257 7.115 0.376
42 17.8 18.0 -0.448 -0.393 5.739 0.351
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9587A
47.5 1.00 R
9587D-2 1.00 R
46.5
2.00 R
44 44.5
9587A-7
2.00 R
9587A-10 2.00 R
42 42.5
9587C-15S 2.50 R 2.50 R

40
9587C-17S
1.00 R 1.00 R
39
1.00 R 1.00 R
38
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
32.5
9587

Figure C-76

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9587A Blade Y-shank


8.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.225 1.405
14.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.235 0.865
20.5 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.660 0.530
26.5 29.75 30.25 -0.122 -0.058 6.690 0.401
32.5 25.5 Set Up -0.240 -0.176 6.390 0.338
38.5 22.1 22.5 -0.358 -0.294 5.455 0.253
44.5 19.4 19.8 -0.476 -0.412 3.560 0.172
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035
9587A-10 Blade Y-shank


8.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.225 1.405
14.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.235 0.865
20.5 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.660 0.530
26.5 29.75 30.25 -0.122 -0.058 6.690 0.401
32.5 25.5 Set Up -0.240 -0.176 6.354 0.330
38.5 22.1 22.5 -0.358 -0.294 5.262 0.245
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C


8.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.225 1.405
14.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.235 0.865
20.5 37.55 38.05 0.038 0.102 6.660 0.530
26.5 30.45 30.95 -0.122 -0.058 6.690 0.401
32.5 25.5 Set Up -0.240 -0.176 6.390 0.330
38.5 21.8 22.2 -0.358 -0.294 5.455 0.245
44.5 18.8 19.2 -0.476 -0.412 3.560 0.167
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035


8.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.225 1.405
14.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.235 0.865
20.5 37.55 38.05 0.038 0.102 6.660 0.530
26.5 30.45 30.95 -0.122 -0.058 6.690 0.401
32.5 25.5 Set Up -0.240 -0.176 6.354 0.330
38.5 21.8 22.2 -0.358 -0.294 5.262 0.245
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9587C-15(S) Blade Y-shank


8.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.225 1.405
14.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.235 0.865
20.5 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.650 0.530
26.5 29.75 30.25 -0.122 -0.058 6.661 0.401
32.5 27.0 Set Up -0.240 -0.176 6.195 0.329
35.5 25.8 26.2 -0.328 -0.264 5.653 0.284
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035
9587C-17S Blade Y-shank


8.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.225 1.405
14.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.235 0.865
20.5 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.650 0.530
26.5 29.75 30.25 -0.122 -0.058 6.620 0.401
32.5 27.0 Set Up -0.240 -0.176 6.124 0.329
35.5 25.8 26.2 -0.328 -0.264 5.551 0.284
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.50 R
46.625
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
W10095

Figure C-77

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9612* Blade E-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.540 1.935
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.820 1.445
18 41.3 41.9 0.313 0.378 6.910 1.020
24 34.5 34.9 0.070 0.125 7.230 0.720
30 29.0 Set Up -0.149 -0.094 7.010 0.495
36 23.9 24.1 -0.321 -0.266 5.940 0.365
42 21.1 21.3 -0.491 -0.436 4.350 0.245
45 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.400 0.140
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
46.625
2 X 1.00 R
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
9673
Blade Model 9673( ) Blade Tip

Figure C-78

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9673* Blade E-shank


8 58.3 60.3 0.924 0.999 4.552 1.935
12 48.8 49.8 0.643 0.718 5.792 1.445
18 42.5 43.1 0.183 0.248 6.957 1.020
24 35.9 36.3 -0.075 -0.020 7.539 0.720
30 30.3 Set Up -0.303 -0.248 7.604 0.495
36 25.4 25.6 -0.484 -0.429 7.117 0.365
42 21.1 21.3 -0.582 -0.527 6.066 0.245
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9684
47.5 48
9684-1
1.00 R
1.
R
9684-3R
00
46 46.5
00
R
1.
9684-4R
R
28
1.
1.
28
R
9684-12
42
1.
00
R
R
00
1.
39.5
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
33.5
9684

Figure C-79

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9684, -3R Blade Y-shank


9.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.164 1.695
15.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.062 1.220
21.5 32.7 33.7 0.080 0.140 6.285 0.790
27.5 29.15 29.65 -0.120 -0.060 6.186 0.568
33.5 25.8 Set Up -0.240 -0.180 5.676 0.425
39.5 22.6 23.0 -0.365 -0.305 4.638 0.295
42.5 21.3 21.7 -0.460 -0.400 3.762 0.220
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.055


9.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.167 1.695
15.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.064 1.220
21.5 32.7 33.7 0.080 0.140 6.286 0.790
27.5 29.15 29.65 -0.120 -0.060 6.152 0.568
33.5 25.8 Set Up -0.240 -0.180 5.560 0.425
39.5 22.6 23.0 -0.365 -0.305 4.261 0.295
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2.125 R 2.125 R
46.625
0.255
0.115
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
9690

Figure C-80

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9690* Blade D-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.542 1.735
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.805 1.315
18 43.1 43.7 0.233 0.298 6.892 0.800
24 35.1 35.5 0.029 0.084 7.425 0.530
30 30.0 Set Up -0.063 -0.008 7.623 0.505
36 26.4 26.6 -0.145 -0.090 7.052 0.495
42 23.4 23.6 -0.279 -0.224 5.021 0.375
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2.00 R 0.25 R
46.975
42
36
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
30
24
TPI-JM-000244

Figure C-81

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9782(S)* Blade E-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.010 2.245
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.319 1.245
18 41.7 42.3 0.231 0.296 6.705 0.864
24 34.1 34.5 0.006 0.061 7.236 0.612
30 29.2 Set Up -0.165 -0.110 7.208 0.486
36 25.5 25.7 -0.304 -0.249 6.782 0.414
42 22.7 22.9 -0.444 -0.389 6.018 0.324
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1.50 R 1.00 R
48.125
45
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
30
9900

Figure C-82

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9900* Blade D-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.488 1.635
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.664 1.275
18 40.5 41.1 0.172 0.237 6.811 0.750
24 32.4 32.8 -0.106 -0.041 7.533 0.400
30 27.0 Set Up -0.206 -0.151 7.827 0.315
36 22.1 22.5 -0.205 -0.150 7.766 0.355
42 18.4 18.6 -0.206 -0.151 6.727 0.365
45 16.9 17.1 -0.247 -0.192 5.528 0.295
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.25 R R. 0.25
48.125
48
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
30
TPI-JM-000233
Blade Model 99(M)01(H) Blade Tip

Figure C-83

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
99(M)01(H)* Blade D-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.547 1.475
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.664 1.035
18 38.5 39.1 0.100 0.165 6.811 0.590
24 33.8 34.2 -0.116 -0.051 7.289 0.365
30 31.4 Set Up -0.229 -0.174 7.165 0.345
36 29.2 29.6 -0.346 -0.291 6.681 0.315
42 27.1 27.3 -0.489 -0.434 5.785 0.235
46 25.8 26.2 -0.608 -0.553 4.813 0.173
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.140

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1.82 R
49.25
46
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
9990
Blade Model 9990N Blade Tip

Figure C-84

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
9990N* Blade M-shank


8.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.682 3.085
10.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.335 2.185
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.919 1.875
18 40.8 41.4 0.527 0.592 6.409 1.330
24 32.5 32.9 0.247 0.312 7.253 0.970
30 26.6 Set Up 0.020 0.075 7.689 0.715
36 21.4 21.8 -0.192 -0.137 7.451 0.495
42 17.3 17.5 -0.398 -0.343 5.937 0.285
46 14.9 15.1 -0.529 -0.474 4.027 0.155
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10133D
50.5
1.
00
R
R
00
10133D-3
1.
49
0.
R
50
10133D-5
50
R
48
0.
0.
50
R
50
R
0.
10133D-11
45
2.
15
R
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
CPS0568

Figure C-85

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10133D-(3), 10133N-(3) Blade MV, X, and V-shank


9.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.690 1.983
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.340 1.501
18 39.1 40.1 0.293 0.357 6.060 0.922
24 32.9 33.5 0.038 0.102 6.290 0.691
30 29.4 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.160 0.518
36 25.6 26.0 -0.242 -0.178 5.670 0.425
42 22.6 23.0 -0.357 -0.293 4.620 0.317
48 19.9 20.3 -0.532 -0.468 ---- ----
10133D-11, 10133N-11 Blade MV, X, and V-shank


9.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.690 1.983
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.335 1.500
18 39.1 40.1 0.293 0.357 6.050 0.921
24 32.9 33.5 0.038 0.102 6.275 0.689
30 29.4 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.115 0.515
36 25.6 26.0 -0.242 -0.178 5.535 0.415
42 22.6 23.0 -0.357 -0.293 4.290 0.197

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10151(C)-5
48
0.50 R 0.50 R
10151-8
46.5
10151-8R
46
10151-10
45.5
2.
R
00
45
00
R
2.
10151-10R 2.
R
0
00
0
44
2.
R
43
0.
R
50
50
R
0.
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
10151

Figure C-86

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10151-8(R), -10(R) Blade Z and W-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.043 2.854
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.355 1.501
18 ---- ---- 0.293 0.357 6.071 0.922
24 32.9 33.5 0.038 0.102 6.306 0.690
30 29.4 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.175 0.516
36 25.6 26.0 -0.242 -0.178 5.655 0.422
42 22.6 23.0 -0.357 -0.293 ---- ----
10151C-5 Blade Z and W-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.043 2.854
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.355 1.501
18 ---- ---- 0.293 0.357 6.071 0.922
24 32.9 33.5 0.038 0.102 6.306 0.690
30 29.4 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.175 0.516
36 26.3 26.7 -0.242 -0.178 5.655 0.422
42 24.5 24.9 -0.357 -0.293 4.514 0.308

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10152-5.5
47 47.5
R
0.
44
44
0.
R
46
45
44
43
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
10152

Figure C-87

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10152-5.5 Blade Z, W, P, and R-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.870 2.890
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.825 1.610
18 ---- ---- 0.393 0.457 5.500 1.120
24 32.9 33.5 0.088 0.152 5.816 0.802
30 29.3 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 5.982 0.580
36 25.8 26.2 -0.242 -0.178 5.655 0.430
42 23.3 23.7 -0.357 -0.293 4.514 0.330
43.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.315
44.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.285
45.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.247
46.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.208

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10160-1
50
0.
R
44
10160-3
44
R
49
0.
48
10160-6
47.5
47
46
45.5
45
44
43
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
CPS0612

Figure C-88

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10160-1, -3 Blade Z, W, P, and R-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.859 3.045
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.812 1.770
18 38.4 39.4 0.429 0.491 5.492 1.193
24 32.9 33.5 0.089 0.151 5.811 0.805
30 29.3 Set Up -0.091 -0.029 5.970 0.625
36 25.8 26.2 -0.216 -0.154 5.636 0.461
42 23.3 23.7 -0.346 -0.284 4.467 0.350
48 21.4 21.8 -0.466 -0.404 2.960 0.231
10160-6 Blade Z, W, P, and R-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.870 2.890
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.825 1.775
18 ---- ---- 0.428 0.492 5.500 1.198
24 32.9 33.5 0.088 0.152 5.816 0.812
30 29.3 Set Up -0.092 -0.028 5.982 0.630
36 25.8 26.2 -0.217 -0.153 5.666 0.476
42 23.3 23.7 -0.347 -0.283 4.532 0.365
43.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.345
44.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.308
45.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.261
46 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.225

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10160-6.5R
47.25
47
10160-8.5R
46.25
2.
46
R
25
25
R
2.
2.2
45
R
R
25
2.
44
43
42
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
36
CPS0612-1
Blade Models 10160-(6.5R, 8.5R) Blade Tip

Figure C-89

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10160-8.5R Blade Z-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.870 2.890
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.825 1.775
18 ---- ---- 0.428 0.492 5.500 1.198
24 32.9 33.5 0.088 0.152 5.816 0.812
30 29.3 Set Up -0.092 -0.028 5.982 0.630
36 25.8 26.2 -0.217 -0.153 5.666 0.476
42 23.3 23.5 -0.347 -0.283 4.375 0.310
43.25 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.270
44.25 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.210
45.25 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.160

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10160-12E
44.5
44
42
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
36
10160-12E
Blade Model 10160-12E Blade Tip

Figure C-90

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10160-12E Blade P and R-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.870 2.890
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.825 1.775
18 ---- ---- 0.428 0.429 5.500 1.198
24 32.9 33.5 0.088 0.152 5.816 0.812
30 29.3 Set Up -0.092 -0.028 5.890 0.630
36 25.8 26.2 -0.217 -0.153 5.390 0.476
42 23.3 23.7 -0.347 -0.283 3.770 0.310

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10172
50.5
1.00 R
48
46.5
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
10172

Figure C-91

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10172 Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.055 2.565
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.367 1.195
18 39.1 40.1 0.228 0.292 6.083 0.732
24 33.0 33.5 0.038 0.102 6.306 0.546
30 29.4 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.187 0.417
36 25.6 26.0 -0.240 -0.176 5.702 0.338
42 22.6 23.0 -0.358 -0.294 4.644 0.253
48 19.9 20.3 -0.476 -0.412 2.930 0.172
10172C Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.055 2.565
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.367 1.195
18 39.1 40.1 0.228 0.292 6.083 0.732
24 33.0 33.5 0.038 0.102 6.306 0.546
30 29.4 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.187 0.417
36 26.3 26.7 -0.240 -0.176 5.702 0.338
42 24.5 24.9 -0.358 -0.294 4.644 0.253
48 23.5 23.9 -0.476 -0.412 2.930 0.172

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10173A
50.5
1.00 R 1.00 R
1.00 R 1.00 R
48.2 48.5
10173A-4
10173A-6Q
2.00 R 2.00 R
44.25 45
10173AN-12.5
2.50 R 2.50 R
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
10173A-1
Blade Model 10173A Blade Tip

Figure C-92

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10173A(N) Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.741
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.405
18 43.1 44.1 0.289 0.351 6.237 0.854
24 35.5 35.8 0.038 0.102 6.655 0.595
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.682 0.465
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.380 0.392
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.450 0.299
48 17.6 18.0 -0.476 -0.412 3.560 0.217
10173A(N)-6, -6Q* Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.741
---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.405
18 43.1 44.1 0.289 0.351 6.237 0.854
24 35.5 35.8 0.038 0.102 6.655 0.595
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.670 0.464
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.330 0.389
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.290 0.291
chapter of this manual

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10173AN-12.5* Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.741
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.407
18 43.1 44.1 0.289 0.351 6.235 0.845
24 35.5 35.8 0.038 0.102 6.645 0.582
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.660 0.451
36 25.3 25.5 -0.240 -0.176 6.230 0.380
42 21.0 21.2 -0.358 -0.294 5.155 0.295
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1.00 R
10173D
50.0
10173D-6Q
48.18
1.00 R
42
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
TRAILING EDGE
36
10173D
Blade Model 10173D Blade Tip

Figure C-93

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10173D(N)-6Q* Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.916
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.543
18 43.1 44.1 0.244 0.306 6.237 0.944
24 35.3 35.8 -0.042 0.022 6.655 0.638
30 30.0 Set Up -0.242 -0.178 6.670 0.498
36 25.2 25.6 -0.405 -0.341 6.330 0.434
42 20.9 21.3 -0.578 -0.514 5.290 0.321
*Refer to the section, "Q-Tip Blades" in the Blade Airfoil Overhaul

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
50.5
1.00 R 1.00 R
48
44.25 45.25
10173FB-10.5
10173F-11, -11R
45
10173F-12.5
2.94 R 2.
R 50
50 R
2.
10173F-12.5
42
10173F-21R
40
3.35 R
36
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
30
T10173F
Blade Model 10173F Blade Tip

Figure C-94

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10173F(N)-10.5*, -11R Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.750
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.870
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.205
18 43.1 44.1 0.178 0.242 6.235 0.644
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.645 0.471
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.660 0.408
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.230 0.345
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.155 0.251
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070
10173F(N)-12.5* Blade on all

aircraft except Beech A100 T-shank

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.750
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.870
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.205
18 43.1 44.1 0.178 0.242 6.235 0.644
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.645 0.471
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.660 0.408
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.230 0.345
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.155 0.251
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10173F(N)-12.5* Blade on Beech

A100 applications ONLY T-shank

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.750
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.870
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.205
18 43.1 44.1 0.178 0.242 6.235 0.644
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.645 0.471
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.734 0.408
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.456 0.345
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.619 0.255
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070
10173F(N)-21R Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.750
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.870
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.334 1.205
18 43.1 44.1 0.178 0.242 6.231 0.644
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.623 0.471
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.571 0.408
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 5.851 0.345
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
51 10173+1
10173
50.5
10173-1 1.00 R
50
1.00 R
10173-3
49
10173-4
48.5
10173-5
48
10173-6
47.5
R R R
2. .00 .00
00
R 2.0 .00 .00

2 2
2 2
10173-8
45.5 46.5
R R
0
10173-9
46
10173-10
2.
50
50
10173-11(R)
2.
R
45
2. R R R
2. 2.5 .50 .50
50 0 0
50 0
10173-13R 2. 2.5 2.5

R R
44
R
2 2
50
10173-15
R R
R
43
7 5
10173-16 93
42.5
2.
10173-17R
42
10173-18
41.5
R
3.
00
00
10173-19
3.
R
41
3. 3.0 3.0 R R
2. 2. R R R
00 0 0
00 00 0
10173-21R
3. 3. 3.0
R R R
40
R R
2. 2.
50 50
50 50
10173-25R
38
3.35 R
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
3.40 R
34
T10173
Blade Model (T)10173 Blade Tip

Figure C-95

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10173, +1 Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.585
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.195
18 43.1 44.1 0.228 0.292 6.192 0.732
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.615 0.547
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.670 0.417
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.370 0.342
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.450 0.253
48 17.6 18.0 -0.476 -0.412 3.560 0.172
10173(N), +1 Blade
Category 2 T-shank

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 0.289 0.351 6.192 0.830
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.615 0.547
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.670 0.417
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.370 0.342
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.450 0.253
48 17.6 18.0 -0.476 -0.412 3.560 0.172

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10173N-3 Blade
Category 2 T-shank

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 0.289 0.351 6.192 0.830
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.615 0.547
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.670 0.417
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.370 0.342
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.450 0.253
48 17.6 18.0 -0.476 -0.412 ---- ----
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
10173-3 Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.585
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.195
18 43.1 44.1 0.228 0.292 6.192 0.732
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.615 0.547
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.670 0.417
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.370 0.342
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.450 0.253
48 17.6 18.0 -0.476 -0.412 ---- ----
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10173-8(R) Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.585
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.195
18 43.1 44.1 0.228 0.292 6.192 0.732
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.615 0.546
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.648 0.415
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.257 0.338
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.185 0.242
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
10173(N)-8R, -9 Blade
Category 2 T-shank

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 0.289 0.351 6.192 0.830
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.615 0.546
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.648 0.415
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.257 0.338
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.185 0.242
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10173-11 Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.585
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.195
18 43.1 44.1 0.228 0.292 6.186 0.732
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.608 0.546
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.640 0.415
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.230 0.336
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.155 0.241
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
10173(N)-11R Blade
Category 2 T-shank

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 0.289 0.351 6.186 0.830
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.608 0.546
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.640 0.415
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.230 0.336
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.155 0.241
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10173(N)-13Q* Blade
Category 2 T-shank

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 0.228 0.292 6.186 0.830
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.608 0.546
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.640 0.415
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.230 0.336
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.155 0.170
10173(N)-15 Blade
Category 2 T-shank

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 0.228 0.292 6.186 0.830
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.608 0.546
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.640 0.415
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.230 0.336
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 3.760 0.112
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10173(N)-17R Blade
Category 2 T-shank

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 0.228 0.351 6.186 0.830
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.608 0.546
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.640 0.415
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 5.999 0.336
39 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.026 0.295
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
10173(N)-18 Blade
Category 2 T-shank

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 0.289 0.351 6.186 0.830
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.608 0.546
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.640 0.415
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 5.999 0.336
39 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.369 0.295
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10173(N)-21R Blade
Category 2 T-shank

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.020 2.770
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.325 1.382
18 43.1 44.1 0.289 0.351 6.213 0.820
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.589 0.532
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.468 0.401
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 5.974 0.323
10173(N)-25R Blade
Category 2 T-shank

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.020 2.770
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.325 1.382
18 43.1 44.1 0.270 0.350 6.213 0.820
24 35.25 35.75 0.020 0.100 6.589 0.532
30 30.0 Set Up -0.140 -0.060 6.468 0.401
34 26.7 27.1 -0.220 -0.140 5.974 0.345
35 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.761 ----
36 25.2 25.6 -0.260 -0.180 5.160 0.230
37 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.891 ----
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10173C, +1 Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.585
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.195
18 43.1 44.1 0.228 0.292 6.192 0.732
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.615 0.547
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.670 0.417
36 26.8 27.2 -0.240 -0.176 6.370 0.342
42 24.7 25.1 -0.358 -0.294 5.450 0.253
48 22.8 23.2 -0.476 -0.412 3.560 0.172
10173C(N), +1 Blade
Category 2 T-shank

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 0.289 0.351 6.192 0.830
24 35.3 35.8 0.038 0.102 6.615 0.547
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.670 0.417
36 26.8 27.2 -0.240 -0.176 6.370 0.342
42 24.7 25.1 -0.358 -0.294 5.450 0.253
48 22.8 23.2 -0.476 -0.412 3.560 0.172

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10173C(N)-8 Blade
Category 2 T-shank

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 0.289 0.351 6.192 0.830
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.615 0.546
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.648 0.415
36 26.8 27.2 -0.240 -0.176 6.257 0.338
42 24.7 25.1 -0.358 -0.294 5.185 0.242

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10176+1
51
10176
50.5
1.00 R
1.00 R 1.00 R
10176-3
49
10176-4
48.5
1.
10176-5
R
00
48
1. .00
R
10176-6
R
1
47.5
1.
00
00
10176-5R
2.
R
00
R
10176-8
R R
2. .00
46.5
2. 2.00
00 R
2
00
2.
R
50
50
10176F-12.5
2.
R
44.25
2.
50
R
10176-18
41.5
10176-19
41
2.
R
50 2.5
50
R 0R
2.
R
50
2.
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
36
10176

Figure C-96

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10176(H)(S)-5, -6 Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.585
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.195
18 43.1 44.1 0.228 0.292 6.192 0.732
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.615 0.547
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.670 0.441
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.325 0.360
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.290 0.285
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
10176(H)(N)(S)-5, -6, -8 Blade

Category 2 T-shank

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 0.289 0.351 6.192 0.830
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.615 0.547
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.670 0.441
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.325 0.360
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.290 0.285
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10176, +1, -3 Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.585
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.195
18 43.1 44.1 0.228 0.292 6.192 0.732
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.615 0.547
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.670 0.417
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.370 0.342
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.450 0.253
48 17.6 18.0 -0.476 -0.412 3.560 0.172
10176C,+1 Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.585
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.195
18 43.1 44.1 0.228 0.292 6.192 0.732
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.615 0.547
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.670 0.417
36 26.8 27.2 -0.240 -0.176 6.370 0.342
42 24.7 25.1 -0.358 -0.294 5.450 0.253
48 22.8 23.2 -0.476 -0.412 3.560 0.172

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10176(N), +1, -3 Blade

Category 2 T-shank

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 0.289 0.351 6.192 0.830
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.615 0.547
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.670 0.417
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.370 0.342
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.450 0.253
48 17.6 18.0 -0.476 -0.412 3.560 0.172

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10178+1
51
10178
50.5
10178-3
2. 2.
50 50
49
R R
+
10178-5
+
48
10178-6
47.5
10178-8P
2.
50
10178-8
R
+
46.5
10178-9 2. 2.
50 50
46
R R
10178-10.5 +
45.25
10178-11 +
45
2.
R
50
10178-13 50
R
2.
+ +
2.
44
50 2.5
R 0R
+
10178-15
43
+
R
3.
10178-16.5 00
42.25
00
3.
+
R
10178-17 +
42
3.
R
00
00
R
3.
+ +
3.
R
00
00
R
3.
+ +
40
3.
R
00
00
R
3.
+ +
+ +
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
36
10178A


Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10178R
50.5
10178-3R
49
10178-4R
48.5
10178-5R
R
00
48
10178-6R
3.
47.5
+
10178-8R
R
46.5
75 2.7 .00
R R R
3
5
+
+
2.
10178-11R +
75
45
2.
+
R
10178-13R
75
2.
44
R
75
2.
+ R
75
2.
10178-21R
40
R
50
ROTATIONAL AXIS
3.
+
LEADING EDGE
36
10178A


Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10178(H)(N) Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.655
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.505
36 25.2 25.6 -0.231 -0.169 7.400 0.364
42 20.9 21.3 -0.351 -0.289 7.130 0.253
48 17.6 18.0 -0.461 -0.399 6.250 0.153
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
10178R Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.655
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.505
36 25.2 25.6 -0.231 -0.169 7.400 0.364
42 20.9 21.3 -0.351 -0.289 7.130 0.253
48 17.6 18.0 -0.461 -0.399 5.450 0.153
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10178C(H)(N), +1 Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.655
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.505
36 26.8 27.2 -0.231 -0.169 7.400 0.364
42 24.7 25.1 -0.351 -0.289 7.130 0.253
48 22.8 23.2 -0.461 -0.399 6.250 0.153
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
10178C(N)R, +1 Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.655
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.505
36 26.8 27.2 -0.231 -0.169 7.400 0.364
42 24.7 25.1 -0.351 -0.289 7.130 0.253
48 22.8 23.2 -0.461 -0.399 5.450 0.153
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
10178(H)(N)-3R Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.515
36 25.2 25.6 -0.231 -0.169 7.400 0.375
42 20.9 21.3 -0.351 -0.289 7.050 0.265
44 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.230
46 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.195
48 17.6 18.0 -0.461 -0.399 ---- ----
10178(H)(N)-5, -6 Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.507
36 25.2 25.6 -0.231 -0.169 7.380 0.365
42 20.9 21.3 -0.351 -0.289 6.915 0.247
48 17.6 18.0 -0.461 -0.399 ---- ----

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.507
36 25.2 25.6 -0.231 -0.169 7.390 0.365
42 20.9 21.3 -0.351 -0.289 6.700 0.247
48 17.6 18.0 -0.461 -0.399 ---- 0.060


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.507
36 25.2 25.6 -0.231 -0.169 7.380 0.365
42 20.9 21.3 -0.351 -0.289 6.350 0.247
48 17.6 18.0 -0.461 -0.399 ---- ---

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.325 0.506
36 25.2 25.6 -0.231 -0.169 7.270 0.362
42 20.9 21.3 -0.401 -0.339 5.850 0.154
10178(H)(N)-10Q* Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.430 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.080 0.655
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.315 0.505
36 25.2 25.6 -0.231 -0.169 7.250 0.364
42 20.9 21.3 -0.351 -0.289 6.800 0.241

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10178(H)(N)-11 Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.430 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.080 0.655
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.315 0.505
36 25.2 25.6 -0.231 -0.169 7.250 0.364
42 20.9 21.3 -0.351 -0.289 6.800 0.241


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.430 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.080 0.655
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.315 0.505
36 25.2 25.6 -0.231 -0.169 7.000 0.364
42 20.9 21.3 -0.401 -0.339 5.200 0.153

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.430 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.080 0.655
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.290 0.503
36 25.2 25.6 -0.281 -0.219 6.800 0.310
42 20.9 21.3 -0.401 -0.339 4.620 0.136
10178(N)-5Q, -7Q Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.507
36 25.2 25.6 -0.231 -0.169 7.380 0.365
42 20.9 21.3 -0.351 -0.289 6.915 0.247
45 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.450 ----*

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10178(N)-13Q Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.430 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.080 0.655
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.315 0.505
36 25.2 25.6 -0.231 -0.169 7.250 0.364
42 20.9 21.3 -0.351 -0.289 6.800 ----*
10178(N)-15 Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.430 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.080 0.655
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.290 0.503
36 25.2 25.6 -0.281 -0.219 6.800 0.310
42 20.9 21.3 -0.401 -0.339 ---- 0.136
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
53.875
10282+5
10282+4
53
10282+3
52.5
3.
00
R
3.
00
10282
R
50.75
10282-1.5
3.
00
50
R
10282-3
49.25
10282-4
47.75 48.75
2. 2.
50 50
R
10282-6
R
10282-7
47.25
10282-4P
3.
0R
00
10282-9.5
46.25
3.0
R
10282-11
2.7
45.5
5R
2.
10282-12
43.75 44.75
75
10282-12.5
R
44.25
10282-14
3.
2.
00
50
R
R
2.
50
R
2.
3.
50
00
R
10282-23.5
39.25
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
10282-25.5Q
38.68
1. 1.
50 50
R R
36
TPI-10282-1


Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10282HR
50.75
10282-4R
47.75 48.75
10282-5.3R
3.
46.25 47.25 48.1
00
10282HS-6R
R
10282-7R
10282-9.5R
3. 3. 3.
00 00 00
R R R
3.
50
R
3.
88
R
10282-19R
41.25
0.87
3.
50
R
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
TPI-10282-1


Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10282+4 Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.201 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.508
36 26.0 26.4 -0.261 -0.199 7.400 0.367
42 23.1 23.5 -0.431 -0.369 7.130 0.253
48 20.9 21.3 -0.571 -0.509 6.250 0.153
51.625 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.109
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050
10282N+4 Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 3.170
9 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.790
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.201 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.508
36 26.0 26.4 -0.261 -0.199 7.400 0.367
42 23.1 23.5 -0.431 -0.369 7.130 0.253
48 20.9 21.3 -0.571 -0.509 6.250 0.153
51.625 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.109
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10282-4P, -4R Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.508
36 26.0 26.4 -0.261 -0.199 7.400 0.365
42 23.1 23.5 -0.431 -0.369 7.130 0.253
48 20.9 21.3 -0.571 -0.509 ---- ----
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050
10282N-4P, -4R Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 3.170
9 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.790
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.508
36 26.0 26.4 -0.261 -0.199 7.400 0.365
42 23.1 23.5 -0.431 -0.369 7.130 0.253
48 20.9 21.3 -0.571 -0.509 ---- ----
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10282R Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.508
36 26.0 26.4 -0.261 -0.199 7.400 0.367
42 23.1 23.5 -0.431 -0.369 7.130 0.253
48 20.9 21.3 -0.571 -0.509 5.650 0.153
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070
10282NR Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 3.170
9* ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.790
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.508
36 26.0 26.4 -0.261 -0.199 7.400 0.367
42 23.1 23.5 -0.431 -0.369 7.130 0.253
48 20.9 21.3 -0.571 -0.509 5.650 0.153
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10282+6 Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.201 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.469 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.164 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.435 0.514
36 26.0 26.4 -0.261 -0.199 7.543 0.367
42 23.1 23.5 -0.431 -0.369 7.503 0.253
48 20.9 21.3 -0.571 -0.509 6.872 0.153
52.5 19.5 19.9 -0.591 -0.529 4.380 0.109
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050
10282N+6 Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 3.170
9* ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.790
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.201 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.469 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.164 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.435 0.514
36 26.0 26.4 -0.261 -0.199 7.543 0.367
42 23.1 23.5 -0.431 -0.369 7.503 0.253
48 20.9 21.3 -0.571 -0.509 6.872 0.153
52.5 19.5 19.9 -0.591 -0.529 4.380 0.109
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10282-6R Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.505
36 26.0 26.4 -0.261 -0.199 7.400 0.365
42 23.1 23.5 -0.431 -0.369 7.083 0.253
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035
10282N-6R Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 3.170
9* ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.790
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.505
36 26.0 26.4 -0.261 -0.199 7.400 0.365
42 23.1 23.5 -0.431 -0.369 7.083 0.253
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10282D Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.508
36 25.2 25.6 -0.261 -0.199 7.400 0.367
42 20.9 21.3 -0.431 -0.369 7.130 0.253
48 17.6 18.0 -0.571 -0.509 5.979 0.153
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070
10282DN Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 3.170
9* ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.790
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.508
36 25.2 25.6 -0.261 -0.199 7.400 0.367
42 20.9 21.3 -0.431 -0.369 7.130 0.253
48 17.6 18.0 -0.571 -0.509 5.979 0.153
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10282D-4R Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.508
36 25.2 25.6 -0.261 -0.199 7.400 0.365
42 20.9 21.3 -0.431 -0.369 7.130 0.253
48 17.6 18.0 -0.571 -0.509 ---- ----
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050
10282DN-4R Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 3.170
9* ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.790
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.508
36 25.2 25.6 -0.261 -0.199 7.400 0.365
42 20.9 21.3 -0.431 -0.369 7.130 0.253
48 17.6 18.0 -0.571 -0.509 ---- ----
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10282* Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.508
36 26.0 26.4 -0.261 -0.199 7.400 0.367
42 23.1 23.5 -0.431 -0.369 7.130 0.253
48 20.9 21.3 -0.571 -0.509 5.979 0.153
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070
*For 4-bladed propellers, refer to the section, "Rule of 0.030 Inch
Thickness for Blades in Four, Five, and Six Blade Propellers" in this
chapter.
10282N* Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 3.170
9* ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.790
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.508
36 26.0 26.4 -0.261 -0.199 7.400 0.367
42 23.1 23.5 -0.431 -0.369 7.130 0.253
48 20.9 21.3 -0.571 -0.509 5.979 0.153
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070
*For 4-bladed propellers, refer to the section, "Rule of 0.030 Inch
Thickness for Blades in Four, Five, and Six Blade Propellers" in this
chapter.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10282NS-5.3R* Blade T-shank


Sta Min Max Align Min Align Max Min Min A B
8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.861 3.175 ---- ----
9 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.790 ---- ----
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.213 1.550 ---- 1.575
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.518 0.940 ---- 0.965
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.173 0.650 ---- 0.675
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.430 0.500 ---- 0.525
36 26.0 26.4 -0.261 -0.199 7.516 0.365 0.395 ----
42 23.1 23.5 -0.431 -0.369 7.459 0.255 0.285 ----
44 ---- ---- ---- ---- 7.089 0.212 0.242 ----
46.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.162 0.162 0.192 ----
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070 0.100 ----
*If any thicknesses from the 36-inch station to the tip is less than that in column A (but
above minimums), then from the 12-inch station through the 30-inch station the blade
must be reduced in thickness to no more than the figures in column B.
To reduce thickness at these stations, the airfoil (thickness) profile between
one inch from the lead edge and one inch from the trail edge must be reduced the
same amount as the maximum thickness.
10282-9.5R Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.508
36 26.0 26.4 -0.261 -0.199 7.400 0.365
42 23.1 23.5 -0.431 -0.369 7.000 0.253
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10282N-9.5R Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 3.170
9* ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.790
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.508
36 26.0 26.4 -0.261 -0.199 7.400 0.365
42 23.1 23.5 -0.431 -0.369 7.000 0.253
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10282A+6
54.06
10282A+4
52.25 53
3.3
10282A+2.5
2R
3.0
0R
R
00
3.
10282A-6
47.75
1.
R
50
50
R
1.
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
42
10282A
Blade Model 10282(A) Blade Tip

Figure C-99

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10282A(N)+2.5* Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.855 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.201 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.495 0.927
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.215 0.645
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.530 0.504
36 26.0 26.4 -0.231 -0.169 7.620 0.396
42 23.1 23.5 -0.351 -0.289 7.620 0.342
48 20.9 21.3 -0.431 -0.369 6.486 0.247
50.25 20.1 20.5 -0.460 -0.399 ---- 0.181
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.090
10282A(N)+4* Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.855 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.201 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.495 0.927
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.215 0.645
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.530 0.504
36 26.0 26.4 -0.231 -0.169 7.620 0.396
42 23.1 23.5 -0.351 -0.289 7.620 0.342
48 20.9 21.3 -0.431 -0.369 7.010 0.247
50.25 20.1 20.5 -0.460 -0.399 ---- 0.181
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10282A(N)+6* Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.855 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.201 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.495 0.927
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.215 0.645
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.530 0.504
36 26.0 26.4 -0.231 -0.169 7.620 0.396
42 23.1 23.5 -0.351 -0.289 7.620 0.342
48 20.9 21.3 -0.431 -0.369 7.010 0.247
50.25 20.1 20.5 -0.461 -0.399 6.600 0.181
52.5 19.5 19.9 -0.501 -0.439 5.000 0.109
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.50 R
10290+2
50.75 51.75
10290
48
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
10290

Figure C-100

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10290N(+2) Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.879 3.170
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.332 1.565
18 43.0 43.6 0.299 0.364 6.617 0.975
24 35.7 36.1 0.027 0.092 7.396 0.650
30 30.6 31.0 -0.132 -0.077 7.745 0.525
36 27.7 28.1 -0.270 -0.215 7.721 0.455
42 25.8 Set Up -0.422 -0.367 7.017 0.355
48 23.6 23.8 -0.590 -0.535 5.052 0.220
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
50.125
46
4.00 R
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
42
TI-4137

Figure C-101

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10305 Blade E-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.724 1.855
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.017 1.345
18 42.5 43.1 0.228 0.293 7.096 0.860
24 35.4 35.8 0.030 0.095 7.586 0.670
30 29.5 29.9 -0.058 -0.003 7.844 0.690
36 24.7 25.1 -0.182 -0.127 7.903 0.655
42 21.0 Set Up -0.353 -0.298 7.804 0.520
46 18.7 18.9 -0.504 -0.449 7.628 0.355
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
51.75
2.00 R
0.880
48
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
TRAILING EDGE
LEADING EDGE
FACE-SIDE
CPS0604

Figure C-102

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10476(N)S Blade M-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.860 2.945
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.341 1.695
18 41.6 42.2 0.200 0.265 6.646 0.888
24 35.3 35.7 -0.030 0.035 7.435 0.635
30 30.0 Set Up -0.165 -0.110 7.802 0.558
36 25.0 25.4 -0.285 -0.230 7.826 0.510
42 20.8 21.0 -0.415 -0.360 7.297 0.445
48 16.9 17.1 -0.577 -0.522 5.642 0.305
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1.75 R
50.625
47
42
LEADING EDGE
LEADING EDGE
AXIS
ROTATIONAL AXIS
ROTATIONAL
36
10477

Figure C-103

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10477(A)(S)* Blade E-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.250 1.755
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.674 1.185
18 40.3 40.9 0.167 0.232 6.818 0.720
24 34.2 34.6 -0.025 0.040 7.494 0.540
30 29.0 Set Up -0.137 -0.082 7.769 0.515
36 24.2 24.6 -0.259 -0.204 7.647 0.485
42 20.0 20.2 -0.391 -0.336 6.768 0.430
47 16.8 17.0 -0.547 -0.492 4.995 0.295
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
50.625
2.00 R.
+
48
0.880
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
10478
Blade Model 10478S Blade Tip

Figure C-104

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10478S* Blade E-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.292 2.619
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.659 1.452
18 40.3 40.9 0.200 0.135 6.827 0.808
24 34.2 34.6 0.007 -0.058 7.533 0.615
30 29.0 Set Up -0.132 -0.187 7.835 0.548
36 24.2 24.6 -0.254 -0.309 7.775 0.503
42 20.0 20.2 -0.380 -0.435 7.119 0.432
48 16.2 16.4 -0.577 -0.632 5.051 0.240
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.25 R
50.625
3.00 R
48
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
10479
Blade Model 10479S Blade Tip

Figure C-105

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10479S* Blade E-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.289 2.628
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.660 1.451
18 40.3 40.9 0.091 0.156 6.827 0.808
24 34.2 34.6 -0.103 -0.038 7.535 0.615
30 29.1 Set Up -0.225 -0.170 7.826 0.548
36 24.2 24.6 -0.332 -0.277 7.678 0.497
42 20.0 20.2 -0.440 -0.385 6.929 0.432
48 16.2 16.4 -0.625 -0.570 5.195 0.240
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3.00 R
51.125
48
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
10541

Figure C-106

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10541* Blade D-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.120 1.610
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.445 1.205
18 40.3 40.9 0.210 0.145 6.915 0.925
24 34.3 34.7 -0.117 -0.182 7.660 0.620
30 29.8 Set Up -0.380 -0.435 7.737 0.470
36 24.5 24.9 -0.580 -0.635 7.530 0.440
42 20.6 20.8 -0.790 -0.845 6.940 0.390
48 17.8 18.0 -1.035 -1.090 6.043 0.265
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.155

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.26 1.50 R
52.25
48
42
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
36
CPS0605
Blade Model 10574F Blade Tip

Figure C-107

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10574* Blade T-shank

NOTE: 10574* Blade is obsolete and has been replaced by
10574FS per AD 87-15-05 and Hartzell Propeller Inc.
Service Bulletin 140( ).
10574A(S)* Blade T-shank

NOTE: 10574A(S)* Blade is obsolete and has been replaced
by 10574FS per AD 87-15-05 and Hartzell Propeller Inc.
Service Bulletin 140( ).
10574F(N)S* Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.840 2.945
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.944 1.445
18 42.2 42.8 0.215 0.280 5.845 0.815
24 36.3 36.7 -0.005 0.060 6.422 0.690
30 30.0 Set Up -0.220 -0.165 6.780 0.590
36 23.9 24.3 -0.430 -0.375 6.670 0.525
42 19.2 19.4 -0.660 -0.605 6.080 0.475
48 16.2 16.4 -0.900 -0.845 4.830 0.375
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1.00 R
52.75
10673-2Q
52.44
2.90 R
0.430
48
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
42
10673

Figure C-108

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10673(N), -2Q* Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.840 2.945
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.107 1.745
18 42.0 43.0 0.190 0.265 5.954 0.943
24 36.25 36.75 -0.010 0.055 6.386 0.729
30 30.0 Set Up -0.245 -0.190 6.781 0.561
36 23.9 24.3 -0.455 -0.400 6.871 0.445
42 19.1 19.5 -0.685 -0.630 6.449 0.335
48 16.1 16.5 -0.905 -0.850 5.301 0.205
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.060**
**Applies only to the 10673(N) blade.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2.70 R
53.25
48
42
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
36
TPI-10702

Figure C-109

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10702(N)(S)* Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.761 3.170
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.931 1.545
18 52.1 52.7 0.154 0.219 6.300 0.900
24 48.1 48.5 -0.147 -0.082 7.165 0.600
30 44.8 Set Up -0.357 -0.302 7.538 0.480
36 41.9 42.3 -0.571 -0.516 7.437 0.365
42 40.0 40.2 -0.781 -0.726 6.840 0.255
48 38.7 38.9 -0.986 -0.931 5.764 0.155
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1.50 R 0.50 R
52.125
48
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
30
TPI-JM-000010

Figure C-110

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10703(S)* Blade E-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.105 2.245
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.222 1.245
18 51.3 51.9 0.198 0.263 6.501 0.800
24 47.3 47.7 -0.024 0.041 7.269 0.566
30 44.2 Set Up -0.180 -0.125 7.553 0.457
36 41.5 41.9 -0.344 -0.289 7.360 0.345
42 39.7 39.9 -0.499 -0.444 6.674 0.235
48 38.6 38.8 -0.634 -0.579 5.502 0.142
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045

Rev. 45 Nov/23
133C
1.50 R 1.94 R
10876A(S)
54
53.68
10876A(N, S)-2Q 10876AS-2Q
0.88
52
48
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
42
10876

Figure C-111

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10876(N)* Blade M-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.860 2.685
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.340 1.370
18 43.0 43.6 0.185 0.250 6.650 0.825
24 35.7 36.1 -0.045 0.020 7.440 0.605
30 30.0 Set Up -0.189 -0.124 7.810 0.540
36 25.2 25.6 -0.308 -0.253 7.830 0.485
42 22.0 22.2 -0.435 -0.380 7.310 0.425
48 19.4 19.6 -0.595 -0.540 5.670 0.285
52 17.8 18.0 -0.726 -0.671 3.850 0.145
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070
10876A(N)(S)* Blade M-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.860 3.045
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.340 1.370
18 43.0 43.6 0.175 0.250 6.640 0.825
24 35.7 36.1 -0.055 0.020 7.440 0.605
30 30.0 Set Up -0.194 -0.129 7.810 0.540
36 25.2 25.6 -0.316 -0.253 7.830 0.485
42 22.0 22.2 -0.443 -0.380 7.310 0.425
48 19.4 19.6 -0.603 -0.540 5.670 0.285
52 17.8 18.0 -0.734 -0.671 3.850 0.145
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10876A(N)(S)-2Q Blade T-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.860 3.045
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.330 1.370
18 43.0 43.6 0.175 0.250 6.620 0.825
24 35.7 36.1 -0.055 0.020 7.400 0.605
30 30.0 Set Up -0.194 -0.129 7.750 0.540
36 25.2 25.6 -0.316 -0.253 7.740 0.485
42 22.0 22.2 -0.443 -0.380 7.100 0.425
48 19.4 19.6 -0.603 -0.540 5.200 0.285
52 17.8 18.0 -0.799 -0.671 3.360 ----

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3.00 R 3.75 R
10890
54
10890( )-2
52.75
51
48
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
42
10890
Blade Models 10890, 10890( )-2 Blade Tip

Figure C-112

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C


8.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.999 3.085
10.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.155
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.341 1.695
18 40.0 40.6 0.354 0.419 6.646 0.980
24 33.4 33.8 0.117 0.182 7.440 0.710
30 29.1 Set Up -0.053 0.002 7.788 0.565
36 25.3 25.7 -0.200 -0.145 7.885 0.485
42 22.3 22.5 -0.344 -0.289 7.746 0.405
48 19.7 19.9 -0.501 -0.446 7.420 0.295
51 18.5 18.7 -0.601 -0.546 7.175 0.195
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045
10890CN-2 Blade T-shank


8.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.996 3.085
10.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.155
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.333 1.695
18 38.3 38.9 0.354 0.419 6.618 0.980
24 33.4 33.8 0.117 0.182 7.398 0.710
30 29.1 Set Up -0.053 0.002 7.730 0.565
36 25.3 25.7 -0.200 -0.145 7.783 0.485
42 22.3 22.5 -0.344 -0.289 7.486 0.405
48 19.7 19.9 -0.501 -0.446 6.706 0.295
51 18.5 18.7 -0.601 -0.546 ---- 0.195
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
54
51
48
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
42
10891
Blade Model 10891N Blade Tip

Figure C-113

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C


8.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.999 2.886
10.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.993
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.341 1.631
18 41.2 41.8 0.368 0.433 6.646 1.010
24 34.5 34.9 0.097 0.162 7.440 0.670
30 29.8 30.2 -0.048 0.007 7.788 0.577
36 26.5 26.9 -0.169 -0.114 7.885 0.549
42 24.3 Set Up -0.296 -0.241 7.615 0.502
48 22.2 22.4 -0.476 -0.421 6.715 0.343
51 21.1 21.3 -0.595 -0.540 5.728 0.203
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
52.875
51
48
42 2.94 R 2.94 R
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
TPI-JM-000046

Figure C-114

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
10991* Blade E-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.258 2.245
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.660 1.345
18 39.7 40.3 0.257 0.322 6.833 0.925
24 33.5 33.9 0.011 0.076 7.535 0.636
30 29.3 Set Up -0.123 -0.068 7.826 0.567
36 26.0 26.4 -0.242 -0.187 7.865 0.543
42 23.8 24.0 -0.375 -0.320 7.505 0.481
48 21.8 22.0 -0.569 -0.514 6.413 0.295
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3.25 R
56
11276-3 4.00 R
54 54.5
11276-4 3.50 R
51
48
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
42
11276

Figure C-115

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
11276N(S)* Blade
11276(C)N-3* Blade M-shank

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.881 3.045
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.341 1.645
18 43.0 43.6 0.260 0.320 6.646 0.980
24 35.8 36.0 -0.090 -0.030 7.441 0.690
30 29.9 30.1 -0.240 -0.180 7.810 0.585
36 25.1 25.3 -0.380 -0.320 7.891 0.515
42 21.5 Set Up -0.510 -0.450 7.611 0.455
48 18.4 18.6 -0.630 -0.570 6.938 0.385
51** 17.0 17.2 -0.720 -0.660 6.349 0.302
54** 15.7 15.9 -0.840 -0.780 5.411 0.175
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070
**Does not apply to blade 11276(C)N-3.
11276NSA* Blade M-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.879 3.045
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.332 1.645
18 43.0 43.6 0.245 0.310 6.619 0.980
24 35.7 36.1 -0.096 -0.031 7.401 0.690
30 29.8 30.2 -0.250 -0.195 7.759 0.585
36 25.0 25.4 -0.387 -0.332 7.810 0.515
42 21.5 Set Up -0.517 -0.462 7.443 0.455
48 18.4 18.6 -0.640 -0.585 6.498 0.385
51 17.0 17.2 -0.727 -0.675 5.742 0.302
54 15.7 15.9 -0.845 -0.790 4.720 0.175
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3.25 R
56
54
48
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
42
11296

Figure C-116

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.763 3.045
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.763 1.645
18 42.5 43.1 0.245 0.310 5.832 0.980
24 35.2 35.6 -0.096 -0.031 7.196 0.690
30 29.8 Set Up -0.250 -0.195 7.810 0.585
36 25.7 26.1 -0.387 -0.332 7.891 0.515
42 22.6 23.0 -0.517 -0.462 7.611 0.455
48 19.6 19.8 -0.640 -0.585 6.938 0.385
54 17.4 17.6 -0.845 -0.790 5.411 0.175
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2.13 R 2.13 R
57.75
54
48
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
42
11691

Figure C-117

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
11691N(S)* Blade M-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.577 3.385
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.929 2.045
18 42.5 43.1 0.402 0.467 6.439 1.080
24 37.4 37.8 0.140 0.205 7.306 0.760
30 33.0 33.4 -0.013 0.042 7.764 0.650
36 29.1 29.5 -0.154 -0.099 7.770 0.580
42 26.1 Set Up -0.297 -0.242 7.358 0.500
48 23.3 23.5 -0.446 -0.391 6.526 0.405
54 21.2 21.4 -0.635 -0.580 4.861 0.225
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
57.75
54
48 2.13 R 2.13 R
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
42
11692

Figure C-118

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.577 3.385
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.929 2.045
18 42.5 43.1 0.407 0.472 6.439 1.090
24 37.4 37.8 0.173 0.238 7.306 0.826
30 33.0 33.4 0.052 0.107 7.764 0.782
36 29.1 29.5 -0.072 -0.017 7.770 0.745
42 26.1 Set Up -0.215 -0.160 7.358 0.665
48 23.3 23.5 -0.397 -0.342 6.526 0.505
54 21.2 21.4 -0.621 -0.566 4.861 0.255
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
2.75 R
57.75
54
48
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
42
11693
Blade Model 11693N(S) Blade Tip

Figure C-119

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
11693N(S)* Blade M-shank


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.577 3.385
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.929 2.045
18 42.5 43.1 0.398 0.463 6.439 1.090
24 37.4 37.8 0.156 0.221 7.306 0.826
30 33.0 33.4 0.026 0.081 7.764 0.782
36 29.1 29.5 -0.107 -0.052 7.906 0.745
42 26.1 Set Up -0.260 -0.205 7.697 0.665
48 23.3 23.5 -0.449 -0.394 7.123 0.505
54 21.2 21.4 -0.681 -0.626 5.862 0.255
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(Blank Page)

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
APPENDIX D - ROLLING MACHINE - CONTENTS

1. General....................................................................................................................D-3
2. Principles of Operation............................................................................................D-3
A. DT-1724, DT-1724-1, and DT-1724-2................................................................D-3
B. DT-1724-3( ).......................................................................................................D-4
C. DT-1724-5..........................................................................................................D-5
3. DT-1724-3( ) Rolling Machine..................................................................................D-9
A. Electrical Switch Operations..............................................................................D-9
B. Assembly After Receipt of New or Exchanged Units.......................................D-10
C. Routine Maintenance and Checks................................................................... D-11
D. Functional Check without Blade Installed........................................................D-13
E. Roller Assembly Setup Procedures..................................................................D-21
F. Blade Inspection...............................................................................................D-27
G. Rolling Process of the DT-1724-3( ) Rolling Machine......................................D-27
H. Sample Program..............................................................................................D-29
4. DT-1724-5 Rolling Machine...................................................................................D-34
A. Basic Machine Operation.................................................................................D-34
B. Assembly After Receipt of New or Exchanged Units.......................................D-35
C. Routine Maintenance and Checks...................................................................D-36
D. Program Selection Procedure..........................................................................D-38
E. Blade Inspection...............................................................................................D-38
F. Rolling Process of the DT-1724-5 Rolling Machine..........................................D-39
G. Sample Program..............................................................................................D-41
H. Blade Data Printing..........................................................................................D-41
APPENDIX D - ROLLING MACHINE 61-13-33 Page D-1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
LIST OF FIGURES
Rolling Machine DT-1724-3( )..........................................................Figure D-1................. D-6
Rolling Machine DT-1724-3( ) Roller Head Assembly......................Figure D-2................. D-7
Rolling Machine DT-1724-3( ) Carriage Traverse Motor..................Figure D-3................. D-8
M, P, and R-shank Rolling Characteristics.......................................Figure D-4............... D-14
T, W, and Z-shank Rolling Characteristics........................................Figure D-5............... D-15
D and Y-shank Rolling Characteristics ............................................Figure D-6............... D-16
E-shank Metal Blade Rolling Characteristics ..................................Figure D-7............... D-17
MV-shank Rolling Characteristics.....................................................Figure D-8............... D-18
C-shank Rolling Characteristics.......................................................Figure D-9............... D-19
DT-1724+34 Blade Holding Fixture Modification..............................Figure D-10............. D-22
DT-1724-5 Automated Rolling Machine - Front View.......................Figure D-11............. D-30
HMI...................................................................................................Figure D-12............. D-31
DT-1724-5 Automated Rolling Machine - Without Cage...................Figure D-13............. D-32
DT-1724-5 Automated Rolling Machine - Rear View........................Figure D-14............. D-33
LIST OF TABLES
Rolling Machine DT-1724-3( ) Spacer, Expansion Sleeve,
and Clamp Applications .............................................................Table D-1................. D-20

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1. General
CAUTION: INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURES IN THIS CHAPTER

(1) The DT-1724-( ) rolling machine has been provided in five basic design
configurations, beginning with the DT-1724 (no dash number). Improvements
have been incorporated into the design of the unit throughout the years. Each
subsequent design change raised the dash number by one (that is, DT-1724-1,
DT-1724-2, etc.).
(2) The current new design configuration number is DT-1724-5. DT-1724-( )
machines certified after August 1987 are issued certificates and are permitted
to operate in accordance with the "Requirements for Certification" listed in
the Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02). Only
machines overhauled by Hartzell Propller Inc. will be recertified and approved
for field use.
(3) Compressive rolling of Hartzell Propeller Inc. aluminum blades must be
performed only with DT-1724-3( ) or DT-1724-5 rolling machines that have
been manufactured by Hartzell Propeller Inc. and are on the Cold Compression
Rolling Approval Listing in the Sample Program Approvals on the Hartzell
Propeller Inc. website.
2. Principles of Operation
CAUTION: ROLLING MACHINE MODELS DT-1724, DT-1724-1, AND DT-1724-2

ARE OBSOLETE AND MUST NOT BE USED TO ROLL BLADES.
A. DT-1724, DT-1724-1, and DT-1724-2
(1) These units are obsolete and are no longer approved for use. These models
shall not be rebuilt or upgraded to a DT-1724-3( ) or DT-1724-5 configuration.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
B. DT-1724-3( )
(1) The function of the DT-1724-3( ) rolling machine is to provide a controlled
process of compression rolling the radius of the retention shoulder of Hartzell
Propeller Inc. C (non-counterweighted only), D, E, M, MV, P, R, T, W, Y, and
Z-shank single shoulder aluminum propeller blades. The equipment rotates the
blade, using a geared motor-transmission combination with a face plate and
collet to retain the blade. The initial rotation of this assembly is controlled by a
microswitch activated by the carriage motion. The DT-1724-3( ) rolling machine
can be upgraded to a DT-1724-5 at the Hartzell Propeller Inc. factory.
NOTE 1: A separate conversion kit is required to roll non-countereweighted
C-shank blades. The DT-1724-3( ) Rolling Machine cannot roll
C-shank blades with counterweights. Refer to Setup Procedure for
C-shank Blades in this chapter.
NOTE 2: A separate mounting kit and a modification to the blade holding
fixture are required to roll E-shank blades. Refer to Setup Procedure
for E-shank Metal Blades in this chapter.
(2) The roller portion of the unit consists of a roller head that rotates to follow the
blade retention radius. This unit is mounted on a carriage that moves parallel to
the blade centerline to extend the rolled area beyond the radius.
(3) The roller assembly uses a small reversible motor to drive a geared wheel
to which the roller head is attached. As this wheel rotates, it rotates the roller
head through the required radius. The movement of the roller is controlled by a
microswitch placed at each end of the travel.
(4) The carriage movement is controlled automatically by an electric motor. The
rolling operation begins with the carriage full forward (nearest the blade butt).
Once the roller head has proceeded through the radius portion of the rolling
process, the carriage will begin to move toward the tip of the blade (aft), parallel
to the blade centerline. The roller pressure is gradually decreased to zero.
The reduction of roller pressure is accomplished by releasing the hydraulic
pressure, which is automatically controlled by an air-ball check valve installed in
the air line.
(5) The carriage traverse motor controls the forward and aft movement of the
carriage. Start and stop action is controlled by microswitches located at the
stops at either end of the carriage travel. The forward switch activates the
rolling action when the carriage has reached the full forward position. The aft
switch stops the carriage movement at the home position.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
C. DT-1724-5
(1) The function of the DT-1724-5 rolling machine is to provide a controlled process
of compression rolling the radius of the retention shoulder of Hartzell
Propeller Inc. C, D, E, M, MV, P, R, T, W, Y, and Z-shank single shoulder
aluminum propeller blades. The equipment rotates the blade, using a geared
motor-transmission combination with a face plate to retain the blade. The initial
rotation of this assembly is controlled by a Programmable Logic Controller
(PLC) and a library of blade shank specific recipes.
(2) The roller portion of the unit consists of a roller head that rotates to follow the
blade retention radius. This unit is mounted on a carriage that moves parallel to
the blade centerline to extend the rolled area beyond the radius.
(3) The roller assembly uses a small reversible stepper motor to drive a 90 degree
gearbox to which the roller head is attached. As the stepper motor rotates, it
rotates the roller head through the required radius. The movement of the roller
angle is controlled by the PLC.
(4) The carriage movement is controlled automatically by an electric motor. The
rolling operation begins with the carriage in the lowest position, nearest to the
blade butt. Once the roller head has proceeded through the radius portion of
the rolling process, the carriage will begin to move toward the tip of the blade,
parallel to the blade centerline. The roller pressure is gradually decreased to
zero. The reduction of the pressure is accomplished by releasing the hydraulic
pressure of the air-to-oil booster, through the PLC controlled air pressure
regulator.
(5) The carriage traverse motor controls the vertical movement of the carriage. The
motor drives a linear actuator that moves the carriage up or down. Start and
stop action is controlled by the PLC and determined by the applicable blade
recipe.
(6) The roller portion of the machine can be driven to or away from the blade to
set diameter spacing. This automatic action eliminates the need for diameter
spacers as found in the previous versions of the DT-1724-( ) Machine. Once the
machine automatically positions this axis, the PLC activates an electromagnetic
brake to hold position during the roll cycle. Diameter spacing positions are
controlled by the PLC and determined by the applicable blade recipe.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Start Cycle Switch

Blade Drive Motor Switch
Main Power Switch
Blade Drive Motor

Carriage Aft
Stop Switch
F.R.L. Unit
Carriage
FORWARD DIRECTION AFT DIRECTION
aps0925
Rolling Machine DT-1724-3( )

Figure D-1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Carriage
Blade Drive Motor
Switch
Carriage Return
Switch
Roller Motor Limit

Switch
Roller
Support
Arm
Blade Drive
Motor Switch
Roller Head Roller Motor Aft

Carriage Drive Motor Direction Limit Switch
W10376
Rolling Machine DT-1724-3( ) Roller Head Assembly

Figure D-2

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Carriage Traverse Motor
Drive Gear
Worm Gear
W10375
Rolling Machine DT-1724-3( ) Carriage Traverse Motor

Figure D-3

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
CAUTION: INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURES IN THIS SECTION MAY

INVOLVE PROPELLER CRITICAL PARTS. REFER TO THE
INTRODUCTION CHAPTER OF THIS MANUAL FOR INFORMATION
ABOUT PROPELLER CRITICAL PARTS.
3. DT-1724-3( ) Rolling Machine
A. Electrical Switch Operations

Refer to Figures D-1 through D-3
(1) Main Power Switch
(a) Supplies power to all circuits.
(2) Start Cycle Switch
(a) Starts the rolling machine cycle.
(3) Carriage Aft Stop Switch
(a) Supplies power to the carriage traverse motor.
(b) Stops aft (farthest from blade butt) movement of the carriage.
(4) Blade Drive Motor Switch
(a) Stops the blade drive motor when the carriage moves aft, opening the
blade drive motor switch to stop the carriage before possible contact with
the blade counterweight.
(5) Carriage Forward Stop Switch (not shown)
(a) Stops forward movement of the carriage.
(b) Provides power to the roller head drive motor.
(c) Trips the contact relays, which in turn starts the blade drive motor and
allows pressure to be applied.
(6) Roller Motor Forward Direction Limit Switch (under head cover)
(a) Limits travel of the roller head in reverse direction.
NOTE: Reverse direction is the direction in which the roller head moves
at the beginning of the rolling cycle.
(7) Carriage Return Switch
(a) The carriage return switch is positioned on the roller support arm and is
activated when the roller body makes contact, closing the switch.
(b) When the switch is closed, power is provided to the carriage traverse
motor, starting the carriage return.
(8) Roller Motor Aft Direction Limit Switch (under head cover)
(a) As the roller completes its arc, the roller motor aft direction switch limits
and stops the travel of the roller head by cutting power to the roller head
drive motor.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
B. Assembly After Receipt of New or Exchanged Units

Refer to Figure D-1.
(1) Documentation
(a) Make sure that the information on the rolling machine certificate is correct.
(2) Accessory Parts
(a) The following accessory parts are packaged separately from the rolling
machine. Make sure that all of these parts have been received, before
beginning assembly of the machine.
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
AST-2867 Spacer - (Stamp Serial Number and arrow)
AST-2867-1 Spacer - (Stamp Serial Number and arrow)
AST-2865 Spacer 0.2500 Radius
AST-2865-1 Spacer 0.3750 Radius
BST-2866 Expansion Sleeve
BST-2866-1 Expansion Sleeve
BST-2869 Spacer
Standard Lock Screw - (Paint red)
DT-1724+88 Handle
(3) Supply 110 volts to the master switch box located adjacent to the blade drive
motor. This is the only power connection required.
NOTE: Unless otherwise stated at the time of order, all machines are
shipped with 110 volt 60 cycle systems. Conversion units are
available for foreign use with step down transformers, which are
designated by a letter “F” following the machine part number (e.g.,
DT-1724-3F - foreign). Units with 110 volt 60 cycle systems are
designated by a letter “D” following the machine part number (e.g.,
DT-1724-3D - domestic).
(4) Remove the electrical supply cord, if a step down transformer is used and a
permanent supply connection is provided.
(5) The main power switch is fused to act as a protective device. Push down on the
master switch to reset it, if required.
(6) Connect the air line to the F.R.L. unit.
NOTE: Air line pressure must be 90-130 psi (6.20-8.96 bar).

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
C. Routine Maintenance and Checks

NOTE: For additional information about the maintenance, repair, and
troubleshooting of the DT-1724-3( ) rolling machine, refer to Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Blade Shank Rolling Machine Manual 128 (61-00-28).
(1) Cleaning

WARNING LABELS.
CAUTION 1: DISCONNECT ALL ELECTRIC AND AIR SUPPLIES
BEFORE CLEANING.
CAUTION 2: COVERING THE MACHINE WHEN NOT IN USE IS
RECOMMENDED.
(a) Clean all machine components as indicated. Depending on the condition
of the machine, certain cleaning methods may or may not be required. The
order in which components are cleaned may vary.
1 An abrasive pad CM47 and solvent CM23 may be used as necessary
to clean parts.
2 Clean motors and other painted surfaces with a mild solvent, such as
CM23, that will not remove the paint.
3 Using a putty knife, scrape excess grime and grease from accessible
areas.
CAUTION: USE CARE NOT TO BEND THE ARMS OR ALTER THE

ORIGINAL POSITIONS OF THE LIMIT SWITCHES.
THE LIMIT SWITCHES PLAY A KEY ROLE IN THE
FUNCTION OF THE MACHINE.
4 Keep all limit switches clean and free of dust, contaminants, and
corrosion.
(2) Lubrication
CAUTION: USE OF AIRCRAFT HYDRAULIC FLUID (MIL-H-5606) IS

NOT PERMITTED.
(a) Refill the lubricator in the F.R.L. unit with the specified oil, as necessary.
For oil specifications, refer to the section "Oil Specifications" in this
chapter.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
1 If the lubricator is not using oil, or is using more than the required
amount of oil, make the necessary adjustments in accordance with
the Machine Setup and Testing chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
Blade Shank Rolling Machine Manual 128 (61-00-28).
2 Drain the water separator as necessary to keep the rolling machine
free of moisture.
(b) Before each use, check the level of hydraulic oil in the booster.
1 To fill the reservoir of the booster:
a Remove the reservoir cap.
b Fill the reservoir to the applicable level with hydraulic oil, such
as Mobil DTE 24, Shell TELLUS 23, Chevron EP22, Pro-Cool
AW 46, or automatic transmission fluid.
2 A low level of hydraulic oil in the booster with no evidence of external
leakage may be an indication of internal oil leakage in the booster.
Refer to the Troubleshooting chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Blade
Shank Rolling Machine Maintenance Manual 128 (61-00-28).
(3) Roller Wheel Inspection
(a) Before each use, inspect the roller wheel for the following conditions:
nicks, excessive wear, flat spots in the r adius, corrosion pitting, or tearing
of the material.
1 If conditions exist, replace the roller wheel in accordance with the
Repair and Replace chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Blade Shank
Rolling Machine Manual 128 (61-00-28).
NOTE: The condition of the roller wheel surface and the roller
wheel bearing have the greatest impact on the surface
finish and appearance of the rolled surface.
(4) Pressure Gauge Inspection
(a) If the pressure gauge does not function correctly, refer to the
Troubleshooting and Repair and Replace chapters of Hartzell Blade Shank
Rolling Machine Manual 128 (61-00-28).
NOTE: A pressure gauge purchased separately through Hartzell
Propeller Inc. is not certified when shipped.
(5) Oil Requirements
(a) The oil used in the F.R.L. unit lubricator must be non-detergent oil and
must have a kinematic viscosity rating that meets one of the following
three requirements:
1 SAE 10 or SAE 10W (Society of Automotive Engineers)
2 150 SUS (Saybolt Universal Second [often SUS or SSU] at
210° F [98° C] degrees in accordance with ASTM D156-02)

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
3 ISO VG32 (International Standardization Organization viscosity

grading system for lubricants of 32 cSt (centistokes) at 40 deg C.)
(b) An additional feature (not required) that also prolongs the life of the air
contact components is that the lubricant have a capability to absorb up to
10 percent of its weight in water to avoid rust or corrosion.
D. Functional Check without Blade Installed

Refer to Figures D-1 through D-3.
(1) With air and electrical connections complete, the carriage will be in the aft
position (farthest from blade butt). All units are shipped with the carriage in the
full aft position.
WARNING: BE SURE THE COLLET DRAW BAR HAS BEEN REMOVED

BEFORE STARTING THE MACHINE.
(2) Turn the main power switch to the ON position.
WARNING: USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN ACTIVATING THE START

CYCLE SWITCH. AS THE BLADE DRIVE MOTOR IS
ACTIVATED, THE BLADE DRIVE WILL ROTATE WITHOUT
WARNING, AND COULD CAUSE INJURY.
(3) Push the START cycle switch. When the carriage moves full forward, the
blade drive motor will be activated and the blade drive assembly will begin to
rotate. The forward motion will also close the ball-check valve, permitting the
accumulated hydraulic pressure to get to the pressure recorded on the 100885
label located on the booster output pressure gauge in accordance with Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Blade Shank Rolling Machine Maintenance Manual 128
(61-00-28).
(4) When the carriage forward movement begins, the carriage forward stop switch
will activate the roller head assembly, beginning its aft rotational movement.
(5) When the roller head is perpendicular to the blade centerline, the roller arm will
contact the carriage return switch, activating the carriage traverse motor. The
carriage will begin to move aft (toward the blade tip).
(6) As the carriage moves aft, the ball-check valve will open, and the hydraulic
pressure will start to bleed off.
CAUTION: PRESSURE BLEED-OFF MUST BE ACCOMPLISHED IN A

MINIMUM OF 60 TO 80 SECONDS TO ASSURE A SMOOTH
TRANSITION AREA IN THE ROLLING SURFACE.
(7) Using a stop watch, verify that the pressure bleed-off time is between 60 and
80 seconds.
(8) As the carriage continues to move aft, the blade drive motor switch will be
deactivated and the blade drive assembly will stop.
(9) After the carriage traverse motor has completed its cycle, turn off the main
power switch.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.570 Inch
(14.48 mm)
Maximum
0.500 ±
0.060 Inch
(12.70 ±
1.5 mm) 0.220
Rolled at full pressure Inch
(5.59
mm) Pressure must
Min. flare out to zero
compression in
18 +3/-0 Degrees this zone*
Roller Angle Start
Pressure transition
zone
Critical Area
0.3735 Inch (9.487 mm)
Radius
* Pressure must bleed to zero PSI before the blade stops rotating.
APS0510B
M, P, and R-shank Rolling Characteristics

Figure D-4

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.570 Inch (14.48 mm) Maximum

Rolled at full pressure
0.375 ± 0.075 Inch
(9.53 ± 1.91 mm) Pressure must flare out to zero
compression within this zone *
0.220
Inch
(5.59
mm)
Min.
Pressure
transition zone
Critical Area
0.250 Inch (6.35 mm) Radius
18 +3/-0 Degrees
Roller angle start
APS0507B
T, W, and Z-shank Rolling Characteristics

Figure D-5

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.570 Inch
Rolled at full pressure (14.48 mm)
0.540 ± 0.075 Inch Maximum
(13.72 ± 1.91 mm)
Pressure must flare out

0.220
to zero compression
Inch
within this zone *
15 +0/-5 (5.59
Degrees mm)
Roller angle Min.
start
Pressure
transition zone
Critical area
0.415 Inch
(10.54 mm)
Radius
APS0508B
D and Y-shank Rolling Characteristics

Figure D-6

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.570 Inch
(14.48 mm)
Rolled at full pressure Maximum
0.562
± 0.075 Inch
(14.27 ± 1.91
mm)
0.220
Inch
(5.59 Pressure must
mm) flare out to zero
Min. compression within
15 +0/-5 this zone*
Degrees
Roller angle
start
Pressure
transition zone
Critical area
0.437 Inch
(11.10 mm)
APS0509A
E-shank Metal Blade Rolling Characteristics

Figure D-7

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.570 Inch (14.48 mm)

Maximum
Rolled at full pressure
0.375 ±
0.075
Inch
(9.53 ± 0.220
1.91 mm) Inch Pressure must flare out
(5.59 to zero compression
mm) within this zone *
Min.
Pressure
transition zone
Critical area
0.250 Inch (6.35 mm) radius
18 +3/-0 Degrees
Roller angle start
W10097
MV-shank Rolling Characteristics

Figure D-8

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
0.570 Inch
(14.48 mm)
Maximum
Critical area Pressure Transition

rolled at full pressure 0.220 Zone
0.562 ± Inch
0.075 Inch (5.59
(14.27 ± mm)
1.91 mm) Min.
Pressure must flare out

to zero compression
within this zone *
0.432 Inch
(10.97 mm)
Radius
TPI-133-048
C-shank Rolling Characteristics

Figure D-9

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Rolling Machine Adaptor Usage
DT-1724+31
DT-1724+33
DT-1724+34
DT-1724+171
DT-1724+172
DT-1724+173
BST-2869-1
DT-1724+160
DT-1724+161
DT-1724+162
DT-1724+164
BST-2866-1
AST-2865-1
AST-2867-1
AST-2867-2
AST-2867-3
BST-2866
AST-2865
BST-2872
BST-2869
AST-2867
Shank
"E" x x x x x x x x
"C" x x x x x x
"D" x x x x x
"M" x x x x x x x x
"MV" x x x x x x
"P" x x x x x x x x
"R" x x x x x x x x
"T" x x x x x x x
"W" x x x x x x x
"Y" x x x x x
"Z" x x x x x x x
Rolling Machine DT-1724-3( ) Spacer, Expansion Sleeve, and Clamp Applications

Table D-1

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
E. Roller Assembly Setup Procedures

NOTE: Refer to Table D-1 to determine the correct spacers and expansion sleeve
for the type of blade to be rolled. Dimensional characteristics of the
different blade types are shown in Figures D-4 through D-9.
(1) Setup Procedure for D and Y-shank Blades
NOTE: No special expansion sleeves are required.
(a) Loosen the adjustment screws and move the rolling head assembly to
allow installation of the AST-2867 spacer.
(b) Place AST-2867 spacer between rolling head assembly and AST-2868
plate.
(c) Reposition rolling head assembly against spacer and tighten adjustment
screws.
(d) Remove BST-2869 sleeve from roller limit pin, if installed.
(e) Install the BST-2872 spacer on the roller arm, opposite plunger “P”.
NOTE: When installing or removing a counterweighted blade, always
do so with the counterweight knob away from the roller arm.
(f) Install the blade on the fixture, tighten the collet with a draw bar, then
remove the draw bar.
NOTE: If the blade does not completely tighten, adjust the Allen head
screw in the end of the blade mounting collet.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(2) Setup Procedure for T-shank Blades

Refer to Table D-1.
(a) Install the AST-2865 spacer and the BST-2866 expansion sleeve over the
collet.
(b) Loosen the adjustment screws (7) and move the rolling head assembly to
allow installation of the AST-2867-2 spacer.
(c) Place the AST-2867-2 spacer between the rolling head assembly and the
AST-2868 plate.
(d) Reposition the rolling head assembly against the spacer and tighten the
adjustment screws.
(e) Install the BST-2869 sleeve onto the roller limit pin.
(f) Remove the BST-2872 spacer from roller arm, if installed.
(g) Install the blade on the fixture, tighten the collet with a draw bar, then
screw in the end of the blade mounting fixture.
0.250 Inch (6.35 mm)
Remove this area

APS0659
DT-1724+34 Blade Holding Fixture Modification

Figure D-10

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(3) Setup Procedure for W and Z-shank Blades

Refer to Table D-1.
(a) Install the AST-2865 spacer and the BST-2866-1 sleeve over the collet.
(b) Loosen the adjustment screws and move the rolling head assembly to
AST-2868 plate.
adjustment screws.
(e) Install the BST-2869 sleeve onto roller limit pin.
(f) Remove the BST-2872 spacer from roller arm, if installed.
screw in the end of blade mounting fixture.
(4) Setup Procedure for M-shank Blades
Refer to Table D-1.
(a) Install the AST-2865-1 spacer and BST-2866 expansion sleeve over the
collet.
AST-2868 plate.
adjustment screws.
(f) Install the BST-2872 spacer onto the roller arm, opposite plunger “P”.
screw in the end of blade mounting collet.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(5) Setup Procedure for P and R-shank Blades

Refer to Table D-1.
(a) Install the AST-2865-1 spacer and the BST-2866-1 expansion sleeve over
the collet.
AST-2868 plate.
adjustment screws.
(f) Install the BST-2872 spacer onto the roller arm, opposite plunger “P”.
screw in the end of blade mounting collet.
(6) Setup Procedure for E-shank Metal Blades
Refer to Table D-1.
NOTE 1: DT-1724-3( ) rolling machines manufactured after July 1996 require
no new provisions to roll E-shank blades. Overhauled DT-1724-3( )
machines will have E-shank capacity.
NOTE 2: DT-1724-3( ) machines manufactured before July 1996, or machines
that have not been overhauled since July 1996 will need to be
modified or adapted to roll E-shank blades, according to the following
procedure.
(a) Change the existing DT-1724+34 Blade Holding Fixture (one time only).
This modification will not require any changes in the setup procedures for
other styles of blades.
1 Using a surface grinder, remove 0.250 inch (6.35 mm) from the end
of the DT-1724+34 Blade Holding Fixture (Refer to Figure D-10).
2 Using black oxide coat or other suitable method, corrosion protect
the exposed area of the Blade Holding Fixture after material removal
(optional).
(b) Acquire the necessary parts for changing each DT-1724-3( ) rolling
machine:
Part Number Keyword Quantity
DT-1724+160 collet screw 1/machine
DT-1724+161 E-shank collet 1/machine
DT-1724+162 E-shank spacer 1/machine

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(c) Remove the collet screw, collet, and spacer DT-1724+33 if applicable,
from the rolling machine.
(d) Install the DT-1724+162 spacer and DT-1724+161 collet.
(e) Tighten the collet with DT-1724+160 collet screw.
NOTE: The DT-1724+160 collet screw is special and is necessary only
for the DT-1724+161 collet. The standard collet screw is used
for all other blade applications.
(f) Loosen the adjustment screws and move the rolling head assembly to
(g) Place the AST-2867-1 spacer between the rolling head and AST-2868
plate.
(h) Reposition the rolling head assembly against the spacer, and tighten the
adjustment screws.
(i) Install the BST-2872 spacer on the roller arm, opposite the plunger "P".
(j) Install the blade on the fixture, tighten the collet with the draw bar, then
1 If the blade does not completely tighten, adjust the Allen head screw
in the end of the blade mounting collet.
(7) Setup Procedure for MV-shank Blades
Refer to Table D-1.
(a) Remove the collet screw, collet, and DT-1724+33 spacer.
(b) Install the DT-1724+164 spacer, collet, and collet screw.
(c) Loosen the adjustment screws and move the rolling head assembly to
(d) Place the AST-2867-2 spacer between the rolling head assembly and the
AST-2868 plate.
(e) Reposition the rolling head assembly against the spacer, and tighten the
adjustment screws.
(f) Install the BST-2869 sleeve onto the roller limit pin.
(g) Remove the BST-2872 spacer from the roller arm, if installed.
(h) Install the blade on the fixture, tighten the collet with a draw bar, then
screw in the end of the blade mounting fixture.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(8) Setup Procedure for C-shank Blades

Refer to Table D-1.
NOTE: Refer to the Blade Shank Rolling Machine Maintenance Manual 128
(61-00-28), Machine Setup and Testing for instructions on calibrating
the rolling machine baseline for a Y-shank test specimen and one-
time machine setup instructions for C-shank blades.
(a) Loosen the adjustment screws and move the rolling head assembly to
permit installation of the AST-2867-3 spacer.
(b) Replace the installed AST-2867(-) spacer with the AST-2867-3 spacer
between the rolling head assembly and the AST-2868 plate.
(c) Reposition the rolling head assembly against the AST-2867-3 spacer and
tighten the adjustment screws.
(d) Replace the installed BST-2869 sleeve from the roller limit pin with the
BST-2869-1 sleeve.
(e) Install the BST-2872 spacer on the roller arm, opposite plunger “P”.
CAUTION: WHEN INSTALLING OR REMOVING A

COUNTERWEIGHTED BLADE, ALWAYS DO SO WITH THE
COUNTERWEIGHT KNOB AWAY FROM THE ROLLER
ARM.
(f) Remove the collet fixture from the spindle face plate by removing the two
1/2-13 bolts.
(g) Install the C-shank rolling conversion kit to the face plate by aligning the
dowel pins.
1 Install the 1/2-13 bolts in the C-shank rolling conversion kit.
2 Torque the 1/2-13 bolts to 35-45 Ft-Lb (47.45-61.01 N•m).
(h) Install the blade on the C-shank rolling conversion kit.
CAUTION: DO NOT TIGHTEN THE CLAMPING BOLTS MORE THAN

70 IN-LBS (7.90 N•M).
(i) Tighten the 1/4-28 clamping bolts to 35-70 In-Lbs (3.95-7.90 N•m).

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
F. Blade Inspection
(1) Before the cold rolling process, the blade must be measured, cleaned, and free
of any nicks, scratches, or marks. Refer to the Blade Shank Overhaul chapter
of this manual.
(2) After the rolling process, inspect the blade shank in accordance with the Blade
G. Rolling Process of the DT-1724-3( ) Rolling Machine

NOTE: D, E, and Y-shank blades are rolled without the needle bearings installed.
M, P, R, T, W, Z, and MV-shanks are rolled with needle bearings or blade
bushings installed. (The rolled surface is the blade retention radius/
shoulder.)
(1) The supply air pressure to the air regulator must be maintained at 90-130 psi
(6.20-8.96 bar).
(2) When the ball-check valve is depressed, the booster pressure must read
the pressure recorded on the 100885 label located on the booster output
pressure gauge in accordance with Hartzell Propeller Inc. Blade Shank Rolling
Machine Maintenance Manual 128 (61-00-28). This will supply 240-260 pound
force (1067.57-1156.53 N) to the roller wheel when operating.
NOTE 1: The booster pressure is controlled by the air regulator in the line
ahead of the ball-check valve.
NOTE 2: The gauge on the booster has been calibrated and certified.
(3) Adjust the booster pressure to 1950-2000 psi (134.44-137.89 bar), regardless
of the pressure on the regulator gauge.
(4) With the carriage in the aft position, lock the face plate to the support block by
tightening the anti-rotation screw in place.
(5) Install the blade to be rolled on the fixture located on the face plate.
(6) For D, E, M, P, R, T, W, Y, Z, and MV-shanks
(a) Make sure that the blade is as far forward as possible before tightening
the collet.
(b) When the draw bar is tight, remove and store the handle.
(7) For C-shanks
(a) Make sure that the blade is as far forward as possible before tightening
the clamping bolts.
(8) Remove the anti-rotation screw between the face plate and support block.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
WARNING 1: USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN ACTIVATING ANY SWITCH

ON THE ROLLING MACHINE. WHEN CERTAIN MOTORS
ARE ACTIVATED, MACHINE PARTS WILL AUTOMATICALLY
MOVE OR ROTATE WITHOUT WARNING AND COULD CAUSE
INJURY.
WARNING 2: FOR D, E, M, P, R, T, W, Y, Z, AND MV-SHANKS, MAKE SURE
THE COLLET DRAW BAR HAS BEEN REMOVED BEFORE
STARTING THE MACHINE.
(9) Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION: THE CARRIAGE MUST BE IN THE FULL AFT POSITION

BEFORE BEGINNING THE ROLLING PROCESS.
(10) With the roller head in the aft position, the machine is ready to operate.

(11) Using a clean soft cloth soaked in CM106 or other equivalent solvent, clean the
roller wheel and blade shank.
(12) Sparingly apply a vegetable-based oil or air tool oil to the radius area.
(13) Depress the start cycle button momentarily.
(14) As the carriage moves forward, the rolling cycle will begin.
(15) When the carriage reaches the start position, the accumulated booster pressure
must read the pressure recorded on the 100885 label located on the booster
output pressure gauge in accordance with Hartzell Propeller Inc. Blade Shank
Rolling Machine Maintenance Manual 128 (61-00-28), adjusted in accordance
with step 3.F.(2) in this section.
(16) As the roller progresses through the radius, it will contact the carriage return
switch on the roller support arm, reversing the carriage travel.
(17) As the carriage travels aft, the ball-check valve begins to release the
accumulated pressure and the pressure transition zone begins.
(18) The roller pressure will decrease to zero (0) and the rolling process will be
completed.
(a) For time cycle information, refer to the section, "Functional Check Without
Blade Installed" in this chapter.
(19) The carriage will return to the full aft position and stop.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(20) Turn the main power switch to the OFF position.

(21) Install the anti-rotation screw in the support block, locking the face plate.
(22) For D, E, M, P, R, T, W, Y, Z, and MV-shanks
(a) Release the tension on the blade retention collet.
(23) For C-shanks
(a) Loosen the C-shank rolling conversion kit screws.
CAUTION: WHEN INSTALLING OR REMOVING A COUNTERWEIGHTED

BLADE, ALWAYS DO SO WITH THE COUNTERWEIGHT KNOB
AWAY FROM THE ROLLER ARM.
(24) Remove the blade.

(25) Using a clean soft cloth soaked in CM106 or equivalent solvent, wipe the blade
shank.
(26) Continue the blade shank overhaul procedures in accordance with the Blade
Shank Overhaul chapter in this manual.
H. Sample Program
(1) Compression Rolling
(a) For information about how a facility can be approved to perform
compressive rolling, refer to the Approved Facilities chapter of Hartzell

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
HMI
Main Power
Switch
TPI-JM-000052
DT-1724-5 Automated Rolling Machine - Front View

Figure D-11

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
E-stop Fault Reset Power/ Cycle Start

Button Button and Reset Button
Light Button
and
Light
TPI-JM-000052
HMI
Figure D-12

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
B-axis
Drive
Y-axis
Drive
X-axis
Drive
TPI-JM-000049
DT-1724-5 Automated Rolling Machine - Without Cage

Figure D-13

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
Air Supply
Lines
TPI-JM-000077
DT-1724-5 Automated Rolling Machine - Rear View

Figure D-14

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
CAUTION: INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURES IN THIS SECTION MAY

INVOLVE PROPELLER CRITICAL PARTS. REFER TO THE
INTRODUCTION CHAPTER OF THIS MANUAL FOR INFORMATION
ABOUT PROPELLER CRITICAL PARTS (PCP).
4. DT-1724-5 Rolling Machine
A. Basic Machine Operation

Refer to Figures D-11 through D-14
(1) Main Power Disconnect Switch (On/Off)
(a) Supplies power to all circuits:
1 Main electrical enclosure
a Power Supply: 5 Volts DC
b Power Supply: 24 Volts DC
c Power Supply: 48 Volts DC
d X-axis Drive (vertical)
e Y-axis Drive (horizontal)
f B-axis Drive (roller angle)
g Programmable Logic Controller (PLC)
2 HMI Console
a Cycle Start Button
(1) Starts the chosen blade recipe to begin the rolling process
b Fault Reset Button
(1) Resets the fault indicator light
c Power/Reset Button
(1) Powers on the drives
(2) Puts the machine in a standby status
(3) Resets system fault warnings when flashing
d E-stop Button
(1) Emergency button that provides an immediate power off of
the rolling machine
(2) After using the E-stop Button, the system resets to the
Main Menu
3 Transformer
(2) Blade Holding Fixture
(a) Blades are retained on the machine using a 6-jaw scroll chuck that uses
custom jaws and is approved for use on all current and applicable blade
shank designs.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
B. Assembly After Receipt of New or Exchanged Units

(1) Documentation
(a) Make sure that the information on the rolling machine certificate is correct.
(b) Make sure there is a Certificate of Calibration for the pressure sensor.
Refer to the Approved Facilities chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
(c) Make sure there is a Certificate of Calibration for the force gauge TE638.
Refer to the Approved Facilities chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
(2) Electrical Power Supply
(a) Refer to the Hartzell Propeller Inc. DT-1724-5 Blade Shank Rolling
Machine Maintenance Manual 178 (61-00-78) for electrical power supply
requirements and instructions.
(3) Air Supply
(a) Connect the machine to an air supply of 90-130 psi (6.20-8.96 bar)
through the airline connector located on the back of the machine, near the
lower right. Refer to Figure D-14.
(4) Required Accessories
(a) USB Flash Drive
1 Plug a locally procured USB flash drive into a USB port located on
the bottom of the HMI console to record blade rolling data.
2 It is recommended the USB flash drive is 16GB or greater.
NOTE: Data logs are for user records. Single blade data logs are
required for annual recertification. Refer to the
"Requirements for Certification" section in the Approved
Facilities chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
Practices Manual 202A for data log details.
(5) Optional Accessories
(a) Keyboard
1 A locally procured standard English keyboard can be plugged into a
USB port located on the bottom of the HMI console and used for data
entry.
(b) USB Scanner
1 A locally procured standard barcode scanner can be plugged into a
USB port located on the bottom of the HMI console and used for data
entry.
2 The barcode scanner can be used in conjunction with a keyboard
through a USB splitter or a keyboard with an auxiliary USB port.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(c) USB Mouse

1 A locally procured standard USB mouse can be plugged into a USB
port located on the bottom of the HMI console and used for HMI
screen navigation, command selection, and data entry.
2 The USB mouse can be used in conjunction with a keyboard through
a USB splitter or a keyboard with an auxiliary USB port.
C. Routine Maintenance and Checks
NOTE: For additional information about the maintenance, repair, and
troubleshooting of the DT-1724-5 rolling machine, refer to the Hartzell
Propeller Inc. DT-1724-5 Blade Shank Rolling Machine Maintenance
Manual 178 (61-00-78).
(1) Cleaning

WARNING LABELS.
CAUTION 1: DISCONNECT ALL ELECTRIC AND AIR SUPPLIES
BEFORE CLEANING.
CAUTION 2: COVERING THE MACHINE WHEN NOT IN USE IS
RECOMMENDED.
(a) Clean all machine components daily as necessary. Depending on the
condition of the machine, certain cleaning methods could be required.
1 An abrasive pad CM47 and solvent CM23 can be used as necessary
to clean parts.
2 Clean motors and other painted surfaces with a mild solvent, such as
CM23, that will not remove the paint.
3 Using a putty knife, scrape excess grime and grease from accessible
areas.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(2) Lubrication
CAUTION: USE OF AIRCRAFT HYDRAULIC FLUID (MIL-H-5606) IS

NOT PERMITTED.
(a) Before each use, check the level of hydraulic oil in the air/oil booster.
1 To fill the reservoir of the air/oil booster:
a Remove the reservoir cap.
b Fill the reservoir to the applicable level with hydraulic oil,
such as Mobil DTE 24, Shell Tellus 23, Chevron EP22,
Pro-Cool AW 46, or Automatic Transmission fluid (ATF).
2 A low level of hydraulic oil in the air/oil booster with no evidence of
external leakage can be an indication of internal oil leakage in the
air/oil booster. Refer to the Troubleshooting chapter of the Hartzell
Manual 178 (61-00-78).
(3) Roller Wheel Inspection
(a) Before each use, inspect the roller wheel for nicks, excessive wear, flat
spots in the radius, pitting, or tearing of the material.
1 If there is a nick, excessive wear, flat spot in the radius, pitting, or
tearing of the material, replace the roller wheel in accordance with
the Repair and Replace chapter of the Hartzell Propeller Inc.
DT-1724-5 Blade Shank Rolling Machine Maintenance Manual 178
(61-00-78).
NOTE: The condition of the roller wheel surface and the roller
wheel bearing have the greatest effect on the surface finish
and appearance of the rolled surface.
(4) Pressure Sensor Inspection
(a) If the pressure sensor does not function correctly, refer to the
Troubleshooting, and the Repair and Replace chapters of Hartzell
Manual 178 (61-00-78).
NOTE: A pressure sensor purchased separately through Hartzell
Propeller Inc. is not certified when shipped.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
D. Program Selection Procedure

NOTE 1: Refer to the Hartzell Propeller Inc. DT-1724-5 Blade Shank Rolling
Machine Maintenance Manual 178 (61-00-78) for HMI screen function and
details.
NOTE 2: No mechanical setup is necessary for the DT-1724-5 machine. Setup
performed through a touch screen as described in this section.
(1) From the "Blade Select Menu", select and load the applicable correlating
program with the blade design intended to be rolled.
(a) Search and select the recipe from the library for the correlating program of
the blade to be rolled.
(b) Push “Load” to load the recipe values to the HMI.
1 Make sure the loaded "Active Shank Design" field agrees with the
library name to show the program loaded correctly.

MAY INVOLVE PROPELLER CRITICAL PARTS. REFER TO
INFORMATION ABOUT PROPELLER CRITICAL PARTS (PCP).
E. Blade Inspection
(1) Before the cold rolling process, the blade must be measured, cleaned, and free
of any nicks, scratches, or marks. Refer to the Blade Shank Overhaul chapter
of this manual.
(2) After the rolling process, inspect the blade shank in accordance with the Blade

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
F. Rolling Process of the DT-1724-5 Rolling Machine

(1) The air pressure supply to the machine must be kept at 90-130 psi
(6.20-8.96 bar).
(2) When the rolling machine is in operation, the air/oil booster pressure will
automatically populate to the "Set PSI" value that is entered on the "Applied
Force Set" screen. 240-260 pound force (1067.57-1156.53 N) is supplied to
the roller wheel when the rolling machine is operating. Refer to the section,
"Applied Force Calibration (Applied Force Set)" of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
DT-1724-5 Blade Shank Rolling Machine Maintenance Manual 178 (61-00-78)
for frequency of calibration requirements.
NOTE 1: The air/oil booster pressure is controlled by the air pressure regulator
found below the machines base cover. A Proportional Integral
Derivative (PID) loop in the PLC programming constantly monitors
and adjusts the regulator output during operation to agree with the
command pressure input. The pressure ramp is also controlled by the
PLC and air pressure regulator as part of the blade recipe.
NOTE 2: The pressure transducer on the air/oil booster has been calibrated
and certified and must be in accordance with requirements of Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A, Volume 9 (61-01-02)
and Hartzell Propeller Inc. DT-1724-5 Blade Shank Rolling Machine
Maintenance Manual 178 (61-00-78).
(3) With the rolling machine in the load/home position, install the blade to be rolled
on the fixture found on the face plate weldment.
NOTE: Make sure the pitch change knob of the blade is located between
two jaws of the chuck.
(a) Tighten the fixture using the torque wrench adaptor (TE641) and a
calibrated 1/2 inch torque wrench to 60 Ft-Lbs ±6 Ft-Lbs
(81.3 N•m ±8.1N•m).
(b) Make sure that the blade is correctly seated in the fixture before
tightening.
(c) When the fixture is tight, remove and store the torque wrench and adaptor.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
WARNING: MAKE SURE THE TORQUE WRENCH ADAPTOR IS REMOVED

AND STORED AWAY FROM THE AUTOMATED ROLLING
MACHINE BEFORE STARTING THE AUTOMATED ROLLING
MACHINE PROCESS.
CAUTION: THE DT-1724-5 AUTOMATED ROLLING MACHINE MUST
MEET MINIMUM AND ON CONDITION CALIBRATION
REQUIREMENTS GIVEN IN THE HARTZELL PROPELLER INC.
DT-1724-5 BLADE SHANK ROLLING MACHINE MAINTENANCE
MANUAL 178 (61-00-78) BEFORE PROCESSING ANY BLADES.
FAILURE TO DO SO CAN RESULT IN INCORRECT START,
STOP, AND RAMP LOCATIONS, IMPROPER ROLLING FORCE,
OR DAMAGE TO THE BLADE OR MACHINE.
(4) The rolling machine is ready to operate.

CONTACT AND BREATHING VAPORS. USE SOLVENT
(5) Using a clean soft cloth soaked in CM106 or other equivalent solvent, clean the
roller wheel and blade shank.
(6) Sparingly apply a vegetable-based oil or air tool lubricator to the radius area.
(7) Close the rolling machine door.
(8) Push the cycle start button.
(a) The rolling machine will activate a data input screen.
1 Enter the operator name or initials
2 Enter the blade serial number
3 Enter the blade part number
4 Enter the work order number
(9) Push OK to begin the rolling process.
(a) Push CANCEL to return to the previous window.
(10) The rolling machine will automatically lock the door, and perform a rapid
traverse to the starting location and begin rolling.
(11) When the carriage reaches the start position, the accumulated air/oil booster
pressure will automatically adjust to the value input from the Applied Force Set
screen.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(12) Once complete, the machine will return to the home position, in a standby
condition and the door will automatically unlock.
(13) Loosen the blade fixture with the torque wrench adaptor by turning it
counterclockwise until the blade removes freely from the fixture.
(14) Remove the blade.
(15) Using a clean soft cloth soaked in methyl-ethyl-ketone (MEK) CM106 or
equivalent solvent, wipe the processed blade shank clean.
(16) Continue the blade shank overhaul procedures in accordance with the Blade
G. Sample Program
(1) Compression Rolling
(a) For information about how a facility can be approved to perform
compressive rolling, refer to the Approved Facilities chapter of Hartzell
H. Blade Data Printing

NOTE: The operating system's Regional Setting must be set to English (United
States). If the printed report has print errors, check the Regional Setting in
accordance with the Troubleshooting chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
DT-1724-5 Automated Rolling Machine Maintenance Manual 178
(61-00-78).
(1) Description:
(a) During a rolling cycle, the HMI collects the machine setting, input, and
operational data at multiple steps of the process and collects this data into
a .csv file.
1 The .csv file is saved to a customer supplied USB flash drive.
(b) Hartzell Propeller Inc. recommends printing blade data reports, but is not
necessary.
(c) To print specific blade reports, contact Hartzell Propeller Inc. Product
Support for the current DT-1724-5 Blade Report Microsoft Excel template.
1 Templates can be changed and re-formatted to meet the needs of the
user.

Rev. 44 Jun/23
133C
(2) Extract .csv files from the flash drive.

(a) After processing the applicable blades, remove the flash drive.
CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATE THE ROLLING MACHINE WITHOUT

THE USB FLASH DRIVE PLUGGED INTO THE HMI
CONSOLE. DATA WILL NOT TRANSFER WITHOUT THE
USB FLASH DRIVE INSTALLED.
(b) Plug the USB flash drive into a Windows PC with a version of Microsoft
Excel.
(c) Open the datafile.csv Excel file.
1 Highlight column A.
(d) Go to the DATA tab (top tab bar), and choose Text to Columns.
1 Choose the Deliminated radial button and click Next.
2 Choose the Semicolon radial box and click Next.
3 Click Finish.
(3) Choose a cell within the table, and push (Ctrl+Shift+L)
(a) This action permits the user to perform a search query within the table.
Using the drop down cells in Line 1, search for a blade ran by date,
operator, work number, blade type, etc.
(4) Search by work order number (Work #), to create a report for that propeller.
(a) Choose the Work # drop down,
(b) Search for the necessary work order number,
(c) Click OK.
(5) Highlight and Copy the data below line 1.
(a) Click the cell directly below A1 (Date/Time), and push (Ctrl+Shift+End).
(b) With all the populated cells below row 1 highlighted, push (Ctrl+C) to copy.
(6) Choose the "File data (copy_paste)" sheet tab (bottom of Excel file) within the
Hartzell Propeller Inc. Printable Data Template.
(7) Choose the A2 cell and paste (Ctrl+V) the data to the sheet.
(8) Choose the "Print Report" sheet tab (bottom of Excel file).
(9) Print the report (File tab>Print>Print or Ctrl+P).
(10) Once the necessary reports are printed, safely remove the USB flash drive and
plug it back into the HMI console's USB port.

Rev. 44 Jun/23

Hartzell Propeller Inc.: Remove Pages: Insert Pages

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Hartzell Propeller Inc.: Remove Pages: Insert Pages

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HARTZELL PROPELLER INC.

One Propeller Place

MANUAL REVISION TRANSMITTAL

Remove Pages: Insert Pages:

This page may be discarded after proper filing of the revision.

Hartzell Propeller Inc.

61-13-33 Inside Cover

• DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

• SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES

• APPENDIX C - BLADE/TIP SPECIFICATIONS

REVISION HIGHLIGHTS 61-13-33 Page 1

REVISION HIGHLIGHTS 61-13-33 Page 2

REVISION HIGHLIGHTS 61-13-33 Page 3

Revision No. Issue Date Comments

REVISION HIGHLIGHTS 61-13-33 Page 4

Revision Number Issue Date Date Inserted Inserted By

44 Jun/23 Jun/23 HPI

45 Nov/23 Nov/23 HPI

RECORD OF REVISIONS 61-13-33 Page 1

RECORD OF REVISIONS 61-13-33 Page 2

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

Temporary Section/ Issue Date Inserted Date Removed

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS 61-13-33 Page 1

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS 61-13-33 Page 2

SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST

CAUTION 1: DO NOT USE OBSOLETE OR OUTDATED INFORMATION. PERFORM

Service Document Incorporation Service Document Incorporation

SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST 61-13-33 Page 1

SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST

SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST 61-13-33 Page 2

AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS 61-13-33 Page 1

AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS 61-13-33 Page 2

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Chapter Page Revision Level Date

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES 61-13-33 Page 1

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Chapter Page Revision Level Date

Appendix C - Blade/Tip Specifications C-1 Rev. 45 Nov/23

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES 61-13-33 Page 2

TABLE OF CONTENTS 61-13-33 Page 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS 61-13-33 Page 2

INTRODUCTION 61-13-33 Page 1

INTRODUCTION 61-13-33 Page 2

INTRODUCTION 61-13-33 Page 3

CAUTION: DO NOT USE OBSOLETE OR OUTDATED INFORMATION.

INTRODUCTION 61-13-33 Page 4

A. Hartzell Propeller Inc. Publications

Manual No. Available at

INTRODUCTION 61-13-33 Page 5

3. Personnel Requirements (Rev. 1)

A. Service and Maintenance Procedures in this Manual

4 Special Tooling and Consumable Materials (Rev. 1)

INTRODUCTION 61-13-33 Page 6

5. Safe Handling of Paints and Chemicals

A. Instructions for Use

6. Calendar Limits and Long Term Storage (Rev. 2)

INTRODUCTION 61-13-33 Page 7

7. Component Life and Overhaul (Rev. 2)

WARNING: CERTAIN PROPELLER COMPONENTS USED IN NON-AVIATION

INTRODUCTION 61-13-33 Page 8

INTRODUCTION 61-13-33 Page 9

8. Damage/Repair Types (Rev. 1)

INTRODUCTION 61-13-33 Page 10